Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 520

THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED'

-f"11:2/'\

r.r/~~

1:1 '.- '#'

\ .f

VOL. 10 NO.2 WHOLE NO. 38 SPRING 1977

SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


.

Columbia, New Jersey 07832


Telephone: Area Code 201 4964366

MEMBERSHIP
Membership is $10 a year (members outside the U.S. add $2.50 for regular postage or $5 for air mail) and runs from the 1st of
January to the 31st of December. Members receive our quarterly journal PURSUIT, an Annual Report (upon request), and all special
Society publications for that year.
Members are invited to visit our Headquarters if they wish to use the Library or consult the staff but, due to limited facilities, this can
be arranged only by prior appointment, and at least a week in advance. Because of the demands on our limited volunteer staff and their
time, research to be conducted in the library should be minimized.
The staff will answer reasonable research requests by mail, but because of the steadily increasing demand for this service a research
fee will be charged. Members requesting information should enclose a self-addressed stamped envelope with their inquiry so that they
can be advised of the charge in advance.
YOU DON'T HAVE TO BE A PROFESSIONAL OR EVEN AN AMATEUR SCIENTIST TO JOIN US.

ORGANIZATION
The legal and financial affairs of the Society are managed by a Board of Trustees in accordance with the laws of the State of New
Jersey. The Society is also counselled by a panel of prominent scientists, which is designated the Scientific Advisory Board.

IMPORTANT NOTICES
The Society is completely apolitical.
It does not accept material on, or presume to comment upon any aspects of Human Medicine or Psychology; the Social Sciences
or Law; Religion or Ethics .
.. All contributions, but not membership dues, are tax deductible, pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue Code.
.. The Society is unable to offer or render any services whatsoever to non-members. Further, the Society does not hold or express
any corporate views, and any opinions expressed by any members in its publications are those of the authors alone. No opinions
expressed or statements made by any members by word of mouth or in print may be construed as those of the Society.

PUBUCATIONS
Our publishing schedule is four quarterly iSsues of PURSUIT, dated Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter, and numbered as annual
volumes - Vol. 1 being 1968 and before; Vol. 2, 1969, and so on. These are mailed at the end of the month. (Membership and our
quarterly journal PURSUIT is $10 per year. Subscription to PURSUIT, without membership benefits, for libraries only, is $8 for 4
issues.) Order forms for back issues will be supplied on request.
PURSUIT is listed in Ulrich's International Periodicals Directory and in the Standard Guide to Periodicals; and is abstracted in
Abstracts of Folklore Studies. It is also available from University Microfilms, 300 N. Zeeb Rd., Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106. The price is
$4.10 per reel. An annual index appears in the October issue.

'

~;:'

'.'

...

:" ......
,-:

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED' "

PURSUIT.

VOL. 10, NO.2


SPRING, 1977
Publisher
Robert C. Warth
Editorin-chief
John A. Keel (on Sabbatical)
Executive Editor
R. Martin Wolf

THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIElY


FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED
FOUNDED BY IVAN T. SANDERSON

Devoted to the Investigation of "Things" that are Customarily Discounted

Consulting Editor
Sabina W. Sanderson

CONTENTS

Senior Writer
Curtis Sutherly
Associated Editors
John Guerrasio
Ziaul Hasan

Page

Little Green Men and the Law of Dynamical Similarity


"
by William H. Whamond ............................................... 34

Contributing Writers
Charles Berlitz
Jerome Clark
Lucius Farish
Vincent Gaddis
Brad Steiger

A Few Small Steps on the Earth: A Tiny Leap for Mankind?


by Fred H. Bost ........................................... "........... 50
The Relativity Racket
,
by Dr. Silvano Lorenzoni .............................................. 54

Production
Steven Mayne
Martin Wiegler

The Invisible Star


by Carlos Miguel Allende .............................................. 55

Coiler iUustration by B. Wilkie

Fluidice: Time as a Function of Prana


by E. MacerStory .................................................... 58
Extant Dinosaurs: A Distinct Possibility
by Dr. Silvano Lorenzoni .............................................. 60
Dinosaur Graffiti - Hava Supai Style
by John Guerrasio .................................................... 62
Symposium: Comments and Opinions ......................................... 64
Book Review ............................................................... 64

:.

Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained 1977

34

LITTLE GREEN MEN


and
. '-THE LAW OF DYNAMICAL SIMILARITY
I

- - - - - - - - - - - - . by Willi~m H. Whamond. - - - - - - - - - - , The historical development of the UFO saga affords as


good proof as any of the inescapable fact that logit is not
: an innate characteristic of the human race, Rather" logic
. is an acquired characteristic. It usually takes at.least a
'minimum of four years of slaving at an institute of higher
tech!1ical education to acquire even a modicum of it. We
are all aware of the facesaving bleat, "To err is human";
just an illogical coverup of the truth that logic is
'inhuman/unhuman, and humanity is irrationality.
The public has' been infeCted with the notion that
s~ience knows the answers. The impression has been put
about that some savant merely turns to Page 12,709 of
the Scientific Bible and quotes tbe appropriate fQrmula,
after whiCh the matter is closed.
Nothing could be further from the actual situation.
'As science is an activity conducted by humans it is
.. axiomatic that it resembles comic opera' just as much as
does law, politics, economics or any other type of institutionalized buffoonery' which characterizes .the human
race.
.
, For the benefit of the skeptical reader, perhaps we
should consider a few examples:,
.
1)' The scientific unit of power is called the Kilowatt,
. but (illogically) is only used for electrical equipment.
For instance, if you have a 30kw electric car and
.' d~cide to replace the motor with a gasoline motor of
the same power, then it's called a 40 H.P. car. Mech_.': anical engineers would never allow you to call it a "30
. kw car" (even though it is still one), because they feel
Jhis might imply.that mechanical engineering is merely
a branch of electrical engineering! All very "logical and
scientific," isn;t' it? Moreover, there'san English horse'power (76 Kg. Metre/sec.) and a French horsepower
j~5 Kg: Metre/sec.), called the "C.V." (which translates roughly as "horsesweat!"). Presumably French
horses are more amorous than English horses and
r pursuit of I'amour leaves 'em just that 10 watts less
energetic! So 1suppose science is logical, in a way ...
2) Most people are familiar with the electronic con,cept of "tuning," whereby a radio is "tuned" to the frequency of the broadcasting station which one desires
to receive. However, in electrical power engineering,
'. this identical concept is labeled by the quite fantastic
moniker of "power factor correction." It would never
do to have the public think that power engineering was
merely a branch of electronics. Dear me, no .. So
.,stringently is this entirely artificial technical double.-talk adhered to that.when the author asked a crackerjack power engineering lecturer, "Whenyou 'power
factor correct' a factory, are you not really just tuning
it to the 60 cy/sec of ,the power plant'?", said hotshot
.had to ponder long and deeply before replying, "Yes, I
suppose so"! All very scientific and logical, isn't it?
'PUHSUff Spring 1977

3) The factor 12t (Le., current, squared, multiplied by


time) is very basic to electrical engineering, since it devolves directly from Newton's Second Law of Motion .
However, no electrical engineering textbook will ever
tell you that, nor will any other kind of textbook. The
electrical shock or .impulse which will blow a fuse or
prove lethal to a person depends on 12t, but this is
never mentioned in any electrical engineering textbook. Presumably the "profs" don't want to simplify
things too much, in case they unemploy themselves?
All very scientific and logical (in a way), I suppose.
4) Science has propagandized even scientists to an
unthinking belief that gravity varies as the inverse
squar~ of distance. Actually that's true only in the case
of a sphere or point. For a cylinder (for instance),
gravity varies merely as the inverse (not squared) of
radial distance. One doesn't even have to prove it
either. One glance at Ampere's Law applied to an elec. iric wire (which is available in any -high school textbook) proves it for us. Yet 'pontifical science has
oafishly concealed from us this valuable insight on the
nature of gravitation. Just anothe!" example of the
logic of science, of course.
5) One could go on citjng similar e'xamples of the
logic of science practically indefinitely, but let's
. consider another aspect of it. One doesn't.have to'
look at the edifice 0"1 science very closely to. discover
that" it's full of holes. Far from consisting of "a formula
for everything, and everything in its' place," science
consist!:i of numerous meticulously formuJated
corners, interspersed with blanks which one could
drive a truck through; viz:
a. It is only during the three decades since WW II
that a large known blank was filled in the electromagnetic spectrum by radar.
b. Gravity, Time, and Death are three enormous
known blanks in the edifice of science, about whiCh
practically nothing is being done.
.
c. If you ask a man of science how to calculate the.
bend of a ray of light passing through a prism he will
say, "That's a formula called Snell's Law of Refraction." But if you ask him: "If light of a 'green' fre-'
quency passes into gas of a known density how
much will the light ray be bent?", he probably won't
know the formula, or even if there is one!
d. Similarly, if you ask a man of science how to
calculate the sound loss through a wall, he'll say
. "That's the Transmission Loss formula. Depends
on the. sound going in and the sound that comes
. out." But if you say "I'm not interested in what goes
in and what comes out. I want to know what
-happens inside the wall. How does the wall's thick. ness and density and elasticity ~nd area affect the

sound'?", then once again you'll probably find


yourself spending several days plowing through
textbooks, hoping to find some sort of formula.
e. If you present a man of science with a question
like, "The waves on the sea depend on gravity, do
they not - I mean, if the waves weren't made of
. water, and gravity wasn't the same as it is, how
would this affect the waves? Would they be shorter
and choppier or taller and less frequent, or what'r,
the savant would probably think of the Wave Equation formula and say he wasn't sure. If you insisted
you must know the correct answer because you
wanted to write a science fiction story about seamen on another planet, then your savant would
really have to reponder his Wave Equation to
decide whether it only applied to Earth conditions
or was universally applicable_
f. If the situation regarding "b" above is irrational,
the situation in respect of non-medical drugs is irrationality squared. Apparently it's moral to take a
- drug only when one is ilL Why not a drug to make
one live longer, be more intelligent, or have greater
aptitude lor mathematics? What's wrong with a
drug to increase one's mental concentration, or
sight and hearing? Why not a drug to make one
never need sleep, or be honest and truthfur~ An
entire field, at least as large as the existing medical
or chemical fields, is almost completely neglected
by so-called science_
Again, I stress that these are merely a very few
examples of the literally thousands of instances where
science draws a blank_ If you want the appropriate
fomula, you have to either build it yourself or find something similar and re-tailor it to your tastes/requirements_
Rather a far cry from the public's picture of Scientific
Authority, I would imagine_
The foregoing ramshackle edifice of science constitutes the bizarre background against which the historical development of the UFO saga actually occurred
and is still taking place_ Consequently it is hardly surprising that the initial reaction of so-called scientists was one
of total disbelief. "Why, we'll have to re-tailor all our formulae to suit a different viewpoint;'. (c., do, e., and l3J
above) was the underlying qualm. With the illogic which is
innately unseparable from the term "human," these same
scientists who were selling their government on the possibility of space flight were simultaneously telling those
same governments that space flight was impossible when
they saw UFOs doing it.
After a couple of decades of slandering reputable witnesses and generally discrediting themselves and
science, some of these so-called scientists actually
became sufficiently scientific to admit that UFOs were
possible - maybe. But, they cautioned that "any reports
of occupants inside these UFOs are too ridiculous to be
credible_"
In short, these so-called conservative scientists who'd
been steadfastly maintaining that UFOs were impossible
suddenly became out and out radicals declaring that not
only are UFOs possible (maybe), but they actually build
and fly themselues without the assistance of any occupants! One doesn't have to be chronically inconsistent to

be a government-approved scientist, but it sure helps.


I am not really concerned, however, with the mental
abberations of those whom the Establishment generally
tags as "good management material" except to point out
that they are drastically warped - mentaIiy,.spiritually,
and morally. I am more concerned with this concept of
occupants. Is it ridiculous or not? Obviously not: something builds UFOs. They do not build "themselves. 11ierefor it's not impossible that said "something" would also be
tempted to take a ride in them_
.
I am also aware of the fact that a lot of controversy over
UFO occupants stems from the fact that such occu,
pants are reputed to be of small stature ----: veritable minimen, in fact. One immediately thinks of Africa's pygmies;
also circus midgets_ It quickly become~ apparent that the
concept of mini-men is not ridiculous. But I guess even
scientists don't mind making themselves ridiculous if
their governments pay them enough to do so_
Nevertheless, your author senses that this "mini-men"
. concept is worthy of further investigation. For one thing,
such stories are out of character. So/cir out of character,
in fact, that one begins to s.uspect there may be truth to
them.
.
,
For instance: here we have this seemingly iiJiterate
plowboy who is visited by a super spaceship and out
steps this spaceman armed with a super ray gun. It
follows that this spaceman will also be a superman. (Like
something from Texas, say? Without the horns on
maybe, but 7 feet tall and weighing maybe 300 lbs.; that
slaps one on the back and offers one a swig of 5-star
homebrew. That kind '1f a super spaceman.) But no_ This
is a mini-man, all of 29" tall. And our plowboy didn't even
try to catch him and put him in a milk can. Quite
obviously this alleged "tall story" is way out of character,
no'~

Then there's the l)FO itself. That's way out of character too. If we search science fiction way back to the
Flash Gordon and Buck Rodgers comic strips, we find
that spaceships may be shaped like balls, cylinders,
dumbbells, rockets, or arrowheads, and even cones or
pyramids, occasionally; but neuer discs~ There may have
been the (very) odd circular flying-wing shape, but so
seldom that one would have to be a science fiction superfan to know of it_ But the humped disc or "saucer" shape?
Neuer!
Space travel has traditionally been thought of as a
matter of rockets, and the humped disc or saucer shape
makes no sense unless one thinks of propulsion by a flat
(electro-magnetic) coiL Yet suddenly everyone is imagining saucer-shaped spaceships_ Obviously they didn't get
the notion from science fiction. Suddenly every "man on
the street" is imagining a single shape which a host of
science fiction writers couldn't manage to dream up
during the past half-century. Obviously, then, it's not
imagination. The saucers exist.
.
. So let us ponder this mini-men concept and see where
it leads us. When one thinks of a reduced-size man; one
realizes this is essentially a small scale man_ Here science
should be on well-trodden ground because the use of
scale models (of aircraft, dams, ships, riverbeds, etc.) is a
familiar scientific method of simulating (i.e. predicting)
the performance of the real thing. Moreover, most people
PURSUIT

Spring 1977

36
,'I

;..~:.

..'

'..

..

.: : '" ;>.

'.
..
:".:'. :' ~.~ F~4{~~.)~~<i...P~ ~ 7-r,MIH a4F~...;./(th'"j/t~~~!
. . .I

.~ "

. '.

'~

:' .' ..=:.:

'.

. :':"

"'..

'. .

.- . ;.. :.:. '.

~.'

..

'f

C:-
."". ". 'Y ' , '. J~:.'
IJ!t.CV-Ir r",.......~.:.- ..

.'

. . . . : '.'

<' .1 . . . ." . .

~ ".

~ ~,., e.d . . ... , ..' .. '.


'. % ~. ~ .';'_;t~~U' " ::'. "
I

II

'.:~;::;:~' .. "$".~: -"~~;;;:;;~~'. '.: ....


':::;;~;.:~. :"':' ...... :. f~~~:.~ ~~f'!:~;.'f . .'.:' '.

.~".-:".' ."'~. .'" ,(~ p . . . .t.~.

...)....... . . .

\ _
.. ' . ':' .

"'.:~,

' ,: . . . :'.:;:

'

. ..
...,
r1~~'S cons.idet"'an evert ~itnp!er example of the "Law of
',

~ ~I
CO
.;",~ . .JHDIl.T
,,, "

~.

~:'.

"~

Dyna. mical SirTrilar:ity'.'.'in action ':-".an example with which


'
everyone is famUiardfYQu tell a photographer you want a
double-si~e ~.'hIQw"up'! 'of'y~ur pnoto, it will cost yOu 4
times as 'tiel:- .noi"ct'ou. ble '(See .lfig. 1). Thafs.h...-.ause
whe~ you.... ask....f.or-do~Sle size' '.lou are ...unoo..nrtlO...u.SJ. . y
thinkiilg..o{ the.'photo's.eiige-Ien~h, wheieasthephoiom'

~~:7~~~~~~:$~~~s.~~:rc~~;I~tgt~~~~j=~~U;g~~

depends on length x.:itscHf, and in the above case 22 =.4

~~~~;~~~~~~h~~}!h~~J~~~t~~~~~:~~:~t~:I!:~~~~

because (as most people know) volume depends on


length cu~d;'ar'i'd 'So,for a halfsiz~d s@tuette, HlP = ~
. "
... . 4'.11
(fig. 2). NpiAl,,~!~hough'Tppst peopl~ have':no di~ul~in
"-#
c t ~ -= . :.. .
understariding:; this in terms of a squ~re Or-ii ,cu~ .(in
,"
j _L
. . . II
which alll~ngtljs are equ~l), how ma'ny peopie ri!alize that
. I N V E ,.SE. "~..
this is tru~ fori all other.; shapes al$o~ It is very:easy}o
.'.,.
.:." ..:,pr~)Ve that "vo1.ume vari~ as length; cubed" for' any ~lid
;"';....... .;...........-,.,......,;;.~.,..--.~........,;.......;....
.......
'..-.,~...-:-.....,.""':~~.:~.:."..
....,. . .-:-.-:-..~
..:. '":-.-....,~.~.--'.... :: .. -' 'shape; say a bTick (fig. ~). A brick is ;:l good cho.ice be~ve heard of the flight sil:nula.tqrs u.~e9 to train airlir) .. , Cij!,lse any.irreguli~r shaPe (e.g., the hurilan'oody)1::arlbe
pilots o~ the. use ~f computer. simulation methods: to.;: .,thbught of, as d.ivided into millions of tiri~':,bric.~! ~~Iar
mod~1 (I.e., Simulate) the "flow" .of work and matenals .
approach ~can :'be used ;to prove that" "area' vanes as
": . :;: ...;' .'~ ",.;.. '"
length, sq'ua,red" ey~n':!when such are~' .~)rr~l~r 'in
tfirough a factory, etc.
:.. The .scientific for:mula used to "scale up" (or "scale
shape. Incidentally, this allows a far simpler prooH>f
down;' i(desir:ed) .tr~m a !'l~~e~ ~~ t~e'/~~! !~ing is c~l~?
"Pythagoras's Th~orem" than 0':le ever. finds in.a .high
school textbook (fig. 4), once again shOWing the ments of
the ~.'La'.9f Oynam~cil SII'~ilanty~ or_ '.'Pnnclple of Smlilusingthe"LawofDynamicaISimiiarity"ratherthansome
tude'." Far from being abstruse, this is a very workaday
formula. For instance, w~n an electrician does short
other less basic approach. How mj:lny people realize that
tircuit ccl1culations he i~ Jeally just applying the:'Prin- . "Pythagoras~.is true forarJY ~\Iililar ARJ,::A.S.(e..g., circles)'
i:iple . of Siniilitude/Electr6dynamicar _:. Similarity" .to ..'_,-.:....::. not' just'''squares?'' . ".' . , " ...' . . ~ ...
.\iscale up" the current in ~ccordance with the "scaling
Now this fact that Area (fig. 1) and Volume (fig: 2) vary
P9wn" of impedance whicH occurs when parts of a circuit
respectively as the "square" arid "cube" of corre~pon~~
~av~ ,~coine ."by-~s~~.'I-(i . e:;. ~.horted qut!). , . .
i~gline~r. qime.ns}~n.s !S!1',~ just 9f aG.?demic concern ..lt's 'a:
t . SIITlIlarly, the hydrodynamic 1St knows the horsepower
v~tal' problem of scahng confronted by every deSigner;
bf, steamship varies as ti;l+ '7th pQwer".of the speed (V): .. :,. who tr'ies~ to build a bigger sta,tue,' buildil19, rocket, ~ir-!
;.rh~ .tells t~e steamship dfsigner tha! any fracti6n~1 (or
~raft, .etc. As evident fro,!, fig':;2, ~ "do\1ble:~~z~cf' build-:
.!:l,) 'change In horsepower 1j"ust be 7 times any fractional ';', Ing wdl a.ctually ~ve 8 (I.e., 2.3 ) times the volume. The.
;(~r' %) change in speed hf ~ants! In othe{~ords if he
-- pre~sur(wf "stress" on the bas~ will therefo~ebe 8/4 (i.e.,:
~ants a mere 10% "scale-up" In speed, he's going ~o n~ed .: ..~) hme~ .th~ fo~mer: '!~tue of. 1/1.
: '.
"?,..
:70%'more horsepower! It ip small wonder that\t!'ie speed '~'" This is known to architects and engii)~rs:as the
.~f merchant ships has stayed around 15 to 25 mph for the
Square/Cube Law, although that is a rathe'r unIQr.tunate:
Past century.
.,nam~ ':'~Qr it,: (Actually there are' many dif.fe'r~nt.
:: . It would be' hard to imagine more simple formulae than' -".... 'S~uare!cubelaws. The "Powei.formula" for an hydrflulic
~he sho{t circ~it.."tonJlula-dr th~ ~~a~.ship ~tf9~nc;~, "':'~..t~rbil1e i;}.od Kep~r'~.,"3rd Law'ofPlarietaryMotion:.'are
.~rm~, yet they provide try firm answers tov~ry basic .... just. anothertwo squa~e/cube laws, wh~dl ha~e ~othin~
questJQnsandshowthevalue,scope,andauthontyofthe
whatever to ~o With what architects 'call t#:lf!
~'Law'of Dynamical Simila~ity."
. >~ ;.:
Squa~f/,~.~ .4.w!~ .... . ,,'........;'" .. , : '.:: . ..'.. ~::;:,:.~.
....... ., ... .... :'"'", :

.... '.~:.' _

r-.,

fl4i1r.

f\

' , .; .':

.pv'RSt!!T Spring 1977

" . " r. ~

.~

.,

II

I ....

37

....;:. :.~. PA~~~ . .~'.Bi-~~.'~: '.


.. : .. ': '.. u.("~1) ..

"This so-calied Square/Cube' Law of archit~ctur~ (figs .


1 & 2), 'along with all the other typesof!sguare/cub.e
laWs(!), is really just another simple example of the "law
of Dynamical Similarity'; inaction. The "Law'of [)yriamical Similarity" does not alloW one. to build' Something
.which is simply "dol,lbled":in elJery respect: rite "law of
Dynan:tical Similarity" says that some of the proP.Qrtions
'can't merely be doubled: For instance, if you try.to ~uild a
double-sized statue of solid stone it will have 8 times the
weight but only 4 times the base cross-section:. You
would have to hollow out half the material from the statue
in order to achieve a weight of only ~ t~es ttje base crosSsection and'to have the base pressu"re stay.4/4(th~~me
ratio. as 'the half-sized original). Otherwise ~he 'ground
may nCit suppart"a doubled'sttess'of8/4 (i."e.,Z(l)andthe
statue would sink." Similarly, ene cannot just- ~rect ~
building in which everything is 'merely d04bled: 'On~
would end up With 8 times the weight resting' on only 4
times the b?lse area. The stress on the concrete supports
would be' 8/4 (2/1 in'comparlson with'your Qriginal halfsized building). Such supports would' be !s~re~d twic~
what was originalIY'considerd, safe and So'yoUi'~ouble
sized building would collapse~ To prevent such collapse,
. each side of your .doubled building's base would have to
be 2.8,28 (the square r90t of .8) times, the originai.rTteci'. 'surements (not merely doubl~d' as in. f1g. '1) .. You,"
concrete supports Would. also have to have 'their: cross.' sections increased by 2.828 times whatever- tliey were on

.'

-6<;;"P
...~t~ . '
HGUHE::: 1

.. .,. .... - ~~'_I


~ ...

:.

".;

. .

i .

"I . L'

"

. ' , ~:

-.1_ -1--

,. 1

i -, - -

: : . - 1.
I

"

L -:1_
.. 1
I ."1,~........
I

~.

. . .

~Iro.;..-.......

I ....

.. HGUHE:::2 .

~ ~

.'

l'

.Ht;.,~t ~'hl
...J..,.cW--: :J, t . .
. . f/A:L--, fl' .. .h.
'''SLp BJ": ....... " .

' . . .1 '.

It is notable that some large birds cheat the "La!A' 01 Oynamjca! Sd)'ity" by
having hollow 'bones!
. .
..
..

'W

h: j,:t

. '_AJI
~

,. .

...... ~.-'

... ~.A -=.' A':B

..

. ".""i
J"../

X
::) "p~~

".~k. ~

"S' L __ ../~

..

'. 3"

.'

'.

i.

.,

r_

-;~,

'~r--~'

-r' A C'.

kJ t ' .. 'f':.
....

". J. .... , "', ..


( ,,' A .~ A \t--:A ~. i~/f~e ~~ .~ :...

..

.' .,;:--

S'~:,ti~A~: (~~~ l~ F~~~;';~)_

,#='.

1. . ~:. kx'&.:.,

..

.4U ~ ~."6-,

II

(A "5F6<&r-")X [ L.e~"T~ ... --::....

:: flGURJ:::3

.'

':'.~

. ':(h J,t)_rt3J
s

,I'

,.~ V~ = (A(X~eXt(J

:. (jc.,.. 13 ~ ~)

'

M_:r ~ ~~f;6~(~r...4~-/~~)

WI

L.

~~.

. '.

. ". ,.:.'.

". ':". :....

~j 2.. '.

.....

t..'

r j ~ ..

,
~'.r",.~.A

:"i:'

.'
~

'7~~

FIGURE4 .

I,'

..

....

/ ..

P~.v /r=.b..
.

:
.. ..

"' ..

....

.. ..

.~ ~~

38

the original half-sized building. Note how the "scale" is


being distorted by becoming 2.828 instead of 2 in some
places. Of course; one could cheat the "Law of Dynamical Similarity" by using stronger materials (ste~lpillars instead of concrete, for example). "You can't beat the
Square/Cu.be Law," sigh the architects, resignedly; "You
can only cheat it- occasionally;"
. ..
I have come to realize that this is just another fallacious platitude of Establishment Science, however. The
so-called Square/Cube Law could be beaten very simply
- if one had an anti-gravity generator. You would simply
install your anti-gravity generator in your doub1e-si~ed
building and set the gravity control to ~; your 8 times
weight would then be halved (to a value of only 4 times)
and would rest on a base area of 4 times (as aforementioned), so that the foundations would be stressed by (~x
8)/4 (i.e. 1/1), the same as your half-sized original build~
ing. Similarly, if you built a triple-sized building, you'd set
your gravity contiol device to 1/3, and your tripled building would be stressed to the same level as its one-thirdsized original. *
..
For instance, going to the moon isequivalenttoreducing our gravity by 1/6 (so we're told). Hence, we could
build a structure 6 tiines the height of the Empire State
Building on the moon. Holographically, (i.e. photographically in all 3 dimensions), it wol!ld be a replica of the present Empire State Building in that every linear dimension
(induding windows, wall thicknesses, etc.) would be enlarged 6 times; and the various materials would be unchanged in type. It would also be found to have exactly
the' same stress lelJel at its base and elsewhere as the present Empire State Building, which (as already proved)
won't collapse when;subjected to this level of stress.
Your author is not aware of anyone else having realized this. exact relationship between gravity and the so. called "Square/Cube Law". Certainly if some other
genius has realized it, he hasn't condescended to publish
the formula with the same enthusiasm. The famed
science fiction author Isaac Asimov, for example, in an
extensive discussion of the so-called Square/Cube Law!
fails to point out how the Square/Cube Law would be
affected by variable gravity .
.Similarly, the highly reputed sciencefiction author A.
C. Clarke, in. his masterly textbook2 on rockets and the
effct of gravity on their "velocity of escape," etc., doesn't
mention anything suggesting a relationship between
gravity variation and the Square/Cube Law. Earlier
.treatises dealing extensively with the" Law of Dynamical,
Similarity":! fail to discus!! gravity variations at all. .
The literature of science fiction does contain a groping
realization that gravity ~hould have some effect on struc:
tures, but the notions on the subject are so hazy that it is
difficult to separate science content from fiction.
One science fiction school takes the view that things
on low-gravjty planets will grow tall and stalky, because
"gravity is too weak to hold them down." Such stories:
usually have our spaceman .wandering under giant.
spindly mushrooms while being observed by giant grass-
hoppers anc:~, similar spindly insects. Another SF-school
An Establishment scientist wiD chortle, "But we don't have antigravity, you smy
fellow, n and smugly pal himself on the back. True! But what does that have to do
with the mathematical validity? A tootypical case of the fraudulent conversion of
. an iIIIue by &IIch ~managernental .. cacklers.

PUHSUff Spring 1977

seems to contradict this view. They feel that a small


planet (e.g. the Moon) has a small gravity and should
theref9re produce small inhabitants to match.
On the other hand, there seems to be a general consensus that inhabitants of high-gravity planets should. be
gorilla-muscled supermen quite capable of hauling their
carcass around in the colossal gravity of their home
planet (e.g. Jupiter). A minor variation on this theme has
high-gravity inhabitants described as low-slung and
lizard-like, dragged down onto all fours by their planet's
gravity, anq living in squat- massive structures built to
withstand gravity; If there are any other schools of
thought on the effects of gravity, they are so rare that certainly SF authors have not felt them convincing enough
to be worth adopting wholesale and habitually.
In short, the science fiction field.does.n't appear to have
developed any consistent opinion regarding the effects of
low-gravity and high-gravity environments. Wherever the
subject may be touched upon there is much evidence of
contradictory confusion. Outside the science fiction field,
of course, the subject is never even considered.
Thus, science fiction doesn't seem able to offer us any
clear leads on the subject; and we are therefore forced to
rely on our own investigative resources. We have already
discovered that as we build taller buildings, gravity must
be reduced in inverse proportion (by our hypothetical
device, which by lowering the gravity makes possible
taller- buildings). We can therefore suspect that it we
venture in the opposite direction (to only higher-gravity
planets), we will have to reduce the height of all struc-,
tures .proportionally to the increased gravity. Let us
check this supposition; but in this instance iet us study
how the increased gravity would affect a human rather
than a building. As we begin to suspect that iriqeased
gravity will, compel smaller buildings, we also begin to
realize we'll need to find smaller personnel to utilize such
mini-buildings.
:
"How would such mini-personnel be affected by
gravity which is greater than normal?" seems the key
question; so let's try to answer it - scientifically and
incontrovertibly.
'
Just as buildings consist of concret,e and steel, the
human body consists of flesh and bone. These are the
building materials of the human body, and we're stuck
with them. Just like concrete and steel, flesh and bone
will withstand only a certain degree or level of pressure or
stress, beyo.nd which they will crush, buckle, rupture or
collapse.* Doctors are continually cautioning us that
even a little bit of extra weight overstresses our system
and is liable to cause anything from varicose veins and
hemmorhoids to heart trouble, etc.
..
So .there's nothing special about the human body. It
doesn't have some sort of ."diplomatic immunity" to the
"Law of Dynamical Similarity;" neither does any other
animal's structure.4
.
. Nature has evolved the :normal Earth-human size and
shape to' be capable of supporting its own weight fairly
comfortably, while temporarily bearing an overstress of
maybe 100% (as when lifting or jumping): Beyond such
II you don't believe it, try liNing something equal to your own weight or greater.
Try carrying 300 Ibs, of lead shot quilted into your lacket all dal/!

.-. . ~

.....
....

~
':

'I

~.

.'

. '.

.': .
"

',',

."

:4

",

. . .' ~..

;',

STALKY

'0';

"

.
".:

])ROOP-Y .
. J'

J,:

k'
"I,

Ie
t.il .'
. . ,.
"

Z : ji ' . .

.i",

.. " .
'.:' .
. .. .

.'

~.

pJIIU,TG..2::' .

..J.
.a .=i~.t.4'. '. . . - '..' ~' .
..j: 11((%)3.
. ,.i
,'''!:

of

. :.

.'

.~~

. J-1UUKI;:'5

limits there's.not much leeway, and we ~~st resort to various crutches' such as "G-suits" arid' "accelerationcouches"_
. ' '.
.
. Let's start out, as does science fielion literature; by
s'upposing that a woman travels from earth (when~ G=l)
to' a planet :having twice the gravity (0=2), as in .tig_
0_ . On earth, her cros~-section~1 stress was '.'EarthWeight"/ Area, whereas on the 2G planet her cro~s-se~
tiona I stress becomes (2 x "Earth-Weight")/Ar:ea. In
short, her stress has doubled; and to restore it to the
former value which she found comfo'rtable on earth, she
would need to double. her cross-sectional area (of legs,
waist, etc_) .as well. (This seems to be wh~r~ sciEmc~
fiction gets its "gorilla-bulky Hi-G dWE!lIer" notions from_)
Science fiction seems to feel that such athiCkening of the
legs an!=! waist* would eventually occur if a person remained long enougtj on a 2G plal1et (or if .he.~as pO.I.'!1
there). Certainly it is notable'tha't girls operating elevators tend to develop thicker legs after a while, due to the
by41.4'.\', because 1.414

=\h: and\k squared would !live you doubled area.

. . ,,
"over-G" effect of ascending elevators,* All of which IS in
perfect accord with "The Law of Dynamical Similarity/,
insofar a~ it goes, However, science fiction (most lin-'
scientifically) overlooks the fact that, if leg and waiSt
cross-sections were doubled (in an attempt to' restore
stress to an "Earth-normal" value), this would also'double.
the volume and thus "up" the weight, and still'leave Us
with a doubled stress while on the 2G planet. Hence, :the
"heavy-duty cutie" in fig. 5 is strictly an '~Earth creature/"
and not especially adapted to 2G living cis sciel)ce fiction'
would have us believe: Similarly, the stalky figure in.fig::5.
is an Earth creature and not peculiar'ly adapted in Y2-G
living,. as shown by the fact that such slim figures are very'
reminiscent of certain AfriCan races (e.g, Watusi), 'An
alternative scieFlce fiction "Hi-G" theme is the squat and'
muscular figure shown at ~-normal heighfin fig, 5, having'
the same width as' an "Earth-normal" figure, (Note that
this could be regCirded as a normal-sized figure scaled to
Y2 size, then doubled in width), I suppose this coul~ ~ .
* Mosi girls don 'I stay on Ihe job very long in order to avoid becoming such a
"heavyduly culie."
jJUH~UJ J.' . Spring 19'1';:

....._......

~""I.".I """""""""~I"""""""""~."""""_J""w._
40

called the "droopy"version; because, although this figure


would have "same-weight" on "same-cross-section"
(under 2G) as a normal-sized figure on earth, a glance at
the tabulated data shows that no one would marry her for
her "Bending-Moment Withstand-Capability" under 2G!
Also, why this latent assumption that a person's height
will remain the same when he goes to another planet? Or
that if born on said other planet he would grow to the
same height as on earth? If science fiction feels a person
would develop thicker legs on a "Hi-G" planet, is it not at
least equally logical to assume his other dimensions (e.g.,
height) would somehow vary also? As previously mentioned, science fiction seems confused on these matters.
They started out (perfectly correctly) with a comparison
of 2 persons of equal height on different planets. Somehow they got stuck with that "equal height" concept and
never carried their deductions any further. The reason
appears to be anthropomorphic (i.e., unconscious prejudice in favor of human height and shape).*
Since science fiction hasn't been able to "make up its
mind" on gravity/human consequences, and there is no
other type of literature which deigns to even mention the
subject (apparently), we are left with no otheraltemative
than the "Law of Dynamical Similarity", which we know
to be reliable and always applicable.
Let's reconsider a person on Earth (where G = 1). As
previously mentioned, his "Cross-sectional" stress is
equal to weight/area (of cross-section). Just as with a
building, his weight depends on his volume (or height [h)
cubed). His cross-sectional area depends on his leg
radius (r) squared. Hence his stress (or weight/area ratio)
on earth depends on h3/r2 The so-called "Square/Cube"
law of architecture again!
Now let's see what happens when this person moves to
a planet where gravity is "G" times Earth's gravity. Let's
call the planet "Planet G," for convenience. Everything
remains the same except that his weight is now "G" times
its former (i.e., Earth) value.
His stress on Planet G thus depends on G(h3/r2). Now
it's been shown (fig. 3) that any given shape has its own
definitive "shape ratio" of dimensions (namely h:b:t), the
product of which constitutes its "shape factor."
In the case of the human form discussed above, such
"shape ratio" is h:r:r. In other words, as long as we're
stuck with the human form, we have a constant ratio of
h/r. So the stress formula for our man on Planet G can be
rewritten as Gh(h/r)2; where the ratio (h/r)2 is known to
be constant.
Our man on Planet G is really stressed dependent only
on Gxh!
Now this is exactly the same conclusion as we carne to
when discussing buildings. As the height "hn is increased, Gravity "G" must be decreased (somehow!) to
avoid exceeding the safe stress level. Moreover/'h" actually means any corresponding dimension (not only
height), since all dimensions pertaining to a particular
shape are interconnected by somesuch "shape ratio" as
h:r:r or h:b:t, above.
* Let's face up to the fact that people respect a taller man, but don't give a damn
about a smaller man. An American "prof" once collected statistics showing that
the salaries of company presidents who were 6'2: were consistently higher than
those for 6' presidents who, in tum, were paid more than 5'8" presidents. (That's
why they're called "management material" - they buy 'em by the yard!) Just
further proof that logic is alien to the human !aCl<.
PURSUIT Spring 1977

In fact, we can see (fig. 3) that what we've called Gxh


here is really G(hl) where I is theunit of length (e.g. feet,
meter, mile, etc.). Accordingly, what this constant stress
equation Gxl is basically telling us is that the unit of length
(I) must be made to shrink as G increases, and vice-versa.
In other words, the unit of length must be re-scaled, as
one might suspect from the fact that the "Law of Dynamical Similarity" deals with matters of scale. Hence a tape
measure for use on (say) Jupiter (where G=2.65) would
have each "Jupiter foot" marked off at 12/2.65 =4.54
earth inches long. Plans, etc., made on Earth wouldn't
need redesigning. Just read them as "Jupiter inches" instead of Earth inches. (Note that such lengths do not
have to be straight lines; e.g., for a 3G planet, a 39'" waist
must become a 13" waist, etc.)
In fact, if a mirror-surfaced UFO ever drops off a little
man all of 2.6 inches tall, you've got to realize that he's
probably quite a big man somewhere (e.g., 6 Solar feet
back on the Sun, where G=28, fot instance!).
Let's just re-check this extraordinary discovery/realization by use of our const'ant-stress formula G(h3/r2 ),
which applies to Planet G. We have reached the conclusion that a man transferred to Planet G must have all his
linear dimensions reduced to "VGth" of their normal (i.e.
Earth) values in order to feel at home (by becomingover-.
stressed) there. His height must thus become h/G and
his leg radius riG; and (according to our reasoning) he
then feels just as comfortable as he did back on earth.
Does he? Let's insert his new measurements into our
constant"stress formula and see:
Stress (on Planet G) = G(h/Gp/(r/G)2
Amazingly, all the "G's" cancel out and we're left with:.
Stress ~ h3/r 2 for our l/Gth-sized
"mini-man" on Planet G.
But this value h3/r2 is the stress level of a normal (i.e.,
Earthsized) man on Earth (as already mentioned). So
our l/G sized man will feel comfortable on Planet G. (Fig.
Sa tabulates the situation.)
Our conclusion is thus PROVED and INESCAPABLE: viz., "In order to bejunctionaIlY-lJiab/e, a man (or
any other structure) must become proportionally reduced in all 3 dimensions (i.e. "holographically") INVERSELY SOLELY as the G-value of the planet on
which he lands."* Let's call it:
"Whamond's INVERSE SOLELY Law of Gravitation"
(d. - "Newton's INVERSE SQUARE
Law of Gravitation!")
It is interesting to note that if we scale down the normal
human's 6' height by the G value of Jupiter, we get
72/2.65 or 27.2S". Now 27'" just happens (I) to be a frequently reported height of the mini-men who occupy
UFOs. Is this just more coincidence?
* So in future science TV epics: when Cap'n Quirk of the United States Starship
Private Enterprise steps into the matter transmitter to get himself "faxblipped"
over to Planet G for hologrammatic reconstitution thereon, he'li have to ensure
that his ship's matter transmitter incorporates a scaling circuit, whose control
knob would be reset (from I to 1/2.65, in the case of Jupiter) to "scale his blip" so .
he'd feel at home on arrival there. Of course his mini bulldozers, etc. have been
already built 1/2.65th the normal size and "faxbfipped" to him now without said
reset. Minidiriosaurs, mini blondes and other specimens could be similarly
brought aboard the ship in expanded condition, in order to best conserve weight
and space. In fact there's the intriguing possibility that you could size up your
souvenir miniblonde occasionally, (while still keeping her "cut down to size" most
of the time) to save even more in terms of rations and argument. (I'm certain
science fiction authors could make something of this,free inspiration!)

t...

41

G ==,

G=2...

, >

NOR. MilL.
t

M!:;
.,.

I
I

},f
JIB

Je -= ilC:llC t
t It)'''
%=ft l.R,-t(?'N.r.J

(-i. M.~MAL".sIZE)

4
I

I
I

..

~ ~=,)

~""H~H~GJ(;SlI

.'!

FIGURE5a

Jk .. WHoiII'10N.D'J
S.l

L .. .., .. H7r.~~ol ...

C OI'lSTAAlT:{ s.e;..ss)
,,~

Il.. ~t"~ ....,{&

".45 /4. L... ~,s

(C&'oIC ....."t

St~.n L&.,.,z 54.".... .

..

e:q .... L:

~rt")

1= Pt.. ~" II~ l('':'''' .. ,:.,..,'1:)


or" .. P~7. .. e-...Jut: I -,. SlI.,p ~

, .. ";: :;t" y.-:.rJ..,:.oI' A~ ~~ .


,..

.~......(Au. ~ ,.... " ...~, pt..-d; '.

bU'7'lr&

r:--Zt;..../4~:

NC"'7'E:
, .. 32',-.
/-tU~Jr
L..,.E",
...tlt.
____
("s"...... r '.c.. ..p~,,?"pdM-. .ie t; .. ,)
I

~~--~------~---------..S G
/.
z.. 1'.,0;) l

(! )*(I) ~

Pf. 4?:1o:.

..~~ Se..... !> &. ..p.l".....d" ~


PURSUIT Spring 1m":

42;

" . In one ~uch case ~ear the Spani~h village of. VillareS de!
S~~ t~e UFO's mini-lT).en occupants were said. to.b~
aoo~t65 cm tall.Th~t's 2!;i.6" (intere~ting alsq because it'~
smaller thiin usual) .. This is compatible with a normal 61
'man::'sealed'to Someplac.e where G = 72/25.6 = ~.8;al;
though if we take our normal man's height at 5'8" (ini
stead of 6:), then.our 25.6" ~ini-man is compatib.le with
native' planet where G= 68/25.6=25.6" (the.sameasJupil
t.er!): We must also realize .that human' height .ranges
(from Py'giny' to' WatuSi). over' 100%. So. mini-men may
vary similarly. . '
. .
. 1
: More;over, we have already mentioned that a normal
m~n. can iift 'about his. own weight, thus .overstressing hiS:
fr"~me byabout 100%, t~mP9rarily. Similarly, a mini-mart
on.hls own Planet G could temporarily overstress. hi$
frame .100%; and that would be represented by his lifting
.welght.(a cqncrete block, say) h~ving.each of its linea~
dimensions' reduced to '''1/Gth'' of those 'c;>f comparably
~hapec;l concrete .blocks which our normal ~~ could jUSf
lift.:on. Earth.
;...
'. :
....
..' I
.. For instance, if a normal man couldj4Stlift a 12~ x 15" ~
2<r;concrete blo~k onEarth, then his 1/Gth-sizeq mini:coUnterpart (ori Jupit~r ,say, where G = ~..6) couldjust.lift
~ :.CQPcrete block measuring <;I.pproximately ~.6~ ..x 5.8" .~
7.7"- (i.e., 12/2.6 x 15/2.6 x 20/2.6). .
....
.' f
. SQ .it seem~ ,that a mini-miln (on Planet G) would live in
~ mini-city, use. inini-H)eams, mini-tools, and. mini-cui:
ina~y' uten~ils. He'd oper~te mini-bulldozers, inini-cran~
. a,ild,rriini-aircraft (sauce~s?) and h~nt th~ mini-dinosa~~!
(Provided G exceeded earth's value of G =,1, of course,)
'.; ,.quite a di~e:r:ent reality frOITl th~ reg.Lllar.diet of b.ulky;,
gorill~~muscled ~l,lperr1Jen which scieJ'lce (iction ~s ~~
~edjri.g. us on High-Gravity Planet~!* .... .' .',.'. I
,',
.'
' .

'.

~,:,.,.",: . NO~-S~RUCTURALRE~L.MS
~.. --;. ......

. .AND_POS.SIBI~ITIES.

'.~h~reasall:of

'...::.,

<.' '."-. . : .

f9regoing'i~ iJ:l.pe~ect ~c~6rd

the
Withf.
the "Lawof,DynainicaI.Similarity," it seems that people;.
ca.ri\really t~ke 'the id~a c:>f mini-men se~iqusly, '~h~therl' .
the;~ ar~ from ~F.Os. ~IsE;~h~r~. ,?ne en.c~unters s~te-I
me~t.$ ;hk~: "~-Sl~. ~~ s bram.1.S n~t big; e~ou~ tC?1
m.<;I.mtaln mtelhgen(:e .at hu1'M.~ leyel. '6. There S. .somel
thing wrong with such stat~nientS. What about pygmies,...
cj~c;~. mic;igets, c;hildren? Many Orien~ls are al~ost ~~
tne height of a 6 .person. The "Law of QynamlCal Sum;
~.r~~\'~ says. their !iea9 v~lur:nes ~o~'bral~ ~p~citie~?) .wm,
varY as the cubes of their respective heights. That s 3/4~
Or.27/64 ='0.422:: ...........-. ' ... '
. . ' I'
"So our'4'6'" Oriental'has only' 42.2% 'ofthe' "brairis" of a.
6-footer, apparently? This doesJ:l't seem to be any ha~il
to Orientals such 'as' those 'cu;rTEmtly des~ing
trari~istor' drcuitiy and pl,llling off shrewd business dea~
itlvplving 6-foQters. Moreover, can o~ ~lly belie~~ ~ '31
~;chiid hcis o~ly ~2.5%.. U.~.,.1/8) th~. ~ra,ir1s .0f..i~.'6j
par~nt~ (espeCially after havmg met some ,o~ tho~
parents!)?
.'
.
.'
.'

or

cap

..!

.' ~ ~ fi"nct

~t inc:i-edlble that oUf'miniinan (~JupitC!r) coilld not' lift ~

norinaI (i.e.,.Earth-siz"\ concrete block measumg ~"'x .15" x 20"? Well, ~


Would yOu likoo to t..yblbng i:I conc~te bkx:k ~uring27%" ,,3'4". x 4:5" Ii."., ~ f

as

2.6 tiInes the size noimai on vOiJr native planet), you' seem to expect them to be
able,ro "do? OTheY, PfObably wouldn't tri/lifting Something 18 times (i.e., G3)their

;::;::.:'-_,.

..

. Obviously then, in'such non-structur.al realms as.brainpower, nature has found some way to theat the "L.aw of
Dynamical Similarity." Despite the .fact that we' don't
know :how, the above-cited instances indicate ttiat
Nature is'. somehow' able to cheat the '.'Law of Dynamical
Similar:ity".in this' crucial matter of providing a too drastic
scaling of brainpower. . .
.
.
One obvious possibility is that Nature does not scale
f~ithfully. For .instance, a 1/2-sized man may perhaps
have a. '3/.4~sized head, along with a few. stronger neck
muscles to support it. (In' this connection it is notable that
some: UFO mini-crew' are reported to have heads "pro
pOrtionally larger". than their bodies).7 It would be
interesting to learn whether any anthropologist has
accumu~ted comparative data on the head sizes of both
small men. and large men in order to evaluate whether-the
head/body ratio. is. the same. Consider.able and significant variations .could easily pass unnoticed, however.
The cube root of 2 = 1.26, which is.about 5/4. A doublevolume head thus has linear dimensions pnly 26% greater
than the original. Regarded in reverse, a half-volume head
will have linear dimensions reduced from 1.26 (about 5/4)
to 1 (i.e., 4/4). This 1/5 redl,lction isn't very much (10%
from e~ch side of the face,.forinstance).It's.hardly noticeable uisually and the linear dimensions which the human
eye notice~ most often (as alr~ady mentioned in relation
to,the phq,tographic. blow-up; fig. 1). Such a 20% reduction would hardly attract much n9tice yet it-.is already
hiding.a halueq brain!*
. Another possibility. is the .clue always beirigbai1died
about 1;>y psychologists and si~ilar Establjshi'r,,:!~t. typ~s:
"We only use a small fraction of our brailist'they'say;'
(One can believe it, judging by the resultS!) Perhaps that's'
how.-Nature is cheating the "Law.of Dynamical SimI."
Iarity" 'as regarcls :brainpower? Maybe:' Nature (some~'
how) causes smaller Persons to !use their brains more
effectiy~ly/ efficiently? Maybe smailer persons don't need:
al!? much -brainpower for governing their movements and
qm thus. devote more brainpOwer 'to .matching 'Iq'rgi:i .
persons. in busines'deals, etc.?The missile industry is well
aware that 'more circuitry (not. less) can be pa~ked into
mini-space~ if stich cir.c;:uitrY were to be micro-min~ttirized, for iristance.**
' . . ..
.It would be most 'interesting to learn whether anyon~
haS ever don~ any actual research on these aspects.af
brail1Power.
.
:.
Insofar as'crewing a UFO is concerned: Just how much
brains does this require anyhow? Most of our own aviation is pushbutton. Even the test "equipmentisprogrammed to sequence tl)rough an enti're manual of tests.t A
UFO.crew c9uld,lshould be evenmore autornated~'
Experiments have even been -done to utilize a' cat's'
brain as the guidance system in a missile.t
* Ii yO~ doubt that the human eye judges by linear dimensions, tty tnc?Ving to a

neW home. You'l find the amount of "stuff' you ihought you had is just about
cubed!!! '. '. . ' .
.
** .Let's'try to phrase this iIIdefined concept of brain~r in a more thought JXO"
voking.way, viz.: "To what physic;:aI"height would a geniusl!ke Einstein or Sir I~
NewtOn'have to be reduced for his brain powerJcilPilC1ty, not volume) to de
crease until it was merely the same as the IIl!!nin-th~-st~t's mentl!.lleI:'el? Would
Sir Isaac find himself reduced to only the physical height ~ a 3transl5tor black
bOx perhaps?" Now there's a questil;m the "Square{Cube Law" con't" ~wer!
t About the only brainwork required 06 military personnel iIowadays is "If it
shOOt'~. 'Let's face it; such guys rate. maybe a "3 transistor black box!"
t About 'a "3transistor black box" requirement, as already surmised! .

moves;

43

Despite occasional miniaturization experiments such


as the animal brain guidance systems (Project Birdbrain?) aforementioned, the Military has traditionally
shown no interest in the potentialities of mini-men.
Another fact reinforcing my conviction that this direct
connection between gravity and 3-dimensional size has
not been fully explored, except in an occasional~ hazy,
obscure and non-fundamental manner.
During WW II, for instance, there was the occasional
deliberate attempt to select smaller pilots for certain aircraft (e.g., the Bell Airacobra). Such undersize pilots
were sought out because certain aircraft had cockpits
which were small and crowded; however," it had nothing
to do with respect for gravity. Intensive research was
done on G-suits for fighter pilots; but nothing whatsoever was done to outwit gravity by the alternative possibility of ._. using the smallest possible pilots! . .
Post -WWII witnessed a spate of interest in rockets and
space travel. Pioneering masterpieces8 were dug up and
dusted off; and much public discussion of escape velocity and mass ratios ensued, even in the newspapers. In
only one article was there the logical suggestion: "Why
not use small~r. rocket pilots? Say a 50 lb. man instead of
a 200 pounder?" Notice that suggestion was phrased in
terms of weight, not height. There was no evident realization of the innate relationship between gravity and
height that I am trying to suggest, merely a vague attempt
at weight-saving.
Of course this sensible "smaller astronaut" suggestion
was never adopted. Anthropomorphism again! lmagirie a
1V newscast: "Here comes our 3' -hero - America's firSt
man on Mars!" let's face it, a 3' hero is in the same category as a 3' company president or a "woman driver" somehow unconvincing in concept and just never going
to be taken seriously by the public, irrespedive of
achievements, statistics, or data.
Nevertheless, Whamond's Lciw unerringly pinpoints
the general and fundamental issue that gralJity and linear
dimensions have an innate and clear-cut inlJerse relationship solely to one another. (Not to be confused with
the Inverse square Gravitation law of my colleague,
Newton!) Throughout this article the author has not
bothered to make a careful distinction between gravity,
weight, and density. That's because there isn't any distinction. Particularly between gravity and weight. A half~
density material is the same as a full-density material in a
half-G field. .

THE BENDING MOMENT


Suppose we apply Whamond's Law in a few other instances in order to see if it is really as clear-cut and funda-.
mental as we believe it to be: One of the essential but
hidden ingredients of a society/civilization (along with
sanitation, transport, communications, etc.) is the
concept of bending moment. It is present in everything
from housing to bridges and shipping, though the public
.remains virtually unaware of its .existence and indisperisibility. When you see the cartoon of the farmer and his
sway-back cow, such animals are victims of excessive
"bending moment.''9
.
It seems wise therefore to investigate how a lJital
quality like bending moment would be influenced by the

scaling necessitated by arrival on Planet G. If you try to


bend a-beam, you're imposing a bending moment on it.
Usually, such bending moment is imposed by the beam's
own weight (or to be more accurate, by gravity). This
natural bending moment is resisted by the beam's crosssection, which elastically opposes such attempts to distort it by bending (fig; 6). If we take the simplest possibility (anything from a crane-boom or diving board to the
neck of a giraffe or dinosaur ,10 we have a cantilever, with
one end rigidly installed. The bending moment formula is
Mil = E/R, (with M representing the bending moment
being applied, R the radius of bend produced by M, E the
strength of the beam material, and I the rigidity of opposition to bending inherent in the beam's cross-sectional
shape).
. This bending moment formula can be simplified depending on the situation being analysed (in this case, a
cantilever)-, and when the "Law of Dynamical Similarity"
is used (fig. 6) to scale this bending moment situation to a
l/Gth size beam on Planet G, it is prolJed that a bending
.
radius of RIG will inevitably result.
In short, the bending moment formula has afforcted
independent proof that the forces within a l/Gth-scided
mirii-beam will interact such as to produce a l/Gth bend.
radius when on Planet G!
Such holographic type reduction in scale of the entire
beam (iilchiding holographic reduction of its bending
radius of curvature), . is exactly as predicted by
"Whamond's law." Without the c(lmplication of bending-momEmt formulas!
.
It's iristructive "to look at a few more work-a-day
formulas. For instance, a gun's ra.nge scales to l/Gth on
Planet G (fig. 6a). So does the "Angle-of-Bank" Triangle
(that's the diagram used to calculate the "tilt" of turns on
railways" roads, and auto racetracks) (fig. 6b). That's
because "Whamond's Law" says a mini-train on Planet G
must go around a mini-curve scaled to l/Gth the radius of
curvature normal on Earth for the same speed, IJ. This
means the centrifugal force is increased G times (to com-_
pensate for gra~ity being increased G times). Since the
horizontal (Le., centrifugal) force is thus increased G
times and so in the vertical (i.e., gravity) force, the entire
"Angle Qf Bank" Triangle-of~Forces merely becomes G
times the size of ~he normal (Le., Earth) Triangle. It thus

scales.

' . ....

'.

Now here we noted that the forces on Planet G are


amplified G times (not l/G). This is nof a.violation of
"Whamond's Law," since that only deals with linear
dimensions, not forces. The Barik-Triangle will still be
l/Gth of the normal (i,e., Earth) Triangle, as regards size
(fig.6b).
.
....
Another thing to note is that if we take a normal pendu~
lum (the
mail's watch) from Ear:th to Planet G, t~n
when we. shorten its length to l/Gth (to obey
"Whamond's Law") it will be~t in seconds which are only
l/Gth of Earth seconds. In. short, ft runs G ti!Tles as fast
(fig. 6c)."
.
..
.
.

poor

I have not as yet had an opportunity to consider the full


implication of this amplification of Forces and Timeby
the G factor. (Perhaps these are destined to become a
future article on "Whamond~s 2nd Law'.'?!) One could,
however, guess that the G-amplified forces are a direct
PURSUIT Spnng 1917

0,
i

..'

44

i~~

;."

".:

'.:~ '~r'

..

"

.." .

-".(

.. .'.FIGURE6

"

.
....

:;: .

result of the shorter (i.e., l/Oth) seconds. What~er the


~e~ likely that; w~ starting up a.p~ce Qf ~~
bT~ implications may tum out to be, on~ suspects t""t . . ~ whet~r .spi~ing up .~ mini~~I,. or.~~g
t.~i~.~~:anc)t~er insta~ce (~~iS;l?ei!l9 ~pap.~ cjf ()!Jt-;: ~ini..t~nk .tu.rret" . theY,.; could qlways "~t= ~ ~ ~
wlttJrtg.graYlty) of the ~I~ supenorlty ofmml-men .. Ut . drawl')
,.. ' ,
.;. ...
..

;' :.' 0':

:"

.'RUf1S.QIT :.' Spr~ 1~7!


',(

"

.:

.'

"::

:'.'

"l'

".

".
0

",:'

....

I.',

'

..

"

....

".45

, , ....~ " ......,.. ',' ...... t,;'liAJS RIfNBE:' .


. ..

- . ..;

"

'4~'"

,'4

\.~.

"

h.::.

--20,- .,.
tI2:~~!i'"

...

"':
1,

...

.-

~~I'

.,'

.~.

.'

---_._--------4b

MORE NON-STRUCTURAL REALM


POSSIBILITIES
Although the "Law of Dynamical Similarity" and
"Whamond's Law" (which, like the Square/Cube Law, is
predictable from it) are undoubtedly correct, it is in the
non-structural region (such "medical aspects," for example) that there seems to be no information available at
all, concerning mini-men (i.e., those aforementioned
questions regarding brainpower vs. cranial capacity).
Then on the other hand, maybe a human wouldn't reduce
much at all under G. Maybe he'd just cheat the "Law of
Dynamical Similarity" by dying. Possibly something
entirely different happens, such as adoptirtg the habit of
lying around doing as little as possible so that G doesn't
get much chance to work on him. Until several generations 'have lived under Hi-G conditions, we probably
won't have much information on the subject. All NASA
experiments seem to be on the effects of Lo-G (i.e."
orbital). Hi-G experiments have been done in centrifuges, but mostly related to Gsuits, I understand. I have
heard it stated that "a centrifuge can never really eliminate the Earth-s gravity field enough to test Hi-G
properly:" This does not really ring true. The 5:12:13 trio
angle is Pythagorean (i.e., right-angled). (see fig. 7.) It we
scale it to 1/5th size, we get a 1:2.4:2.6 triangle. If we make
this the basis of a centrifuge, with the "I" vertical (to
represent Earth's gravity), and spin it up to 2.4G horizontally, then we've developed a resultant 2.60 field (on
the tilt, similar to fig. 6b). We would have a narrow conical track on which G=2.6, and there would be no interference from Earth's gravity. At Jupiter's G=2.6, we could
grow plants and raise chickens, etc., on said conical track
and get some idea of what they'd look like if native-born
on Jupiter.Although I would assume that someone has
had the inspiration to build a conical centrifuge, I doubt
they've tried raising mini-men on it. Or anything else. A
discarded orbiting rocket hull, spun up to 2.60, is a more
feasible centrifuge for Hi-G experiments. T oday's trend is
in the opposite direction, because everyone is entranced
with the thought of "freedom from gravity," whether by
space stations or some future anti-gravity device.

:(;" 'r

Although the innate and fundamental INVERSE relationship between LINEAR dimensions and gravity (i.e.,
"Whamond's Law") never seems to have been clearly tormulated (certainly not by science fiction writers,
anyhow), such is not the case with other aspects of miniaturization. For instance, it has long been realized that
the surface area of a body depends on its length squared
(same as for cross-sectional area). Thus a !4-sized body
has Y4 (i.e., !4 squared) the surface area, but only ~ (i.e., !4
cubed) the volume of the original full-size body.
Now a body's cooling rate capability = area;volume =
YJ~ = 2 (for a half-sized body). So a half-sized body will
lose (or gain) heat twice as fast as its full-sized
counterpart. The public is generally aware th~t babies, as
compared to adults, are more sensitive to' heat and cold,
develop fevers faster, etc. Just another example of the
"Law of Dynamical Similarity" in that babies are about
1/3 the length of an adult and so could be expected to
cool off 3 times as rapidly.
.
At the opposite end of the ~ale we read puzzling tales
(in any hunter's magaiine) about p~ople shooting elephants and by the time they return with some native
helpers 3 hours later, the carcass has become too decomposed to merit skinning (or whatever!). Something
rotting in only 3 hours is decidedly puzzling - until you
consider the "Law of Dynamical Similarity": i.e., it an,ele
phant (or other big game) is about 3 times the length of a
man, then it will cool only 1/3 as fast. In fact, in African
heat, it probably won't c,ool at all, merely "jiffy-cook" itself
once the body's circulation is stopped.
, ' An intermediate region between the relatively familiar
cooling rate law and the utterly unfamiliar gravity/length
law (i.e., "Whamond's Law") is the Aerodynamic
"Drag/FrontalArea Law." Newton investigated this
problem in regard to projectiles and found that the drag
on an area, facing into an airstream depends on area
times velocity squared (see fig. 8). It follows that it said
area is the frontal area of a falling body, then the drag
builds up until it eventually equals the body's weight. ,
There is then no net force left to keep accelerating the
'body, and so it reaches a steady speed called the'
"Terminal Velocity~' (Vt). For a human (with parachute
unopened) Vt is between 120 and 140 mph, depending

CENTR,,::qlGE.. :

.J

FIGURE'1
PURSUIT Spring

~977

47

~: ..

-T

on the size, weiglit, and type of clothing. Unfortunately,


such speeds are a bit too excessive to expect to survive
without a parachute. If the speed could be cut to half,
however, one could have some hope of an occasional survival.
.
After obserVing how the cooling rate law affects a minimati, it should occur to us to wonder how "Newton's
Drag Formula" would treat a ~-sized human.
Comparing Newton's formula for a ~-sized mini-man
and his normal-sized counterpart, the "Law of Dynamical Similarity" scales our mini-man's terminal velocity to
IV2 of normal (fig. 8). That's about 7fR, or 90 mph. The
result, abput a 3fR reduction in terminal velocity, isn't
quite enough .to facilitate survivaL
Nevertheless, I have always ~en fascinated by the fact
that the human terminal velocity is so close to survival
velocities. What if our ~-sized mini-man could somehow
double his effective frontal area (by the using of some sort
of "Batman's cape" device (strapped to wrists and
ankles) or similar "Rogollo-Wing" artifice)?

~,

The "Law of Dynamical Similarity" shows (fig. 8) thaf


this would cut OOr mini-man's velocity to maybe 65l1lph;
namely, a 50% reduction in terminal velocity compared.to
a normal (and unequipped) man. Such a "drag-doubling"
artifice would bring our mini-man to the brink. of survivability.
The formula for a fall (without air drag) is V2 =2gh.{fig.
8) and can be used in space or for short falls where the
speed isn't high enough to produce much air drag. Using
this fOrrrlula, we find that a 50% reduction in the. normal
terminal velocity (of about 130 mph) is the spee~ (i.e., 65
mph) .which would be attained by falling off a 140' cliff.
This is about the limit of what an expert diver pll.!nging
into water could expect to survive; and is about the terminal velocity of a ~-si?!ed man equipped with artificially
doubled frontal area.
One may ask "Why all this talk about artificially
dOllbJed frontal area, using capes and wings? Why not
just get doubled drag from a mini-parachute?" We realiz~, of course, that a mini-parachute would do the trick,
PURSUIT

Spring 1977

48
I.

but we were rather wondering whether our mini-man


couldn't somehow employ some simple steerable equipment which 'a normal man could not use. We've been
reading all these tales about mini-men stepping out of
UFOs and "floating" towards people. Of course, these
reports are not usually very scientific and thus it is seldom
made clear whether the UFO is sitting on the ground or
hovering. There's never any information on the exact
speed at which "floating" becomes "jumping", either; so
in the absence of a few such crucial bits of data about all
we can conclude. is that the mini-men could almost
survive a prolonged fall and definitely have it easier in all
respects compared to a falling normal man. (We could go
on to point out, as well, that their Yw'~ ratio means a
halved "presSure pulse" (and therefore shock) when they
do hit the ground.
Therefore, if mini-men do use some sort of anti-gravity
or electrostatic "hover" -device, it wouldn't have to be
very powerful to give considerable maneuverability.
Looked at from another viewpoint: a compact device,
even if not yet-perfected to any great efficiency, would still
give even half-sized mini-men considerable airborne
mobility. This may account for the alleged "floating", or a
partially sustained/controlled "jump".
An even simpler and more easily prouen explanation is
that if mini-men are Hi-G dwellers (as everything seems
to suggest), then they are merely over-muscled for Earth;
in fact, they would be In exactly the same sort of situation
as our astronauts on the Moon - overmuscled, and able
to take 10l1g floating leaps and jumps. So it would be best
not to try to wrestle a UFO mini-man into a milk can in
order to prove that he exists. His strength/weight ratio
may give you an unpleasant surprise (it could become
possible to find yourself woven into some kind of Mobuis
Band, for example). A South American claims he tried to
stab a UFO mini-man II, but found the mini-man "way too
strong" for him. .
Sqme skepticwill no doubt ask, "If all that's so, then
how come Pygmies don't do floating leaps like that?"
Well, presumably they're like astronauts who have
stayed on the moon too long. Their muscles atrophy to a
Moon-normal (i.e., G = l/G) state until"they can't take
floating leaps any more. (I say "presumably" because I
can't find any definite information, much as I'd like to. No
one seems to have done previous investigation into such
"medical" aspects.)
Another "medical" aspect treated by a complete
. dearth of information is the question: "Why do Orientals
tend to be so small?" Is it caused by heredity, or tropical
heat? Is it diet or just food scarcity? Extra sunlight, or the
angle at which earth's magnetic field intercepts them,
perhaps? Or could it be due to different gravity and air
pressure caused by a 13 mile (i.e., 21 Km) radial bulge
(compared to polar regions); or what?"
Any scientifically-minded person will conclude there's
some reason for such relative smallness. And if said
reason can-be discovered, then we have a way of making
mini-men. It could very well tum out that increased G in
itself will not produce mini-men. This would not invalidate "Whamond's Law" in the slightest, of course; it
would only stimulate a search for a means other than
gravity which would be capable of producing mini-men.
Suppose we discover that the smallness of Orientals is
PUHSUrr

Spring .~977

merely a question of diet. (In other words, a hidden drug).


Or that the smallness is due to heredity. (In other words,
merely a genetic engineering problem.) We are now in a
position to produce mini-men of any desired quantity, in
"Brave New World"12 fashion. A brilliant solution to the
overpopulation problem: 4 men in the space of 1.*
I think anyone can begin to see the merits of a mini-man
Society by now; because if you can grasp the picture now
anyone able to build a UFO probably got the rr.essage
long ago. And if lii-G didn't shrink them automatically,
they probably did the necessary research and found a
drug or forcefield that would. They probably shed their
primitive anthropomorphic impulses by realizing that if
eueryone was small, then nobody would look down on a
midget. How "possible" does all that sound?
After WWII some Swedish "J?rof" found he couldgrow
giant hares (i.e., jackrabbits) by feeding them a drug extracted from the common Lily-o/-the-Valley flower. He
said that if the drug were to be used on humans they
would grow about 9' tall (Texans, take note!). And something is making Orientals tend to grow short. Nutritional
research doesn't seem interested in exactly what makes
people grow tall or short. Once again, it's with the "medical" aspects that we draw a total blank in terms of information.
.
Anyone who has read Aldous Huxley's prophetic
masterpi~cel3 realizes a UFO just could be captained by
a normal-sized "E-3" (i.e., an "Epsilon-Triple-Minus") and
crewed by a bunch of mini-"G .I.'s" (i.e., "Gamma-Ones")
who came along to open the cans and do the "regulation" 10-million-mile "waxjab!" Certain UFO sighting
reports l4 tend to suggest such a Watusi-Pygmy setup. It's
remarkable how Huxley's 1932 prediction of a "Bokanov~
skifiCation-Process" has been even surpassed by
"Cloning" possibilities. Another point to realize is this:
even if you have the perfect "anti-gravity" power plant
such as the "Plantier Drive Unit'.' envisioned by Lt. Plan. tier ofthe French Air Force, 15 and therefore couldn't care
less about gravity and "Whamond's Law," etc., that does
not mean that miniaturization isn't still attractive. One.
can nevertheless still envy our l/2-sized mini-man who is
able to voyage 8 times further on the same tonnage of
rations. and yet still have the luxury of 4 times the "onboard" crew quarters, even il us heavies had the additional "Plantier-Drive Unit" too.
Moreover, such !L..G-sized mini-men could travel to the
nearest star in 1j\I'""Gth of the time it would take us, be
cause they could travel under "G" times the acceleration
which we could tolerate! (Provided they didn't en'
counter "Relativistic-Effects," of course.) Most SF stories
use "Cryogenic Suspended Animation" for such startrips - further proof that they aren't aware of the possibilities of "scaled miniaturization to combat gravitation."
Such space-saving attributes of miniaturization have
long been realized by the Military, even though the
gravity-outwitting features (i.e., "Whamond's Law") of
miniaturization have only been dimly/dumbly (?) groped
at to date.
* Developers would just drool over those l/4-sized "'ots". Mortgage brokers
would swoim at the chance to sell you a house (for the same $50,(00) containing
only 12.5% (i.e., 1/8) the materials (without violating Federal statutes, eithe.r)_
All that, and gravitational immunity too! No bar to using Hi-G planets as
colonies for your overpopulation. Any arguments and you could always
confidently outfly, out-fight, and generally out-G those Lo-G heavies (that's us)_

49
The author finds it rather puzzling that when he submitted his theme for an article on "Little Green Men and
the Law of Dynamical Similarity" to a trio of science
fiction authors/editors, he was told the idea was "old hat"
- and "not evidence" of UFOs. 1have, however, spent at
least the last 30 years reading all varieties of technicaVmathematicaVscience fiction articles, and have
found no evidence that the idea is either "old hat" or explicitly presented in any publication. I therefore hope that
this article has been rewritten and expanded sufficiently
that it won't be misunderstood as "old hat." 1 am, after
having spent 7 years' experience in the patents field, in a
position to assure readers that, in terms of scientific data,
nelJer was so L1TfLE known about so MUCH by so
MANY educated persons! .
Let's face it:
1) Science fiction doesn't say Jupiter has Lo-G because it knows the opposite is true. Similarly, science
fiction would populate Hi-G planets with little people
were there any generaVwidespread understanding
that this was the answer.
2) Texts discuss "old hat" ideas (like the
Square/Cube Law) to extremes but yet don't breathe
a word of suspicion that the "Law of Dynamical Similarity" would predict "holographic" (i.e., linear) scaling
of 3-dimensional objects that could outwit Planetary
G. As a matter of fact, it is tacitly assumed that G =1
throughout such texts.
3) If "Whamond's Law" is such "old hat," then what
about the past 20 years of UFO Mags? The greatest
degree of technical insight on the mini-man Cioncept is
(you've guessed it) "Ye Olde Square/Cube Law."
applied to cranial capacity.l"' This is about the sole
insight to date, too.
4) In all, during 2 decades of UFO Mags there have
been many technical discussions of UFOs (Lt.
Plantier's being about the best), but the number of
technical discussions on mini-UFOs has been zero;. they have either been taken for granted or laughed oft
But no MD (for example) has written an article show...!
ing that "their liver and kidneys would be too small for
their metabolic-rate (or somesuch - such as Asimov
mentions I!!). Those who don't think mini-UFOnauts
are ridiculous would surely have gone beyond "Ye
Olde Square/Cube Law" and pounced on
"Whamond's Law" as "an extraordinary confirmation that little UFOnauts are NOT ridiculous (if it was
all that obviously "old hat!")_
5) If you try to tell the workaday engineer that
"length and gravity should be in inverse proportion,"
he'll say something like: "Look,Bud! Weight is gravity.
Weight is volume. That's length, cubed. So gravity
varies as length cubed. Got it? Now beat it - 1 got
work to do." (Obviously, "Management materia!!") In
short, he hasn't listened and understood that stress is
the key, couldn't care less, and would rather keep
doing things the hard way because "Management"
understands that. The typical UFO derider. Am 1
really expected to believe that "Whamond's Law" is
"old hat" to such people?

CONCLUSIONS
It may be noticed that your author has avoided discussions of Lo-G situations. There are four reasons for this:
1) Most of it is readily inferable as the reverse ot the
"Hi-G situation.
2) No discernible advantages appear for larger humans (sorry, Texas!)
3) Most UFO sighting reports mention mini-men.
4) Normal:sized humans represent about the maximum size limit anyhow: as G becomes less than 1, the socalled "mean-free path" velocity of the oxygen molecule
soon. approaches the "velocity of escape" for a planet.
Thus any planet with G much below 1 would start losing
its atmosphere and soon end up like Mars or the Moon
(i.e., "uninhabitable"). A well-known fact.
... besides lesser accomplishments. For instance, our
galaxy is known to have a "poached-egg" shape. That
means more mass is concentrated centrally, which
science assumes means Hi-G. So our UFO-mini-men's
height could imply that they originate nearer the Galactic Center than we do.*
Throughout the text, your author has tried to make
lJery clear (in each instance) whether he is discussing:
a. Normal man on Earth
b. Normal man on Planet G
. c. Mini-man on Planet G
d. Mini-man on Earth
-b!cause he believes that failure to keep firmly in mind
just who is planet hopping to where is largely responsible for science fiction's failure to clarify these matters of
gravity as I have done. On the other hand, it may be felt
that I have occasionally been lax as to whether I was
speaking of UFO minimen, our own mini-men (pygmies,
midgets, etc.), or hypothetical minimen. That's because
there really isn't any diffe~ence: A mini-man is a mini-man,
irrespective of source or costume. The guy who said,
"You seen one Foreigner, you seen 'em all," said more
than he knew. (Dead Right! Seeing is believing.)
And every time you see a child, you're seeing a viable
and functional miniman. But you're not a scientist, so
you never realized that. The Establishment had you "conned," righf~ Happens to .the best of us.
Just a concluding word on Jupiter. Although its G
value has been used as an example, there is no intention
to imply that that's where UFOs originate. Author has as
yet no fixed opinion as to where they originate (although
they obviously are spaceships in that they appear to have
definite. spacefaring capabiljties).
Does this articleprolJe that UFOs exist'~ No; and it isn't
really trying to. The author is satisfied in his own mind
that UFOs do exist, however, and that Lt. Plantier
probably has the correct technical answer. That's
because Lt. Plan tier uses the same technique as I; he
takes the SCIENTIFIC/LOGICAL approach that, "Jf
such and such was sighted, what would be the
implications'!" He doesn't rush out and call the sighter a
liar or ridiculous nut. A person of Lt. PIantier's caliber just
Sort of like emISsaries from "Galactic Headquarters" to "Galactic Hind
quarters," we might surmise. I have often wondered whether Government's
famed "Project OZMA" (search for OUTAspace intelligence) wasn't really just a
"cover" for a supersecret scheme to "bug" the Little Green Men's communica
tions. CIA:codenamed "Project Greenbugger," maybe'!
PUH~urr

Spring 19'17

50

doesn't go "jackassing-around" like that. He has the


Finally, there is the' question'~f the term .. humano;d ....
correct attitude, and so naturally produces the correct
The author's understal?ping is that this' term :means.
conclusions.
"human-shaped." However', the term h3s so otten been
used to describe small human-shaped creatures that It
.' It is often said that "where there's a will, there's a way,"
but in the case of Nature it's more often "where there's a
probably now carries an implicit ciiminutive comi6tatiori,
way, there's a will (to utilize it). I have tried to prove that
which is an unfortunate ambiguity in respect of the dictionary meaning. To avoid confusion, tliereforE!,-l have
there is ~ ."way" (holographic 3-D miniaturization) for
Nature to outwit Hi-G; and a tried and true working
ignored the term "humanoid" and used instead the' term
mini-men to denote "small, human-shaped, beings." .
model (the human body) of this available to Nature. Why,
Those who have ordered a minute (jiffy) .steak;. and
therefore, should Nature bother to come up with some of :
who atter about an hour have been served a minu te (tiny)
the bizarre Hi-G creations suggested by science fiction
steak, may have some appreciation 'of my concern tor
instead'? Surely Nature has not abandoned "The Prinsemantics.
ciple of Least Action" without my being intormed ot if?
Though She can "spring" surprises. IY
REFERENCES
I Asimov, Isaac, The Solar System and Back (New York:
Avon Paperbacks), chaps. 9 & 10.
~ Clarke, Arthur c., Interplanetary Flight (London: Temple
Press Ltd.).
.:l Thompson, D.'Arey W., On Growth and Form (New York: .
Cambridge University Press), pp. 22-54. Mewman, James H.,
The World of Mathematics (New York: Simon and Schuster,
Inc.), pp. 952-956.
.4 Thompson, On Growth and Form, pp.2254. Asimov, lhe :
Solar System and Back, p. 137.
, Bowen, Charles, The Humanoids (London: Future Pubs.
Ltd.), p. '19.
b-Asimov, The Solar System and Back, p. 149.
./ Ibid., pp. 246-247, 252.
, :M Clarke, Interplanetary Flight.
~ Thompson, On Growth and Form, pp. 972-989, 1006.

Ibid., pp. 96'/.972.


Bowen, Th~ Humanoids, p. 93.
Il Huxley, Aldous, Brave New' World (Middlesex, England:
Penguin Books Ltd.). Fiction .
Jj Ibid., pp. 1~, 33, 14~.
14 Bowen, The Humanoids, pp. 19, 112, 119.
...:' .'.!
I~ Michel, Aime, The Truth About Flying Saucefs' (NeW:'Yotk:
Pyramid Pubs. Inc.), pp. 210-226.
. .
Ib Thompson, On Growth and Form; pp. 22-54 .. Newman,
The World oj Mathematics, pp. 952-956. 'Asimov, 7he Solar
System and Back, chaps. 9 & 10..:
II Bowen, The Humanoids, pp. 246-247, 252."
1M Asimov, The Solar System and Back, pp. 141-142 .
I" Asimov, Isaac, "Not Final"; First Contact, ed.'. Knight,
LJamon (New York: Pinnacle Books #PG62N),chap. 4, pp. 7'1.'11.
.
.
III

II

.(

"

1"

FURTHER REFERENCES .
Ye?c~, Henato,lmercept u.F.0. (New York: Zebra Pubs. Inc.).
Hooper, W. J., New Horizons in Electric, Magnetic and Gravi
" tational Field Theory (Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio; Electrodynamic
.-.Gravity, Inc.).
;:'Herbert, Frank, Hellstrom's Hive (New York: Bantam Books
" 'Inc.). Fiction.
'
, Hooper, W. J., U.S. Patents Nos. 3,610,971; 3,656,013 (Wash"ington D.C.; U.S. Dept. 01 Commerce, Patent Otfice).*'

...

Brown, T. '1'., U.S.: Patents Nos. 3,022,430; 3,018,394;


2,'14'1,550; 3,1~7,206'-(Washington D:C.: U.S. Dept. ot Commerce, Patent Olfice).*- .
..
.'
Dudley, U.S. Patent No. 3,095,167 (Washington D:C., U~S. I
Dept. 01 Commerce, Patent Oflice).*
, ,.-

* U.S. Patents for: UFO, PowerplantFeasibility.

A fEW SMALL STEPS ON THE EAR1'H:


A TINY LEAP FOR MANKIN,D?,

'

-~---------- by Fred H. Bos,~ - - - - - - - - - - . . . . . ; , . - .


. '.

"!'"-"- .

. A little man,"not much bigger than a Coke bottle" was


. reportedly sighted on two ,occasions last October in the
,"~~tea' of Dunn, North Carolina, and doubters are hardpressed to explain away the footprints found at the scene
of the sightings.
As managing editor of The Daily Record in Dunn, I paid,
little attention to a tip that an 8-year-old boy had spotted a
little man in a cornfield; but two days later, after hearing
reports that footprints were drawing curious residents to
the scene, I decided to investigate.
PUI<SUlT

Spring 1977

At the cornfield I found a half dozen cur.ious persons


studying two sets of tracks, separated by about 150
yards. The first' set, 1was told, marked the spot where the
boy had seen the little man pn Tuesday, Oc~oper j2,
1976. The second set was found two days later' by' an,
adult who was helping ~he boy search for further'signs of
the little visitor.
"
'
The tracks wer~ definitely those of little 'boots; cleat
marks were easily discernible. I failed to count th~ number in the first ~et, but th~r.e were 14 in the second set,

51

which. was clearer than the first. Individual prints were


long and about 1 inch wide at the broadest
point. As I started photographing them, my mind automatically cataloged them as prints made by a doll's boots.
The boy who found the prints was named Tonnlie
Barefoot, a third grade student at the Mary Stewart Ele. mentary School. I phoned his mother, Mrs. Roland
Barefoot, who told me of T onnlie's encounter with the
little man.
It was her habit, she said, to pick T onnlie up from
school and to take him to the field near their home where
he would play among the dried cornstalks while she
picked peas from the family garden.
It was close to 5 p.m., she said, when he came running
up to her excitedly and begged her to "come look," that
he had just seen a little man "not much bigger than a
Coke bottle."
Mrs. Barefoot said she paid little attention to her son
and sent him back to play. Again he came back to her,
this time to tell her that he had found the little man's foot.prints.
When she still wouldn't pay attention to him, and when
the r.est of the family ridiculed him at home, he began crying. The next morning Mrs. Barefoot was forced to promise to look at the footprints in order to get Tonnlie to
stop crying. After school was out that Wednesday afternoon, she saw the footprints.
"I know my son Tonnlie. He's telling the truth," Mrs.
Barefoot said.
Her husband agreed, and told of plans to hunt for the
little man.
That afternoon, with the family's permission, I interviewed T onnlie at his school with the aid of the school
principal, Mrs. Jennie Brooks. The session could probably better be described as a "mild interrogation."
Tonnlie said he was playing with his toy shovel in the
dirt when he looked up and saw the little man watching
him with an open mouth. The little fellow wore black
boots, blue trousers and blue top made of "shiny stuff," a
black "German-type hat" with !K)mething that looked like
crossed rifles on it, and "the prettiest little white tie you
ever saw."
The boy said that the little man seemed to .have been
reaching for something in a back pocket, but instead
froze for a moment, then let out. a little squeal like a
mouse and ran- disappearing among the cornstalks.
"Was it fast?" I asked.
"Faster'n me," he replied.
From a picture T onnlie drew for me, we discovered
that the little man also had a mustache.
Principal Brooks helped me try to tactfully ftnd a hole in
Tonnlie's story, but the child came across as sincere and
honest about what he thinkshe saw.
The only doll that Tonnlie owned was a G.l. Joe doll,
which" has a foot too small to have made the prints in the
field.
I started checking toy stores for a doll that would fit the
pattern.
In the meantime, other media had picked up the story.
Most of the major newspapers in the area ran it. T onnlie
was interviewed by the news section of WRAL-TV in
Raleigh.
The city of Dunn only boas~s about 10,000 residents.
2~-inches

Tonnlie Barefoot, age 8, who claims to have seen a


little man "not much bigger than a Coke bottle."

It's a small place nestled in the northeast section of a iittle


. tobacco county called Harnett. Dunn sits astride Interstate-95, and the city's only apparent claim to fame is
being halfway between New York and the Florida
beaches that vacationing New Yorkers use the highway
to' reach.
But this story had the little city buzzing.
This was the climate in town when the second sighting
of a little man was made.
Our police monitor radio on Monday morning,
October 25, picked up a call from the dispatcher to a
patrolman to investigate a claim of a second sighting. I
was tied up on another matter and did not reach the address until after the patrolman had departed.
Shirley Ann McCrimmon, 20, of 809 East Harnett
Street told me her story at about 11:30 a.m. She said she
was coming home from an all-night party just before daybreak. She left her front door open to give her some light
until shecould find the switch inside. As she turned on
the light, she heard a noise outside-something like a
small animal moving around. When she looked out, a
small man was staring back at her.
She was frightened but also curious, so she watched
the little man for several minutes in the growing light.
When nothing happened, she grew bolder and moved. At
that, the little man shined a tiny, "very bright yellow light"
PURSUIT Spring

19~7

52
'across her eyes. She screamed, and
the little man zipped away, she said.
Miss McCrimmon said that as the
little creature disappeared around
,the west side of her house toward the
back, the dogs in the rear yard next
door started barking.
" Her immediate recollection of it,
, she 'said, was that the little man was
, Wearing some kind of thin garment.
, ~ After she thought about it, though,
she said he might have been naked. If
,~, his skin was light brown, she said.
" . Miss McCrimmon is herself, a
black woman.
: She insisted the little man wore no
'hat; but he did wear boots.
~""::"""
. 'He.' immediate reaction to the
,scare was to run in, the opposite
, direction of the little man, to her
mother's house next door. She woke
, i:ter mother, Mrs. Eula May McCrimmon, but her mother swore she must
be drunk.
,:' She then went to the house of Mrs. Corinne Smith
:' ,(~nother neighbor and the owner of the dogs which had
, barked). Here she was told that if she really did see some, ~hing to keep it quiet or the "police would throw her in the
looney bin."
:, She accepted that advice for as long as she could, she
, said, then she went to her aunt's house down the street
, and called the police.
" She pointed to an inverted plastic container which she
Said covered a footprint that she had just shown to the
investigating officer. Her baby son, trying to be helpful,
':, d~agged the container across the ground. Whatever print
, had been there was obliterated.
Sec;lrching on my own, however, I discovered a second
, p~int in the hard-packed dirt of the driveway. It was not as
distinct as those in the cornfield-no cleat marks could
: be distinguished-but it had the same dimensions.
, Later, Officer George Robinson indicated that the
, mark he had examined had definitely resembled a foot,
print.
" , "The strange part about the footprints were that they
, led nowhere in any of the locations where they were
'found. The ground was soft in both areas of the corn"field, yet in both cases the footprints ended abruptly.
',' ,The ground was hard where the footprints were found
at the McCrimmon home; yet around the back where the
, little man was said to have disappeared, there was a
garden area with soft earth-but here no footprints could
'be'found.
Since then, I have looked at dolls in stores whenever
'the',opportunity arose, trying to find a doll's boot that
wOuld fit the dimensions of the footprints. My search has
'been unsuccessful.
", 'Miss McCrimmon is distrustful of att~mpting hypnotic
, r~ression for "reliving" the experience, but ,sh~ is willing
," to" take a polygraph test. To date, this has not been
, arranged.
, , Roland Barefoot desires not to have his son undergo

Shirley McCrimmo..~
Below can b~ seen '
one of the dogs . ,
which purportedly':
barked at the '".
little man.

.",,:

f'"

":

.. ~

... :~~: ..

'PURsun

Spring 1977

either a polygraph test or hypnotic regression for fear the


experience might make the boy nervous.
,
So the mystery remains. Is it conceivable that- boy
who has barely reached the age of reason could have ~r7
petrated a colorful hoax -so colorful that it \.,Vas picked
up and repeated by a 20-year-old woman two week,S
later?
' " ,
If so, why didn't the woman use the same descripti9n of
the little mQ.n? Why didn't she put the footprints where
they could be more easily found?
If it is a hoax by a third party, the footprints can be
explained-but how can we explain the way that the two
witnesses "saw" the little man?
"
On the other hand, if it is not a hoax, why did the fpot:
prints just disappear? Why did they not continue? : ' ,
Could the appearance of the little man "not 'mticl1"
bigger than a Coke bottle" be linked somehow to' th~
"strange orange light which appeared in the sky" the
night before T onnlie Barefoot's sighting of the little man?
Miss Debbie Godwin of Dunn joked about "s~eing her
first UFO" that Tuesday morning. No one else, however;
reported seeing that strange light in the sky.
Or perhaps the appearance of the little man is somehow connected to an incident which reportedly occurred in Cleveland, Ohio, earlier last year.
After reading our stories on Dunn's little man, a
woman came into the office to purchase copies of each of
the respective issues to send to friends in Cleveland
because, she said, "our friends will enjoy reading about
it. "
It seems the last letter which the woman had received
from her Ohio friends contained an offhand remark
about a woman in the neighborhood who had suddenly
started talking strangely, insisting to everyone that she
had seen "a very small, very little man."
Is it possible it could have been a little man "not much
bigger than a Coke bottle?"

Above: footprint which tlk author examined at the home of Shirley McCrimmon.
Below: The original set of footprints found by Tonnlie Barefoot.

l'UU~UI/"

Spring 19.n

54

THE RELATIVITY RACKE1"


by Dr. Silvano Loreni'oni

It is striking how for over' half a century a theory of


dubious and shadowy 40nception which, if not obviously
wrong, is at least totally useless and unnecessary, has
~en accepted without the slightest critical sense. of
moral honesty as gosPel by' the majority of members of
the $C)-called "serious" scientifiC community. We mean.
the "Theory of Relativity,'" attributed to the late A.
~instein, which has become a veritable straightjacket" for
certain branches of scientific thought, especially those
involved with communications over astronomical distances.
.
. It has become comr:nonplace to hear of "Relativistic
Physics" in contexts where, from the point of view of both
scientific rigor and historical honesty, the discipline
should be spoken of as "lorentzian Physics" or, better
yet, "Physics of High Speeds." I shall attempt to explain
why.
.
At. non-specialist' level' the' 'abstruse nature of the
matter makes exposition difficult, especially if one tries to
combine simpli~ity of presentation with rigor. Very succinctly, h9~ver, the point can be made thus: the results
of.thenew classical Michelson-Morley experiment (1886)
could be mathematicized in terms of the "lorentz con',traction" (after the Dutch physicist Hendrik lorentz,
:who did the interpretative work), whereby an 'object
~mo"ing with speed u contracts in the direction of the"
movement by f~ctor d(,,/I-u2/c 2 , c being. the.speed of
light in uacuo; . This pheliol')1enon .acquiresimportance
only."at" y~ry .high speeds.....: thus. "Physics of High

a
a

"
S.............
~s.

",' ..

'.,

:Once this is clear, the next statement will be underst~d easily enough. Every time we are told that one or
more of the res!Jlts from expe.nmental Physics (high
energy or elementary. particle. Physics, cosmic rays,
Astrophysics.. ~etc.) is' a. furtl:tet corroboration of the
Theory of Relativity, we are told a plain lie. What all those
results corroborate is not Relativity, but Lorentz's contraction. Relativity - a theory systematized and publicized (but not originated) by Einstein in 1905 - is nothing
'more than one of many ways that 'can be' followed in'
:attempting to deduce lorentz's contraction from'
different (not necessarily simpler) postulates.
This last point may be worth expanding. One valid possibility could simply be that of accepting Loreritz's con:,traction as one' more natur~llaw in the ~me way as one
~ccepts gravitation, inertia, electromagnetic forces, or
.the.'1~ws of thermodynamics, disc~vered experim~ntl:'lly
"by Michelson and Morley and put into mathematical form
'by Lorentz. 'This would constitute the phenomenological.
,~pproach adopted originally by lorentz himself. On the
:other hand, standard and quite legitimate' scientific
practice would be to see if we can deduce a new physical
fact - in this case Lorentz's contraction - from other
~Iready known laws' or from merely simplifying postu
lates. The "simplifying poStuJates," however, should
:incleedbe.simplifying and; more imPortantly, should riot
produce "side effects" by implying phenomena and/or
'PUHsurr Spring 1977

consequences t\1at do 'not occur. and/or lead to con~radictions: .


. '
.
Two'early attempts in. this direction will be mentioned
briefly. here" for the sake ot" completeness. lorentz
himself originally attempted an explanation in terms of
the. elasticity of the electron, but later abandoned the
attempt - not because it wasformally incorrect, but be
cau!!e it rested on too many unverifiable assumptions
about the elastic parameters of the particle. It is interesting to note the fact that the famous "mass-energy relationship,'~ f; =mc 2 , (which, once the lorentz contraction
is :takel'1 as gi~en, becomes one of.its mqre important consequences) can be deduced in a totally independent ..
fashion by simply applying the laws of classical thermodynamics to electromagnetic propagation, as proven as
f~r back as 1890 by the' Viennese physidst HasenOhrl,
whose works are now practically forgotten. We cannot
draw the conclusion that all of the "Physics' of High
Speeds" are simply a chapter of classical thermodynamics, but to the best of my knowledge, this possibility is not
being investigated currently anywhere.
Instead, "Relativity",is in fashion - in spite of the fact
that an increasing number of top."notch scientists (among
them Palacios in Spain and Dingle in England) are declaring themselves against 'it; and I suspect that its "fashionability" does not obey strictly scientific r:easons. It is a
theory 'whiCh appeals to certain types' of mentality and to
certain tendencies, because. it introduGes, with its arbi
trary postulate 'of"the "equivalence of all inertial systems
in relative motion," the pathos of inevitable incertitude. It
does this ev~n in what ideally should be the stronghold of
clear-headed thought (exclusive of all pathos); i.e:~ posi~
tive science, and in partiCular, Physics. It then props tip
everything with the equally arbitrary postulate. of the
"invariance of the' velocity of ligh't in vacuum'" to reach,
through mathematical tricks, lorentz's contraction,
which was already known from the start and certainly
didn't need any "justification" - esper;:ially of the' above
pseudo-m~taphysical quality. It is by no means surprising 'that such a warped' construction should have produced the sort of "side effects" mentioned earlier, which
have been .exhaustively listed for example by Dr. G.
Burniston-Brown (see references).
'
It may be meritioned here that' Relativity implies that
the Maxwell-Lorentz's laws of electromagnetism remain
unchanged while' the mechanical 'equations of GalileoNewton need' readjustment. 'Around 1920 an almost
uriknown Swiss physicist named Ritz, starting from
postulates that a priori are just as valid or invalid as Einstein's,' proposed an alternative theory whereby mechanical laws. did not vary; the laws of electromagnetism
were' revised instead, "thus reaching again Lorentz's
contraction - the necessary goal of all theories ot
"Physics of High Speeds." Ritz's theory, however; was
never given .serious consideration .in any of the academic/sCientific circles. One 'might justifiably wonder
why.
.
In closing, a final historical note may be appropriate.
The Theory of Relativity - quite apart of whatever judg-

55
.: I.:

~ent may be passed upon it - IS riot ,a creation .0(A. '. : maintain .. how~ver, tnat'this is only partially true), then in
Einstein. It was suggested about '1899 by the French , . the case of Einstein,'th~ mar:t, ~na of Relativity, the work,
mathematician Henri Poincare, who' proposed it strictly . . we'are faced with acoitdboration of.thattruth tc)a'Hish
degree.
.'
.
as a hypothesis without entering into any'details; then
Max Planck toyed with it mathematically for a short time.
.....;..,: :' .. :~':."
.... ~" . ~
The Father of Modern Physics s(,on abandoned it, how
ever, to devote himself to the studies that led eventually
....
. - - . : .. . ; . . . ' , '
to his formulation of the Quantum Theory. What Eins.tein
'
..
".
.
.
REFERENCES
'.
did was to collect, systematize, and expand the already
.
.
:

. ' . . . . ' : ' .. 'r ,,',


.~.~. " . .
.,',' ", ~ : . , . . . : :
existing work and then to publicize 'if (withoilt quoting
1) A good prese)1tati9n..of:!~eliitivity:~l")d of Physics of 'High
. sources) under his own name, with unprecedented
Speeds jn general may.be founq in Herbert.Dingle's The SpeCial
success. (The reason for that success is a subj~d better
1-heoiy of Relativity (Methueri .. 1961), where Ritz;s work-is mennot approached here, although I am currently writing a
tioned. . . ....
:.......:. . ....... ,. . . . ~ :,. . '., ~
separate work on it.) It should be noted that the Nobel
2). Hase~Ohrl's original paper' is practically irripossible to find
Prize, in an attempt to maintain at least" a show of ser
now; '. his ~rgume~tC\tioris, ~o~ver, ..are reproduced .I~
iousness, was handed to Einstein no't for 'his relativistic
Max Borh'S Modern Physics (Blackie: 1962).
'.
kabbalas, but for his work of a very different kind done in
3) An excellent critica( study of R~lativity's '~side etfe~~"
the field of solutions and colloids. .
.
may be found in G. Burniston"Brown's pa~r, "What is Wrong
We may conclude that if there is truth to the statement
with Relativity?" published in' the Bulletin oj tlie/ristitute of
that a person's work reflects t~e kind of a man he is (I
Physics (London) of March, 1967;' p. 71.

.......

'

.:.'

I'.

~.

',

:.\:

..'"

THE

INVISIBLE
STAR
by Carlos Miguel Allende
>
.

"..I

Let' us plot the course.of scientific progr~ss fromthe


days when the ancient Sumerians landed in their 'spaceships from another star's planets and brought to this
earth the seeds' of our present-day civilizi;l.tion. Follow it
from that well known cradle of civilization, .the' TigriSEuphrates valley, through Ptolemaic times' in Egypt
(when the concept of Worlds were further advanced than
the Sumerians had given Lis to realize) onward,' to the
time of Euclid and Euclidian' geometry, to Galilean .times,
and on up through the ages and centuries to Copernicus
and isaac Newton, and that greatest giant of th~m all, the
inan who laid the foundations for Einsteinian progress,
Carl F. Gauss, who proved all of Euclid's premises and
propo!!itions; finally, after many centuries, scientific" progress enabled the' mathematics of algebra to become
more advanced (by Newton): calculus to be invented,
Einstein to have the mathematical tool by which he built
the relativity theory and even two (repeat two) unified
field theories. Science today stands on the shoulders of
these great men. Each time, we have advanced the concept of Worlds, we have broadened our worlds, and'oUr
appreciation of what is a world. We have gone from Ptolemaic times when the sun circled around the Eaith to
present times when we know now'thilt"the Earthcircles
around the sun in"a year's passing, to times when we have
landed upon the surface of Mars to see the face ofMars
and to dispel forever the fear of invasion' from the "little
green men and the monsters inhabiting "that barren Iifele~s planet which we feqred so terribly down through the

",

centuries ('Mars;.the god of war!'.' .we said). The' feat:".is


.gone gentlemen, and the time has come for us to advance
a concept of Worlds an~ Universe. It is a t.ime for greater
and larger .-. ever larger --, concepts of World, of Universe:'
.. ','
. Einst~in in his relati,.iity theory said that light was 'pf a
constant speed. It is:. and. yet-as, many things .d.own
through history are dnd. are' nC?t in Scien~e, light i!? ~th a
wave and a particle: The,world. is both. flat and round.
Obviously.. Many thin~,ate thjs'way in S~ience,but.ligl:lt
'is proven by Einstein's own ~xperiITi~nts with the sunaiid
!i star to be 'affected in its velocity ~the Very force-fields;
the magnetosphere,' surrol,m~ing.our. sun 'and all the
planets within -.the: sun's magnetosphen!... .... '. '. ; : .
.. Strong -words: "RidiculousIY"absurd," ancf."Prepo~
terous!" y<?u say. But let us take a different view .of .thi;l.t
experiment. Let us think ag~in from anoth~r viewpoint"7..the vieWpbiht of. a force-field physicist, .not:a man.who
dabbles iii phy~i~s enough to kn0wforce-fields as mer-ely
fURSUIT. Spring'1977
...... . .....

nothing, more than dynamics. Let us consider an actual


physics, a physics encompassing the microcosm and the
macrocosm and everything in between, as well as theory,
which is yet to be proven.
We are at a time today when not only are we speaking
and thinking and planning and hoping - hoping to go not
merely to the nearby planets in nearby outer space, but
to go into far deep space to other stars. We think in
terms, not of the speed of light but of goingfaster than the
speed ()f light. Classical physicists and academicians of
today will say this is an impossibility; yet we are confronted by the discovery of the Soyuz/Apollo mission of
1975 which found an invisible star radiating in the 390 angstrom region of the ultraviolet. This is impossible. Let us
face the simple fact: even though that star is in a sense "at
rest" within the galaxy (technically you might regard itas
being at rest for it is certainly in a fixed position), were
that star traveling at the speed of light or greater it would
of necessity have to pass through; a) its ownforce-/ield; it
would be forced back through its material matter, i"ts
mass; b) the galactic force-field would also be forced
back through its own mass; and c) the universal forcefield (and the universe has a force-field) would also be
forced back through its own mass. Were the star exPURSUIT Spring 1977

ceeding the speed of light, this would produce that socalled astrophysical limbo known as absolute camouflage. Simultaneously, were you to accompany that star
at a very near, or visible distance, you would discover
suddenly that it would become not visible, but invisible.
Why? Because also along with the three ~forementioned
force fields being forced through their own mass, there
would also be the universal blue light verging on the ultraviolet, which is a necessary adjunct to absolute camouflage, or invisibility as you commonly call it.
What am I trying to say? I am saying that this star is in a
fixed position and it is not traveling at the speed of light or
surpassing the speed of light, yet it is invisible. Were it to
pass the speed of light, the relativity theory says that it
must achieve infinite mass. Well, it has not done so. Being
that it has not achieved infinite mass and has become
invisible at such a velocity, will it nevertheless appear as
though it were traveling at the speed of light?"lt should in
its present state achieve infinite mass. If you know your
force field dynamics at the microcosmic and the macrocosmic levels, simple logic will inform you of this. No, this
star has not achieved infinite mass, yet it should have
achieved infinite mass. Well, then obviously there is
something preventing the state of infinite mass from

occurring; obviously only a part of Einstein's relativity


theory is true.
Is this relativity theory, like many other theories,
related only to Earth and the Earth's things"? Is it good
only within a limited sphere of activity as Euclidian geometry was good only for the Mediterranean world, as the
Ptolemaic system was good only for the Egyptian world,
or as Copernican astronomy was good only for nearby
planets? This was all we knew of astronomy in those
days. Newtonian discoveries advanced the concept even
further than Copernicus had gone; Einsteinian theories
even further advanced our widening appreciations of the
concept of Worlds and of Universe. Still, all of these had
their limitations as well as their broadenings of our appreciations, 01 our expandings ot our understandings.
We come to the point now where we must say yes or
no about Einsteinian relativity theory, and we are lorced
by logic to conclude that, since a state of infinite mass has
not been achieved in this invisible star (when it really logically should according to Einsteinian theory), there must
be compensations preuenting this, compensations which
Einsteinian relativity theory does not indicate.
We are therefore forced to conclude that the relativity
theory is good within the magnetosphere of our solar
system, and it applies and it is true; and upon the shoulders of this giant we must step forward into another more
advanced (and characterized by a higher level of mathematics, physics, etc.) concept of Worlds and ot Universe.
What, then, is the next step? The next step is to step
outside of our own solar system's magnetosphere and to
ask ourselves, "What is the speed of light outside of this
magnetosphere? Why are there compensations in that
invisible star? What is it that these compensations do to
lighf?" These are the questions that must be answered.
What do those compensations do to affect the uelocity of light"! As we ask this question let us ramble through
the various phenomena that affect light. And the type of
phenomenon that I am discussing is force-field physics.
Let us begin, gentlemen.
- The pulsar, in astrophysics that phenomenon which
gives off brief flashes of intense light (and no light), showing the intense high velocity (and null, or no, uelocity), of
light.
- The black hole, that peculiar phenomenon in which
light speed has been reduced to no velocity (a null velocity); there is no speed to the light yet that light is inside
there, according to science.
-The quasar, a bright interstellar object that has
burst free of the force-field bonds that once chained light
inside of it so that it now shines brighter than ten million
suns, incredible as that may seem. This quasar, free at
last, gives forth more light than we can believe.
Is it asking too much to believe that we can go from no
uelocity in the black hole, to total uelocity in the quasar,
to the limited and modified uelocity of the solar and planetary magnetosphere (to say nothing of all the items pertaining to magnetic and gravitic attractions here on our
oUJn planet)"?
Force-field activity was indicated even in the testing
machinery used by Michelson and Morley (as well as by
others who later imitated that famous experiment). It
becomes obvious to any atomic or force-field physicist

that these material objects have indeed (litefally and


actually) their own force-field actiuities which intrinsically and inherently affect the speed of light. You be the
judge. Are we to ignore the north-to-south and the southto-north planetary flow of magnetism, our own planetary
gravity, our own planetary magnetosphere, and our own
solar magnetosphere? Are we to ignore these? Are we to
say they are of no account?
Surely we could not affect any particles of light: and
yet, gentlemen, we are faced with those particles; and
those particles, though larger (much larger) than the neutrino (the smallest of all particles) are particles and as
such they are affected by force-field activity. Just as the
neutrino itself is also, to however an infinitesimally small
degree, affected by force-field activity. You say this is impossible, that the neutrino is not affected by force-field
activity, but then sirs, are you a force-field physicist? If
not then how can you say what you do not know about,
and I do. Think a little more about the neutrino - from
whence it originates, and to where it goes. How does it
travel? Does it travel out trillions of miles and return, or
does it speed in one single direction only? Shall we
advance our concept of Worlds, of Universe, in the direction of a neutrino and its curvature of space (a slow, infinitesimally slow, almost unnoticeable motion)? Or shall we
insist adamantly, blindly, stubbornly, proudly, sure in our
knowledge: the neutrino goes in only one direction! Who
is to judge, when none of us - or certainly none of you -.:..
really know.
Gentlemen, I ask you to consider not only the null (or
no) velocity of light, but also the extraordinary volume of
light. Consider also the force-field emanations obviously
inherent in the MichelsonMorley experiment (obviously
inherent, too, in that pond of mercury that they used).
What conclusion can we draw other than these apparatus, these metals, these forces, these "things" do affect
the speed of light, as proven by the star and sun experiments when observed, as we are here attempting to do,
from a different perspective and for a different purpose.
Within our own solar system the speed of light is con
stant; outside of it it is variable. Considering the intense
pressure of light coming out from a quasar, I suggest that
you may even find that the speed of light may supercede
and exceed itself - perhaps even more than five times
the speed that we today, in our limited concept and
understanding of light velocity, can yet bring ourselves to
understand and appreciate. If this statement is too radical
for you, make the test over again. Make the test over
again that Einstein made with the star and the sun. Do
other tests. Remember, science has found a way to artificially remove, for experimental purposes, almost all of
gravity's effect; and now Bell Systems, I believe it is, has
even created a room in which there is no magnetic flow,
no force-field activity. Combine these two, and within
such a room make your Michelson-Morley experiments.
If there is an effect, then calculate the difference between
the speed of light there and that which exists outside such
a room. Under these scientifically controlled conditions I
am sure you will find the speed of light to be variable.

PUH~UlT

Spring 1977

'.
. .

SH

FLUIDICE: TIME AS A FUNCTION OF" PRANA


. " by Eo' Macer-Story
..

',

. CoPYriSht 1977 by E. Macer-Story


, ~ (all rights reserved)

In the following ~rticle I attempt to explain the nature of


pranic energy exchange, whiCh can be seen to operate by
time, where time is considered as a variable within the.
"
symbology of certain energy systems. ' ....
. Obviously, none oflhemodels availabl~'explains IT).y
concept of the time-depei:tq.en1. pranic energy: or this
conc~pt would ~lready be included within the systems.
Understand then th~t I am. attempting. to represen~
concepts which are not a~~i1a~I~ within the current ter"
minology.
.", '.
.:<:
...... .
. ..
. These same concepts 'are alSo riot readily available
within any mystical" or figurative system .in existence:,
.since in those descripti0rls ,within mystiCal systems) time
is treated as a niyst~ry t9 b'eexpetienced and not as an
ener-gy 'exchang~ 9rn~t~r.~I p~~perty of. ~rception. :
,:Actuaili,r, time seems to be ~ 16t like sound, perceptible
itl.,terms of the stnictures~ffeaed:' and seen as a dynamic
motion rather:than 'as a:'substancEdt is euident that there
no substance to time. There are basically two kinds of
ti~: :gravitational' or "iarg~' time," 'and . vibrational 'or
"small' tirrie ... Small time. can be counted by. measuring
rhyt!'tmic changes in. :th~ pulsing of a molec;:ule,. or by
observiJ:lg electromagnetic fr~ql,lency. Since the pulSing
of a molecule is a natll:ral st'~'ljctural alteration,.th~.is
much like planetary arid solar rotation and should be considered as a sort of small gravitational time, in that it
involves a natural, structural movement.
.
be-dealing ~!.th e!ectron:la~r:t~tic time only, as it is
in the area of electromagn~tic action that the pranic
transfer occurs: As far back mankind can remember,
:Psy.c.hic~.have assoCiated "elec~rical" and "force" teeling
with' the' state of mind we call meditation or trance. .
... Recent 'research on' the brain has shown that actually
there are different' electrical states of the brain and
nervous system. Thi~ "brain wave". idea is now popularly
accepted ar:td forms the basis many medical and mental-conditioning techniques now ~n use.
Common sense dictates thadn the case of thoughts or
dreams, which Occur to"people from beyond the realm of
the five senses (as documented by parapsychologists all
over the world), these thoughts'and dreams must'never-'
theless register within that same nervous system. as 'ordinary perceptiol1s, or els~ they could 110t be brought to
consciousness 'at all. Our 'vocabulary of expression is
coded within the nervous system, and so impressions
arriv.1ng from beyond -the' nervous 'syst~m must be trans-:
lated into the available vocabulary before they can.be ex-,
pressed..
.
.
. :Thi$ duality presents a prol;>lem.lf the esp information
does not enter' through the usual senses, from where
doesit come? How, if it is arriving independently of our
usual. time/space restrictions, does it manage to register
.
."within the, nervous .system at- all? : "

is

.( will

as

ot

'

PURSUIT Sp~ing 1977

..

Since esp i~formation quite evidently d~e's ,register


within. the nervous ~ystem, then th~re must be some
process of registry within .this 'electro-chemical system
:which involves the use of another s9rt of communication
~r:tergy, which is not subject to .the same. tin:te/space restrictions as within the electro-mag~etic spectrun:t ..
. Of particular' importance to the operation of this other
sort of energy, or pranic energy, ~ it will be called in this
article, is the acoustical nature of time. By "acoustical" I
mean tim.e as changing the structure of spacial relationships and cannot be perceived as being separate from the
'relationships which it affects.'
.'
. . ..
. Control, or und~rstanding, of time itself would then
involv.e control or understanding of some fundamental
.change in arrangement, ratherthan any understanding of
the flux of a force. analogous to the electrQ;magnetic
spectrum. This fund?lmental change in arrangement can,
however "be indicated i;\S it. occurs in an intersection with
the electromagnetic spectrum, since it actually does
.intersect with the electric ener9ies. Remember, as I.said
initially, that the diagrams.which I am presenting are not
literally representativ~ of-events within the electro-magnetIc area, as we have learned to discuss it practically,
within our:present culture.
, . Obviously, '1 have studied electrical terminology as
symbology, and also the geometry of molecular representations as symbology. In lising a combination of these
s-ymboiogies,.l am .attempting to present a reasonable.
model of a transaction.
There is no actual "membrane" or "box wall" between
f1uidice and the electromagnetic energies. Fluidie is the
structure'
of time's
'action, over .again~t the strubure
of
. '
I
the ele~tro-magnetic flux. These two structure~ do not
rriix 'or interact except bythe catalytic energy of prana,
which:is an:.unders4inding, comprehending both structullis.. Thi$ inter-dimensional energy - can ~lso be
envision~d as heat applied to f1uidice. As Ifluidice
contracts and expands, it changes the structure of the
ele~tromagnetic pulse, which can be seen in th~ following diagrams.: '.
.
'.
. Initially (fig; I), we will use the standard orthogonal
representation of the electromagnetic vectqrs. 1
'. At the instant the' E,lB vectors are' orthogonal, t~ere is a
shar.ed time "compartment." Both E and Bare fre quency dependent and must share time/space: If they.did
not share time at the instant of me~surement, th~y could
not.be functionally linked; and experiment has shpwn the
ele~tric apd. magne~ic fields to be functionally linked in a
way represented by orthogonal vectors.
I
We now have a shared time compartment (fig. 2) at the
intersection of the electric and magnetic field dir~ctions.
Please do not.confuse this time compartmentwith.apartide of any sort Which might be in an electronkgnetic
field.
I am.. using
the symbology differently, repr~senting
,

I
ali area of time/space by a square compartment F (for

I .

Fluidic~).:

This compartment has no actual solid existence, but


can be visualized as a point group lattice which is flexible
under stress, yet retains the common fiB boundary (fig ..,
3).
. .
.,.
Upon the occasion of pranic action (prana- now seen as .... .
analogous to heat) this f1uidice compartment can stretch
and bend, but it still retains the original approximate four
point identity (fig. 4). A flux in Fluidice changes field
orientation - warping, but not destroying, shared time.
Remember that this is a geometric representation of an
abstract concept. Like numbers, prana can also be
understood as a sort of organizational comprehension,
which in this case exists independently of the fluidice
compartment.
.
As this f1uidice compartment is altered, information
not available through action in the electromagnetic spec.
trum is registered electromagnetically in the nervous
system, or in other electro-magnetic phenomena exterior
to the nervous system, such as the behavior ot the sun, or
any anomalous ionic behavior:
.
. In these instances, prana is active only on tluidice and
not directly on the electromagnetic spectrum; It is as if
f1uidice were the liquid in but one compartment oftime's
ice cube machine, while other expansible units which are
extended into the electromagnetic spectrum remain
empty.
Thus, electromagnetic relatioriships ~re subject to
slight changes of shape under direct prana, although no
significant change of informational form or content is registered without fluidice. . .
Prana is an integrative energy which acts on tluidice as
a point group relationship, changing shared time. Death
of the body is the dis-integrationof the electro-magnetic.
organization by the withdrawal of the pranic operator
.from the shared time conjunction called f1uidice, which is
not the prana itself, but is affected in structure by prana.
What, then, is prana? Prana is an energy generated by .
living beings. Thought is time/space-independent due to
pranic action within the living, electrochemical mechanism of the body. Action of fluidic:e is also a reasonable
explanation tor the "explosive" behavior -of stars which
seem to be generating energy from "nowhere." Particle
transit-time anomalies in solar plasma might be
accounted for by an investigation into the f1uidice
concept.
It is an ancient occult teaching that the sun and other
stars are living beings. Is it possible that this is literally
true if we do regard the organizational activity of prana as
the energy of life? Then,. in the absence of. time-based
activity, the living electrical star. would disappear within
:the electro-magnetic spectrum, leaving only diS-integrativ~ pulsing (fig. 5).

.. E

flu.

~----------~~B

.FIU.2

F.

:.0

Hu.3

---~""'B
8
E

Hu.4

E
E

NOTE .
If you are unfamiliar with the knowledge and systems
upon which I have drawn in examining thistheo"ry concerning f1uidice, consult elementary paperbacks on
matrix theory, group theory (mathematical, not sociological), electrical field structure and solar plasma.

O~B
SHARED
TIME

NO
SHARED
TIME

HOLE, FROM WHICH


IS EMITTED PULSE
WITH NO COHERENT
FIELD STRUCTURE

flu. 5
PUH::iUlI

Spring 19T1

60

..'

I':

/'

., '
:;
;

~.

...

'

. t. !-.'

i : , ,.
,"

,.

"

>.

~ .'

,"

"

.1 .

- ': _ _ _ _.......,===............._ _ _ _ by Dr. Silvano Lorenzoni - - - - - - - - - - - - "Monsterology" should be included among the top un'-orthodox scientific quests of Man, along with ufology, the
,search for the abominable snowman, etc. The Acad~mie
de France,.for example, has an official resident expert on
,Monstrosities. When "monsters" are mentioned, ther-e is
.. a tendency to think immediately of reptilian, amphibian,
or maybe fish-like beings with. a "dragon" aura about
~them; both the sea-serpent and the Loch Ness monster
,obviously fall into this category. In the Author's opinion,
:oot enough attention has been given of late to the possi .bility of the survival of actual dinosaurs: a group of
.species characterized by a vast variety of form and habi :tat whose latest known fossils date back to the end ofthe
:Cretaceous - 60 to 70 million years ago. Even Heuvel.mans (1955) dedicates little attention to them, preferring
,Iess well identifiable "water monsters."
.. . A serious examination of the "dinosaur survival prob
..Jem" appears therefore to have been forgotten - and for
no good reason. Confusion should not be tolerated; a
dinosaur is by no means a monstrosity - no more so
than the anaconda or coelacanth, and" wholly unlike a
. minotaur or a satyr.
.
.". Serious consideration of the problem of the possible
survival of dinosaurs is made all the more important by
the fact that, in spite of all efforts in that direction, no
-'good reason has been given for their sudden and world :.'wide disappearance at the ~nd of the Cretaceous (any
. standard textbook on the subject willmake this suffi..ciently clear; see references). Of the many reasons
adduced, none is satisfactory. We shall list and easily de, molish a few of the "explanations" that have been offered:
1) A series of cataclysms of seismic and/or uolcanic
type. There is no geological evidence for this at the end
.. of the Cretaceous, most certainly not on a worldwide
.: scale. In any case, it is diffic.ult to see how there could
. PURSUI1' Spring 1977

have been such a devastating effect on dinosaurs only.


The recent severe earthquake in the forest of Darien
(Colombia) had no effect whatsoever on the local
fauna. .
:'
2) A drought. While it is most unlikely that all parts of
the world may have experienced a drought siiTl,ultan"
. eously (how then do we account for the survival of.
freshwater fauna?), there is evidence in the Kalahari
(Southern Africa) and in the Gobi (Central Asia).
deserts that the dinosaurs had adapted to lifeunder
desert conditions.
:. .
3) A sudden decrease in the earth's temperature ..
This might at first appear to be a more weighty argu
ment, especially if (as someone has suggested) dino- .
saurs wer~ warm-blooded and not cold-blooded as arCi! .
modern n!!'ptiles; but it does not explain why dino~ .
saurs should have also disappeared in the tropics. . .
.. Finally, and in my opinion the ultimate objection to all
the above theories: How do we account for the simultaneous disappearance of marine dinosaurs? They were
shielded from extreme temperature variations as w~ll as
from earthquakes. And they most certainly did no.t suffCi!r
from any droughts.
We are faced, therefore, with the bare (if unaccountable) fact that dinosaurs did .indeed become extinct, at
least in the readily accessible and so far well-explored
areas of the earth; and they disappeared in a very sudden
and catastrophic fashion - for no known reason. It is this
last point that should make us wary of pronounCing fmal
word on the subject by denying the possibility of the dinosaur's possible survival in some out-of-the-way, secluded
spot. Especially when one remembers that dinosaurs
were indeed a very vast group including both herbivorous and insectivorous species, some not much larger
or more conspicuous than a modem lizard .. We must n9t

61

The Auyantepuy from the south. Notice the 600 m


vertical walls.

forget the significance of the coelacanth, a species that


"should not exist" but that does.
The above imply that it is indeed reasonable to explore
the possibility of searching out any Cretaceous survivors
that may exist. The next question is this: Where would
we look'~
. The answer lies in a well known ecological fact: all
archaic species, animal or vegetable, are at a distinct disadvantage in relation to recent, more dynamic species;
and when they come into contact, archaic species would
tend to be crowded out or exterminated. We must therefore restrict our search for them to environments that are
somehow sheltered, preferably by phYsical barriers. And
we must relegate to second place such environments as
deserts, ocean bottoms, caves, etc., which, being unattractive for "normal" species (including dinosaurs), are
more likely to attract hyperspecialized species.
Tnis immediately localizes the situation: there is no
more suitable place than the flat-topped, vertical-sided
mountains of the Guayana Massif of northern South
America (similar formations exist in South Africa, especially along the Drakensberg, but their small<size and extreme aridity make them unlikely regionaj prospects;
also, the area is fairly well known [having been visited repeatedly - I have been there many times myself] and can
be considered to be to a large extent "explored," unlike
the Guayana Massif). In fact, as a colleague of mine (a
globally known biologist recently retired from a university chair) has told me, if dinosaurs are not extinct, their
last representatives MUST be in the Guyanese
plateaux.
The plateaux are characterized by extreme isolation,
with surrounding vertical descents of as much as 100
metres, in some cases characterized by long, continuous'
cracks' that seriously impeded attempts at ascension.
Heavy annual precipitation produces a high vegetationaensity of plants that, while made up largely of specialized species, grow as tall as the rocky nature of ground
.~i11 permit, forming veritable galleries of forest along
riverbanks.
Many of the plateaux are extensive. The iargest is the
Auyantepuy (where Angel Falls, the world's highest

Landscape of the Auyantepuy looking south Iroma,


vantage point roughly at its middle. This is the area ..
where the three "plesiosaur-like things" have been. .
reported.

waterfall [1,000 metres] originates), which has 800 square


kilometres of upper surface and an average height 00 the
order of 2,000 metres above sea level. The Chimanta
(unexplored) and Horaima are not much smaller;. th~
highest (and most unexplored) of them, the Marahuaca,
while not very large in upper surface area, is over 3,000
metres in height. A good overall description of these
mountains is given by Mayr and Phelps (1971).
.
This relatively unexplored plateaux-area is fairly'fam;
iliar to me, as I ha\le led three expeditions to the Auyante-.
puy. During the last expedition we penetrated' un-.
trodden territory (a description of this expedition wiu
appear soon [see references]). From personal exp:~r;
ience (I am also an amateur entomologist, with .special
interest in odonata) I can affirm that, entomologically ~nd
biologically, the tepuyes (flat-topped mountains) do have
endemic archaic flora and fauna - an encouraging factor
in our search.
Moreover, there is one witness who asserts thathe has
seen three "plesiosaur-like things," about 50 em.' long
(with ~5 cm. necks) swimming in a river atop the Auyantepuy. While this witness can scarcely be called a scien:
tist (he is an adventurer that roams the area digging tor
diamonds) his statement remains to be one more fasc'in~
aling piece of information in a jigsaw puzzie that is already
taking on a recognizable shape.'

~.

REFERENCES
.:

..

".

1) Bernard Heuvelmans: "Sur la piste des betes ignor~.es'~:


(pIon, Paris, 1955).
2) On dinosaurs in general, the Author has consulted: Piere'
Leonardi, "L'evoluzione dei viventi," (Morcelliana, .Brescia;
1950). At non-specialist level an excellent book is P. Cox's:'~Gli'
anirnali preistorici," (Mondadori, Verona, 1970).
. .-.:. .'.~
3) E. Mayr and W. Phelps: "Origen de la avifauna de las alii:'
plimicies del sur de Venezuela," Boletin de la Sociedad Vene~:
zolana de Ciencias Naturales, Caracas, 1971.
".
i
4) The Author's expeditions to the Auyentepuy will be-:des,
cribed in: Enrique Lorenzoni & Silvana Lorenzoni, "ReiaCiion
de una expedicion al Auyantepuy," Natura (Apcirtado.8150:
Caracas 101, Venezuela), March 1977.
. .'
.
PUH~UIl

SpringYlTl;:

DINOSAUR GRAFFITI-HAVA SUP-AI SrVLE


by John Guerrasio
There has been an ongoing debate in these pages as to
whether or not the Doheny Expedition actually found
rock carvings of a dinosaur and other prehistoric animals
in 'the Hava Supai Canyon of Arizona. It has been suggested that the claims for this amazing find are the result
of imaginative revisionism of the kind found in such
works as Col. James Churchwards' The Lost Continent
of Mil_ Hopefully, the illustrations and verbiage presented here will confuse matters further.
ThE~ original report of the Doheny Expedition written
by Dr. Samuel Hubbard, the expedition leader, was
included in Strange Prehistoric Animals and Their
Stories by A. Hyatt Verrill. In the account of his find, Dr.
Hubbard says, "Cut into the solid stone in the gorge ot
the Hava Supai River in Arizona are carvings of dinosaur
(fig. 1) and imperial elephant (fig. 2). The expedition ot
which I was the head found, measured, photographed,
and made casts of these rock-intaglios. The carvings are
cut to depths of one-eighth to one-quarter of an inch in
the red sandstone walls ot Hava Supai Canyon, where
the river has cut its channel about twenty teet deeper
through its solid stone bed since the day some prehistoric carver did his work. The walls on which the
petroglyphs are cut and the place where the primitive
artist stood, are now inaccessible except with ladders or
ropes, and all are twenty feet or more above the bed ot
the stream.
"The locations of the carvings, which extend for some
_-miles along the gorge, are near the present Hava Supai
- Indian agency, but these Indians know nothing about,
and have no legends ot, these carvings or their makers.
"All the carvings are made in an interesting and pecul- - iar manner. In the sandstone of this region, there 1$ a
trace of iron_ Through the alchemy of the ages, gas has
- -seeped out and formed a thick black coating, hard as the
-rock itself, known as 'desert varnish.' The prehistoric
artist with his flint or obsidian chisel, cut through this
;varnish into the red stone, and then deep into the latter,
~so that the p2troglyphs are in clear, red outline against
:-the black background of iron oxide_ None of the carvings
:-are artificially colored. The artist (or artists) apparently
was content with the black and red carvings.
. "Measurements of the dinosaur carving are of interest
also. ,It is 11.2 inches in height; 7 inches in greatest width;
-the II~g is 3,8 inches long; the body is 3 inches wide; neck
-:to top of curve is 3.5 inches; tail 9.1 inches, and the neck
,total 5.1 inches. Taken all in all, the proportions are good.
_The huge reptile, which stood some fifteen feet high by
- seventy to eighty feet long,.is depictep in the attitude in
: which man would be most likely to see it - reared on its
. hind legs, balanced with the long tail, either feeding or in
fighting position, possibly defending itself against a party
of men.
_
"The carving of the imperial elephant evidently is
-intended to represent a 'female elephant, because it
shows no tusks. The man being attacked by the animal is
shown standing in a pool or river, the water being
I'UH~U/l"

-indicated by a wavy li~e carved across the bottom ot the


pictograph, striking the human figure a little below the
knees. The man .in tt\is primitive -~action picture' is un-I
arrt:\ed, but the arti~t had begun to _cut something,
possibly a spear, iri tre hand away from the elephant.
There is no means-ot,saying what he intended to carve,
nor will we ever krlO~ why he left his interesting masterpiece unfinished."
~
_
The Doheny Expe~ition also made some inte-resting
finds in Utah. "Onthe Colorado River, or one.of its tributaries, in Utah, has been found a clear and large carving of
a wooly rhinoceros (fig. 3), an animal which has been_
known for some year~, .but which never betore has been
-established as existing in the Americas. The Utah carving
proves not only that it did exist, but that man saw it. Quite
probably it was the most powerful-and most te,rribl~,ot ~II
the prehistoric monsters that ever roam~d this_globe:; and
that man was famili~r -with the wooly rhinoceros also
helps to shove back still further the date at which human
beings appeared her~."
:
..
_- _ One of our members, Bob Shatkin, has recently
informed us of a more recent reference to Verrill's
"wooly rhinoceros." In a book entitled Rock Art oj the
American India'; (Thos. Crowell, Apollo Editions, New
York, 1967), the author; Campbell Grant, writes of the
same carved "wooly rhinoceros" character, which he
says is locally known ~ a "mastadon." He writes: "In
southeastern Utah, there-are a vast number of pecked
designs; often a single rock surface will be covered with
motifs in a completely disorganized manner - mountain
sheep, animal tracks, curvilinear meanders, etc .... Near
Moab (Utah; H.S.) in association with mountain sheep,
there is a pecked reridering of what is locally known as
the 'mastodon' and Widely believed to be a life portrait ot
that extinct beast. It's a three-toed trunked animal but
the brightness ot the ,design and its -lack ot patina,
together with the fact that the adjoining mountain sheep
and accompanying initials have some patina and so are
older, brand it as a hoax. The last mastodons died out
about 6,000 years ago."
We have included (tig. 4) another example 01 a wooly
rhinoceros lor companson (drawn on the Side 01 a cave at
Fontde-uaume in the Uordogne), I-igure [) depicts the
type 01 wooly rhinoceros probably seen by pr~hlstoric
cave ilrtists.
.
As to the "chicken or egg" debate ot Hubbard or
Churchward first, it should be noted that the Doheny
Expedition took place in 1924 and in the 1926 edition ot
The Lost Continent: oj Mu Churchward gives picture
credit to Hubbard. (Note the lower left-hand corner ot
figure 6.) It is nonhe purpose of this article to resolve the
Hava Supai question]but rather to add more material to
the discussion. And, ot course, any turther inforrriation
will be gladly received and passed along. ~

Spring 19T1

..__...........r-""'''''''''''''''''''5 ............ ~....~_...._ .......~

~"".""'-"""

63

ILLUSTRATION CREDITS
Figures 1,2, and 3 are reprints from Strange Prehistoric Animals and
Their Stories by A. Hyatt Verrill with the permission of Farrar, Straus
and Giroux, Inc.
Figure 4 is reprinted from On the Track 0/ Unknown Animals by
Bernard Heuvelmans, translated by Richard Barnett, illustrated by
Monique Watteau (abridged edition: New York, 1965), with the per
mission of Farrar, Straus, and Giroux, Inc.
Figure 5 is reprinted from The Age 0/ Great Mammals by Daniel Cohen
with tl:le permission of Dodd, Mead and Company, publisher.
Figure 6 is reprinted from The Lost Continent 0/ Mu by Col. James
Churchward with the permission of David McKay Co. Inc., publisher.

FIG. 2.

FIG.3 .

FIG. 4

FIG. 6
PURSUIT Sprmg 1977

SYMPOSIUM
Comments and Opinions
A SOUTH AMERICAN
EXPLORERS CLUB
The South American Explorers Club brings together
researchers in the social and field sciences, travellers,
mountaineers, back-packers, environmentalists, wild-.
lifers from all over the world. Club lounge, reading room,
library, map-roqm and roof-top terrace and cafe. Open
year-round. Send for information on membership and
free copy of the club's 48-page monthly magazine, The
South American EXPLORER: read about balsa rafts, folk
medicine, oceanography, ethnology, archaeology, jungle
rivers, primitive arts, survival techniques, ornithology,
ancient weaving, island life, mountain ranges, travel information and the How, What and Where-to of South America. Write airmail to Donald Montague, Editor, Avenida
Portugal 146, Brena, ~asilla 3714, Lima 1, Peru.

***

SANDERSON'S BOOKS
We are pleased to announce that we have, over the
past few years, collected together a few extra copies of
some of Ivan T. Sanderson's books. These have been
donated by various members. As a non-profit organization we feel we should not sell these volumes. We can,
however, offer them to members who will contribute to
our fund-raising campaign. Contributions of fifty dollars
or more will receive a complimentary copy of one (their
choice) of Ivan's books, along with a receipt and a letter of
thanks from our president.
".". ".

Judie Wyler, one of our members from Connecticut,


would like to contact other members in her area. Interested members write: Judie Wyler, c/o SITU _Mail will
be forwarded.

***

We regret to inform our members that, due to a


mistake on the part of our printer, a number of issues of
the winter Pursuit (Vol. 10, No.1) were damaged in
printing. Some of these copies were inadvertently mailed
out. Members who received poor copies please send
them in to us and we will replace them.

***
Charles Berlitz has informed SITU that he is available
for lectures. Please contact our headquarters for more
details.
.

***
SITl,J member David Mace tells us that he will be in the
Loch Ness area for the first two weeks in July. While
there, he would be pleased to meet with and assist any
members who are currently conducting research or
investigations there, or who may be planning to be there
during his visit.lntere~ted members may write directly to:
David Mace, 13 Peverels Way,Weedon Road, Northampton, England. And speaking of water "monsters,"
the Bierman-Zarzynski. Expedition has produced a
preliminary report of their findings concerning the Lake
Champlain Sea Serpent. The report, which should be
available shortly, will be made available for the cost of
handling and postage only. Interested members write
SITU for more information.
".". ".

We would like to correct a "typo" which appeared in


the last issue of Pursuit (Vol. 10, No.1). On page 24, we
stated that a 300 mile radius is well within logistical feasi
bility for the range of a Huey helicopter. Or for a "jolly
green giant," as they were called in Viet Nam. We did not
mean to imply that these helicopters are one and the
same. The jolly green giant helicopter is not a Huey,
although both helicopters are capable of carrying goodsize loads (dead cows, for example). The jolly green giant,
a much larger craft with two main rotors, is used to transport very large loads. Our thanks to Bob Durant for
pointing out the error.
l

RENEWALS

BOOK REVIEW

SITU is steadily expanding. Since almost all of our


funding comes from membership support, it is important
that \!,Ie continue to ask our members to renew. If you
should happen to get a renewal notice in the mail after
you have sent in your renewal, please do not bother to
notify us. If you should continue to get renewal notices,
however, please do let us know and we will attend to the
matter.

The Doomed Unsinkable Ship edited by William


H. Tantum IV, 7 C's Press, Inc., publishers, P.O.
Hox 57, Riverside, CT 06878. 152 pages, $8.
William H. Tantum IV, Vice President of the
Titanic Historical Society, Inc., in the forward ot
The Doomed Unsinkable Ship askswas the sink
ing of the Titanic foretold?" Morgan Robertson's
1898 novel, -rhe Wreck of the Titan, is presented in
its entirety. Remarkable similarities are discussed
between events in Robertson's story about the fico
titious 1itan and the sinking of the real R.M.S.
Titanic in 1914. Of particular interest are nineteen
paranormal experiences reviewed a~d analyzed by
Dr. Ian Stevenson.
-Bob Warth

***
SITU member Patrick Macey tells us that researchers
can contact him (7401 Mason Avenue, Canoga Park, CA
91306) concerning Bigfoot and related phenomena. SITU
members in the Los Angeles and southern California
area are invited to stop by and visit, discuss research, and
become better acquainted with his facilities ..
PUHSUJT Spring 191"7

THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED

GOVERNING BOARD
President (and Trustee)
Vice President (and Trustee)
Secretary (and Trustee)
Treasurer (and Trustee)
Trustee
Trustee
Trustee
Trustee

Robnrt C. Warth
R. Martin Wolf
Albena E. Zwerver
Steven Mayne
Gregory Arend
Adolph L. Heuer, Jr.
Susan Malone
Sabina W. Sanderson
DEPARTMENTS

PURSUIT
INVESTIGATIONS
MASS MEDIA
RESEARCH

FUND RAISING

Editor-in-Chief (on Sabbatical) - John A. Keel


Executive Editor - R. Martin Wolf
Robert C. Warth - R. Martin Wolf - Steven Mayne
R. Martin Wolf - Susan Malone
Canadian Media Consultant - Michael Bradley
Robert C. Warth - Steven Mayne
Prehistoric Archaeology and Oceanography
Consultant - Charles Berlitz
Gregory Arend - Steven Mayne

SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD


Dr. George A. Agogino - Chairman, Department of Anthropology, and Director, Paleo-Indian Institute, Eastern New Mexico
University. (Archaeology)
Dr. Carl H. Delacato - Director, The Institute for the Rehabilitation of the Brain Injured, Morton, Pa. (Mentalogy)
Dr. J. ADen Hynek - Director, Lindheimer Astronomical Research Center, Northwestern University. (Astronomy)
Dr. George C. Kennedy - Professor of Geology, Institute of Geophysics, U.CLA. (Geomorphology and Geophysics)
Dr. Martin Kruskal - Program in Applied Mathematics, Princeton University. (Mathematics)
Dr. Samuel B. McDowell- Professor of Biology, Rutgers University, Newark, N.J. (General Biology)
Dr. Vladimir Markotic - Professor of Anthropology, Department of Archaeology, University of Alberta, Canada. (Ethnosociology
and Ethnology)
Dr. Kirtley F. Mather - Professor of Geology, Emeritus, Harvard University. (Geology)
Dr. John R. Napier - Unit of Primate Biology, Queen Elizabeth College, University of London_ (Physical Anthropology)
Dr. W. Ted Roth - Assistant Director, Baltimore Zoo, Baltimore, Maryland. (Ecologist & Zoogeographer)
Dr. Frank B. Salisbury - Head, Plant Science Department, College of Agriculture, Utah State University. (Phytochemistry)
Dr_ Berthold Eric Schwarz - Consultant (Brain Wave Laboratory), Essex County Medical Center, Cedar Grove, New Jersey.
(Mental Sciences)
Dr. Roger W. Wescott - Professor and Chairman, Department of Anthropology, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey. (Cultural
Anthropology and Linguistics)
Dr_ A. Joseph Wraight - Chief Geographer, U.S. Coast & Geodetic Survey_ (Geography and Oceanography)
Dr. Robert K. Zuck - Professor and Chairman, Department of Botany, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey. (Botany)

VANGUARD OFFSET PRINTERS, INC . "HlLLSlDE, NEW JERSEY

..

THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED'

.,

"

J)tatb
&
1Eranliftguration

.,
VOL. 10 NO.3 WHOLE NO. 39 SUMMER 1977

SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


Columbia, New Jersey 07832
Telephone: Area Code 201 496-4366

MEMBERSHIP
Membership is $10 a year (members outside the U.S. add $2.50 for regular postage or $5 for air mail) and" runs from the 1st of
January to the 31st of December. Members receive our quarterly journal PURSUIT, an Annual Report (upon request), and all special
Society publications for that year.
Members are invited to visit our Headquarters if they wish to use the Library or consult the staff but, due to limited facilities, this can
be arranged only by prior appointment, and at least a week in advance. Because ofthe demands on our limited volunteer staff and their
time, research to be conducted in the library should be minimized.
The staff will answer reasonable research requests by mail, but because of the steadily increasing demand for this service a research
fee will be charged. Members requesting information should enclose a self-addressed stamped envelope with their inquiry so that they
can be advised of the charge in advance.
o YOU DON'T HAVE TO BE A PROFESSIONAL OR EVEN AN AMATEUR SCIENTIST TO JOIN US.

ORGANIZATION
The legal and financial affairs of the Society are managed by a Board of Trustees in accordance with the laws of the State of New
Jersey. The Society is also counselled by a panel of prominent scientists, which is designated the Scientific Advisory Board.

IMPORTANT NOTICES
o The Society is completely apolitical.
o It does not accept material on, or presume to comment upon any aspects of Human Medicine or Psychology; the Social Sciences
or Law; Religion or Ethics.
o All contributions, but not membership dues, are tax deductible, pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue Code.
o The Society is unable to offer or render any services whatsoever to non-members. Further, the Society does not hold or express
any corporate views, and any opinions expressed by any members in its publications are those of the authors alone. No opinions
expressed or statements made by any members by word of mouth or in print may be construed as those of the Society.

PUBUCATIONS
Our publishing schedule is four quarterly issues of PURSUIT, dated Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter, and numbered as annual
volumes - Vol. 1 being 1968 and before; Vol. 2, 1969, and so on. These are mailed at the end of the month. (Membership and our
quarterly journal PURSUIT is $10 per year. Subscription to PURSUIT, without membership benefits, for libraries only, is $8 for 4
issues.) Order forms for back issues will be supplied on request.
PURSUIT is listed in Ulrich's International Periodicals Directory anp in the Standard Guide to Periodicals; and is abstracted in
Abstracts of Folklore Studies. It is also available from University Microfilms, 300 N. Zeeb Rd., Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106. The price is
$4.10 per reel. An annual index appears in the October issue.

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED'

VOL. 10, NO.3.


SUMMER, .1977

PURSUIT.

Publisher
Robert C. Warth
Editor-in-chief
John A. Keel (on Sabbatical)
Managing Editor
R. Martin Wolf

THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIElY


FOR-THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED
FOUNDED BY IVAN T. SANDERSON
Devoted to the Investigation of "Things" that are Customarily Discounted

Consulting Editor
Sabina W. Sanderson
Senior Writer
Curtis Sutherly
Associated Editors
John Guenasio
ZiaulHasan
Contributing Writers
Charles Berlitz
Jerome Clark
Lucius Farish
Vincent Gaddis
Brad Steiger
Production
Steven Mayne
Martin Wiegler
Fred Wilson

CONTENTS
Page
The Incorruptibility of Saints - A/ter Death .
by Larry E. Arnold ...................................................... 66
Navy to Investigate Sunken Aircraft
byX ......................... , ................................ 70

The Pyramids are an Ancient Space Communications Network


by T. B. Pawlicki ...................... ; ............................... 72
"Zounds, Holmes! It's a Case of the Combustible Corpse!"
by Larry E. Arnold .................... ; .... '.' '........... '.' ............. 75
Semen & the Demon: Sinistrari's Concept of Demoniality .
by George M. Eberhart ..... ',' ....................................... " . 82

Cover design by R. M. Wolf

"Faust" and the Student


by Kamil Pecher ...................................................... 84
Reflections of Chinese Form in Mexican and No'rse Ornament
by B. Wilkie .... : ................. ~ .................................... 86
SITUA TIONS ............. '.... , .......................................... 92
What About Reality?
by Curt Sutherly ...................................................... 93
Harmonics Diagram
by William Whamond .................................................. 94
Investigations: More on. Mutilations'............. , .............................. 95
Symposium ................................................................. 96
Book Review ................ '........................................ .- ...... 96

o Society for the Investigatien of the Unexplained 1977

66

THE INCORRUPTIBILITY OF
SAINTS - AFTER DEATH
by Larry E. Arnold

(Copyright 1977)

" ... the strange and exceptional is of absorbing interest, and it is often through the extraordinary that
the philosopher gets the most searching glimpses
into the heart of the mystery of the ordinary."
-Drs. Gould and Pyle [1,1]
Readers of PURSUIT and other periodicals devoted to
the paranormal are quite aware that the human body is a
plethora of strange events. We recently discussed in this
journal (Fall 1976) one example of an.enigma that affliCts
the living; spontaneous human combustion. What may
. be less well known is that physiolqgical anomalies continue to persist (and haunt Scie~ce) O/ter the body has
become "dead and buried."
Medical literature is replete with cases of cadaveric
perspiration; postmortem ~nitaf erection after a hanging; the growth of nails (sometimes up to several inches)
and hair (to the extent that after four
a girl's hair
protruded through her coffin's joints) chronologically
and physically long after interment; and movements in
the tomb after burial. However, the most mysterious
curiosity - because it affects not a portion but all the
body - is the incorruptibi/ity.ol the "human corpse itself.
This category of postmortem phenomena often happens amid the most perplexing .circumstances, and
(should) produce the most disturbing affronts to medical
theories and the alleged finality of death.
The enigma deserves - and could easily fill- a large
volume; however, we shall limit our cursory attention in
this article to those events inVolving saintly persons.

years

.. SOME POSTMORTEM PARADOXES


. Circa 68 A.D. St. Nazarius was buried after losing his
head (physically, that is). In the l'Jlid-4th Century, St.
Ambrose disinterred the corpse only to find it"so perfect
and free from corruption with all its hair and the beard,
that it looked .. , as if it had been washed and laid out for
inspection there in the tomb." Accompanying this remarkable find was a fragrance that "surpassed all perfumes in sweetness." Nor did the amazed St. Ambrose
end the discoveries of his 300-year pred.ecessor with just
a sweet scent of remembrance, for a "vial of the saint's
blood was foultd as fresh and red as if it"had been spilt that
day ... [Cf..2, XIV, 38; 3, III, 99]
.
St. Cuthbert. the Bishop of Umdisfame, was laid to rest
20 March 687 A.D. to becomethe prQVerbial ashes-toashes and dust-to-dust - .or so it was thought. In 698,
monks found the corpse to be unputrlfied, with its joints
flexible and clothing fresh. Time, the catalyst of decay,
proceeded another 414 years (to 1102 A.D.), when again
the Bishop's body was found Incorrupt. In the process of

being moved it emitted. a sweet fragrance "such as gives


the appearance of one living in the flesh, rather than dead
in the body." [3, I, 357] The relocation didn't disturb this
saint's immunity to natural processes either, for the body
was found intact during the reign of King Henry VlU over 800 years later!
.
The Archbishop of Canterbury, Sf. Edmund, was discovered "free from corruption," a condition described by
Alban Butler as "evidently miraculous, and cannot be.
ascribed to any embalming "uring about five hundred
years, without any change in the colour." [3, IV, 218]
In May of 1381 Emperor Wenceslas ordered"St. John
Nepomucen drowne" for his .unwmi.ngness. to disclose
the confidence of EmpreSs Jane .. Almost immediately
strange phenomena began. "The martyr was no sooner
stifled in the waters, but a heavenly light appeared over
his body, floating on the river and drew many to the
banks." We suspect WencesJas began having grave
doubts (forgive the. pun) about a decree which extinguished the life of this saint but couldn't quench the light
of Nepomucen's soul. Nevertheless, as a result of this
execution the Emperor outlived the saint in the flesh, but
Wenceslas' body never matched the survival of his
victim's. On 14 April 1719 - 336 years after the fateful
drowning - the saint's tomb was opened. Among the
customary and expected ashes was found an incredible
tongue "retaining the normal shape, size and colour of
the tongue of a Jiving man, and ... still both soft and flexible." [3, II, 165]
Other conditions like incorrupt hearts, blood flowing
after years of interment, and exudings of oil from the
bodies of those long-deceased, led many physicians
quietly to exclaim their wonder. As was said of Mary
Xaveria of the Angels, for example, "it must ~ supernatural." [4, 272-5]
(For further examples, see the abbreviated listing in
.
Table l.) .
"Petrification or mummification of the body are quite
well known," aSserted Dr. Gould and Pyle.in 1896 [1,
523]. In contrast to ~everal of the cases in Table I, a tomb
at Canterbury Cath~dral was opened toward the end of
the 19th Century to discover which Archbishop was
interred there (see Lancet, 1890,I,lIOS). The corpse was
identifiable as that of Hubert Walter, who had physically
transitioned in 1204 AD. Although decomposition had
been retarded (and indeed was still progressing), the
corpse had an extremely offensive and siCkening odo",
"unmistakably that of putrefaction."
Therefore the astonishment of physicians to not only
entire but lifelike corpSes after hundreds of years (in
some cases), cannot be attributed to.a retardation of
putrefaction.
.

PURSUIT Summer 1977


~-------.----.- .....

67
..

You look at an indiuidual whom: thee all. term


saintly'. Why are they called.saints? Because they:.don't see the world as you see the world and they
can do things that you can't do. Why can they do
things that you 'can't' do? Because they .. _are seeing the Creator and the Maintainer in every thingand they're working with it! ... Everything is possible!

As with so much of Forteana, if the above set of anomalous postmortem phenomena is to be explained then
n~w frontiers must obviously be forge~-

A PSYCHIC PERCEPTION
One could proceed to challenge Science with additional cases like that above, but it's necessary that Forteans (or some other like-minded individuals) search for
the principles that lie behind the unorthodox - so that
the extraordinary of today will be understood in terms of
tomorrow's ordinary. Let us continue then by attempting to understa.nd how the phenomena discussed above
occurs, and why_
Maintaining our focus on saints and persons of saintly
demeanor for this moment, we surmise that those so
designated would have been truly evolved soul-entities
expressing t.hrough physical vehicles (their corporeal
bodies). Being at harmony with the world around them,
they would also have that balance within themselves.
After the physical body is vacate9 and the anim~ting
force perhaps had left (for there are episodes of movement in tombs, as well), the vital and healthy cellular
structure of the anatomy would remain impervious to
those destructive forces which normally affect the diseased bodies of imbalanced individuals.
Essentially the phenomenon of incorruption could.be
seen as the result of cooperation between the two
aspects of creation, what occultists term the F~ther and
Mother principles. T.he Father principle is "the creative
ability within" [5, 5] while the latter "maintains the
rhythm, the balance and the motion of that which has
been created." [5, 1]
Once established, this relationship would be a natural
process concurrent with and continuing after an entity's
incarnation within that body had ceased. As with St.
Cuthbert, for example, the body would remain (and even
smell) as incorrupt in death as it had in life. The longevity
of incorruptibility would depend on the extent to which
the body had been perfected and purified while animated.
But is this rather simple explanation the only one Forteans need to consider? We believe not.
The lives of saints are said to be models for emulation
by the rest of mankind. Having come to know the possibilities of. Man incarnate, some saints may wish to demonstrate - in addition to their deeds while living - the inherent potential of the spirit functioning in balance within
a physical form. One way to generate such awareness
would be to create an astounding situation, something
'impossible' and hence dramatic ..
The programming of incorruptibility or other phenomena into the physical body through mind working not.
over but with matter, would (or should) achieve such an
aim and purpose: to present living men with an enigma
which (hopefully) would stimulate and stir a search
towards realization of inate and greater human capabilities.
Through an altered state of consciousness which has
consistently demonstrated its reliability to the author,
the different realities of saints and 'lesser' men were compared (from the latter's perspect~ve).

So what does Man say? "We know that's impossible! So long as it's impossible I don't have to pursue it. Only a saint can have miracles; only a saint
can say 'You're healed'; only a saint. can do things!
That's their law - my law's differ~nt!" [6, 11]
Was 5t. John Nepomucen demonstrating to future
generations a law about the power of truth and faithfulness when, having been martyred for refusing to break
verbally the confidence entrusted to him by Empress
Jane, his tongue was found !'entire" and "soft and flexible" after 3-1/~ centuries?
.
Confronted with sucn a Possibility, how would most
men react? Wouldn't they choose to relegate such faith-.
fulness to a few special indiViduals like saints, rather than
develop such a quality in themselves? "See," stated the
voice, "then it gives you a good excuse to never even try!
And if you do try and you don't succeed, that's because
(you know) 'God made them better than He made me.
God made them better, made them Q holy person!'" [6-,
12]

This rationale that "god" indiscriminately apportions


talents and success confli<;:ts with the philosophy of the
author that the only discrimination among men isoftheir
own making, and not at the whim of some Infinite power;
that each human is giveri the gift of life, to do with as fancy
and fate dictate.
.
But what is fate except the encountering of forces elected by a soul-entity for experience and experimentation?
Therefore the power that separates the miraculous from
the mundane within any individual is of one's own choosing. The voice of altered consCiousness made this cogent
observation about human behavior:

St. Cuthbert's tomb, Durham Cathedral


(C> 1977 L. E. Arnold)

PURSUIT Summer 1977

68

Remember the martyrdom: it's easier to be a


martyr than a saint. Because if you'J'e a saint,
you're expected to liue up to being a saint.l/you're
a martyr, you're -dead' before you start. [6, 12]
Thus if confronted with the quandary of POStmortem
phenomena in the corpses of saints, perhaps the maior
ity of mankind would begin to reject the limitations of
martyrdom and instead achieve. the expended. aware
ness that results from seeking "insight to the aims tKI
purposes" of creation. (6, 12J
.
The discussion of saints led to another concept so intrisuing (to the author, at least) and at least indirectlyevidential to the continuance of a soul's existence after
physical death, that we would like to' share it here.'
. The fol~ng is excerpted from material delivered on
"the law of the great Teachers" - wh.ich applies to
.
humans in this manner: '. ..

The manifestation oj the corn!Cious being ofagreat


Teocher: thee could draw on that essence at any
moment. Thee could call on the essence of the consciousness oJ your brother Buddha; you could call
on lhe essence of the consciousness of the man
Jesus the Nazarene. You could call Lq)On any great
piesenter who is manifesting as close as possible
unto the Father and Mother (principle). (6, 11]
What does this concept of an active inte{Change between the physically living and the phYsically transitioned (the so-called living and dead) have to do with incqrruptibility? There' is at least a two-fold purpose:

It is primarily to show yoU thQt you can work with


the Father-Mother principle - you know, the
Creator and the Maintainer.

And if il can be crecited and maintained, it can be


actiuated at any 'moment! And they [sain.ts) can
maintain it [the incorrupted'corpseJ!or that length
oj lime (0$ thee say it), they can also dissolue it and
make il materialize elsewhere al any momenl- if
they have arepJica of the original. So they can mart;Jest anywhere on your Earth-plane at any moment
in.a physical Jorrn because they haue a physical reference point - a body. [6, 18)
Thus if .an individual of religious persuasion was pra~

ins to a saint for aid and comfort, and that"~int had main-

~ a physical point of reference such as an incorrupted portion of his former body somewhere upon this
planet. then that object would provije the focalization
point necessary so "t#1q1 saint could materialize andgiue
... and uisil in." [6, 18) The existence of a tangible and
pure medium - thJ corpse or a portion of it - serves as
point or link between two different realities
a
Cthat of ~ petson praying, anc:l of the saint's spirit) and
facilitates and enhances the interaction.
One is reminded of Chades Fort's belief in Super-Geography, where~ different realms c:o-exist and occasion - bv accide.nt or plan - merge with one another.

common

Summer ]977

Such a concept is'an affront to orthodox: Science - but.


. just like postmortem phenomena, cannot at this moment
be discounted ~ the open-minded.
'.
The maintaining of this focaIizing-deYice-in~the-tomb ..
does not limit the .form of !'Mnifestation which could subsequently oc~ur, however. A saul-entity who departed an
adult male's body co~d re-manifest as a child or a
woman, for exampJe, to one in need:

This person says they're lonely, lonely, lonely_ And


says, "So-and-so, help me from this

lone1iness!~

And ~ere comes this litlle child laughjns and skipping along, ane( smiles and ~es their dav. Ok?
And they never find out who that little child is. They .
neuer Jind out who. slopped to aSsist them. when
they haue afla.t tire.'. They neuer find out who. who.

who. It's one of thOse who has a reference point .


somewhere on' your 'Eartl:l wOrld. And they can .
manifest anywhere _.. (6, '18]

Again, Charles 'Fort collected cases of une~ted


appearances of. pepple with unusual abilities. 1'h8y
seemed to come from nowhere. only to qisappear soon
afterward. Their arrival and departure was as much an
enigma as their presence. ParapsychoJogis~ today
ponder the phenomena of synchronicity - When needs
and desires are suddenly met by a '!Qrtuitous' series of
unexpected
events or encounters with 'just-the-right-per
,.
son.
The above concept gives an ans~r to both mysteries:
the intact energy pattern of a saint's body continues to
serve a vallJable purpose, even after 'death,' to its fonner
tenant who desires to assist t!1ose currently expressing in
physicality.
, It is said of these former tenants and their preserwd
bodies:

They need these emanations from the form - in

t/:le sense as a male and a female need the sperm

together to produce a child, do they not? So the


energy emanatingfrom theform of this saint meets
with the energy emanating from an individuill who
is praying. And the two logether produCe what-.
euer aim and purpose is needed to, how you say.
Qssist .. (6, 18).

The process thus begins on the nonphysicall~I:.a transference of thought between two levels of the multidimensional Super-Geog~aphy. "Mating with energy rather
tht;ln with physicality, " is onE! way to phrase the process.
Then this combination of energies is aple
.

to produce matter. Yoti see, matter and energv Qre


interchangable. And if these hauea reference pOint
0/ matter, thee can excnange with other enen.Jies
to produce matter. [6, 18J
Matter and energy' as interchangable: it's a principle
physicists are just beginning to recognize, as the boun-'
daries once thought to separate these t~ states are bec()ming ever more difficult to define and locate.
It seems saints had discovered and have beenapplving
the principle for millenia!

.:
"
:
:
~

.
:

...
TABl~

1: Well documented Postmorte~ Physical Phenomena


.'

Name
S. w.,burga

: S. Walbu,,-

interment

e~humation

213/669

875

findings

206 years

body "'found entire"

over 1000 years

719

S. Ant~ony of Padua

6/13/1231

S. Bridget of SwedeI'!

7/23{-1371

9/1-111373

1456

1765

. S. JOhn of Capistran

..

interim

400yeaf$
56 days
309 vears

an oily fluid trickled from her bones


throughout this in~erim
,
tongue "found red, soft and entire"
while rest of body was ashes
body a clean skeleton, white dust
and an incorrupt htart
readily identifiable from still
in~orru,ption

s~

Francis Xavier

'552.

2/1553

1 year

body found quite fresh, even though


lime was heaped on corpse

. S. Charlts Borromeo

1111556

4 years:

medically attested not embalmed;


yet body was supple and naturafly
hued

1606

22 years

l880

296 yeaTS

though embalmed, body largety


intact despite damp soil; "super
natural presemtion"
same condition as above

1584

Maria Anna (ladr~nit of Jesus

1624

1731

107 years

priests and surgeons found


"interior organs, the viscera and
the fleshy tissues were all of them
entire, sound, moist and resilient
... supernatural perfume"

S. Andrew Babola

1657

1730

73 years

marty~ and bur.ied with others;


all segments of body found
intact and flexible; omen in

common ",VI had decompOllld

S. TIfIII

1582

1588

6 yean

"marvelous fragrance"

,.

'POSTMORTEM' POSTSCRIPT
At the restingplace of Father Cherbal, in the mountaintop convent of Annaya north of Beirut, 30-year-old
Jeanette Howard was cured of paralysis. L Orient,
quoted in the Express & Star (19 May. 1967), says she was
,praying before the holy man's tomb when "a thin trickle
Of blood appeared" from its &ide. Suddenly the paralysis
left her body, and she left the shrine a healed woman.
HaUucination, or postmortem phenomenon? The cure
Wal reaL

23 June 1915: the tomb of St. Gabriel, ,near FJonmce, .


Italy. ~spjte the affront to Science and the warning of
the Director of the neurc;>1ogy department of Ancona Civil .
Jiospital, a miracle is about to occur. LorelJa Colangelo,
suffering brain-dflmaging leukoencephalitis and paral
ysis in her eleventh year, is languishing in the hospital.
For the past seven nights she had spoken of a dream in
which St. Gabriel urged her to come to his sanctuary and
be healed, according to Reueille (21 November 1975).
The doctors scoffed. and watched helples& their
patient neared death.
PURsurr

Su~

1977 .

70

In despair, and "convinced" by Lorella's recurrent


dream, her mother and father removed their daughter
from the physicians' care - under strenuous objections,
of course. Medicine, incapable of healing with its own sor- .
cery, condemns the magic of other meansSenor Colangelo described the result of his 'ominous'
decision: "I carried her inside the sanctuary and laid her
on the tomb of St. Gabriel. Almost at once Lorella fell into
a deep sleep. We prayed on our knees, watching her. Fifteen minutes went by like an eternity. Then, suddenly, I
saw [her] get up on her 'feet, climb over the three-foot railing surrounding the tomb, and r~n toward us .... It's a
miracle!"
Lorella detailed her own private experience this way: "I
fell asleep on the tomb and St. Gabriel appeared in a
dream, and told me 'Get up and walk.' And when J woke, I
did."
Lo! The men of Science at Ancona Hospital agree: the
witchcraft of brain wave scanners confirm the leukoencephalitis has vanished, and their eyes see that the girl
walks. The astonished Dr. Primo Angeleri - we wonder
what Fortean lexicon links Ange/eri with Colangelo admits, or the National Enquirer (11 November 1975) has
him admitting: "Medical science did not heal her; some
thing else did."
Something elseWhen the unexpected results, it is given a label and
then forgotten. How many files are there, filled with

labeled folders that hold no contents? When a samaritan


appears amid distress, does one pause to reflect on the
fortuitous 'coincidence'? Or is the appearance shrugged
off along with so many other 'insigniflcances'? More
hollow labels and empty foldersWe have proposed a !"J1odel that belies the happenstance, that explains the causative factors of a baffling
enigma, and integrates philosophically (and physically)
two levels of existence.
If once accepts this hypothesis, then the blessings of a
saint don't end with his (or her) physical transition - for
the body may not be abandpned for a long time.
Does Man really understand 'the workings of the workl
in which he resides, with which he shares? At this
moment the answer must be "NO." As the physicians
said of St. Gerard Majella, the degree ot his body's preservation after 100 years is "beyond the laws of nature"
- but only as those laws are defined by physicians and
men, not as theYfunction in the realm of Creation.
There are other reasons for the incorruption of the
human body after death, but these exceed the scope of
this paper. Perhaps in another article-

.~

..

lBased on the Appendices of the author's forthcoming book,ABLAZE! The C-

for, and Cases 0/, Spontaneous Human Combustions.]

REFERENCES
[IJ Gould, "'George M., and Walter L. Pyle, Anomalies and
Curiosities of Medicine, W. B. Saunders, 1896.
[2J Migne, Jacque Paul, ed., Petrus Lombardi Sententiarum
libri quatuor, Paris.
[3 J Butler, Alban, The Liues of the Fathers, Martyrs and other
principai Saints, Virtue and Co., Ltd., London, 1926?, 4 vols.

[4J Hunter, Thomas, An English Carmelite: The Life of Catherine Burton, Burns and Oates, London.
15J Joachim, "The Third Commandment: Honor thy Father
and thy Mother,': See of Tranquility, P.O. Box 1003, Allentown, Pa., 18105, vol. XXXIX, Feb. 28, 1975.
.
[6] Joachim, "Universal Law," ibid., vol. LUI, Oct. 10, 1975.

NAVY TO INVESTIGATE SUNKEN AIRCRAFT


byX
It had appeared all that there was left to do upon the
completion of my article on "Flight 19," (INFO Journal,
February, 1974), was to hope that the facts of the case
would become known and the fraudulent authors of
"Lost Patrol" stories exposed along with their fabricated
radio conversations .
. Prompted by Ivan T. Sanderson's interest~the case
and with some assistance from Robert J. Durant, I was
able to locate the Board of Inquiry report and obtain a
copy for my own reference. What was not told in the
INFO article was reviewed briefly in "The Avenger Flight,
and Others," (Pursuit, October, 1973, p. 79); though J
would point out the declassification and. microfilming of
the report was due more to the Navy's trouble in xerox. ing my copy than in my argument for a full disclosure of
. PURSUIT Summer 1977

the report. What more was there to be done now that the
documents were available to all and an honest review of
the incident published?
It was in reading Weekend Magazine, (October 26,
1974), that I was startled to tum one page and read the
heading: "One diver discovered the grisly form of a
Second World War aircraft." The article was about Treasure Salvors Inc. of Key West and their adventures seeking old wrecks and sunken treasure. Once, when their
magnetometer indicated something metallic below (the .
article says), the diver found an Avenger lying on a shelf in
twenty-five feet of water, intact and with the cockpit still
sealed shut, with serial numbers and Navy markings still
visible. They claimed to have contacted some officials
who later denied having lost such an aircraft.

71

During the next week, Treasure Salvors was telephoned and confirmed that they had once come across
an Avenger as had been reviewed in the article; they did
not, however, have a record of the aircraft's serial
numbers or markings readily available, and despite
further written and cabled inquiries to them asking for the
identity markings of the sunken aircraft, I failed to elicit
any response. After a few months had passed, I cabled
the Navy and informed them as to the possible identity of
the aircraft which Treasure Salvors had found. The Navy
responded by informing me where to look for ~rial markings and said that "it is quite possible" that it was one of
the missing Avengers.
.It was not until November of 1975 when visiting Washington on business that I again contacted the Navy in the
hope that I could locate the proper office that dealt with
such matters. After being referred from one section to
another, I finally was put in c;:ontact with Capt. W. F. Sallada of the Naval Air Systems C~m!1land, who took note
of the information and promised to check into the matter.
Later, a fairly comprehensive fil~ of material was passed
on to Capt. Sallada, but it appeared that what could be
handled with a few well-placed telephone calls would
actually necessit~te a more lengthy procedure.
A few more months passed before another series of
telephone calls were made, this time with some positive
results. Treasure Salvors expressed their regret at not
having responded to my inquiries, but promised that they
would be participating with officials from the Navy who
had contacted them regarding their find. Although they
stated that the aircraffthey had found was within twenty
miles of Key West, they hesitated to state that it was an
Avenger or that they had a record of the aircraft's identification markings. They had been provided with a list of
. the serial markirigs that would identify anyone of the lost
Avengers, but rio guarantee was forthcoming that they
could confirm the identity of the sunken aircraft.
I also learned that an investigation had been started by
the Aircraft Accident Investigation Division of the Naval
Safety Center in Norfolk under the direction of Cmdr. H.
D. Daily. According to Comdr. Daily, his investigation
was initiated by the material previously forwarded to
Capt. Sallada. There was considerable interest in the
possibility that the sunken aircraft could be one of the
missing Avengers. If sufficient information can be
obtained concerning the type of aircraft, its identity
markings, and its location, there will probably be an
attempt to salvage the aircraft and examine it for clues as
to its loss.
Now that an active investigation-is under way, little can
be done other than to await the results; and yet 'there
arise several speculative questions that complicate the
incident even further than was suspected in my earlier
investigation into the fate of Flight 19.
If this is one of the missing Avengers, its location off the
Keys would contradict the general belief that the Flight
strayed out over the Atlantic and never even came close
to the Keys. Lt. Charles Taylor, flight leader and instructor of Flight 19, was not familiar with Navigation Problem
Number One but he was familiar with the Keys. Not only
had he been a flight instructor at Miami Naval Air Station,
but he also had served as a scout pilot while based at Key

West Naval Air Station for a full year. What is so hard for
Navy officials and pilots to believe is why Lt. Taylor was
so insistent that they were lost over the Keys even though
the student pilots were heard declaring their belief they
were still over the Atlantic. Originally, the Naval Board of
Inquiry blamed Lt. Taylor for the loss of the Flight owing
to his confusion as to their position; however, the decision was later changed by the Naval Board of Corrections, who placed the blame of the loss on reasons and
causes unknown. Should this be one of the missing Avengers, Lt. Taylor's estimate of their position will be vindicated, although it apparently contradicts all the facts concerning their location as brought up by the Board of Inquiry.
When Lt. Robert Cox first heard Lt. Taylor stating that
their flight must be lost, he was flying on FT-74near the
Fort Lauderdale Naval Air Station, where he too served
as a flight instructor. In an effort to direct the lost Flight
back to the Fort Lauderdale NAS, he gave them directions on how to reach the base by flying up the Keys to
Miami and also stated that he was flying down the Keys to
me~t them. Shortly thereafter his radio blew out on the
4805 kilocycle frequency - the same one on which all of
Flight 19's transmissions were fading out before his radio
blew out; thus he suspected that he was flying further
awayfrom Lt. Taylor and that he was probably not over
the Keys, but still over the Bahamas. Yet it must be remembered that his radio rievertheless failed only
moments later on that same frequency. Then, with seven
HF/DF Radio Stations taking bearings, only an estimated (within a one hundred mile radius) position at 29"
15' North and 79 West could be given for an averaged
time. The bearings, when mapped, hardly intersect at the
estimated position, and those bearings taken by three
HF/DF stations could not justify even an approximate
position up to 1712 hours even though twenty-five
minutes were taken in obtaining bearings.
According to Lt. JG. E. M. Sorenson, who was on duty
at the Evaluation Center and who plotted these bearings:
"The bearings thatwere transmitted from 2210Z to 2305Z
(1710 to 1805 hours) confirmed one another suffiCiently
to warrant an approximate fix. We received several confirming bearings from Cape May and Houma. Then we
also received a number of bearings from Green Cove,
Georgia, which showed a variation of 17 degrees but
were constant in their variation. At approximately 2250Z
or a few minutes before, we received quite a number of
confirmed bearings from Houston, one from Poyner's
Hill and one bearing from Brigantine, New Jersey. Pensacola transmitted bearings ~he entire time,but they varied
from 034 degrees to 216 degrees so could not be used
with any degree of certainty. However, I used two bearings from Pensacola that were specified as being taken on
Flight FT -28. Since a number of confirming bearings had
been received by 2300Z, we felt that an approximate location could be given. The bearings were still not sharp
enough to warrant an exact fix without a large radius, but
it did give the general location in which to search."
When further questioned on the difficulties in obtaining these bearings, Lt. Sorenson replied: "This was a
poor time of the day to get high frequency direction finder
bearings due to atmospheric conditions. Too, there was
PURSUIT Summer 19n

72
heavy interference by Cuban broadcasting stations and
there was a steady carrier note on that particular frequency from 1600 to 2400Z (hours)."
Thus, if we are willing to believe them, the radio bearing would tend to indicate Flight 19 was over the Atlantic
flying in a northerly direction, even though this cannot be
confirmed by the radio bearings.
Again, the mosfbizarre mystery of Flight 19 is the
sighting of aircraft flying in formation, an observation that
cannot be explained except as the lost Avengers. Both
the ~.~. Delaware and U.S.S. Solomons (an aircraft
carrier equip~cl for Avenger landings) reported unidentified aircraft formations and gave their course,
altitude, and speed. Yet Miami Air Traffic Control had no

record of these aircraft other than the missing Avengers.


As one of the radio logs noted: "Have been getting these
reports from Jacksonville and Brunswick. They are
planes that Air Traffic Control has no record of, but it the
fuel supply was correct, how could the five missing planes
be them'?"
In addition to phantom aircraft formations observed
flying over the Atlantic, we now have, less than twenty
miles from Key West, evidence of a watery grave tor
some long forgotten and drowned crew. Let us hope that
the Navy will provide some answers as its investigation
into the matter continues. ~

THE PYRAM'JDS ARE AN ANCIENT


SPACE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
by T. B. Pawlicki
Last winter's Pursuit (Vol. 10, No.1) carried an article
by T. B. Pawlicki entitled "Prehistoric Megalithic En
gineering," in which the author presented one way in
which it could have been possible for prehistoric engineers to have constructed such magnificent monuments as the great pyramids. The following article repre
sents a continuation of the author's interest in the
pyramids. Since many of our members may have missed
the article when it appeared in the May 1977 issue of
Ancient Astronauts, we are reprinting it at this time.

* * *
According to a script made popular by Thor Hyer-.
dahl, an expedition of ancient Phoenicians financed by
the Queen of Sheba embarked from T yre on three papyrus rafts. After passing between the Pillars of Hercules
they continued across the Ocean of Atlas, hoping to discover America or a sea route to the Indies - whichever
came first. As soon as they made landfall in the Orinoco
country, they set out on a march through the jungles of
Amazonia until they reached the altiplanos of the Andes.
Upon reaching the high country, mission commander
viewed the Plains of Nazca with an inspired eye and
uttered the immortal words, "This is the place." Then he
directed half of his surviving crew to begin building great
pyramids like crazy. "Use local labor wherever possible
to stimulate the native economy, but layoff fraternizing.
with the squaws," he said. The remainder of his men were
put to work cutting the balsa logs they needed to reach
Easter Island. Their mission required the building of more
pyramids in the South Pacific, and penalty clauses would
come into effect if they did not keep moving.
After all the heroic labors Heyerdahl undertook to con
ceive of his theory and organize his daring expeditions, it
is a pity that he overlooked the interesting pattern of distribution taken by the prehistoric great pyramid civilizations.
PURSUIT Summer 1977

The main pyramid civilization grew up around the


Great Pyramid of Cheops, rising above the Delta on the
Giza Plateau, a few miles from ancient Memphis on the
Nile. As you can see for yourself by merely eyeballing a
global map, this isjust about the center of the world's land
masses. J should like to believe that Erich von Daniken
has his facts straight just this once, when he assures us
that this is the exact center of the earth's continental land
masses. This region has the most powerful electromagnetic effects known to occur naturally; perhaps this is
why the region has always been called "The Holy Land,"
long befo.re the Bible was written. Peter Tompkins says
the atmosphere in this land possesses a gradient of 500
volts to the metre. Also in his Secrets 0/ the Great Pyramid. Tompkins relates that when British inventor Sir W.
Siemens climbed to the summit of the Great Pyramid, he
found his body discharging sparks, as if he were standing
on a high voltage coil. This information, by itself, would
lead to some interesting speculation on the properties of
pyramid power, but the significance does not become
apparent until we look at the other great pyramidcivilizations.
.
The goal of Heyerdahl's first expedition was Easter
Island in the South Pacific. The island is also noted for
having very powerful natural electromagnetic field effects
on its soil. The island is the farthest out of a group of
islands which once was the home of another prehistoric
great pyramid civilization. These people called them
selves "Children of the Sun," as did the original pyramid
people in Egypt. This region is 180 degrees from the Nile
Delta - 180 degrees defining the second harmonic of the
planet Earth, considered as a vibrating sphere.
A third prehistoric great pyramid civilization grew up on
the west coast of the Americas, from the Great City of the
Sun at prehistoric Cuzco to the Great Pyramid of the Sun
at prehistoric T eotihuacan. This dispersion describes an
arc 120 degrees from the central Pyramid at Giza - 120

73

I
Map, drawn by the author, showing distribution of pyramids
throughout the world and their harmonic operating range.

degrees defining the third harmonic interval of the planet


Earth, considered as a vibrating sphere.
Ninety degrees in the other direction recent arche
ological digs have unearthed the greates~ pyramids yet
discovered, 1000 feet to the side, buried in the jungles of
southern China. They were thought to be natural mountains until the overgrown vegetation was cut away.
Ninety degrees is the fourth harmonic interval of the
Earth, and this region is the ancestral homeland of the
Japanese, who still call themselves "Children of The
Sun." .
The meaning of this far-ranging coincidence was discovered by accident in the early' days of the Second
World War. At that time radar spotters picked up echoes
from distant aircraft by listening in earphones instead of
watching "blips" on a f1uore!!icent screen. These crews reported with great frequency hearing whistles for w~ich no
one at the time could give any reason. Eventually, research published in Scientific American reported the discovery of an ionized layer in the upper atmosphere which
selectively filtered radio waves in the 7~ cycle per second
band and apparently reflected them back to the Earth,
bringing them to a focus at the antipodes. When lightning strikes, a broad band of radio waves is emitted to be
heard in unfiltered radio sets as static. Apparently, the 7~
Hz. band was filtered out from lightning striking at the

,,

other side of the world by the ionized Schumann Layer


and brought to a focus 180 degrees distant, where the
early radar spotters heard the static as whistles.
The 7Y:! Hz. frequency possesses two properties of
great interest to the military. The first is that it can travel.
all around the world .on the Schumann Layer without
losing signal strength; the other is that it penetrates
water. The United States Navy realized this was just what
was needed to keep in constant radio communication
with the nuclear submarine fleets ranging under the
world's oceans, so the Navy began a new world-wide military communications system broadcasting on the 7~ Hz.
frequency by stripping to bedrock 10,000 acres in Wisconsin to function as the antenna.
The striking property ofthe 7~ cycle per second radio
wave is that it is exactly 25,000 miles long. This means' a
radio wave eJTlitted at that frequency will expand in a
growing circle at the speed' of light until it encompasses a
whole hemisphere of the planetary globe, and then it will
con tract until it comes to a focus at the antipodes. At this
point it changes phase and expands again to return to
another focus precisely at its point of origin. It arrives at
the point of origin at precisely the instant to coincide with
its own following wave. This means there is only a single
wave existing at anyone time. The entire planet beats
electromagnetically at this frequency like a cosmic heart.
The Earth is resonating.
PURSUIT Swniner 197-7

74
Resonance means the Earth also will be producing
overtones of one-half the fundamental frequency, with a
strong point 180 degrees from the source of the original
signal, one-third the fundamental frequency, with a
strong line 120 degrees from the source of the original signal, one-quarter the fundamental frequency with a strong
line 90 degrees from the source of the original signal, and
so on in fractions of twos and threes.
The locations of the prehistoric great pyramid civilizations are in precisely the right regions to receive the
strongest signals from the electromagnetic resonance of
the planet Earth. The great pyramids of antiquity are a
virtual duplication of the modem military radio communications network, broadcasting on the 7~ Hz. band
from the main transmission tower on the Giza Plateau,
with studios and executive offices at beautiful downtown
Memphis.
The official scientific reports say that the ionized Schumann Layer responsible for this phenomenon is a radio
mirror that traps this frequency and holds the waves to
the surface of the Earth. Any high school student, however, knows that resonance does not work this way. The
Schumann Layer is actually a radio diaphragm big
enough to wrap around the entire world. Not only do we
receive the radio signals inside this diaphragm, but it
turns the entire planet into a radio broadcasting crystal
that sends messages into space powerfully enough to
.
reach the other planets.
Is there anyone else out there? As it happens, Scientific American has published clear photographs of a pyramid complex on the moon! Nothing is said about this in
the public ~ress; we are living through a real life scene
from 2001: A Space Odyssey; in which great secrecy surrounded the discovery of a polished black monolith in the
Crater Clavius.
Beyond the moon, Mariner 9 has sent back photographs of another great pyramid complex on Mars.
These pictures are not c1e.ar enough to be unambiguous,
but if later exploration proves them to represent what
they appear to be, then we shall know that we are in radio
communication with an interplanetary society that has
established a base on this Earth.
The great pyramids, therefore, may be part of an interplanetary radio communications system that uses the
electric power generated by the entire planet to broadcast its messages throughout the solar system. If there
are also pyramids on Jupiter, that planet would generate
enough electric power to relay radio messages to the
stars. The evidence suggests that we are part of an interplanetary civilization, if not a galactic community, the
likes of which we are incapable of comprehending.
The most dramatic proof that the great pyramids of the
world are solid-state electronic modules in a world-wide
power generating network was established bY. that superhuman genius, Nikola Tesla, nearly a hundre~rsago.
T esla knew that there was a powerful voltage gradient between the Earth apd the upper atmosphere. If an antenna
is raised, the voltage gradient climbs the length of the
conductor to become concentrated on the tip. If there is
any fluctuation in the natural voltage, a minute current of
electricity flows in the antenna to balance the potential.
This ishow a radio works.
PURSUIT Summer 1977

In the early days of radio, this current was fed into a


resonating circuit that would filter out the wavelength of
the broadcasting station to which it was tuned and
amplify it until. it had enough energy to actuate a set of
earphones. TheSe were the good old days of crYstal
radios. Tesla figured that Earth would filter out its reso.. nant frequency and function as a planetary capacitor in a
circuit as big as the whole world. What he did was to
pump anelectric current into the earth which was tuned
to a precise harmonic of the earth's resonant frequency.
As he expected, the electric wave traveled to the antipodes and came back in time to coincide with the outgoing waves. The returning current was amplified by
resonance until it burst out from the top of Tesla's
antenna to illuminate the countryside with the most brilliant artificial lightning storm ever seen by man - and
melted the electric wiring that generated power for the
entire county.
Undaunted by this superabundant success, Tesla continued his experiments to prove that when his antenna
was pumping electric waves into the earth, he could drive
a metal rod into the ground anywhere and draw electricity for lighting lamps and driving motors as long as his
tap was located at precise harmonic intervals from his
transmission station. Besides the obvious fact that the
great pyramid civilizations arose at precise intervals of
the resonance of the earth, Tompkins writes that within
the civilization of the Holy Land, every city was built up
around a central pyramid; and these pyramids were
always located at precise degree intervals from the Prime
Pyramid on the Delta. Tesla provided conclusive proof
that the great pyramids were substations of a worldwide
power generating and radio communications network.
Until the end of his life, Nikola Tesla dreamed of removing the unsightly high-tension electric power transmission towers that march over the landscape; recycling
all those miles of wires and tons of steel, aluminum and
copper, and replacing them by electrifying the entire
. planet with his revolutionary engineering of planetary
resonance. But if power were broadcast instead of piped,
how could Consolidated Edison -General Electric -Westinghouse get their money? If anyone could get energy
from the ground, how could Standard - Shell and the
OPEC Cartel create an energy shortage in order to drive
up prices? If we can all communicate on the natural radio,
where will Ma Bell and RCA get their cuts?
. As soon as powerful financial interests learned of
Tesla's discoveries, they made sure that he would never
be able to accumulate enough money to do anything that
would upset the military-industrial establishment.
Tesla's inventions were credited at a later date to other
scientists who could be counted on to keep the boat
steady, and his name was virtually. erased from publication. When he died in New York on a winter's night in
1943, he was alone in a hotel room - not much wealthier
than the day he arrived in the United States 50 years earlier with four cents in his pockets. The Secret Service of
the United States immediately sealed his room and whatever papers he had were transferred to government
vaults, where they remain to this day.
Tesla was the last of the big-time pyral't:lid architects.
. .. ~

75

"ZOUNDS, HOLMES! IT'S A CASE OF


THE COMBUSTIBLE CORPSE!"
by Larry E. Arnold

(Copyright 1977)

BETTY SATLOW: "GHOULISH FIRE


IN A CLOSED COFFIN"

called what should rank among the 10 most bizarre


events of 1973 - for it wasn't so much the interior of the
coffin that burned, as the corpse it contained!
Betty Satlow, 50, helped her husband Sam operate a
tavern in Hoquiam, Washington. * On Friday, 7 December 1973, Mr. Satlow walked into his garage and found his
wife dead on the seat of her car. Grays Harbor County
Coroner Harold Schmid said death was caused by CO
poisoning. Hoquiam Police Chief Richard Barnes could
find no evidence of foul play, only indication of intoxication. The coroner could attribute the cause of death to
neither accident, homicide or suicide; his report simply
listed the cause of death as "undetermined."
Her body was taken to Coleman Mortuary, prepared
for burial and given a rosary service on Sunday. But Mrs.
Satlow, now readied for her final resting, was not willing
to lie stillSmoke was reported issuing from the mortuary. Firemen soon discovered the blaze was inside the funeral
parlor ... inside the Satlow coffin .. , inside the late Mrs.
Satlow!
The lower portion of the casket was closed, but the lid
for the other half was open. In this exposed portion the
fire fighters found the lady's body "completely consumed to the hips," said Chief Barnes.
"Barnes said there is no evidence that would point to
arson," reported The Oregonian [5], "but investigators
can't determine the cause." The Police Chief was baffled,
so he "had the burned coffin sent to the Treasury Department's laboratories in Washington, D.C., and expects a report back in about 10 days."
Yet as in other cases of mysterious combustions, the
Federal agency refuses to divulge its findings (at least to
us). Chief Barnes, or his successor, has failed to reply to
our inquiries. Either the Treasury Department found an
explanation so simple that it should be obvious to everyone and doesn't warrant a reply, or the mystery was only
heightened by the Feds' perplexity and it became more
convenient to 'forget' the whole episode.
Other problems exist too [6], but we'll just recall here
the words of Chief Barnes in late December 1973: "We
really need a logical explanation to put an end to so many
wild, baseless rumors that are going around the community." [5]
He unfortunately doesn't elaborate on these wild speculations, even though he himself said of the cause of
Satlow's self-immolation: "It's all conjecture."
We wonder if spontaneous combustion by a corpse
was among those "baseless rumors"-

"It was like something out of nightmare theater: A fire


inside a casket bearing the body of a woman awaiting
burial." That's what the San Francisco Chronicle [4]

Michael Harrison's Fire From Heauen locates the town in Oregon. This is only
one of several confusing and contradictory (thus erroneous) statementa com
plicating this particular case.

"Yet, admitting that the phenomenon of preternatural inflammability is opposed to the laws of
combustion as far as we know, we should not
reject as unworthy of belief, the many curious
and authentic facts on record. They may be true,
.however incorrectly accounted for."
.
-Dr. W _H. Watkins, on
human combustibility_ [1,316]
As every Fortean knows, and as any competent researcher soon discovers, there are so many "curious and
authentic facts" to be found that one wonders how Fort's
Dogma (whether it be Science or Religion) managed to
survive unscathed and unaltered inside the Ivory Tower.
The Great Barrier around Science was recently transgressed when we wrote of the incredible self-combustion
of Dr. J_ Irving Bentley [2]. Now Orthodoxy, and perhaps
your own beliefs, shall be challenged even more as we
delve into another mystery involved with Spontaneous
Human Combustions.
Atheists, theologians and scientists have for centuries
debated between and amongst themselves this question:
What is the destiny of the animating life-force after its
escape from the body at death? Does it go to the grave
along with the corporeal form; does it reside for Eternity
in the "light of Heaven" or the "fires of Hell" as the result
of a one-time incarnation on Earth; or does a soul-entity
continue as a conscious being in another dimension with
the option of reincarnating into another physical form?
Regardless of the answer favored, there is one point on
which these divergent sects converge in agreement: after
death, bodily functions cease.
To some it may seem pointless to consume a paragraph to state such an obvious factMen of medicine also assert that once the body is dead
-that is, after whatever energy animating the physical
structure has departed - there are no more events
associated with that mass, save gradual decay to the proverbial "dust to dust and ashes to ashes." But we have
demonstrated elsewhere [3] the error of this assertion:
bodies, after burial, have repeatedly maintained high temperatures, blood flow and incorruptibility for varying
lengths of time.
.
Add to these mysteries yet one more: that a corpse can
seIJ-combust!
.

PURSUIT Summer 1977

76

BILLY PETERSON BAFFLES


THE PONTIAC POUCE
"Impossible!" screams the skeptic; corpses can't bum!
There must be another - conventional- explanation!"
Captain Barnes couldn't find one in Hoquiam, Wash'
ington. The experts in Pontiac, Michigan, couldn't either
when they confronted - well, here are the facts:
Billy Peterson was male.
He lived in Pontiac, Michigan.
He had been a welder for General Motors.
He was alive at 7 p.m. on Sunday, 13 December 1959.
He was burned - somehow.
All these facts are
., in the past tense, for by 8 p.m.
Billy Peterson was dead.
that Sunday
Pontiac General
patho1ogist Dr. Donald Mc
Candless said Peterson
of CO poisoning.
Deputy Coro~r Dr. John Marra decided Peterson
I

died accidentally.

wrote of this, case: "Whatever ~rned young BiD.


destroyed his skin and his flesh, but left his clothing and
his hair entirely intact." [8, 32; 10,62]
..
The police returned to their murder theory. aPoismie
Torture Killing" headlined The Detro;t Free Press on
Monday the 14th. The physicians promptly said the
victim couldn't have been undressed, burned and then
reclothed; besides, any ~emat fA wouk:l have burned
the hait off his chest instead of leaving it unharmed. No',
that theory would riot do.
Dr. Marra surmised that the exhaust pipe's heat
ignited the upholstery which caused 811y" blue jearlll to
"becQme so heated that superfICial burns of the skin re~
suited." SuperfICial burns would' ~ analogoUs to first~
degree burns; that is. red4enins of the skin. Yet his col
leagues spoke, of blistering and charring: Besides this
contradiction, how could hot blue jeans ~ ,&eVeN
burning on the wearer's .chest and. back? We have other
accounts of suicidebyCQ.poisoning. and yet noslrange
fires developed in the manner suggested here. Then too.
Fire Chief White.said the hot exhaust had caused ~t
$75 damage to the right front seat and that the blaze "had.
not touched ~terson.' [Italics added: 4. 100J No. this
rationale also fails to remove the perplexity surrounding
Peterson's fiery fate.
A query to Pontiac General Hospital for details gen"
erated a form letter requesting "an authorization signed
by the patient" before information could be released. Oh

Wachal fust suspected


Police Detective
murder. then .....~.........r1
opinion to "suicide.
concluded the dead man was
Fire Chief
by extreme heat.
cooked - after
the case by pronouncing
Pontiac offICials
"Death by Suicide."
. Oakland County PrO$eclutor George F. Taylor said,
however: "We haven't
the case yet." {8, 311
.' Why aU this
.
I among trained and competent .
well,
professionals over a few
To have empathy for the
We do have this quote from Dr. Tad LOnergan's letter
officials found themselves,
consternation in which
to True. detailing the reaction of the staff when Peter
return now to the
evening of 13 December
son's body was brought in. He tok:l of "inexplicable inter1959nal and external third degree burns" on the vic:tin and
. BiOy i:lropped off his mnl'hQr at 7 p.m. and drove the
noted "this case was different. Onecouldnotoccount/or
mile to his garage. He
been despondent over ill health
the burns on his skin when the clothes were not even
. and missed work but
to return to the factory in two
singed. Hence, a thorough in~tigation Was launched.
Billy was "as jolly as couk:l be"
days, and his family
No explanation was available then, and as far as I know~
this day.
none is now. I haven't seen a case like it since. and it isstill
Fortyfive minutes
the Pontiac Fire Department
ball/ins to me." LItalics added: 11. 4J
,.
was notified of a
in the Peterson garage, and
This is a propitious point at which to pause a
Fire Lieutenant
and crew arrived to find a
moment.
macabre scene. A
tube led from the shortened
.Foght noticed, even if the experts in Pontiac didn't'.
exhaust pipe into the I interior. On the driver's seat
that Peterson showed the symptoms of nuclear radiation
with a difference: his face and
sat Billy, dead. But
burns. "This fact, of course," he wrote in Fate (8. 33),
arms were livid with
yet, though portions of the
"brings us to an even greater mystery. Where was Billy
auto were smoldering,
was ablaze!
exposed to radiation?" Foght couldn't answer his ~
Billy was rushed to
General Hospital anyway,
question. though.
.
where Dr. McCandlesS
the blood's violent red q:,lor
Might Billy Peterson have been the victim of a belated
indicated CO poisoning. The .police, now alerted, sus
spontaneoUs human combustion?
.
pected foul play. But
missing tailpipe section and
As Billy subjected himself to CO gas. a proposal made
some extra flexible
found in the garage caused the
way back in the lSOOs by Dr. Adrian Hava is of interest:
police to alter their
I
to favor suicide.
"that the accumulation of cat-boni<: oxide gas (CO) was
Meanwhile back at
doctors were exclaim
the prime factor in spontaneous combustion." [12. 726)
ing "It's the strangest
ever seen!" (9] What
Spontaneous combustion of a human, did the doctor
mystified. these
was the
say?
.
:
nature and extent of
's burns: his chest. back
This physician performed experiments on anImalS
and legs were
second and third degree
(though not the human species) to see what effect this
bums; the 'left arm so
that the skin rolled off;
gas had on tissue inflammabiliiy. Rabbits and roosten
ears and nose were
yet his eyebrows and hair
had a propensity to ignite in bluish flame after prolonged
,were untouched. And.
clothing was undamaged , exposure, he found. (Our files 'on SHC contain hum-:
not even his underwear I singed! To quote Foght, who
erous associations with electricblue flames.) But it t~ .
169 days for the rabbits' haemoglobin to store enough gas.'
[8, 31). who says !he . . II rl.
for the tissue to ignite; 8 months were neces&ifty for the
s.. Ec:kert 17. lIMJ.. Compare
It

PURSUIT Summer 1977

77
"brat! Wrong frequency! WfJ've lost. another eXP.8riill-fated roosters (12, 726-7). Billy PetersOn wasex~d
ment, Zeti Reticuli," says a transmission from aboVe."'No
to his car's exhaust for probably no more than 30 mmconcern," comes the reply; "the Earthling was about to
utes!
.
.
vacate his body anyway. But to continue our investiga
Did his job as a welder ex~ him to a ~ng-tenn
tion we must now find another suitable subject..."
accumulation of CO in his bloodand muscle tISSue? Or
In outer space, the collection of data continues; on
did Peterson, With the dedication of Odysseus before .
Earth,
the data collects for cases of spontaneous c0mTroy spend the last 8 months of his life (or however long
bustion in humansit tak~s the human body to reach the critical point in CO
Whether any aspect of this proposal is correct, can't be
storage) in a carefully calculated and methodically
determined
from the data now available; but, unlike those
applied plan which culminated in his final fiery act of~
set
forth
by
Conventionalism, each is capable of explain
peration on the 13th of December? We find both POSSIing how the unemployed Michigari mi\Il cremated during
bilities less ~Iievable than the fac;:ts which baffled the
(or after) his suicide.
.
. authorities;
WhiCh brings us back to the theory of SHC. Fire Chief
"THE CASE OF. THE
White asked if Peterson might have succumbed to this
rare demise: "I wOuld not quarrel with the theory conONE-LEGGED vicrlM"
cerning. Spontaneous Human Combustion. .., I have
never had any knowledge of this, but certainly would not
More than two decades before Billy Peterson commit
care to say it was impossible." (7, 104) Excuse us while we
ted suicide only to internally combust, another case
marvel at. this momentous degree of cat:tdor*. occurred similarly in Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. Wilton Marion
Of course, naming SHC ~. mOre elucidating than
Krogman, ~ho. gained fame (and, depending on one's
simply calling Peterson's passing "accidental." It.also exview_ infamy) by reporting on the famous Mary Reeser
plains the episode more adequately than does "Death by
SHC case, told us about one of his more intriguing ex
Suicide." But it still doesn't resolve'"what initiated this
periences in forensic anthropology.
searing spontaneity, does it? .
To abbreviate, police found a man burned-to-dealh in
The editors of the Aerial Phenomena Research Organan old MOOeI T; one leg was completely missing, and 10
ization proposed the "strong suspicion that Billy Peteridentification was attempted from a list of amputees.
son may have been burned by an ultraSonic scanner
Krogman's expertise arrived at a different conclusion,
beamed at his car. ~t why? Therein lies the mystery."
however. ". found no evidence whatsoeuer in the right
11~~
, .
pelvis of this man that &;lid he had had an amputation.
linking alien life-forms and UFOs to SHC is not done.
And I concluded that it had been burned away!" (l4J
with disregard for the many cases in which contactees
We asked the doctor if he resolved how this man's leg
suffered varying degrees of burned flesh - but the docucould completely d~integrate.
mentation exceeds the scope of this article. Asserting
"Yes," Dr. Krogman responded, ~'because it was near
that extraterrestrial voyagers would (apparently) indisest the gas tank." Then, gesturingly dramatically. he
criminately assault another life form with their ''ultraadded that when this. "badly burned" corpse was ex
sonic scanner" may be an unjust accusation against these
amined carefully, "we found in his viscera (the belly waD
alien visitors. (This assumeS, of course, the aliens exhibit
had burned away), a gufi. And when we put the head toa higher degree of respect and rationality than many
gether, we found this - the gunshot wound. See? Soevihumans do.) But what if they did so with a purpose? 1bat
dently at the moment he fired a shot, he dropped a match
. would solve the mystery - if one could just think of a
in the gas tank. So that was the side that was completely
reason.
,
consumed."
'
The key might lie in the tangible evidence for the vic~
Suddenly this case took on a whole new significance.
tim's suicide. Intrigued that an entity would seek to de;Not only was ttte man badly burned and his leg totally reo
stroy himself, passing aliens delayed their travels long
duced to ashes, but now it seemed to be a case ofsuic:ide
enough to study this curious behavior of an Earthling.
as well. Our mind flashed thoughtsofBiIJy Peterson in ..
They projected a mind-probe at Peterson to learn the
car, of Mrs. Satlow in her coffin, of other persons who sui, thought pattern that led to this aberrant act. The ray was
cided only to bum later. We sought more information.
too powerful though, and this subject was consumed, like
but Dr. Krogman was reticent to discuss the incident
paper when the sun's rays are concentrated in one spot;
further-'
,
. or the frequency (microwave?) was incompatible with the
Let's hold our attention on this episode a bit longer,
s~cimen and he was literally c~ked from within. like a
Krogman's detective work was long fmished; ours was
California radar teChnician had been; or, less likely per
just beginning.
.haps, the probe ignited the collected CO inside the car
Since the head was utterly fragmented, we must a&k
and triggered the mysterious holocaust.
whether a handgun's blast so completely destroyed the
skull or if its disrupted state was (more) likely the result 01
Compare the vieW of Chief White with thai held ~ Dr. Lester AdllIIIon, then
the fire which "badly burned" the rest of the body.
chief deputy coroner for Cuyahoga County, Ohio. Hilletter iroIiicaIIy appeared In
lhe same issue of TI'UI! lIS did Dr, Lonerpn's:
And about that 'fire': If the car's occupant was about to
HI calegoricall!l deny theexi&lence of both SHC and PC ,.. 1cqncIuded dogmdfi.
blow his head apart with a pistol, why woUld he feel the
CGl6I that the concepts of ~ and PC were :'~wnen"t~ ~ ~when
need to engulf himself in a fiery blow-up as well? Was he
IIftIIoChainpecuialiDn lurmshed the_rio bumingquastiol'lS. ,.,Beliawma,
air, I do not ,., believe in this incendiary fairy taIiI." (11IIics added: 5, 4-5)
that uncertain of his aim that he decided on a contino
. We Ieaw ilto the reader 10 ponder, lIS didCharlesFort,lhedalvrisofbeingdosgency
route to suicide - by it blaze if not by the bullet?
matic...
PURSUIT" Summer 1977

78

There's another quandary with Dr. Krogman's reconstruction. An antique automobile dealer reassured our
belief that the gas tank in the Ford car mentioned was beneath the dashboard and that its filler tube wasn't below
the driver but on the hood in front of the windshield.
Now consider the amazing dexterity of this soon-tosuicide man. He must reach over or under the windshield's glass with a lighted match, making sure the match
is held far enough above the gasoline filler tube so that
fumes won't prematurely ignite before he fires his gun.
Then upon discharging the weapon, whose bullet would
nevertheless find its way into the fuel tank whereupon
flaming gasoline somehow leaks out - because there is
no mention of an explosion - below the dash and onto
the man's leg. See?
True, the auto was said to be blazing and very hot. But
as discovered with Billy Peterson ( and as noted in other
cremation-in-a-car cases), one can no longer assume this
means the vehicle is on fire. If the fuel didn't explode,
what then fed the ravaging flames if it wasn't the gentleman's own body? It sounds like a case of spontaneous
human combustion accompanying suicide of one's physical form-

SUICIDE AND INCINERATION:


ESCAPE OF THE LIFE-FORCE
The unidentified resident of Cleveland, perhaps
spurned in romance or dejected over an inability to recover from the Depression, may have ended his personal depre!!"sion with a bullet to the brain. Thereupon his
body immediately inflamed - hardly due to a 'lucky'
drop-of-the-match-in-the-gasoline, but because the physiology, shocked by this sudden trauma, responded byreleasing sudden 'fire' just as white corpuscles are released
when the body is invaded with germs.
That processes in a body after dying differ markedly
from the animated state means the moment of Iife-todeath is a catastrophic point in the human biology. What
happens to the animating' or life-force at this instant has
been the subject of debates by theologians, physicists
and mystics since communication began. What can
happen to the physical, however, is less open for debate
- for here the evidence is tangible to Man's five senses.
(But in what forensiC textbook have you read that corpses
can combust by themselves?)
Yet !iometimes the subjective and objective tend to intenningle. Duncan Mac Dougall" claimed in the Journal of
the American SOCiety for Psychical Research (May 1907)
that dying patients had given him sufficient time to
make careful measurements of weight loss - about 21
grams - at the moment of their demise. Was this quantitative evidence for the existence of a soul,"g!1ost, lifeforce, personality-entity, or whatever name one'Ghooses
to term the quality that distinguishes the 'living' from the
'dead? Today MacDougall's work lies as forgotten as the
bodies he observed.
As MacDougall found, in many cases the person about
to leave the physical body has long prepared for the
event. The separation is expected; orderly; eased. But
the conscious decision to destroy one's physical being
may be arrived at suddenly: the spontaneity of the event
PURSUIT Summer 1977

permits no time for the energy adjustments that normally precede death" to be made. Suddenly making the
body inhospitable requires the animating energy to leave
the form abruptly, perhaps resulting in another catastrophe within the corpse: the creation of a flame-like bioelectrical arc that rages throughout the form_ The withdrawal of the life-force, fully vitalized a moment before,
literally burns out the body internally.
"
The situation we perceive is analogous to two abutting
pieces of current-carrying wire, with one piece representing the human body and the other the soul-entity which
utilizes that body for expression. When the moment
approaches for separation of the soul from the body, the
current is gradually reduced so that when diserigagement (the death experience) occurs there is no current to
pass through the wires. If a decision to separate the wires
is made without prior decrease of the current, the abrupt
separation of the two. wires (the soul from the body)
creates a huge arc that.jumps across the gap. In other
words, in a suicide the bioplasmic life-energy 'sparks'
through the corpse as the soul-entity is rapidly ejected
from its physical confines.
" The abruptness of the decision to self-destruct would
seem to be a factor in whether the suicide blazes or exhibits a less dramatic departure. Billy Peterson was said
to be "jolly as could be" just before he made the alterations that changed his"vehicle from a car to a coffin. We
sense the Cleveland man acted suddenly too, though
there is no way to support this feeling with documentation. We suggest, therefore, that it is the brevity of a suicide's premeditation that fires up the body after the emotions sink to the darkness "of gloom.
Support for this contention is found in the case of an
18-year-old lad in Chenango County, New York, who inflicted a gunshot wound to his body "in the late 1800s. Dr.
George O. Williams found the corpse fearfully charred,
the flesh split asunder by the heat, the face "cooked"; yet
the planking on which the remains were found was only
"trivially damaged." Like the cases mentioned above, this
youth had burned after inflicting the wound upon himself
- or so the physician reports. No accelerant was found;
only four pounds of clothing, a gun and the corpse were
there.
Dr. Williams was frustrated; to him, the clothing was
the only source to sustain a fire_ Yet the limited amount of
combustibles plus the lack of neighboring destruction left
a mystery that remained, for him, unsolved. [15J
To resolve his quandary requires a concept alien to
19th Century Medicine - that the human organism consists of much more than tissue, bones and circulating
blood; that some unseen force inside the body can release a vengeful fury upon the body of one who attempts
to prematurely kill himself. Such a concept is still alien to
much of 20th Century medical knowledge, but ideas are
changing in Officialdom"

" "IN THE VALLEY OF THE


SHADOW OF DEATH" AND
BACK AGAIN-SOMETIMES
The extraterrestrial interver1tion theory, though suitable to combustions that coincide with the moment of

79

bodily death, is less applicable to a case like Mrs. Satlow


(whose body was inert for three days before some activity
ignited it). One would think the aliens would want a
fresher subject for their experiments - but it's presumptuous to impose our scientists' preferences on a really
foreign technology. Can Mrs. Satlow's postmortem experience, though, be explained in a less incredulous
manner?
Dr. W. H. Watkins' further statement on spontaneous
combustion and preternatural inflammability paves the
way for further inquiry:
Granting then, that such changes may take place in .
the human body, which permit it to be more easily
burned, the occurrance [sic] of the phenomen [sic]
must be entertained, although science cannot
account for the changes. [1,315]
Has science since 1870, when Watkins wrote his
article, progressed toward explaining these changes especially of corpses that self-combust?
Yes.
Because of the compilation of cases by a few dedicated researchers, science in the last decade has begun
to discover what occurs to the soul-entity that animates
the body after the physical portion has attained that mysterious moment termed death. Dr. Raymond A. Moody,
Jr., Dr. Elizabeth Kubler-Ross and others studying deathand-dying have learned that death is not the final, terminal experience but merely a passage into another
realm of existence. (Eastern philosophy, mystics and
psychics repeatedly professed this truth for aeons, but
Western Medicine only now finds credence in these ageless sciences.)
Kubler-Ross says she has "hundreds" of cases where
an individual was pronounced medically dead - yet the
body revived and the person was able to describe the
reality 'on the other side.' [16]
The postmortem phenomenon generally consists of
the individual hovering above his body and 'watching' the
resuscitat.ion attempts, then hearing someone pronounce him "Dead," followed by realization that he still
ppssesses a 'body' - though quite different from the
flesh-and-blood one just vacated. This ethereal body
travels through a new realm, sometimes alone, sometimes greeted by "the spirits or relatives and friends who
have already died"; occasionally a being of light appears
who asks that an evaluation of the Earth-based life be
given. A barrier is met that seems to represent the separation between earthly life and this 'next' life - but that
borderline is not yet to be crossed, and reuniting with the
corporeal body occurs. Medicine has a miracle; the oncedead person, now resurrected, has a revelation.
It is the similarity in these after-death life reports that
in~rigues and inspires researchers to. analyze quantitatively the prospects for continued existence, and what
can be expeCted in this other level of existence. Dr.
George Ritchie related to us his memorable experience
of 19-24 December .1943. His temporary sojourn into the
afterlife was marked with vivid recollections of the events
surrounding his body in the hoSpital, then of meeting a
"bJminous. being" who showed him euerything he had
done in his life; not one secret was withheld fl'9m Ritchie's

life. Though surprised by this separation from his physical body, Ritchie learned it was not to be permanent. He
was told, to his chagrin, that there was still work for him
to do on Earth and he must return. Thus,fourdClyS after
the doctors said "Dead!", Dr. Ritchie's body arose and
sat on the bed. The 'life-support' equipment was no
longer needed: Dr. Ritchie's soul had returned [17] Like Ritchie, cases amassed by Moody (18] and
Kubler-Ross [19] detail the reluctance to return to the
three-dimensional world by those who transcend the corporeal. Still, these researchers report that re-entry
occurs with no more than an emotional loss. But is this readjustment to physicality always so serene? Could there
be difficulties in certain circumstances? Does the suicidal act, for example, create an energy barrier which
prevents rehabitation of the corpse; or is the one who
takes his own life (away from the body) merely disinterested in returning?
Having no first-hand human accounts to relate, the
next-best approach is to repeat what entities who currently exist in this non-terrestrial realm say of a suicide's
experiences. (We recognize the 'hazards' of doing this,
especially since we open ourself wide to criticism by taking this route. But then, Purs!Jit is devoted "to the Investigation of 'Things' that are Customarily Discounted," so
we'll pursue in the spirit of this journal.)
The period following physical transition is detailed by
two beings named Seth [20, 150] and Joachim [21, 5-6];
among other things, it is decided whether and how the
suicide will return to another physical body. That return
to the physical usually is accomplished by the selection of
a fetal human body. (Cases of rehabilitation collected by
Moody and KUbler-Ross, and instances of possession,
are the atypical exceptions.) But in the trauma of a suicide now discarnate, confusion and fear can reign. As
Joachim says, "they are scared as hell 0/ meeting God!"
[21, 8] The normal course of events can get circumvented.
Dr. Moody collected a few reports of near-death phenomena associated with attempted suicide. One man, in
despair over his wife's death, shot himself 'dead' only to
return and describe the expereince when resurrected: "I
didn't 90 where [my wife] was. Iwentto an awful place ... ,
I immediately saw what a mistake I had done .... I thought,
'I wish I hadn't done it'." [19, 127]
Engrossed in despondency and repentance, the disembodied personality is likely to cling to the vacated
body, even attempting to reincarnate in the vehicle just
destroyed. Says Seth: "In such instances, often the per-
sonality will insist upon focusing his perceptive abilities
and energies toward physical existence. This is a psychic
refusal to accept the face of death." [20, 189]
That unwillingness to sever completely from the
earthly corpse creates an energy link between the soulentity and its former physical body. That body is now in
an excellent position to combust.
How? We see two ways.
The first probability results from the discarnate's
fervent desire to rejoin with the body it just exited. Confused and frightened by the void of darkness in which it
finds itself, the soul-entity flees to the only familiar thing
remembered: the vacated body. In the interim, however, .
PURSUIT S~mmer 1977

80

decay has begun to change the body's constitution. The


two once-merged energy patterns are no longer compatible. As the discarnate tries harder and more frantically to
force itself back into that devitalized body a point is
reached where, like a match drawn repeatedly.harder
over its striking surface, the created energy is actually
sufficient to kindle the corpse.
Was this the unseen power that combusted Mrs. Satlow's corpse three days after her earthly suicide? Or was
her motivation the realization that,like Dr. Ritchie was
told, her abilities were needed; that she was important to
those with whom she lived? Aware now of her mistake in
terminating her physical life, she tried desperately to reenter her "previous existence." But 72 hours had passe~
and her body was prepared for burial. Mrs. Satlow, however, no longer wanted to be dead; the corpse in the Coleman Mortuary was her ticket to life - she thought. Instead, an attempt at forced reincarnation produced a
flaming torch of mystery.
"We really need a logical explanation," said Police
Chief Barnes about the combusted corpse in Hoquiam,
"to put an end to so many wild, baseless rumors that are
goingaround the community." We wonder if our theory
is acceptable- .
The second probability depends on the emotions and
belief structure of the one now-physically transitioned.
Was the victim taught to expect harp music and tranquility in the afterlife, or the devil's fire? lfthe recognition
that his suicide was an 'evil' act, then as Seth said: "A
belief in hell fires can cause you to hallucinate Hades' conditions." (20, 141)
.
The entity, by his own creation, finds himself embroiled (and boiling) in the Devil's flaming ovens, with all
the fire and brimstone of Dante's Inferno to assure his
just punishment. This belief or thought-fonn, so vitalized
by the intense sense of repentance and justice due,
travels the energy link back to the corpse on Earth. The
discarded body, now useless, is swept up in the energy
field reality of its former occupant: it burns in a very real
fire, but with flames kindled from another dimension.
Is this how one can account for the strange scene in
Glenn Burk Denny's bedroom?-
.

GLENN DENNY'S
GHASTLY DEMISE
Across the Mississippi River from New Orleans, Mrs.
Stalios Cousins sat watching the rain through the window
of her Algiers, Louisiana, apartment. This Thursday, 18
September 1952, had so far been gloomy, depressing and
cheerless - one of those days when anything unpleasant would be expected. At one o'clock in the afternoon,
the expected happened.
"At first I smelled smoke and then I saw the smoke
coming from a window, so I called police," Mrs. Cousins
told The Times-Picayune. [22,1] Fourth District poiice
headquarters was just around the corner of her 216
Bermuda apartment; they notified the fire department,
and both agencies were on the scene in minutes.
The smoke came through the window directly above
Mrs. Cousins' room, in an apartment rented by Glenn
Denny. His door was broken down and firemen; rushing
PURSUIT Summer 1977

into smoke-filled rooms, stumbled over the body of a


man. Lieutenant Louis Wattigny, one of .the first
members of Algiers' Fire Engine Company 20 to enter the
bedroom, described his discovery to readers of the New
Orleans Item (September 18):
The man was lying on the floor behind the door
and he was a mass of flames. Not another blessed
thing in the room was burning. He was dead. I don't
know what caused the fire to burn so hot. He could
have been saturated with some oil. I did not smell
anything, however. In al/ my experience I neuer
saw anything to beat this. [Italics addedJ*
It wasn't to be the only strange event in this phenomenal
occurrence"Police and fire officials studied the possibility of foulplay in the death," stated The Times-Picayune account,
because there was no evidence to suggest cigarette
smoking started the fire. Bloodstains were found on the
kitchen and living room floors. But with testimony from
neighbors that the 46-year-old co-owner of a foundry in
Gretna was a quiet man who "never bothered anyone,"
this angle was soon exhausted by lack of motive and "no
evidence of a struggle." [22, 1]
There are several aspects to this case which lie beyond
the scope of this article, so we'll pass along to the Police
Report issl,led three days later that said Denny's death
was "due to burns," but also noted that several arteries
had been severed. One arm, both wrists and both ankles
had been slashed; carbon was found in his lungs, indicating he had been alive while ablaze. Otto Burma, an
investigator of Fortean events, asked the coroner what
caused the fire. The response given was "that Denny had,
after severing his arteries in five places, poured kerosene
all over himself and ignited it with a match." [23, 14J
HmmmThe firemen detected no fumes (not everi of burning
flesh!); the victim was losing 1 per cent of his blood every
second from each wrist artery alone (Burma calculates
that 30 percent of the suicide's blood would have been
lost by the time all lacerations were made), and death
could be expected in moments. Yet the victim is supposed to strike a match - with blood gushing over his
hands - and ignite his clothing just to make sure he dies?
"Strange things are afoot, my dear Watson," Sherlock
Holmes would say.
On top of the incredible is the fact that Denny was
intoxicated ~t the time, according to a friend who saw him
alive only a few hours earlier. (Alcohol is often found
associated with the victims of SHC, as many medieval
physicians claimed, only to be ignored by a new genera-
tion of doctors.) Now the coroner's offICe would expect
us to believe that Denny, last seen "shaking like a leaf"
and now los;ng 4 per cent 0/ his blood every second, managed to walk to another room, douse himself with an
accelerant, hide the container where police and firemen
would never find it, and finally strike a match to ignite his
.
body! "Egads! my dear Watson"Involved in this investigation were a police captain, two
homic~e detectives,. an assistant district attorney, two
Note the similarity 01 this statement with those made by the officials invoIIIed in
the fiery death of Dr. Bentley (2,75, n-8J.

81

deputy state ijre marshals, an assistant Orleans parish


coroner, and a Division director of the New Orleans Fire
Department. (All are named in The Times-Picayune
article previously cited.) The case of G. B. Denny, on
which they all worked for three weeks to prepare the official report, was, according to Burma, "declared suicide,
.
and closed." [23, 15]
Despite (or because of) all the problems created by the
Police Report, the source of fire and the unburned condition of the rest of the apartment remained disturbingly
unsolved.
Burma mentioned that he encountered a "reticent"
attitude among the officials when asked to divulge information about this case. Fourteen years later the response is one of ignoral, as every source contacted in
New Orleans remains silent to our letters. At least something about the Denny case is typicalBurma seems to have conducted a more rational investigation on his own than did the publicly paid agencies
in Louisiana, and we salute his effort by quoting his conclusion about Denny's demise as it was published in Fate: .
... his body caught fire due to some unknown
cause ...
What is the cause of these mysterious fires? In a
less "enlightened" age people believed in the spontaneous combustion of human bodies. But today no
"educated" person would believe such a phenomenon ever occurred. [23, 15]
At the risk of being labeled uneducated, we propose
that Denny did not soak himself in any odorless accelerant before striking a match; but rather than he died
from a self-induced spontaneous combustion created
when his mind (filled with thoughts of Hell's fire awaiting
anyone who killed oneself) and his noncorporeal self tried
to reunite with th~ blood-gushing body lying on the bedroom floor.
Does this explanation strain your credulity? For some
readers it surely will - but then we have not been discussing cases that follow the normal pattern for one's physical transition. As Seth has said of the human death-experience: "The mechanics of transition therefore are
highly variable, as t1w mechanics of physical life are highly
variable." [20, 189]
At least our premise doesn't raise the contradictory
and illogical reasoning one finds in the official reports.

A POSTMORTEM BIOLOGY?
This abbreviated examination of what happens to the
body at and after 'death' might encourage a new scientific discipline: postmortem biology. This new field of
study would exceed the limitations of forensic medicine,
which only examines (by comparative analysis) the conditions of the physical organs which contributed toward
the vacation of the life-force from the physical structure
it once regulated.
History amply shows that the body of the deceased is
not necessarily freed of the mystery which caused it to be
a functioning, animated mechanism. In some cases - we
have mentioned only a few of those concerned with pyrophenomena here - there is the unquestionable revela-

tion that there is life after death, at least fOI"; a c9rpse.


That coffined corpses combust; that suicides become
flaming torches for no apparent reason; that enigrMs'
from the dead haunt the IivingWhether or not we have sensed the correct (or oniy)
solutions to these eerie and enigmatic expirations, we
wish to leave you (and this article) with the closing
thought in Otto Burma's "Cremation in New Orleans":
It goes without saying, however, that "unbelievable" events occur as readily without our belief as
with it. [Italics added: 23, 15]
~
[Abridged from the author's forthcoming book, ABLAZE! The Case for, and
Cases oj, Spontaneous Human Combustions. I

REFERENCES
[1] Watkins, W.H., "Preternatural Inflammability of the
Human Body. With Illustrative Case," The New Orleans
JoumalojMedicine (5. M. Bemiss&W.S.Mitchell,eds.),New
Orleans, vol. XXIII, no. 1, January 1870, pp. 315-318.
[2] Arnold, Larry E., "The Flaming Fate of Dr. John Irving
Bentley," Pursuit, vol. 9, no. 4, F~II 1976, pp. 7582.
[3] Arnold, Larry E., "The Incorruptiblity of Saints-after
Death," Pursuit, vol. 10, no. 3, Summer 1977.
[4] '''Ghoulish Fire in a Closed Coffin," San Francisco Chronicle, 26 December 1973, p. 7.
[5] "Mortuary fire baffles police," The Oregonian, 2Q Decem
ber 1973.
[6] Harper, George W., Parapsychology Division, National
Institute of Creativity, Seattle, Washington, personal communication.
[7] Eckert, Allan W., "The Baffling Burning Death," True,
Fawcett Publications,lnc., New York, May 1964, pp. 32-33, 104107, 112.
[8] Foght, Paul, "Guilty: The Mystery Ray that Kills," Fate, vol.
14, no. 3, March 1961, pp. 3133.
I
[9] "Man's Burned Body in Car Mystifies Pontiac Police," The
Detroit Free Press (Metro Final Edition), 14 December 1959, p.
1.
[10] Foght, Paul, "Guilty: The Mystery Ray That Kills,"
Stranger Than Strange, The Editors of Fate Magazine, Paperback Library, New York, 1966, pp. 6264.
[11] "Letters Section - Burning Question," True, Fawcett
Publications, Inc., New York, August 1964, pp. 45.
[12] Hava, Dr. Adrian, "So-called 'Spontaneous Combustion,'
or Increased Incombustibility of the Human Body, with Experiments," New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal, L.
Graham & Sons, New York, vol. XXI (N.S.), no. 10, April 1894,
pp. 721731.
[13] "Boy Roasted In Mysterious Fire," The AP.R.O. Bulletin,
Aerial Phenomena Research Organization, Tuscon, Arizona,
March 1964, p. 5.
[14] Krogman, Dr. Wilton Marion, personal interchange; 17
September 1975.
[15) Stockwell, Dr. G. Archie, "Catacausis E~riosus (Spontaneous Combustion)," The Theropeutic Gazette (Horatio C.
Wood & Robert Meade Smith, eds.), George S. Davis, Detroit,
3rd S., vol. 5, 1889, pp. 168174.
[16] KUblerRoss, Dr. ~izabeth, "Death and Dying," Bill
Varney's Downstairs Studio, WITF-TV, Hershey, Penna., 21
July 1976.
[17] Ritchie, Dr. George, "Return from Tomorrow (life after
Death)," Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship lecture, personal interchange; 16 November 1974.
PURSUIT Summer 1977 .

82
[IS] Moody, Dr. Raymond A., Jr., Life AfterLife, Mockingbird
Books, Covington, Georgia, 1975.
[19] KublerRoss, Dr. Elizabeth, Questions on Death and
Dying, Macmillan, New York, 1974.
[20J Roberts, Jane, Seth Speaks, PrenticeHall, Inc., (Reward
Book ed.,), Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1972.

[21] Joachim, "Suicide," See of Tranquaity, Box 1003, ADentown, Penna. IS105, vol. XLII, 9 May 1975,23 pp_
[22] "Foul Play Signs in Death Probed," The Times-Picayune,
New Orleans, 116th year, no. 239,19 September 1952, p. 1.
[23] Burma, Otto, "Cremation in New Orleans;" Fate, vol. 6,
no. 5, May 1953, pp. 12-15.

emON
by George M. Eberhart
The famous treatise on incubi,DeDaemoniaiitate, 1 by
Father Ludovico Maria Sinistrari (1622-1701) represents
a maverick theory of demonic copulation which contrasted sharply with the traditional views expressed by
the fifteenth-century treatise on demons and witches, the
. Malleus Male/icarum. Sinistrari was a Franciscan friar
~ho" successively became professor ~f philosophy at
Pavia University, consultant to the Supreme Tribunal of
the Inquisition at Rome, Vicar-General to the Archbishop of Avignon, and theologian to the Archbishop of
Milan_ De Daemonialitate was an unpublished expansion of part of his De Delictis et po~nis,2 an ex1:t~~tive
listing of every imaginable crime and sin, along ~ft4.heir
matching punishments. It was his breakdown of the sIn of
demoniality (interco~rse with demons) into two differe"nt
crimes that set him apart from the mainstream of inquisitorial authors.
"
Sinistrari was concerried""bylhe fact that the stories he
had "heard of demons assaulting women against their will
seemed to disprove .the theory of an explicit pact with the
PURsurr Summer 1977

Devil, which was the essence of witchcraft. Nor could he


understand how the same demons might be driven away
by exorcism at .certain times and yet could completely
ignore the rite at other times. The Malleus noted this
problem but did not explore it in depth, simply mentioning that lustful incubi sometimes went on a rampage at
the request of local witches, and that if the last resort of "
excommunication did not drive the stubborn demons
away, then
... that affliction must be considered to be an expiatory punishment for sin, which should be borne
in all meekness_ ..3
Certain incubi, according to Sinistrari, "sometimes even
'" laugh at exorcisms, assault the Exorcists themselves,
and rend the sacred vestments." This indicated that they
could not be the true spiritual demons who were always
subdued by the name of Christ or presentation of a crucifix.4
"

83

Consequently Sinistrari conceived of two general


types of beings, intercourse with which must be termed
demoniality (to distinguish it from bestiality), although
the culpability varied from case to case. The first and
greater type of demon is the old Malleus-style Devil who
demanded worship from quite willing witches in return
for occult assistance and carnal satisfaction. This renunciation of holy religion is the "greatest of all sins which can
be committed by man," but in regard to the act of intercourse itself, Sinistrari considered it nothing more than
simple masturbation. After all, these devils are pure
spirits condemned eternally to hell, they aren't really
"alive" as we know the term, and the only bodies they
have are made of "inspissated air, partaking of some of
the properties of earth. "S He denies the traditional view
that demons use male sperm at the explicit request of the"
witch, who for some reason wants a demon-child,6 and he
scoffs at the opinions of Guazzo and the Malleus on how
the semen is obtained:
A Succubus [female] devil draws the semen from a
wicked man; and if he is that man's own particular
devil, and does not wish to make himself an Incubus
to a witch, he passes that semen on to the devil deputed to a woman or witch; and this last, under
some constellation that favours his purpose that
the man or woman so born should be strong in the
practice of witchcraft, becomes the Incubus to the
witch.7
Sinistrari thought that these demons were incapable of
preserving the fertility of human sperm long enough to
use it properly. The true sin of this type of relationship,
however, is the "hideous enormity against Religion which
is presupposed by coition with the Devil. ''8
The second type of demon is a strange mixture of
poltergeist, satyr, and fairy, which Sinistrari claims is the
more common form of incubus. These demons chase
after humans through pure lust rather than any desire to
corrupt or turn them away from God. This incubus is a
rational creature provided with sense and emotion,
placed on a level higher than man but lower than the
angels, and equally subject to salvation or damnation.
They are possessed of both body and soul, but their
bodies are more subtle and compressible; hence they can
pass through the "pores" of material objects (as cosmic
rays penetrate intermolecular space, perhaps).9
The most remarkable aspect of these incubi is that
they have their own sperm which can actually fertilize the
human ovum. They were the mysterious sons of God
who generated the race of giants from the daughters of
men in" the days of Genesis. 10 Sinistrari claimed that the
incubi who produced the giants were aerial demons, but
the incubi who lusted after contemporary women (and
men and" beasts as well) were aqueous and begat offspring of normal size. Quite often they did this in an invisible or semi-visible state, but
... when they want to be seen by their mistresses,
and to taste the full joys of human copulation, they
assume a visible disguise and a palpable body. By
what means this is effected, is their secret, which
our circumscribed Philosophy is unable to dis-

cover. The only thing we know is that such disguise


or body could not consist merely in concrete air,
since this must take place through condensation,
and therefore by the influence of cold; a body thus
formed would feel like ice, and in the venereal act
could afford women no pleasure, but would give
them pain; and it is the reverse that takes place. I I
Intercourse with the spiritual demons of the Malleus, on
the other hand, was usually said "to be painful, although
the incubi sacrilegiously made up for it on Church feast
days.
If a woman were to refuse an incubus's embrace, the
demon might resort to blows or ill treatment. When the
incubus lusted after horses, mares, or other animals, it
would hit and kick the beasts that rejected it, and sometimes infect them with diseases or even kill them. 12 This
aspect of physical abuse is reminiscent of modem poltergeist cases, and Sinistrari quotes one instance which he
personally investigated that probably was a poltergeist
outbreak,l3
Since these incubi had physical bodies, they could not
live in hell which was reserved for spiritual entities. Sin istrari believed (based partially on Guazzo) that they were
indigenous to the earth and that there were six races of
them: aqueous, igneous, aerial, phlegmatic, earthly, and
subterranean. Each race was more or less confined to its
habitat; igneous demons, for example, were never found
near marshes. These Aristotelian nature spirits were undoubtedly a synthesis of fairy folklore and the fauns,
satyrs, and" pans of Indo-European myth. Sinistrari
quotes from the life of St. Anthony in support of his
elementals, as well as Agricola, Thyraeus, and Molina. 14
The sin"of demoniality with these incubi is no greater
than that of bestiality since there is no rejection of God involved. However, if-a person believes that the incubus is
really a devil, then they "sin through intention, ex conscientia erronea, and their sin is in intention the same,
when having intercourse with Incubi, as if such intercourse took place with devils; wherefore the guilt oftheir
"
crime is exactly the same. "IS
De Daemoriialitate was never placed on the Index of
Prohibited Books like his earlier work, De Delictis et
poenis, because it remained unpublished until 1875. It
would probably have been condemned even though the
great days of demonology were almost over; old ideas die
hard, and any theory that even some demons were not
evil spirits incarnate would have made the entire Inquisition look silly. With twentieth-century hindsight, however, we can see that Sinistrari represented an important
transition between the theologians of the witch-craze and
the philosophers of the Enlightenment; and his dissertation, when stripped of its theology, comes rather close to
modern theories of the paraphysical realm. "~

"

FOOTNOTES

I Louis Marie Sinistrari d'Ameno, De la d~monialite etdes animaux incubes et succubes (Isidore Liseaul( ed. 1876). An English translation by Montague Summers, Demoniality, appeared
in 1927, and was reprinted in R.E.L. Masters,Eros and Euil: The
Sexual Psychopathology of Witchcraft 191-267 (1962)_ The

"translations used here are from the Summers edition, but the
PURSUIT Summer 1977

84
page n~mbers refer to the Liseaux edition (hereafter cited as
SinistrariJ.
.
.
J Ludovicus Maria Sinistrari, De Delictis et poenis trac:tatus

absolutissimus (1100).

Jacobus Sprenger & Henrich Kramer, Malleus MaleflCarum 110 (Montague Summers trans. 1968)lhereafter cited as
. Malleus].
~ Sinistrari 140.
;, Malleus 73.
b Sinistrari 1634, 23436.
;. Malleus 11; and Franc~scoMaria Guazzo, Compendium
J

male/icarum (1608).
6 Sinistrari 23436.
. ~ Sinistrari 72, 92126.
IU

Sinistrari 222-34.
34-36, 14648.
13 Sinistrari 38-54. For modern theories of poltergeist manifes
tations see, for example, Herbert Thurston, Ghosts and Poltergeists (1954); and D. Scott Roga, An Experience of Phon,
toms (19"14) .
14 St. Jerome, Vita Pauli, in J.P. Migne, Patrologia, \/OJ. 23, pp.
1128; George Agricola, De re metaUica (1546); Peter Thyraeus, De terrijicationibus noctumis (1604); and 4Bs de Molina,
II

12 ~inistrari

Commentaria in primam paTtern D. Thamae (1592). See Sinistrari 17690. Sinistrari's theory has recently been examined in
relation to the modern UFO phenomenon by Jacques Vallee,
Passport to Magonia: From Folklore to Flying Saucers 116-29
(1969).
IS Sinistrari 238.

Genesis 4:4.

"FAUST" AND THE STUDENT


t

by Kaniil Pecher
"Every procesS of nature, rightly understood, awakens in us a new organ of cognition."
.
-Goethe
While reading PURSUIT Fall 1916,1 was struck by the
similarity of these cases of spontaneous human combustion with an old Czech story which has been - at least
partially - researched. The story, which concerns
"Faust's House" in Prague, might fit with other historical
cases.
.
The story and house are known to nearly everybody
from the Czech countries, and probably to Gennans as
well. A folk story collector, Adolf Wenig, published one
version in his book Stare Pavest; Prazske (Hokr Publ.,
1937) and.in Stare Pavest; (Hokr Publ., 1932).
I will attempt a basic outline of the theme for thoSe
readers ~ho may find the story relevant to their own
interests and research into the SHC phenomenon.
In the exact southwest comer of Charles Square in the
district of Nove Mistro (New Town) in Prague, is a houSe
which for ages has been called "Faust's HoUse." The
house, like most houses in the area, was built during the
reign of the Roman Emperor, Charles IV, 134678..
Owned originally by Vaclav, the Prince of Opava, as his
Prague headquarters, the building was later sold to
. Prokop, the recorder of New Town, in 1434. The house
then changed owners several times until 1124, when it
was bought by the noble Mladota family of Solopisk. At
this time it was rebuilt in the baroque style. and it remains
so today.
One of the Mladota men was known to be interested in
alchemy. Perhaps this was the basis for the stories which
were later circulated concerning the house. Some stories
claim that the house had been used by alchemists from an ..
. even earlier (Prince Vaclav's) time. One of the alchemistscientists who occupied the house was Dr. Faust - probably better known from Goethe's version of the Faust
story.
PURSUIT Summer 1971

Faust (and his servant) ~ to work on the third Ooor,


grinding and mixing and melting and burnlng strange
things in his quest for a stone of wisdom. And; because he
had signed his soul to the devil, when his time carne due
the devil appeared to carry the fighting Faust away. As a
result. the house stayed deserted and neglected for many
years; people were convinced that it was cursed~ and
.
they feared devils and ghosts.
After some time .had passed, a student from the .
country came to study at the Prague University 01
Charles. Because he was an orphan and from a good
family, the student received permission from the town
.
council to live in the house of Faust.
He climbed the staircase to the second floor which had
a huge dining hall and a long marble fireplace still littered
with ashes. Behind the dining room was a study containing bookcases full of books, and a large table covered
with coils of papet. Dust lay on everything. Behind the
study there was a bedroom with a comfortable bed with
canopy. Being unafraid of anything, he used the bed and
slept well.
The next morning the student chanced upon a loose
plank in the floor, which turned out to t)e a lever for a
secret fight staircase that suddenly descended from the
wooden ceiling. Climbing to the third floor, he found a
large room equipped as a laboratory, complete with fireplace and many containers of wood. stone, glass, etc_
In the ceiling of the ~boratory was a blac.kened hole
which the student assumed was the place from which the
devil had car:ried away Dr. Faust.
.
The student began to explore the house_ He found
money and many strange things: a s~.atue of a drummer in
the corridor. which began to drum whenever: someone
would step on a certain cobblestone; a statue of the
Virgill which sprayed w~ter at visitol'$ (at the student's
secret manipulation); a door handle which- gave anyone
who touched it a charge of blue sparks; and many other
such tricks.
.

LJrawing by B. Wilkie
1

The student cleaned the house, covered the devil's


hole with cloth, and often had his student friends to visit.
After some time he started to read old books and scrolls,
and even began to exorcise spirits with a magic book on
the pulpit.
.
It was his custom to spend every evening in a tavern in
Dobytci Trh Square, drinking with his friends. One evening when he didn't come and because he had been acting
strange for some days, his friends decided to pay him a
~it. They knocked on the door, and when nobody
answered they climbed over the stone wall to get into the .
house. It was tidy inside, but no one was there. Upon
entering the laboratory, however, they found everything
strewn about, as if from a fight. The heavy pulpit and the
magic book were lying on the floor; beside them was a
candelabra with. partially. burned candles. A strange,
sulphurlike smell filled the room. And there was a large
blackened hole in the ceiling. The terrified students ran
away, positive that the devil had carried away their friend.
: The house once again remained abandoned for a IQng
tme. But human avarice is great, a,nd after ma~y years a
smar~ buyer bought cheap a house that nobody wanted.

This owner tore down the secret chambers, the stair


cases, and much of the int~rior; he destroyed the tricks
and magic books and odd things, completely rebuilt the.
interior, and began to live th~re.
From that time on nobody has had any problems in
Faust's house.

.EVALUATION
1) During the 15th and 16th centuries there was a wave
of doubts about religion in all Europe. At the same time
. the Czech countries were blossoming with science, culture and e<;onomy (for e.~ample, bookpr:inting ip the
Czech language .began in 1468, so~mer than bookprinting in English, French, orltalian). Also, the Roman Emperor, Rudolf II, the Habsburg, was collecting contemporary intellectuals, and Prague became a haven for
..
scientists and alchemists:
Theoretically, the Faust and student events could have
h9 Ppened in -a span ofabotlt fifty years, limited by 1434 to
1724. But from the stor.y. I am certain that the events
didn't hQPpen after 1620,for the Thirty-years War and
PURSUIT Summer 1977

86

the consequent political and religious environment


(Jesuits' persecution of any non-conforming action)
wouldn't allow it. Therefore the Mladota 'alchemist (after
1724) can be ruled out.
2) During the reign of Rudolf II (1576-1611) many alchemists concentrated in Prague. One of them, named
Kelly, is considered a prototype for all the consequent
stories about Dr. Faus't. That can place the student event
into the 16th or early 17th century. Of course, the alchemist in the story mayor may not actually be Dr. Faust
(or Kelly).
On the other hand, the student lifestyle reminds me of
the one we know from the more free 15th century
roaming. (Compare with life of poet Francis Villon.) This
could move Dr. Faust and student into the puzzling times
after 1434, when "the house changed owners several
times, .. " as Wenig found. (Puzzlin'g because the HUssite
Wars were over and there should be a record about the
owners.)
3) The first paragraph of the text is based on Wenig's historical research of the house. He also included the explanation that the story dates from the time ofMladota.lt
is very'possible that the house was used by a succession

of alchemists, and' that the description of tricks, etc.


could be from the different periods of the house's occu
pation. The practice of alchemy, however, was more pop.
ular in the fifteenth century than in the eighteenth.
4) From the description it seems to me that the death of
both the alchemist (Faust) and the student could be
accounted for as instances of Spontaneous Human Combustion. Evidently, there is some confusion on the part of
the storyteller (or recorder) as to the actual location of
the burned holes. Logically, if both men were cases of
SHe, the holes should have been burned into thejloor of
the laboratory and in the ceiling of the bedroom. If the
holes iNere in the ceiling of the lab, then perhaps they
would also be through the roof of the house. There may
be many recorded cases of people carried away by the
devil, complete with a description of a blackened hole
through which the devil carried away his victim....
5) Interesting, too, is the fact that it happened twice in
the same place. The explanations offered for the dlsap
pearance,s ranged from magic (exorcism), to (later) a
chemical produced by Faust. It may prove worthwhile to
measure the house for geomagnetic anomalies or oU.r
var~tiom~.

REFLECTIONS OF CHINESE FORM 'IN MEXICAN


AND NORSE ORNAMENT
by B. Wilkie
All drawings by the author

PURSUrr Summer 1977

~,

87
Taken by travel to the Nepali city of Kathmandu, I paid
a visit to the National Museum, near the Gurka barracks
on the outskirts of town, where sculptured stones captured my attention through their ancient "curves_ While
my eyes renewed the form of a Hindu statue, a time suddenly dark and silent between my vision and the workman's hands, something in the ripe roundness and foliate
irony of the figures conjured for me the classical Mayan
spirits I had met with at Palenque, Chiapas, some years
before (Maya, feminine personification of illusion - she
plays freely with time and style)_ Here is an aesthetic
sphere best understood, not in terms of reciprocal influences, but in terms of a sort of magic - through which
cultures widely separated by space and time realize the
expression of similar motifs, recalling those "devil's balls"
of Chinese origin where many concentric globes appear
one within the other, each through holes much smaller in
circumference than the one within - the whole carved
impossibly from a single piece of ivory_
I remember as a child resident in Mexico, reading in the
lJIustrated London News of the discovery in the largest of
the temples at Palenque, of a rubble-filled stairway,
which, when cleared away, proved to be the entrance to a
chieftain's tomb - where he lay beneath a huge carved
slab wearing a mask of jade_ Visiting Palenque when"older
and bearded, finding a wonderful tropical garden of antiquity, I could not look upon the temples with their elaborate roof-combs without thinking of the bronzes of the
Shang and Chou dynasties_ Many rather tiny jade objects
had been found about the ruins - one a miniature of the
jade burial mask.
We can recall the Chinese practice of burying jade with
the deceased in the hope of preserving the body_ Recent
excavations in China have brought to light complete
funeral suits from the 2nd Century B.C. m;;tde up of many
small jade plates.

2
That we may better feel the rhyme of the styles,. depiCt
herewith (fig. 1) rectangular volutes with rou~d
corners from the Mayan temple at Hoch9~ alongside
comparable volutes from the Shang and Chou, older ~
perhaps two thousand years.
"
.
"
These volutes are as notes of common tone, combining in similar songs: the Song of the Dragon heard once
upon the plains of China, then again, with the twinkling of
an Aeon, within the jungles of Mexico; for both peoples"
do of stone serpents or dragons make, often seen as
heads in profile, joining left and right to sUSsest a single

PURSurr Summer 1m

88

4
entity. Before being borne aloft by this thought to follow
the dragon vortices to Central Asia, let us pause to recognize those who think they have seen, amongst the details
of the stellae at Copan, the images of elephants. They are
sure to find for us in the Gupta statuary of India (fig. 2)
outlines of a High Mayan character, demonstrating that
Maya is mistress of illusion indeed.
The genius of Chinese art, from earliest dynastic times, .
grins at us from the paintings, the sculpture, the vases,
from~ -masK halfhuman, half-reptilian, with finger-claws
grasping celestial pearls and a body of scaly coils. The
forces are invisible; immanent in nature, waves in water,
swirls in clouds, these scaly coils. The primal motions in
the cosmic void (as a space becomes a stone, and the
stone, a snake) find their mirrors among us through the
artist's mimicry. First, the lightning grin of the celestial
presence, then the thunder rolling through the clouds,
which sound becomes to our sight a fretwork of
swastikas, the garden-screen through which the dragonlords view the falling rain. (Fig. 3)

A stonn over Asia, whose westward moving clouds


mocK the westward expansion of the Han dynasty in the
firs!.. Christian centuries. From their inception," the Han.
expanded their domain deep into Central Asia. Around
the year A.D. 121 Chinese armies crossed the Great Wall
to conquer the steppeland of Mongolia ...
Our eyes learn the strange language more quickly than
our ears. Here (fig. 4) is a bronze plaque of the Han. Two
beasts are fighting: the larger has an upturned and curled
nose. To the right appears a Scythian plaque - two
beasts, one feline and the other fantastic, with not only
._,.......,... ,- 7:-:- ,-.--...,.,.,~ - ~~-.~c-~."""'-."::"''':.. :':':::'.--.::-_~.:~""i

.;
/'

.,.!
:1
'I

/'{

d
I.

'.

"/

)1

',I

.f(
"

./!/'

:1:

,"

.>~

..,
"

:j

:,
:1

.',.iI
:'

.,1

1~

6
... ..L.L=:..-_. _

PURSUIT Summer 1977

~":"""""':...:....-.

;-- _ -:.:: _ _ _

89

7
upturned and curled nose, but a tail and mane of bird's
heads. The Scythians, a vigorous nomadic people,
served not only to transmit Chinese influence westward,
but also to nurture Hellenic motifs in northern India, so
that among the early f10werings of Buddhist art, we find
work in a Grecian style.
The Norsemen, whose expeditions around the Ninth
Century brought them as far east as the Caspian sea, and
whose settlements in Russia must have had access to
Chinese goods, seem, to my eye, to have enjoyed a very
strong Chinese influence. The beast (fig. 5) with the upturned and curled nose, as often as not a dragon, flourished among the Norse - whose carvings and cravings
show terrific energy.
Examining a stone from Gotland (fig. 6), we are surprised by the Chinese appearance of the little animals
surrounding what may be a suggestion of the polar
vortex.
We compare (fig. 7) the decorative scrolls from the
. back of a bronze mirror of the Chou with, to the right, a
design from much later Norse metal work.

We may delight in finding spirals in the thighs of creatures (fig. 8) so different as, to the left, the Norse of
painted stone, conjuring with its primitive shape the cave
paintings of the remotest past, and, to the right, the
Chinese Gnffon of jade. There is a rather famous bronze
winged dragon of the Chou whose thighs .offer us the
spiral in a more energetic fashion. Being shy, he will not.
appear here, but kisses our eyes with further examples of
spiral thighs: From third century Loyang (fig. 9, top), a
design once worked in tile, and, to the right, a viking
image of the same theme, a Norse horse, of course ... _
Writing in The Book of Pottery and Porcelain, Warren
Cox mentions a type of small animal form (fig. 9, bottom)
which he describes as ..... reconstructions made by the
Chinese from dinosaur bones found along the caravan
routes of ~ongolia." With his huge Triceratops horns
and prominent vertebrae he yet has bull-like feet and the
characteristic spiral. What a strange beast!
We may be perturbed to the extent that symbols
emerge from decorative shape and move us intellectually or emotionally by a brass viking figurine (fig. 10, left)

PURSUIT Summer 1977

suggesting beth Buddhist and Christian sources of inspiration_ Here we risk an asterisk, whose spark radiates
line, the footprints"of the footnote,like dinosaur tracks, "
fossil impressions left in light whose reflecting symbolic
surfaces seem as sources, leading us to the "Asian practice" of depicting the Buddha with a swastika indicating
the region of the !'teart_ Among the artifacts recovered by
excavation from viking "ruins is an actual figure of the
~ha. Chinese or Tibetan, that found its way to the

10

Baltic shores_ The swastika is also commonly found on


bracteates, coin-like tokens (fig. 10, right) given by the
Norse upon festive occasions, where it is said to symbolize Thor, god of Thunder. In Japan, this device is
called "Manji", where, symbolizing the motionless or immovable aspect of the Buddha's compassion, FudoMyoo, it often appears in the negative - the spaces between the arms (fig. 11) having become thin lines, the
body of the figure an open space.

91

The Icelandic Volsunga Saga relates a curious legend:


One of the Aesir, Loki, divine trickster and mischief
maker, is travelling with several companions. Along their
way they kill an otter, taking his skin. Soon they come to a
house wherein an old man lives with his two sons. Being
received hospitably, they present the otter skin to their
host. He is outraged. It is the skin of his third son. He
holds Loki's companions hostage, demanding of him that
he fill the skin with gold.
Loki goes off and locates a dwarf who can make gold.
The dwarf tells him of his magic ring, with which he brings
the gold forth. Loki takes not only the dwarf's gold, but
his ring as well. The dwarf, angered,lays a curse on the
ring which will pass to all who possess it. Loki ransoms his
companions, leaving the treasure with his host.
At once, the man's sons, Regin and Fafnir, begin to
quarrel in their greed. Fafnir slays his father as he sleeps,
and makes off with his wealth. Time ~sses and the
knight Sigurd comes to Regin with word that his brother has- been transformed into a dragon. Together they pur
sue him.
When at length they come upon him, Sigurd beheads
him and kills Regin also. Finding.Fafnir's blood on his
fingers, Sigurd tastes it: the essences of dragon's blood
work a wonderful spell upon him - he understand~ at

-11
once the language of the birds, who sing to him of a love
to win in a distant land, so that a sweet music pours into
him through the darkness of his coming tragedy. This
symbolism, the mystery of transformation and the "lan
guage of the'birds" is also a part of the literature of al
cherny.
,
Glancing through a "Catalogue for the Exhibition of
Archaeological finds in the People's Republic of China" I
came upon the image of a vase of the Han dynasty, late
2nd Century B.C., upon which appears a band decorated
with small dragons and several fields of "The decorative
bird script," described by the catalog: ..... Inherited

12
PURSUIT Summer 1977

92

- from the art of the Period of Warring States which in this


- form survived into the Western Han. The artificial elaboration of the 'bird' characters (so-called from the earlier
form practiced in the Ch'u and Yueh in which more legible birds are incorporated) preserves only a slender connection with script shapes." I sketch here (fig. 12) a meet- .
ing of two dragons - a viking beast and his Chinese
cousin from the vase above elements of the "bird script."
We are pleased to picture the Icelandic bard contemplating the Chinese va~ ~nd concluding, we might
imagine, a viking dragon boat sailing westward - starguided - and thus close the ring we have begun in
Mexico.
-

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Cox, Warren E. The Book of Pottery and Porcelain. New York:
Crown Publishers. 1944.
Fenollosa, Ernest F. Epochs of Chinese & Japanese Art.
London: William Heinemann, 1913_
Grimal, Pierre, ed. Larousse World Mythology. New York,
London: Hamlyn Publishing Group, 1965.
Grousset. Rene. The CilJi/ization of India. Tudor Publishing
Company. 1931.
The University Prints. Early Chinese Art. Series 0, Section II,
of black and white half-tone prints. Newton, ~&etts,
1938.

SITUATIONS -----------~........

",:;t,.. l

--.,-

This photograph was sent to us by one of our members


living in Alaska. We wonder, as does the member who
sent it in, if any other SITU mem~rs can offer an explanatic;>n. The photo (the original is in color) is bqe of a
series of pictures, each of which is clear except fOlo. the
time exposure effect that appe~rs to distort the candle
flames. Notice that nbne of the reflections from the silver
show the same "streaking" effect.
The camerCl!was a new Fujica 5T 90 1. The picture was
taken inside using a flash attachment. SB flashbulbs were
PURsurr Summer 1977

. . . . . ..
....................... :

used with a G.E. Honeywell reflector, anci there was


some overhead lighting as well. The aperture was set at
/11, and the photo was taken on Fuji film (100 ASA) at a
distance of 15 feet.
50 far, we ttave no explanation. AnI} feedback would
be most welcome. Comments should be addressed to
SITU and may be published. Please be sure to indicate
whether or not you want your name printed with ~r
comments.

93.

WHAT ABOUT REALITY?


by Curt Sutherly
for years Forteans have puzzled over the nature of
reality. What is it - really? Mass, energy, a combination
of the two, or something far more complex? Are there
perimeters of awareness of which we, as humans, are
simply unaware?
Of course, investigators of the paranormal have had no
corrier on such wanderings. Philosophers have likewise
sought answers for the basically unanswerable. And bioi
ogists - strangely enough - have al$o been so involved,
but from the direction of human or animal sensory inter
pretation of the universe/reality around us. For ex
ample, it's well known that certain animals per-ceive ~re
with their basic senses than do others; cats and dogs see
farther into the light spectrum .than do humans. It's
equally well known that the senses can be tricked into reo .
sponding to false stimuli - hence a false interpretation of
reality. (As an example within the example: let's assume
that a man is for several days repeatedlyhit in the eyE!S
with a bright light simultaneous with the ringing of an elec
tric bell at, say, 30 beats per second. After a time the light
flash is discontinued, but the subject's eye pupils con
tinue to contract each time the bell is sounded, .just as
they had when the light had been flashed into his eyes.
Next, the auditory nerve is tapped and connected to an
oscilloscope. Then the bell is rung - but at 20 beats per
second instead of 30: The subject, however, continues to
"hear" the 30-beat pattern as recorded on the oscilloscope. His brain is recording something fhat isn't really

happening!)
But for the average Fortean, things are a bit more complicated, if such is possible. ~outinely, he must contend
With an impossible reality: UFOs, bizarre creatures, mys terious sOunds-in-the-night where none should be, an
assortment Qf phantoms, nylon lines hanging from the
sky - ~t suspended, apparently, from nothing; there
are, of course, a host of other apparitions, mysteries, and
you-narnetts that most mainstream scientists have no
frame of:.reference for and therefore refuse to recognize,
except in sarcasm .
. Yeah, it's a tough nut to crack. Now, however, I'm
going to hand out Something else ...
. , Around the beginning of Oct. 76,l was sitting in a small
restaurant, drinking coffee and doodling on a paper
napkin. It was late, approaching 2 a.m., and a thunder-
storm was making funny sounds outside. While staring
out the window at my left, watching the rain and lightning, I began writing on the napkin with a somewhat
great~r Purpose than the doodling I'd been entertaining
earlier. It wasn't specifically conscious writing, but more
on the order of a subconscious reaction to many
thoughts then wandering the corridors of my sometimes .
empty head. (Later,1 even speculated ,that the thoughts
outlined or the napkin were not my own, but rather im
. planted by some external int~lIigence; such was my surprise at finding what I had "created" that night.) At any
rate. I subsequently ended lip stuffing the napkin into a
pocket. forgetting it for the time being.

On the following day, I re-discovered the napkin and


the notes scribbled thereon. After reading with some
seriousness the message of those notes,.1 was relatively
surprised to find that they made a strange kind of sense.
Going to the typewriter, I spent a pair of hours going over
the notes, polishing them, making them more clear where
necessary. When finished, I had three sets of interlocking ideas that lent themselves quite readily to the title,
lhe Three Laws of Reality. But rather than belabor the
point, they areoutlined,below.

The first law: Anything that is conceivable of


happening .within the existing universe, will ultimately happen - but within a limited framework of
perception and belief.
The second law: As a result of the process called
learning, the fr~mework of perception and belief
must expand within the consciousness of the mind,
thereby en~bling the physical concept of reality to
expand and change.
. 1-he third law: The expansion and alteration ot
the physical concept of reality can only lead to a still
greater sequence of occurrence within the existing
universe. This, in turn, must inevitably result in
further growth of the framework of-perception and
belief, thus reinforcing both the first and second
laws of reality and thereby maintaining the .cycle.
In this way, the universe is maintained.
I

Translated, the three laws represent a philosophical


look at the cosmos/reality as perceived by the mind, and
the interrelationship of the mind with that reality structure. Essentially, this is what they state (jn more basic
terms): 1) the mind takes in so much knowlecdge ot the
universe around it. 2) the mind then matures to the point
where it begins to interact" (in some unknown fashion)
with "physical reality," after which "new" events begin to
occur - events that the mind couldn't have understood
or handled previously without going insane. 3) these new
events raise a standard of what is poSsible of happening
within the physical universe. thereby setting-up the next
go-around which cotnpletes the cycle.
Furthermore, if one reads between the lines, one might
even discover that the three laws also poin~ to a new
wrinkle in the concept of uniVersal evolution; one which
says that. instead of evolution being the strictly biological
process it has long been believed to be, it is more rightly a
sequence keyed by mind and matter intelWQven. It may
be, in effect, P,artly physical and partly metaphysical,
moving in quantum spurts rather than in any ordered
progression .
After retyping the three laws,l sent out copies to a few
colleagues in the hope of sparking some sort of feedback. One answer came. from UFOlogist David Fideler,

PURsurr Summer 1977

94

of Lambertville, Michigan (who puhlishes a newsletter entitled the Anomaly Research Bulletin)_ Dave asked: "if
such a cycle does exist, how, and when, did it starf~"
Thinking about this, I realized that part ot Dave's
question was easily answered: the cycle prob~bly began
when the universe was born. But since we have no way ot
(really) knowing how that came about, we likewise
'cannotsayhowthethreelawscameintoeffect(andmind
you, I'm not saying these laws are definite or absolute).

Nevertheless, they do open up new areas ot thought,


and - providing they are valid - may explain why, in
recent years, our "reality" has suddenly taken a new turn,
what with the ever-increasing reports of UFOs (and'
. related aerial enigmas), paracreatures, and the like.
But being a journalist more than a philosopher ,I somehow feel I've overstepped certain boundaries in preparing this paper. Consequently, I'm open to any and all
questions - or for that matter, any answers.

~
After reading T. B. Pawlicki's article "The Pyramids Are an Ancient Space Communications Network," (this issue of Pursuit, p. 72)
Bill Whamond sent in the following diagram, which he feels supports his own research as well as that of others (Pawlicki, Sanderson,
Cathie, etc.). The diagram, which Mr. Whamond calls "China's Contribution to World Harmony," (since 40 is a 1/9th harmonic of
360) shows how nuclear tests at Lop Nor may influence earthquakes spaced at harmonic intervals across the Earth. Far from being
caused by "the will of Allah," Mr. Whamond speculates, these quakes are perhaps the result of "the hand of Mao.~'

HARMONICS
DIAGRAM

.EARTH'S

.....

."

"

- -

TURKEY
"QUAkE"

. / GLOBE .

\
\

'ilIJAkE"

/
I

PEBU

-TURKEY
"Only 4000 dead." Also 4 'x 40 from Murora, the French
nuclear test area (see Harmonics 33, p. 108); and thereby
caught in a crossfire between two nuclear testing areas..

PERU
60 from Murora; thus in the trough between 2 ripples, and
therefore a weakpoint. See Harmonics 33 (by B. L. Cathie);
midp. 191 and p. 84.

M/SCl:.LLANEOUS NOTES: The ripples are a standing waue pattern (i.e., a selfsustaining wave-system) '" the "quake" occurs at
weak-point on any ripple .. , if the sun is directly ouerhead, then it certainly weakens gravity there (presumably what Cathie's time-har
monic is all ao"out!) ... the East-Turkey/BAKU area is well-known as one of the thinnest points in the Earth's crust. Peru is wellknown
to be located in a Fault Zone (probably a part 'of the San Andreas Fault System, which extends South from San Francisco) ....
'pURSUIT Summer 1977

95

INVESTIGATIONS

The material shown above represents one of a very few


existing clues found in connection with a mutilation. This
material, which proves upon analysis to be shredded
aluminum, was discovered stuffed into the mouth of a
mutilated calf which was found lying in a field (in Colorado) in February of last year. During our investigations, we were given a sample (shown above) to have
analyzed.
Ed Sanders who, besides publishing a second article on
the mutilation phenomena in Oui [May, 1977, p. 78], is
now collaborating with Tom Adams in Texas to produce
a new publication dealing with specific mutilations and
the mutilation phenomena in general. Having seen the
first issue of what promises to be one of five, I can confidently recommend to members that this publication,
called The Cattle Report, promises to be well worth the
$6.00 subscription price; interested members can write:
The Cattle Report, Box 729, Woodstock, NY 1249.8 for
details.
.
Sanders (see his latest article in Oui), who also
acquired some of this substance, says:
An enquiry by law-enforcement officials to the Air
Force brought areply from a Major Keck in March
1976 that radar chaff of the type found in the
critter's mouth is used in training for the Strategic
Air Command, among other military agencies. __ .
... But there was a box found il) the field also_ The box
was lying near the calf and also near some other pieces of

MORE ON MUTILA!IONS . ~

more of the same shredded aluminum. The same Air


Force official added that the box, which bore a lettered
code reading: RR 112/AL, did not indicate a code used by
the Air Force.
Then what is the material? Our analysis has shown the
sample to be composed of evenly shredded high-quality
aluminum. The 3-5 mil aluminum strips appear to have
been shredded into tiny rectangular "fringes" from a
larger sheet of rolled aluminum. The aluminum is not one
of industrial quality, as it would be too pure t6 be priced
. within the range for industrial use. Itproves to contain
not only a very pure aluminum content, but other
interesting and thought-provoking characteristics as
well, one of which is the fact that there appears, from the
analysis, to be no trace elements evident in the sample_
This is unusual; normally in an analysis there should
appear trace elements, at least of the material utilized in
the manufacture of the rollers which were used originally
to roll out the foil from whi~h the pje~~s were cut. And yet
there were no traces (from steel, gallium, etc.) present.
This could, however, simply mean that the rollers used
were made of T etlon or some other substance which
would not leave trace evidence during the analysis. If so,
then we are left with a disturbing, open-ended question: If
the very fine aluminum is too high-grade for industry, and
the box indicating a code not used by the Air Force is in
fact not used by the military at all, then who would be
using such a material in conjunction with the mutilation of
a calf? And why . ... ?
":""'!'.n1.w,fs_n.m_ .
PURSUIT . Summer 1977 .

96

SYMPOSIUM
Comments and Opinions
Regarding the article "Prescriptions for the New Science," (Pursuit, Vol. 9, No_ 4) by Neil M. Lorber, I must
respond because I feel that the conclusions reached by the
author are not conclusive.
Man has long known the principle of gravity (i.e., that
water runs downhill, etc.) and yet when he began his
inquiry into the nature of gravity I doubt that he used a
precise set of scales with which to measure his "experiments_"
I believe there is enough evidence for the existence at a
new force, one which electronic equipment is incapable
of detecting and evaluating. The secret of using gravitational or electromagnetic force is not in the generation at
that force, but rather in the manipulation oj it. So.would it
be with the manipulation of any new force, and that manipulation will not correspond to the manipulation at other
forces. In the detection of gravity we balance one weight
against another. We would have had some grave difticul-'
ties without the simple "lodestone," which is comparatively rare; can it be that the "lodestone" for the newtorce
is even rarer"?
Consider this: The electromagnetic force has a host at
manifestations which casual consideration could hardly
relate. Consider also: We have evidence of many different manifestations of psychic phenomena, and also
evidence for some kind of a motivating energy for UFOs. :
The common thread here is that all of these energies
would seem to involve an almost instantaneous transmission_
is there a relationship of these energies to some
common force? I believe so. I also believe that the velocities of these energies would b~ to light what light is to
sound. This would fit much of the known evidence.
Also, since we are looking for a "lodestone," it might be
wise to gO-'back and re-evaluate some of the old folk
beliefs, much as medicine is now doing in its re-assessment of old folk remedies.
An amateur researcher could begin by asking himselt:
"Why is it, since antiquity, that Jade has always been considered goqci luck while Opal has been considered bad
luck'?" Could this opposition represent the polarity of an

energy? My own research indicates that it does, but I


really have not the time to follow up this line of reasoning.
If this energy does exist, however, I don't think any
present electronic device exists which can measure it;
and thus I feel it does remain in the hands of amateurs to
investigate things (even when this seems "wrong" to a
scientist). Because of this, I feel that any breakthrough
will more than likely come from an amateur - not out of
the research lab.
-Bruce Jordan

***

As a post-script to my article entitled "Prescriptions for


the New Science". (Pursuit, Fall 1976), I wish to point to
gravity, magnetism, lightning (and other forms of electricity - such as static electricity), as well as to light reflection (i.e., the mirror effect), as examples of phenomena that have always been very close to man in his
everyday life but which have not yet, or have only recently been, validly scientiJically explained. Human cognizance of the mysteries underlying these phenomena
have, in all cases, been long-preceded by their actual experience. Accordingly~ the full realm of our experience,
how~ver commonplace, should be very seriously pondered for its possible reflective significance (or relevance
otherwise) with respect t6 the challenging ontological
mysteries with which contemporary man struggles. Perhaps some day, for example, the very life-death sequence
which is so much the essence of our being will be looked
upon as having provided man, all throughout his history,
with the most obvious and.abundant phenomenological
"evidence" of a then-to-be-established multi-dimensionality to existence_ In short, we have to look more readily
and thoughtfully at what is staring us in the face.
.
-Neil Lorber

***
SITU Member #2519 (Bergen County, NJ) is interested in corresponding with other members in his area
(or state) on ~arious subjects: write #2519, c/o SITU.

***
Any members capable of and willing to translate a Russian article dealing with ancient maps please contact
headquarters.

. . . - - - - - - - - .BOOK REVIEW--------..
Without a Trace by Charles Berlitz; Doubleday &
Company,lnc., Garden City, New York,1977. 180
pages, $7.95
Meanwhile, in the Bermuda Triangle, master Fortean
Charles Berlitz has been meticulously pursuing new
leads, interviewing survivors of near disaste~d cataloging all the strange events that have taken place in that
peculiar patch of the Atlantic where space and time Seem
warped by another reality. He has produced a volume
that will rank .asa classic in Fortean literature. While
much of his first book on the subject, The Bermuda
Triangle, was a rehash of the research of Gaddis, Sander-
. son and others, Without a Tr:ace covers new ground (or
ocean). In addition to detailed descriptions of many new
PURSUIT Summer 1977

and interesting cases, it painstakingly examines all the


possible explanations ... and maybe a few impossible
ones. Here is strong evidence that eerie electromagnetic
forces are at work in the notorious Triangle, and that
many of the manifestatioI)s which have become
commonplace in UFO cases (e.g., mysterious luminous
clouds that transpOrt people and vehicles great distances
in incredibly short periOds of time) are also part and parcel
of the Triangle enigma" The professional anti-Triangle
critics should. have a difficult time finding flaws in his arguments, and Forteans everywhere will find the book fascinating and thought-provoking. You'd better read this
one because everyone will be talking about it.
...
-j.a.k

SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


GOVERNING BOARD

Robert C. Warth
R. Martin Wolf
Albena E. Zwerver
Steven Mayne
Gregory Arend
Adolph L. Heuer, Jr.
-Susan Malone
Sabina W. Sanderson

President (and Trustee)


Vice President (and Trustee)
Secretary (and Trustee)
Treasurer (and Trustee)
Trustee
Trustee
Trustee
Trustee
DEPARTMENTS

PURSUIT
INVESTIGATIONS
MASS MEDIA
RESEARCH
FUND RAISING

.
.
Editor-in-Chief (on Sabbatical) - John A. Keel
Managing Editor - R. Martin Wolf
RobertC. Warth - R. Martin Wolf - Steven Mayne
R. Martin Wolf Susan Malone
Canadian Media Consultant - Michael Bradley
Robert C. Warth- Steven Mayne
Prehistoric Arch~eology and Oceanography Consultant - Charles Berlitz
.
Gregory Arend - Steven Mayne

SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD

Dr. George A. Agogino - Chairman, Department of Anthropology, and Director, Paleo-Indian Institute, Eastern New Mexico
University. (Archaeology)
Dr. Carl H. Delacato - Director, The Institute for the Rehabilitation of the Brain Injurep, Morton, Pa. (Mentalogy)
Dr. J. Allen Hynek - Director, Lindheimer Astronomical Research Center, Northwestern University. (Astronomy)
Dr. George C. Kennedy - Professor of Geology, Institute of Geophysics, U.C.l.A. (Geomorphology and Geophysics)
Dr. Martin Kruskal - Program in Applied Mathematics, Princeton University. (Mathematics)
Dr. Samuel B. McDowell- Professor of Biology, Rutgers University, Newark, N.J. (General Biology)
Dr. Vladimir Markotic - Professor of Anthropology, Department of Archaeology, University of Alberta, Canada. (Ethnosociology
and Ethnology)
Dr. Kirtley F. Mather - Professor of Geology, Emeritus, Harvard University. (Geology)
Dr. John R. Napier - Unit of Primate Biology, Queen Elizabeth College, University of London. (Physical Anthropology)
Dr. W. Ted Roth - Assistant Director, Baltimore Zoo, Baltimore, Maryland. (Ecologist & Zoogeographer)
Dr. Frank B. Salisbury - Head, Plant Science Department, College of Agriculture, Utah State University. (Phytochemistry)
Dr. Berthold Eric Schwarz - Consultant (Brain Wave Laboratory), Essex County Medical. Center, Cedar Grove, New Jersey.
(Mental Sciences)
Dr. Roger W. Wescott - Professor and Chairman, Department of Anthropology, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey. (Cultural
Anthropology and Linguistics)
.
Dr.

A. Joseph Wraight - Chief Geographer, U.S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. (Geography and Oceanography)

Dr. Robert K. Zuck - Professor and Chairman, Department of Botany, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey. (Botany)

VANGUARD OFFSET PRINTERS, INC . HILLSIDE, NEW JERSEY

n 1I . .JUUI<NAL UI

lHe SUUHY 10f< TH!--. INVeSTIGAT!ON OF THE UNEXPLAINI::l>

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED'

UFOS AND BIGFOOT

WHOLE No. 40

VOL 10, No.4

FALL 1977

SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


Columbia, New Jersey 07832
Telephone: Area Code 201 4964366
MEMBERSHIP
Membership is $10 a year (members outside the U.S. add $2.50 for regular postage or $5 for air mail) and runs from the 1st of
January to the 31st of December. Members receive our quarterly journal PURSUIT, an Annual Report (upon request), and all special
Society publications for that year.
Members are invited to visit our Headquarters if they wish to use the Library or consult the staff but. due to limited facilities, this can
be arranged only by prior appointment, and at least a week in advance. Because of the demands on our limited volunteer staff and their
time, research to be conducted in the library should be minimized.
The staff will answer reasonable research requests by mail, but because of the steadily increasing demand for this service a research
fee will be charged. Members requesting information should enclose a self addressed stamped envelope with their inquiry so that th'i!y
can be advised of the charge in advance.
o YOU DON'T HAVE TO BE A PROFESSIONAL OR EVEN AN AMATEUR SCIENTIST TO JOIN US.

ORGANIZATION
The legal and financial affairs of the Society are managed by a Board of Trustees in accordance with the laws of the State of New
Jersey. The Society is also counselled by a panel of prominent scientists, which is designated the Scientific Advisory Board. .

IMPORTANT NOTICES
o The Society is completely apolitical.
o It does not accept material on, or presume to comment upon any aspects of Human Medicine or Psychology; the Social Sciences
or Law; Religion or Ethics.
CI All contributions. but not membership dues, are tax deductible, pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue Code.
CI The Society is unable to offer or render any services whatsoever to nonmembers. Further, the Society does not hold or express
any corporate views, and any opinions exp.ressed by any members in its publications are those of the authors alone. No opinions
expressed or statements made by any members by word of mouth or in print may be construed as those of the Society.

PUBLICATIONS
Our publishing schedule is four (quarterly) issues of PURSUIT, dated Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter, and numbered as annual
volumes - Vol. 1 being 1968 and before; Vol. 2, 1969, and so on. Membership and our quarterly journal PURSUIT is $10 per year.
Subscription to PURSUIT, without membership benefits, for libraries only, is $8 for 4 issues. Order forms for back issues will be
supplied on request.
PURSUIT is listed in Ulrich's International Periodicals Directory and in the Standard Guide to Periodicals; and is abstracted in
Abstracts of Folklore Studies. It is also available from University Microfilms, 300 N. Zeeb Rd., Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106. The price is
$4.10 per reel. An annual index appears in the Fall issue.

'SCIENCE. IS THE PURSU1T OF THE UNEXPLAINED'.

VOL. 10, NO.4


FALL, '1977

PURSUIT.

Publisher
Robert C, War~h
Editorin-chief
A, Keel (on Sabbatical)

Joh~

'

..

, THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY


FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED
,

Managing Editor
R, Martin Wolf
Consulting.Editor
Sabina W. Sanderson

Editor for the


United Kingdom
Robert J, M, Rickard'
Contributing Writers
Charles Berlitz
Jerome Clark
Lucius 'Farish
Vincent Gaddis
Brad Steiger
Staff Artist
Britton Wilkie
Production
Steven Mayne
Martin Wiegler
Fred Wilson
Cover de.,gn by k, M, Woll

FOUNDED BY IVAN T. SANDERSON

Devoted to the, Investigation of "Things" that are Customarily Discounted

Senior Writer
Curtis Sutherly
Associated Editors
John Guerrasio
Ziaul Hasan '

,,

CONTENTS
Page
Editorial
by R. M: Wolf ........
,

:~: .........

',' ...... '.. ; .. '...................... : .... 98

'

On Lqosening Up a Few Tied Ends


,
,
, by Robert Barrow .... " ............. ; ................................ ,.,. . .. 99
How to Fly a Saucer
.
by T.'B. Pawlicki. ...................................................... 102
Ufology: Thirty Years in Three Days,
, by Michael Hartnett ........... "",' .; ......... " ','" ................... 105
UFO Research: Problem or Predicament?
by R. Leo Sprinkle, Ph.D ................................................ 112
Can Science and Scientists Help?
by John A. Keel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 118
Bigfoot Sighting
,
by Milton LaSalle ...................................... " . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 120
The Wantage Event
by S. N. Mayne'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 124
The Mission s.c. Bigfoot Hoax
by Dennis Gates ...,: ..............-... ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 127
The Astrebus: An InterGalactic Language' ' , .
by E. MacerStory ..................''.......... .- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 128
Random Notes: Situations and Developments .. ~ .............................. " 132
Symposium ............... ': :'.

:'~ ........... : .... , .... ~ ...... : ~ ................

133

Book Reviews ................. :..................... :'.............. ~ .......... 134


Photos ... ; ............................. '.. : :: ....... : ........................ " 136
Index: Volume 10 ........ ................... ~ .... : ........................ Back Cover
@

Society fpr,the Investigation of the Unexplained 1977

. EDITORIAL
This year has seen some major topics opened up for
enquiry. Dr. Lorenzoni's article, "Extant Dinosaurs: A
Distinct Possibility," has reopened the question as to
whether or not ancient, long "extinct" species could not
still be present somewhere on our planet. Not so different really from Ivan T. Sanderson's similar speculations in an article entitled "There Could be Dinosaurs"
which he published in The Saturday Euening Post in
1948. Since that time, however, scientists have discovered that the dinosaur, besides perhaps having been
warm-blooded, was much more far-ranging than previously thought, and may have represented more than
the simple prehistoric reptilian mentality that we have
always attributed to it. How many more years away lies
the discovery of an actual liuing dinosaur?
Larry Arnold has put forth once again the burning
scientific question of both living human bodies CU'ld
corpses which seemingly burst spontaneously into
flames, as well as saints who appear, through actual historical accounts of observation, to somehow deny or defeat the normal processes of death and decay in the
human body.
William Whamond has changed the face of the Earth
for us, in order that we can view it from another:perspective. And he has also shown how the law of dynamical
similarity can work between worlds. .
T. B. Pawlicki has re-examined the past for us. His two
articles concerning the pyramids have given more .credit
to the human potential involved than some authors who
suggest that the builders of the pyramids may have been
slave-instruments of some alien, other-worldly influence.
George Eberhart has demonstrated, in two separate
articles, how extensive research can fill in the Fortean
spaces of our past. "The Ohio Airship Story," developed
over a research period of several months, does indeed
indicate that the number of strange events which occurred there show Ohio to deserve a place of its own in the
annals of Fortean history.
E. Macer-Story has contributed an approach toward a
synthesis of fragmentary evidence derived from her
studies of matrix theory, mathematical group theory,
electrical field structure and solar plasma.
Investigations are continuing into the phenomena of
cattle mutilations, the mysterious appearances (and disappearances) of "Bigfoot" and other unknown and/or unavailable creatures and paracreatures, UFOs, ghostlights, poltergeists, etc. (the list could get very long .__ ).
We have continued to present points of view that
represent enquiries into that part of the spectrum that remains beyond man's limited comprehension of knowledge. Euerything was at one time cmknown, unexplained, mysterious; and we are presently nowhere near
the other end of the spectrum yet - despite what we may
be led to believe by some of the "exp~rts."
My own feelings are that a very general view of the political condition of the world today and the present state of
technological "civilization" will attest to our ignorance of
the planet's needs - at the expense of understanding (in
the true sense of the word).
An essay entitled "Science: No Longer a Sacred Cow,"
which appeared in Time (March 7, 1977) accurately expresses the changing status of science from its former

position of high esteem embodying all the necessary


respect due it as a source of power, influence and authority, to one of mistrust, fear (as evidenced by the threat
posed by nuclear research and recombinant DNA experimentation) and loss of respect. In short, society is
beginning to feel that science may ~ot be capable of all the
answers.
The essay concludes that Americans, though skeptical, will probably not do much about their feelings:
... Even the most skeptical of the skepti<;:s seem perfectly willing to let science go its way in the pursuit
of knowledge. Still, if there is no sign that Americans fear what scientists may discover, there is also
little expectation that any of their discoveries will
provide answers to the enduring human mysteries
that are impelling people these days on many a mystical and spiritual pilgrimage. All that the new spirit
of skepticism really asks is that science and society
together take thoughtful stock when there seems a
clear risk, as in the DNA experiments, that the pursuit of knowledge might damage, endanger or even
exterminate human life. That seems little enough to
ask.
Not quite.
We would ask a little more of science and the scientists who are beginning to experience from the public the
same attitude that much of the Fortean field has always
suffered at the hands of the majority of those same scientists. We would ask that the most skeptical of their
skeptics look to our pursuit (pun intended) of knowledge
as simply a complimentary extension of the spectrum
which includes their own special limited brand of "knowledge." After all, it may be that Fortean research can provide some alternative answers to the questions asked by
those 'mystical and spiritual pilgrims.'
What we attempt to do in the pages of Pursuit is to present ideas, thoughts, speculations, facts, and the results
of research - all of which make up the body of evidence
permeating the entire Fortean spectrum, which in turn
perhaps extends beyond man's present limited concept
of knowledge (or should I qualify that Forteanly and say
"knowledge as we know it?").
Many of the articles in Pursuit discuss those very
things that still mystify the Child in man and that can,
perhaps, make him understand (and I don't use the term
lightly) that he still has a long way to go before he can
apathetically fall back into his technologically civilized
coffin with the full assurance that science has provided
him with all the answers.
.
Our contention is that science has only an outside
grasp on the edges of reality - like a parenthesis around
(and within) an empty phrase. We realize, of course, that
we too are (ultimately) guilty of constructing parentheticals as well; but at least we admit that what we are dealing with are only fragments of multiple realities.
"And we could be wrong.
We cannot, however, claim to include everything
within our system as does science. They leave no room
for alternate visions, whereas we admit freely to being
nothing more than a collection of just such visions_ (It is

PURSUIT Fa1l1977

,._____ ____.,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .~ . . . . . " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fir . . . . . . . . . . . . ~. ._.I. . . . . .I . . . . . . . ..

99

perhaps those very visions 'that will contribute toward


man's continued growth.) And to those who would criticize by accusing us of contradiction, we would have to respond with the words expressed by Walt Whitman in
Leaues 0/ Grass;

Do I contradict myself?
Very well, then I contradict myself;
(I am large - I contain multitudes.)

It is through the continued support of .you, our


members, that we are able to provide Pursuit and thus
the space necessary to present many of those profound
questions raised by the authors of our articles.
As participants in this experience, you can continue to
support us. If you have something to say, write to us (you
may find yourself writing an article). Talk about us to
people around you with whom you can communicate.
Continue your membership (and give a gift subscription

to somebody who understands you). Send in clippingsespecially concerning events in your area; and ask us
about investigutions in your part of the world. Send a
donation if you can afford it; donations so far this year
have not augmented our budget enough to either ade
quately cover our rising costs or to sustain publication of
32page issues of Pursuit. * We cannot continue to pro
duce the quantity and quality that we have managed this
year without increasing our membership dues - unless
we receive donations from those members who can
afford it.
lt you don't renew your membership py December,
this will be your last issue of Pursuit, and the loss will be
one less voice of support for this planet's only society
(however small we may be globally) for the investigation
of the unexplained.
~
Forteans unite.
~
-R. Martin Wolf
* Please riote that this issue contains 40 pages.

ON LOOSENING UP A FEW TIED ENDS


by Robert Barrow
PART I
Is it, perhaps, favorably Fortean for a UFO researcher
to learn that the longer he purs~es various aspects of
Anomalydom, the less he understands about the sup
posedly conventional world around him?
Having been involved in all of this - whatever it is, this
UFO research - for 15 years, I frequently worry about
keeping a balance between the accepted and the unconventional in my mind. The difficulty in concerning oneself
with this task, of course, is that it cannot be done.
"Normal" often has no basis in normality (whatever that
is) at all - and thus begins the problem.
And then I attempt to sort out the rational from the ir
rational. A few years ago, I was stationed at a large reo
gional Air Force hospital in Texas, noted for a compre
hensive psychiatric care section. I encountered a number
of supposed schizophrenics who seemed far more
rational than certain members of the psychiatric staff . like the physician who calmly approached me on one
occasion, announced he wanted "to have a word" with
me, and then, in midsentence, turned around and left,
never to return for our talk.
Another time at said base, on a warm summer's day, a
sergeant in the public information office received a phone
call from a concerned police officer who represented the
local civilian community. The patrolman thought the
base would be interested to know about an apparently reo
liable UFO sighting of the previous evening (and Project
Blue Book was still in existence at this time, mind you).

However, rather than exhibiting curiosity, the ever so


conscientious desk NCO responded by telling the police
officer, "Your job is to chase burglars, not to watch the
skies - that's our job!" and hung up.
A revolting incident, yes, but who was rational and who
was irrational here? The Air Force sergeant apparently
thought he wasacting rationally by telling off the patrol
man, who was irrational in reporting something that
couldn't possibly exist (a UFO).
The police officer, on thfi! other hand, unquestionably
thought reporting the UFO to the USAF was the only
rational thing to do, in terms ,of national security. And, as
well, he probably thought the NCO was handling the
matter irrationally (and obnoxiously). Who is right and
who is wrong here?
I suspect that all UFO researchers, like their counter
parts in other Fortean endeavors,look back with puzzle
ment upon the events which seem to crop up secon
darily to their primary ufological pursuits. I do.
Not to beat upon my Air Force days, of course, but
there once arose an incident that left me in great dis
tress, and which still lurks delicately in my thoughts for
want of a solution. I had barely been in the AF six months
when I found it necessary to visit the assignments sec
tion at the base where I attended tech school. As soon as
the NCO at the section noticed my name, he unleashed a
seething torrent of words relative to there being a "Con
gressional" out on me. Sergeant M - whose name Ire
call to this day - accused me of having written my Con
gressman and making trouble for the Air Force, and sim
ilar rot. The end result, he alleged, was that I had asked
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

100 '

my Congressman to get me stationed in my home state.


Not only was this preposterous, but his bloody shouting
was torture for my ears!
Denying any knowledge of thi~, I offered to contact my
Congressman to clear this up. Somehow predictably, the
NCO instantly calmed down and said" "If you haven't
done anything, there's nothing for you to worry about."
He kept telling me this, over and over. Since my rank was
next to insignificant at the time, I decided not to en
courage [rouble by following up the situation. I realize
now that] should have started a lot of trouble.
I wondered then, and still do, whether the scene was
staged to scare me because I had been active in speaking
out against the AF UFO investigation prior to myenlist
ment. At about the same time, there were occasions
when my mail was opened before reaching me - ' and,
once, not just at the flap but, indeed, slit neatly down the
side, as if by a razor blade. I still have the envelope, some
where.
But all we can do is wonder about these incidents. It is
too easy, too convenient, to become paranoid and be
lieve terrible things. But we can be certain that, for UFO
researchers, there is usually more involved for us than
Just investigating sightings ... those damned "outside"
uccurrences just happen too often.
'
And why is it, in fact, that so many people engaged in
ufO studies feel "watched" or regarded in some manner
uy the same unknown forces that they regard? Nearly
lour years ago, I became acquainted with a young asso
ciate professor of communications (I'll call him Bill) at a
small junior college in the Northeastern U.S. The man's,
mind seemed exceptionally "together," and his wit and
advice served as a source of enrichment for his students
as well as his community. He also maintained an interest
in UFOs and researched the subject, albeit lightly.
However, there elapsed a few months when I had no
contact with Bill until, late one evening, he phoned. He
sounded frantic but rather elated, explaining that he just
had to see me as soon as possible.
I arranged an afternoon meeting for the next day, and
at 4:00 met with Bill for three hours. Mostly, we dis
cussed things which made little sense to me. Formerly
very articulate and literary, Bill was now reduced to a less
outspoken level. He believed that he was in contact with a
UFO intelligence ... that he had become a higher being
because of it, He felt firmly convinced that he knew, and
was a part of, the answer to the UFO mystery, and that
his role in life was to go out among the masses and can
tact other "special" people who are a part of "them."
Thinking back now, particularly on things Bill told me
about young people and the relation of many of them to
"them," I'm surprised at how much all of that resembled
the sort of thing Brad Steiger writes about in Gods 0/ '
Aquarius (a book about which I have no real opinion, by
the way) ... which hadn't been published when my dis
cussion with Bill was taking place.
Anyway, Bill lost me in the conversation - I simply
couldn't comprehend a good deal of his dialogue. The
meeting ended; he went his way and I mine. I was
astounded at the radical personality change he had
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

undergone, and I was especially shocked to learn he had


simply walked away from his teaching position (the col
lege later dismissed him quietly).
The weeks and months passed with no word from Bill.
Then, late one Saturday evening, as dreary and rainy as
anyone could imagine, he loaded a pistol in the quiet of his
lonely apartment, aimed it to his head, and pull~d the trig
, ger that would produce the inevitable release from all the
incredible thoughts and personal problems that
obviously overwhelmed him. The rest of us remain to
wonder why.
A few months ago, I was invited to discuss UFOs on a
phonein talk show. Naturally, the radio statiol1 didn't tell
me in advance that the program would be shared with a
skeptical astronomer.
We subsequently spent two hours taking phone calls
and discussing our respective areas of interest (at times,
it appeared we were doing two different programs). The
astronomer methodically outlined his reasons for not,
accepting the existence of UFOs while I spent my time
alluding to the possibility that perhaps astronomers don't
exist (after all, fair is fair). The show finished, and the two
of us parted und~r t~e same friendly terms through which
we hac;! met. But, I wonder - did the program accom"
plish anything, or are, the radio audiences looking upon
the constant barrage of reliable and usually notsore
liable UFO stuf~ as merely sophisticated Star Trek style
entertainment?
When I recently confronted a couple of program man
agers at local radio stations about carrying some UFO
programming, their respective responses were "That
\y.puld be a violation of our policies" and - to top every
tning, and in such good taste-"Who gives a s ... if some
farmer in Wisconsin sees a flying saucer?" Maybe UFOs
make gr~at fodder for talk shows, and that's fine. ", but I
hope the idiocy expressed by a few program directors
isn't itself phenomenon as widespread as UFOs, be
cause these are the people who are supposed to cater to
public broadcast desires (aside from making money for
their station,s, of course).
, Getting back to the aforementioned radio program ...
after the astronomer and I left the station, a voice pur
porting to be that of a former U.S. Navy frogman called
in, seeming very honest and forthright, and a little frigh
tened. He claimed he had been part of a Navy team which
recovered a portion Qf a UFO near Guantanamo a few
years ago, and that his superiors had warned the frog
men about ever discussing the incident in public.'
Certainly, the call could have been a prank, burl found
myself terribly impressed with ,the caller's sincerity. I
spoke with the program host the next morning. Himself a
journalist, as baffled about the call as I, he had attempted
to get further information from the caller but was ':lnsuc
cessful. Thus, another frustration for the files.
Which proved no less a disappointment than an ex
perience in 1975, when I was trying to write a 10 year up
, date pIece on the 1965 Northe~t power blackout for a
local newspaper (I had investigated the UFO aspect
somewhat for NICAP), an article which never saw paper.
During an attempt to learn more about the mystery (and

101
it still is), I located a high-ranking power official, who infonned me that he had a contact who might be able to
provide me with some unusual information about the
blackout However, it was understood that the source
mayor may not be willing to contact me.
Of course, the contact was never made. How many
other researchers among us have similar tales of mysteries perched upon mysteries?

PART II
. .But so much for one's personal experiences. Among all
the oddities, all the disappointments, the few achievements - out of all these comes a point of view which is
perhaps unique to Forteans_
And that is that we realized there were no experts long
before the rest who share in this great venture called
humanity did.
We need only look at the disenchantment and emotional upsets beleaguering so many of us today. Being
"civilized" human beings, we long ago started taking ourselves much too seriously, inventing outrageous positions of status, lifestyles and overpopulating in quantity.
Quite by mistake, we assumed the oh-so-conventionally
educated THISologists and THATologists would overcome every obstacle facing society - with no personal
sacrifice, of course.
Unfortunately, that ideal hasn't worked out, for, as
society now appears to be learning with all the speed of a
punch in the face, those things which we know little about
may be far more essential than any of the so-called discoveries to date.
Ivan T. Sanderson once made mention that nearly a
dozen physically visible sense organs are known to exist
on just one segment of a fly's antenna. Yet, we don't
know the purpose of any of them (Pursuit, January,
1970, p. 3). Somehow, that story holds an embarrassment for the structures of our know-all technical society.
Experts? The term implies that the holder of the title
would know everything about his field, yet no matter
what discipline one examines, there always exists a level
whereupon the expert's knowledge peaks. And heaven
help the UFO researchers who consciously delight in billing themselves as UFO experts. I have perpetually despised this term; an expert sharpshooter may hit his
target every time, but a UFO expert doesn't even know
what his target is made of!
As "normal" society continues on its course of mounting uncertainty, painfully finding its cherished truths
crumbling to dust, Forteans become all the more crucial
to their own endeavors, and even more important to an
insecure society because we serve as examples of
strength in the face of the unknown ... of not being afraid
of investigating the unexplained _.. of not respecting the
credentials of supposed experts for the sake of credentials alone.
That Forteans have been correct in doubting the norm
and questioning the conventional can easily be observed, and I refer the reader to a newspaper column of
last February I, written by nationally syndicated columnist Dr. Max Rafferty.

Rafferty - who, incidentally, has championed the


cause for a scientific UFO investigation in the past asks "When is a Paradox?" The columnist boldly
addresses the quality education had depleted to in this
country, preferring to call it miseducation. How, he ponders, can education be assumed effective when we have
an increasing number of technological blunders on our
hands?
For instance: There's the no-show of Comet
Kahoutek, the most spectacular sight (that wasn't) to
light up the sky in years; the infamous 27 minute loss of
TV sound during the first Carter-Ford debate; the crip. piing technological headaches endured by Amtrak, supposedly the train of the now-world; the "Invisible Swine
Flu Epidemic"; and the continuing furor over the "Legionnaire's Disease" encountered in Philadelphia, despite the
best efforts of space-age medicine to reach a final solution.
Dr. Rafferty, whom we suspect is more of a Fortean
than even he realizes, goes on to quote incompetent
workmanship in new cars and our escalating stupidity in
polluting the seas with mammoth oil spills.
"I could go on," he admits, and so he could, and so
could we, but the truth must be clear by now: The less the
chance that anybody knows what they're talking about,
the more the possibility that UFOs and all those other
anomalies exist - simply because if we can't harness,
control and improve upon those things we think we know
about, who are the skeptics to say the subject of the unknown is merely a barrel of rot?
A UPI report out of Cape Canaveral dated April 21,
1977 tells us "America's usually reliable Delta rocket misfired ... sending a satellite into the wrong orbit ... " And to
think that some UFO skeptics have the audacity to suggest that the highly maneuverable UFOs are something
of "ours"!
Then, lest we forget, there's that discovery of five rings
around Uranus, made early in 1977. The paradox here is
that all those scientists seem so thrilled about learning
something new from a planet which has been within their
view all this time .. _yet these same experts probably can't
spare even an iota of curiosity about the possibility that
UFOs (which aren't quite so available as Uranus) do
indeed exist Those science fellows never saw the rings of
Uranus before, and suddenly - zap! Can't they fathom,
then, that UFOs might become "visible" one day, too?'
A rather strange rumor began circulating after Uranus
burst into popularity. Somebody majoring in sick humor
(and that's what this was), perhaps in response to the
controversy over the banishment of saccharin to supposedly safer places, claimed that the rings of Uranus
have been determined to cause cancer in laboratory
mice.
The tragedy is that there are undoubtedly people in our
~onfused society who took the claim seriously, believing
It to be a genuinely legitimate pronouncement ... people
who, after hearing the claim, returned to their routine
activities without the blink of an eye.
Could we blame them?

PURSUIT Fa1l1977

102

HOW TO FLY
A SAUCER
by T. B. Pawlicki
In the autumn of 1974, Professor Eric Laithwaite, Head of the
Department of Electrical Engineering at the Royal College of
ScienCe and Technology in London, England, became a nine-day
wonder when he demonstrated his antigravity engine to a forum
of sc~ntists, engineers and reporters.
. Laltbwaite's design was not unique. At least a half dozen people
known to me have come up with similar engineering, including a
high-school dropout living across the street from me who built a .
working model. The problem of this design is that the precessional phase directed toward lift is followed in the next half-cycle
by the opposite phase of precession directed downward. Laithwaite's answer to this problem was to provide an annular raceway above the gyroscopes, against which the gyro cages would
bear while in the lift phase, thus transmitting lift directly to the
chassis. When the gyros swung into the depressive phase, they
dropped away from the raceway to swing freely. Unfortunately,
the Laithwaite engine did not produce a lift demonstrably exceeding its depression, and the Professor has suffered considerable
emb~rrassment in consequence. In the general disappointment,
no orie paid any attention to the fact that Laithwaite had proven a
loophole in Newton's Third Law of Motion as most people under stand it. The Laithwaite engine clearly generated a thrust in one
direction followed by a reactive thrust in the other direction, insteac;l of action simultaneous with reaction. If action can be separated by reaction by a little time gap, then further engineering will
surely expand that gap to a lot. Laithwaite's failure was successful
in establishing a. breakthrough for a practical antigravity engine.
While Professor Laithwaite was trying to make an antigravity
engine, Richard Foster, a chemical engineer retired in Baton
Rouge,. Louisiana, was building a revolutionary kind of locomotive driven not by the established principles of traction. and
.. reaction, but by gyroscopic inertia. Foster's engine differed from
Laithwaite's mainly in being designed to roll along the ground on
wheels instead of directed to flight, although Foster intends to
build a flying model once he is satisfied with the locomotive operation. Foster's solution for rectifying the precessional acceleration
of the gyroscopes is to introduce a slip-and-grab clutch between
the miro mounts and the revolving arms. When the gyros are precessing in the desired direction, the clutch grabs the gyro cage
.and transmits the precession to the chassis. When the preces sion reverses itself, the clutch releases, allowing the gyro cage to
assume any orientation without any resistance. Foster claims to
have attained a ground speed of four miles per hour, witnessed,
before his engine flew apart from centrifugal tension. I have examined Foster's patent disclosures, and I dare say his locomotive
, failed not from centrifugal tension, but from structural weakness
in the bearing mounts which were never built strong enough to
. contain the violent thrusts which his engine generated. More
work is required on this design, and more work is justified.
.When you study the illustration for a while, it will occur to you
that the two horizontal rods can be replaced by a flat disc, and a
number of gyroscopes can be mounted around the circumference. This is obviously a very prototype of a Flying Saucer.

When spinning'~opes are' made to r~lve


in a cirde at the ends of arms, as shown here, they
are forced .. to.~hange the direction of their.~in
twice for eVery .revolution. Their resistance to
.
changing direction js .. manifesfas a'Pr~ssional .
force. In this engineeJ:"ing design, the precessiOnal' . :
force is expressed as a risi.ng and Ii Ioweri!19 of the
swinging arms. .
. .
Profes.sor Eric Laithwaite's design caQed 'for a
cir~ular runway (shown in sections marked "A") '.
mounted' on.. the .chasSis . irr1mediateiy .above the .
pl.ane of gyroscopic revolution. When the. gyros
rise, they bear againstthe runway and transmit tift .
10 I'he entire contraption, lifting it t)y its .boOt- .
straps. 'as it were. When the gyros drop, they drop
freely,
.'
.
Richard Foster's de~ign 'introduced a s1jp-a!1dgrab clutch between the 'swinging arms a~ their
attachment to the. gyro cages at point "B." The
clutch holds the cage firmly during one half-cycle,.
and releases it to spin fr:eely in any orientationduring the other. half-cycle. '. ..' .
, '.
A third answer to the pro~lem 'of rectifYing. pre- .'."
cessional thrust is to' mount the entire systEml on .
yet another turning wheel so that. the thrust of the
precession is maintained in one direction while 'the'
rest of the engine revoives around the Point of
ma"imum precession. ~~use .. thiS design generates the. vectors of a vortex, with thrust gen..
erated thro~gh .the center:' thUi' .engme ~n be ....
properly cal.le~ 'a ~'vortex drive.. ~: .
.'

By reptaci~g the swinging ~~:with a &~. disc.


and mounting a' serie~ of gyroscopes .around the . . .
prototype' Flying Saucer 'begins to' take
rim,
shape.
.

A Model
Flying Saucer woulc:l ~. a ....
~pace in the 'center of the main rotor.disc to accommodc1te a flight deck abpve the engine room. The
gyroscopes Would be. replaced with doughnut- '.
shaped subatomic' particle acc~leral9rs called .
"betatrons," The betatrons would have to be'
mounted 'ir:t gimbal!5 geared to atti~ude cont~1s in' ..
order that flight could'be directed. The gimbals and
'attitude controls are omitted from this sketch for
clarity. In orderto generate a thrust through'~he :
center of the doughnut, the niagnets coritroUing
the electron racewClY must revolve. around the tube
of the torus so' that a proPer vOrtex is created in trui
fluid. The ma9l"!etic control is. also omitted' for
. clarity. ' .
.' . .. . .... :
........
.
. AlthouSh' some eye-wit~' report that ..~he
flight deck ot" a Flying Sauc~r is comfortablY sPa~
cious, there ~ no r~ason Jor .the 'cabin to be any
larger than an.Apollo capsule. Very likely most of
the room would be occupied with charti and navi- .'
gation facilities as the' most impOrtant problem in :..
UFO navigation would 'probably be knOWing the
precise loc!)tion. of the craft ...

lOr'

PURSUIT Fall 1977


'.;

,"

103

t
/

I
I

----~.

-r-+-- ---+-.)

A--,.~,~ _ _
I __ ~_-- _~
~
.. r;y:r - - ~ ~;;..;:'RM9,\ ,B
:f
1'8 .

'.. l. - f - _ - '_ _-t

--r-f

__- ,

.~'_

~ \

j===~

MINGE PIN

I
I

~
-~

-.,

"..,.. -r-'--

'

'

~'

I'.

MAIN SPlNDL:

PURSUIT Fall 1977

---

104

Even when an efficient precessional rectifier is successfully engineered, the problem of bl!i1ding a real Fly1119 Saucer propelled by this engine is, as both Laithwaite
and Foster have found already, that mechanical gyroscopes tend to explode from centrifugal tension at just
about the velocity'needed to lift a reasonable payload_ In
outer space, where gravitational hold is low, mechanical
gyroscopes could be used to generate a small but constant acceleration that would build up to practical interplanetary velocities over runs of several weeks, but using
d solid flywheel to lift a Saucer off the ground is about as
frustrating as trying to tack into a hurricane with a raft. A
practical antigravity engine requires a'f1uid flywheel contained in an annular raceway. The walls of the raceway,
because they are not turning, do not contribute to the
generation of the very same centrifugal tension which will
ultnnately destroy the engine.
As it happened, the very accelerator we need fOl: a Flying Saucer was developed by the University of California
during Hitler's War. Called a betatron, it is a magnetic
raceway about a foot in diameter in the shape of a doughnut that accelerates electrons to billions of electron volts.
Electrons are not only as fluid as supercooled helium, but
they also have no mass at rest, so they add nothing to the
dead weight of the antigravity engine which must be lifted
before the payload is added_ Furthermore, because the
strength of the raceway is determined by magnetic
energy instead of resistant material, the weight of the
containing walls need no longer be increased exponentially beyond the point of diminishing returns as fluid velocity is multiplied. But even though electrons possess
negligible weight at rest, they can generate almost unlimited precessional aC'celeration when driven to relativistic velocities. If a number of betatrons replaced the
mechanical gyroscopes around the rim of a revolving
disc, we should have a veritable Model"T" Flying Saucer_
The operating characteristics of the betatron is well
known to anyone who reads Scientific American. Because electrons are massless, they c.an be started and
stopped with the flick of a switch_ This would afford a FlyIng Saucer considerably more maneuverability than a
supertanker of comparable momentum. High velocity
electrons ionize the atmosphere_ This would short out all
unshielded electric wiring in the vicinity. The ionized air
'surrounding the betatron produces a neon-like glow_ The'
ring of betatrons around the rim, therefore, could be seen
through the cowling as a ring of lights which begin to revolve just before the Saucer lifts off. The electromagnetic field generated by high velocity electrons is the basis
of the popular UFO detectors_ In flight, the ionized air
surrounding a Saucer glows conspicuously at night_
t-: ranco-American' research, report~d in Science et
Avenir in 1972, directed ionized air over an airfoil at
supersonic speed without creating a sonic boom. Four
years later, a national tabloid published a photograph of a
model of the result of this engineering. Shaped more like
d curling stone than a saucer, the oblate spheroid was reportedly test-flown to Mach III with no sonic boom, glow. Illg just like a proper Saucer should. An engineering design that conforms so closely to all the eye-witness repurts of t-:iying Saucers cannor be far' wrong.
High velocity electrons emit synchrotron radiation. At
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

microwave frequencies, this radiation selectively heats


any material containing water. This would explain why
rocks containing water of crystallization are blasted at
UFO landing sites, and why vegetation is scorched with
no other sign of fire. Hapless animals nearby would. be
cooked from the inside out by this radiation. Every
housewife with a microwave oven understands this "mystery," even if the most learned scientists are completely
baffled. The crew of the Saucer would be cooked from
the inside out, too, if they were not sl:lielded from this
radiation. A well-published photograph of a.' UFOnaut,
taken by a sheriff on a county road at night, shows him (or
her or it) wearing a flight-suit of metalized plastic_
Polished metal is a perfect reflector of microwaves_ Because sealed flight-suits are uncomfortable, and because
the vortex drive is inefficient in a strong gravitational field,
we may suspect that many Saucers are small scouting
craft from a large mother ship moored in Earth orbit_ This
is in keeping with what many eye-witnesses report_
Considering the timing of the invention of the betatron, the physics involved, and the complete disappearance of all mention of the revolutionary betatron almost
immediately after its initial spectacular successes, we
may speculate that development of Flying Saucers is a
still-secret Wedgwood Project spun-off from the Manhattan Project. The real Space Program may have been
conducted in top secrecy since the end of the Second
World War while Cape Canaveral was staged as nothing
more than a super-colossal theatre immediately after the
launching of Sputnik to show the American taxpayer that
we are unbeatable. Of all military act.ivity, and the Space
Program is a military activity, only theatre is broadcast
live; all other research is conduc~ed in top secret, not only
to keep the enemy from finding out but also because no
one wants to broadcast their developmental failures to
the whole world. This is the way the Russians do it. So
how come the Americans broadcast each manned flight
as if it were as certain to keep on schedule as a pa!;!sage on
Pan-American Airlines? Such egregious self-confidence
suggests that there has been a lot of rehearsing before the
curtain went up. For ten years, Am.ericans have explored the most dangerous and unknown territory in existence, without losing a single astronaut; the Americans
get themselves killed only during ground training_ In contrast, the Ruskies are losing men in space like a safari
decimated on an uncharted trek through head-hunter
country. It makes you wonder ifthe Americans had a sagwagon up there to make sure Apollo 13 got back safely_
Until a Flying Saucer is actually dismantled in public
there IS no way we can be sure that this article describes
the way UFOs are really constructed; but the correspondence between the known engineering characteristics of
thiS design and the eye-witness reports is so close that
this article should suffice to prove that any authority who
proclaims there is no conceivable explanation for the Flying Saucers is an out-and-out liar. Not only are these principles known to every physics undergraduate, but the
parts to build a Flying Saucer have been available from
the Sears catalogue since the Second World War. The
F rancoAmerican ion-drive space craft is evidence that at
least two national governments are quilding UFOs right
(Continued on page 132)

3iifi?

UFOLOGY: THIRTY.YEARS
IN THREE DAYS
by Michael Hartnett
It was on June 24th, 1947 that Kenneth Arnold spotted
nine UFOs flying near Mount Rainier in Washington. This
event was to become the first UFO case to come to the
attention of the American public and the world. Now,
exactly thirty years later, Kenneth Arnold would once
again outline the details of his sighting, this time for a
gathering of professional researchers and others like
them who, drawn together by their. mutual interest in the
nature of unidentified flying objects, have created the
field of Ufology. In keeping with one of the effects alleg
edly encountered by UFO witnesses - that of time dis
tortion - the author of this article attempts, like the
Congress he attended, to condense the past 30 years of
Ufo logy into a 3day time span.

****

For three days (June 24-26) Chicago hosted the Inter


national UFO Congress, sponsored by Fate magazine, to
celebrate the 30th Anniversary of modern day Ufology.
The Congress was quite a success, giving to each on all
levels ..1t began Friday, June 24th, with a Press Conference at 11:00 a.m. Curtis Fuller, Kenneth Arnold, Jacques Vallee, Allen Hynek, Betty Hill and Leo Sprinkle
answered questions from the press.

. FRIDAY
"Future man, come here to look at us from another
star system," is how Betty Hill viewed the abductors who
took her and her husband aboard a UFO in the 60s. She

fielded some rather leading questions from the big TV


news media like an old pro, recounting the salient
features of her capture. Hynek remarked that the UFOs
frequently appear in highly localized, isolated and unpopulated areas. Arnold reviewed some of the distortions which the press had made of his encounter. Vallee
mentioned the seriousness with which Europeans take
the phenomenon, especially since the 1973 wave which
included the November 29 event in Torino, Italy which
outraged the Continent (eventually the French minister
of Defense spoke openly about UFOs, bringing to the
field a more widespread acceptance). Fuller outlined the
two basic approaches to UFOs: whether they are some
kind of mental phenomenon as opposed to a more
physical one. Sprinkle spoke on hypnotic regression: he
was called upon to confirm its validity as an investigative
tool. At one point "the guys from the control room" cornered Hynek and asked him directly: "Do you believe
Betty Hill's story?" Hynek's head went down, questioning what they meant by 'believe,' probably well aware of
the attempt to divide researchers by their differences
rather than to perceive that all these people had been exposed to something very convincing. Hynek responded:
"I don't doubt Betty's integrity and that she believes
something happened to her." Finally, there were questions about notifying the President, the government and
the United Nations of the proceedings of the UFO Congress: Fuller responded that the proceedings would be
made available and sent to them. .
PURSUIT Fa111977

~I. . . . . . . ._ . -

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
I
.....................

PURSUIT Fa1l1977

~,

:'.

'.

..
~

"
f

. ' ; '

I,. ~'.

..'

106

That same afternoon the conferenc'e opened with


Curtis Fuller calling for a new and cooperative effort
among UFO researchers. Ihtroducing Coral' and Jim
Lorenzen, Mary Fuller recounteci her early experiences
with them. Jim Lorenzen reviewed some cases of physical evidence. He mentioned magnetic monitors '(UFO
detectors), angel hair and th!i! Brazilian magnesium fragment recovered after a UFO exploded over a lake. Coral
continued with the trace event of August 20, 1953 in West
Haven, Connecticut, during which people heard a blast.
Afterward, pitted holes were discovered" in a 'galvanized
steel sign. Fragments removed from the holes were foun~
by a Milwaukee lab to be made of copper.
Dr. James Harder opened; with a perspective on indivi
dual witness accounts juxtaposed to the. large bank Of
data. People tend to be more convinced by concrete
information of a local sort than by large, abstract definitions. A slide of the Brazili~n fragment revealed a pecLiliar combination of magnesiMm ana other elements not
man-made. An X-ray examination of the Betz sphere
(which fell from the sky over Florida") indiCates that the
center of the sphere may cQntain some atomic' or transneptunian elements. Then to Sweden: in 1956 a soldier
there encountered a UFO 15 meters across which, Upo,i1
departing, left a blue tungsten carbide and cobalt fragment. Then a New Mexico photo by a witness who
caught a UFO taking off. He had spotted what appeared
to be a butane tank sitting' near some rocks: when he
took a picture of it the thing' vanished. The photo shows
a shaft of light (or gas) ascending diagonally.in frontofthe
rock face. The estimated speed of the object was 200
miles per second. Earlier H~rder had spoken about witnesses and how the phenomenon seems to' choose
psychic types, as it is these people who consistently have
more exposure and contact;With the phenomenon; whatever motivates the UFOs ,appears to choose the believers over the scientists. 8arder closed with a slide of
Astronaut McDivitt's reco~ded UFO from Gemini IV
which clearly shows a disc-like object with a vapor trail.
Frank Salisbury continued the afternoon sessions by
reviewing some familiar ma.terial on how witnesses can
mistake natural objects for:UFOs. During his investigation of the Snowflake, Arizo~a case (November 1975), he
found that what at first appeared to be corroborating evidence proved, upon closer E;!xamination'of the testimony
of witnesses, to be nothing more than the planet Venus.
He recalled the famous Mantell sighting and some of the
purported answers that th~ object was a skyhook balloon. Explaining away UFOs as natural phenomena is a
trap. Salisbury revieweci the Klaus-Walton (debunker/witness) controversy. asserting that it cannot be
proved UFOs are not extraterrestrial machines. Proving
that UFOs exist is a legalistic'versus scientific matter:
science as we know it m~y be .powerless to provide
answers.
:
.
Dr. Berthold Schwarz gave a dazzling glimpse into the
paraphysical aspects of UFOs and related phenomena by
reviewing the inexplicable event surrounding the lives of
such well investigated people as Stella Lansing and her
recurring clockface patterns which appear on fiim (very
reminiscent of the psychic :photography of Ted Serios).
He mentioned also Joseph Dunninger, telepathist and

.'

~.'

.'

~.'

',,

." .1. ,'~ :

.'

.~

'.

.....

.!.

I,.

.;

':.

o["'.

magician; and he called for aclasedOok at the"c<msciQ'uS'


and unconscious resistance of people to' 'PSI>Schwarz
has had' first hand :'evid~nce of 'st~an~ eve~1s with' recording tape ,....- parimoi-rnal voices projeCted from
silence. AItc:>gether,.Dr. SchW~ri presented a.refreshing
and up to the minute review' which~should!.leacHola
~eeper interest ~s w~U a~'~'1 ,e.xPa~c;i~d:ba~~f uriC;ler:
standing.
, . . .. ' .
'. '." .: " ' ';_,' .,
David Jacobs detailed ~me facts concerning fringe interest in the UFO field,~xplaininghpWgr9upsoftenform
around the cult of the pE!"rsol1ality (as with Adamski and
other contactees). This writer defined fpr. Brad Steiger
how he saw the BpanaPeep,episOde,as a modernized
version of the Jesus:freak m9vement;.peopletendto become too fana.tical and att~ched to on~. idea, thus'creating a mass psy~hic projection which,iS'seemingIy;directed
by higher intelligences.' Steiger concurred. that more of
this kind of thing. is bo~.nd,to occur.' -" ... ~;~'. ..'
Ted Bloecher, whose;.specialty is humanoid. c~s,
gave. a well rounded revi~w..of. these for 1976.. Closeenco~ry~ers ar!i!. an l,mmi~tak?lb!~":part of the wh~le:p.hen
omenon,. and bein~ lesitimate, they. requir~ the::same
attention a~ <;>ther sigh"tings..They produce a.high potential data',yield, QY pr0V:iding more' infQrmation th~n.'the flybys becaul?e t~ey occur,.near .the 'participant, thus.reducing the chances for, miSidentificatiOn to a minimum. his
organization 'of .th~ .clata. 'aloecher ~reaks humanoid
cases into 7.typE;!s:: .. ,'. '. :. .....':,:
' . ..... ': ..
'".

In

','

. '

A. Entity within o~ject ~(oc~up6iit)' '.


B. Entity ge~ting in~ pr"<mt of object,' .,
.'
(explicit ~sociation) "
..
,.f""'....
C. Entity in area'of object (imp'licit ass9ciation) .-~
D. Reports of UFps 'near' entity e~cpunter ' ..
(Bigfoot),
" :'.,: i' "
."
"." .
E. No record of-UFO but entity is seen .
F. No entity but messages are .received
(voices, remote' objects)," \
!'
G. Onboar~ experiences (abductions)
.J'

i;

>

Altogether, Bloecher had'71:c~es'for 19.76.- the most


yet for a single year'. The peak months were January with
13 sightings and February with 11. Humanoid activity was
especially intense in the Northeast II')'februarY~ He estimates that one case\)ut of 'ten is reported:- '
'.'
Bloecher described various (and varied) hUlT).anoidS: a
smallish figure with huge head, greenish skin, large eyes
with.a round, spiraling'effect where the. pupIlS should. be;
another humanoid (seen' during:th!i! NJ wihter)",wearing
normal cold weather "clothing,':'waIking stIffly, picking
things off the ground; still a.r:tother:"~ a: silvery figure 4.feet
tall, small and delic~te.1ike ~ -12. y~~r. oid :ferilale,'~the'wi~~
ness to this one was, held.' as if.bY: some. for(;:e.uhtil the
humanoid walkedoff-inte. th~ \#OOds) ....... , ' '.y' '. ,
The data for 1976 co'rresponds to the.generaJ'trEmd of
peak activity between the'hours of-IO and.12 p.m., with a
secondary peak occurring ~tween'2 and ~~. a.m ..--: tb:us
the phenomenon. appears.. to 'be essentially .a noctl,lm.~
one. In most cases the. humanoid height~..were 5-6 f~t:
There were 19. type~G' cases, outn!Jrilbering ~ny. oth~j
type. One of the 19.c~s entailed merpor:y los~ .. w,i)i1!! ~ gf
the cases invol\,i~q, 10 year,old boys.,BIQ~c;he~l11~.n~ion~,d

'.

,.

.,',

.....
" ",'
I . ..

','

107

,.

the "bedroom imiaders'," beings. who appear to people at


night, as well asthe mass' displacement of automobiles,
I~vitation, whole vehicle abductions and time distortions
as in the recent (April 1977) 'case from Chile in which a
soldier 'experiencea a 5-day beard: growth within an
actual time span of'bnly 15 minutes. Bl6echer's dissertation was both well organized and thorough, thereby imparting a better understanding of his' research .
. . Friday evening brought Kenneth Arnold carefully retellirag' the story (th~t starte"d ~t all)' ot" the 9 crescentshaped objects flying in fot:niatiori 'near Mt. Rainier. He
notedthe subsequent reactions of his friends, the press
and the public. He became known 'as a personresponsive'to unexplained happenings.: Befor~ long all sorts of
people were reporting strange things to him: people disappearing in one place ~nd t:eappearing in anpther, 9-inch
tall hu~i:moids, flying' creatl,lres (on.e with wings that
didn't flap and which .hovered. above a schoolteacher and
40 children). In another' instance Arnold was. flying his
plane when he observe9 two UFOs. As they flew below
him, he could se~' pine trees through one of them. This
btought him around to the thought that UFOs are alive
~nd can cha~ge ~d~ntity.. .. . . . .
.

'SATURDAY
Saturd~y morning. founei the CongreSs listening to
David Jacobs outline the early 'government involvement
'wlth UFOs in the' 1950s, follqwed by~tari~on-Friedman's
-discu~s.loflof UFO pr:bpuls:io'n. Cbnsidering the vastness
,and a~~'df thei.iniv~rse, we should expect there to be
bther fecnn'916gies'more adv~nced than our own simply
becaulii:dhe!,J"have been'at it 19n~r than we have. Earth is
young compared to tlie surrounding universe. We can
easily imagine huge starships en1:itting their Earth-excursion scout. modules: Friedman justified the tremendous
speeds and amazing 90 turns of toe scouts by explaining
.that,' contrary to the notion that man cannot travel at high
-speeds,.Eixperlmentsha.ve been c0I1du'cted in which man
'hasendured\.ieloCitiesof 600'rriiles per secoiJd. He spoke
"of propulsion'systems that react with the surrounding en,vironment by citingilrl!eleCtromasnetically propelled subrna'rine (de(.ieI6pedinSanta Barbara) which reacted with
water and air, A magneto-aerodynamic system used in a
Japanese 'wing experiment changed the lift/drag ratio,
raising the magnetic shield to 4000 gauss. Lasers used to
fo<;us ionized air caused the'air to glow. Friedman said he
'believes Betty Hill's story (Hynek wouldn't go that far).
: He also discussed space warps as an explanation for why
-UFOs appear to vanish. '.
.
.
The Congress continued with a debate over the
humanoids. Curtis F ullel" remained skeptical of occupant sightings. He argued that these entities are not immu'ne to earthly. viruses. The E.L theory asks us to believe that within wnafwould amount to only a "fraction of
.cl second" of cosmic time, another race like our own has .
contacted us,. while for" hundt:eds of millions ~t. years our
.planet has existed with only simple life forms. ~elatively,
the presence of more complicated life .forms has been
very brjef, Considering the diff~rence between life forms
here (~ot to mention the'different star-element composition~ of other galaxies), it is highly unl!kel~ !iimilar human-

oids have developed elsewhere and traveled to Earth,


Fuller continued by delineating the human immunity systern, thereby playing down the idea that aliens could sur vive our microbes (unless they were bugeyed monsters
'.themselves!)'. DefiniI:1g the echelons of parasitical organ ization, Fuller quipped: "Big fleas have little fleas on their
back to bite 'em; little fleas have other fleas ad infinitum."
,. Frank Salisbury countered Fuller's address with some
.suggestions on survival and function. The general feature of the humanoid form may be a model developed
consiste'ntly throughout various parts of the universe.
According to a Neo-Darwinian theory, new features survive due to overpopulation. Variety and differentiation
come from genetic recombination and mutation. In
'recent years science has provided us with fantastic in'sights into ihe nature of life. Yet the.general public is not
willling to make the effort to understand. Presenting us
with a review of"possibilities, Salisbury outlined the molecular structure of enzymes. The chemistry of cells is regulated by enzymes. Protein molecules make up the en
zymes. Substrate molecules combines with enzymes like
. a lock and key system, fitting into each other. Within the
complexity of the enzyme, 23 chromosomes may contain thousands of genes. Salisbury suggested a careful
approach in considering just what nature can and cannot
do. He concluded that it is inconceivable from the view
point of Establishment Science that humanoids similar to
us exist (once again presenting the argument for sensible
thinking people who are less concerned about credentials and position and who are willing to develop the
objective research necessary for more breakthroughs).
T ed Bloech~r commented briefly upon the concept
that the humanoids may be an anthropomorphic representation of how we would like the entities to appear.
He questioned whether the phenomenon is stimulated by
externals or, internally, by the human consciousness.
Coral Lorenzen stated, from her long association in
the field, that "people are seeing them." Jim Lorenzen,
coyly introducing himself as "an obscure philosopher

.:;.,
"Jy.."r':
',.;1.,

,,',

..!"

PURSUIT Fall 1977

"""I""I""~"-

~"""""""".I"'I~""""
108,

known mainly for m"y obscurity," responded strongly by


commenting that "theorizing avoids, solution." He
brought up the hurrianoid description of t,he August, 1975
Sergeant Moody case - "occupants 100 pounds, under
5 feet tall, large domed head~, no hair, 5 fingers, no nails,
wearing overalls, slender, chest slight, mouths just a slit,
nose and ears small, eyes very large, interior of vehicle
dimly lit and very warm"; with such graphic descriptions
fitling the humanoids in case after unrelated case, perhaps we should take care to notice their microbes.
David Stupple reviewed the early contactees:
Adamski, tutored by a iooo year old Venusian who described the universe as being arranged into classrooms
like one big machine, Easily dated by this machinistic
approach, the phenomenon became more important for
the sociological impact and the effect that it had upon the
people who believed, thus isolating them against the
vicious and unhelping society of the fear-infested,Fifties.
Ted Bloecher, explaining the range of possibilities for
humanoid sources and perceptual-dimensional qualities,
made reference to the Pursuit ,,(Vol. , 10, No.2) article,
,"Little Green Men and the Law of Dynamical Similarity,"
by W, H. Whamond.
Saturday afternoon, Curt Fuller introduced Ray
Palmer as the foremost proponent for the earthly origin
of UFOs and supporter of the Hollow Earth theory.
Palmer commissioned the first writings of Kenneth
Arnold. After intriguingly calling Fuller "clever, devious
and sly," Palmer described how he wrote Science Fiction
in 1<)26 and was the editor of Amazing Stories. His first
psychic experience thrilled him, causing him. to write
Cowboy Sci-Ii. In 1943, Richard Shaver came to Palmer
with an ancient manuscript. Shaver, who said he'd been
in the cave for' 8 years, delineated the story of an advanced race living within the Earth, remnants of a supercivilization which left the Earth in the dim past. Along with
the manuscript was an alphabet which, when used as
directed, could translate a word from any other language
into English - whether or not ,the user knew the foreign
tongue, Supposedly English is a derivative of all languages, The Shaver alphabet was a common denominator. Palmer claims he tested this and had positive
proof of its validity. Shaver spoke also of the Deros and
Teros, [he two kinds of beings who live underneath the
surface of the ,Earth. "~ROS," Palmer said, "stands for
Hobot." Oeros stands for the destructive robot and
'J eros for the creative, helpful ones. They have the ability
to plant good and bad intentions in the minds of humans
and often do so, thus manipulating the human race in an
endless war, Palmer" while visiting with Shaver, saw him
111 a trance in, his bedroom and heard 5 distinctly different
voices speaking to Shaver, When Palmer queried his host
'about the voices, Shaver invited his guest to spend the
,nigt.t in the room, Palmer was once again confronted with
the voices, This incident support~d Palmer's feelings that
UfOs and related phenomena are generated from the
astral plane, and that Shaver's Hollow Earth was actually
within an alternate dimension.
Re,titling his talk "The Stymie Factor," Palmer shared
[he sense of frustration faced by serious researchers
when they seek hard evidence. He mentioned the Maury
Island, Tacoma Harbor crash of a UFO, from which fragPURSUIT Fall 1977

ments were sent to a Wisconsin lab. The 'lab report in'd,icated 'they were mostly slag, except for some -traces of
calcium. "Coincidentally," Palmer noted, "calciuJ:ri: is
used as insulation for atomic energy_" He remem~ered
the suggestion put forth that people who made contact
with UFOs were 'subconsciously rehashing Sci-fi. HIi!
wondered what kinds of intelligence could live dispersed
in the amorphous world of subatomic matter.,He meritioned the interest Winston Churchill had in UFOs, General MacArthur's warning, and Admiral Byrd's disc9very
of an entrance to Hollow Earth at the North Pole'. Palmer
called for an expansion and organization of the current
melding process between Ufology and par\\psychology.,
Presenting the UFO as a control phenorrienQn~
Jacques Vallee examined the evidence which indicates
that UFO waves are a worldwide phenomenon. Since
there are reports from everywhere, he wondered why
scientists aren't studying the phenomenon. He showed
an example of a skyhook balloon (blatantly not the objE:ct
described by Mantell and the other control ~ower witnesses), photos of UFOs taken by astronomers, computer technical analysis of UFO data, and experiments
made toward the development of nuclear/electromagnetic propulsion. He also discussed the November' 29,
1973 Torino, Italy multiple-witness event.
An unscheduled speaker, Ray Stanford, showed up to
elaborate on the latest instrumentation used by Project
Starlight International (P.S.I.). He announced the formation cif Operation Argus, a highly sophisticated computer-centered UFO tracking system. Using'radar'and
other tracking techniques, the Argus computer will calc
culate, display and remember all UFO tracking' angles,
distances (accurate to within a few yards), speeds and
radii of UFO visibility from the ground; then will display
the location of the UFO above the exact terrain or landscape (shown on eight-color TV) over which it is paSsing,
hovering or landing. The computer will also call up (on
several telephone lines) all volunteers within the radius 9f
visibility of the UFO, print out and display the names and
phone numbers of all potential witnesses it telephones
and do several,other important research tasks simultaneously. Much of the UFO monitoring and recording
equipment is portable so that it can be transported to
locations of reported concentrations of UFO sightings
(via the project's 4 wheel drive mobile laboratoiy, van)_
When other properly equipped labs for UFO research
are put into operation elsewhere in the world,'P.S.L
would be willing to UFO-event-share on a rec'ipr02al
basis, in real time via computer-opened telephone lines
(potentially even,to overseas locations) over which monitored UFO data could be transmitted by specialized
format. The staff of P.S.1. feels that such sharing' of UF.O
data with the friendly governments of countries Jik~
Mexico and those in South America, where UFO events
seem particularly numerous, could prove to be of almo~t
immediate value to all participating labs. Stanford,~tated
that Starlight has had 8 sightings, 5 of which are' photo
cases. Stanford himself has had 2 close sightings. (While
speaking with Stanford, this writer learned that'during a
visit to Starlight by UriGeller, Stanford and his wife were
teleported 37 miles in their car. His wife suffered some
weight loss, a common occurrence in such cases_ She

109

laughed, responding with: "And I still haven't gained it


back either!")
Saturday afternoon Jerome Clark gave us some data
on the MIB (Men in Black). A pilot, Carlos de la Santes,
flying over Mexico City on May 3, 1975 saw 3 gray objects
coming at him on a collision course, and diverted the
course of his plane in order to avoid a crash. Two weeks
later, while driving on a freeway, 2 cars (large black limo
sines) trapped him and forced him off the road. A large
man (gangster type) "with pale skin and an unrecogniz
able accent spoke in a monotone with him, intimidating
him about his sighting. A month later, and the day after
discussing the sighting with Dr. Allen Hynek, Santes had
another visit from the MIB - once again terrorizing him
about the event.
Clark mentioned a case from 1948 in which two men
found a fragment that fell from an elongated UFO. Subsequently, a man appeared (before any reportings of the
sighting) and bought the piece. During the 1909 British
UFO (airships) wave, "mysterious foreigners" appeared
throughout the countryside to threaten members of a
family who had picked up any evidence. March 30, 1905:
during a religious revival in Wales, more airborne objects
were seen, while the MIB paid nocturnal visits to various
bedrooms. Malcolm X recounts in his autobiography the
appearance of MIB while he was incarcerated. September 12, 1975; Rockford, Illinois: a person was abducted
aboard a UFO and communicated with a human-like
being. The witness acquired a srhall plastic-type device
from the craft. Shortly afterward a MIB appeared on t~
scene and took the device. Jerry Clark sought an ex-"
planation for the MIB by suggesting they are a part of the
phenomenon that regulates what we know about it. Man
is not ready to know the deepest secrets of the universe;
and when we go too far we encounter the MIB stealing
our clues and evidence. This correlates with the ancient
Buddhist indications for the Guardians of the Shadows
- beings who scare men away from Forbidden Knowledge. Completing his discussion of the MIB with reference to the paranormal, Clark stated that an archetype can, under certain circumstances, assume a
shadowy reality.
Between sessions, Arthur Gatti (editor of Cosmic
Frontiers) and this writer caught Ken Arnold showing
films of subsequent sightings he had while flying nearMt.
Rainier. Later Gatti expressed the difficulties confronting
artists attempting to visualize UFOs for the general public. He explained how everyone has their own ideal UFO
image, each of which is different. There is little consistency to what people imagine.
Saturday evening, the conference banquet found Dr.
Hynek reiterating his position that "the UFO phenomenon is the existence of UFO reports." The crux of
the problem is whether or not the events take place as the
witnesses say they do. He outlined the two cc:npeting
models developed by researchers: ETI (extraterrestrial
intelligence) and EDI (extradim(msional intelligence); or
in other words, the physical versus the psychic. There
appears to be significant data to support both. The ETI
hypothesis relies on photographs of daylight discs, physical trace cases, and radar tracking evidence. The EDI
theory includes reported materializations (and demater-

ializations), poltergeist phenomena, photos of "things"


not visually apparent (Stella Lansing, Ted Serios), UFO
shape alterations, precognition on the part of witnesses
(those who felt "compelled to go to the window" to see a
UFO), telepathic communications, levitation (a part of
Indian mystical tradition), instantaneous transference or
teleportation, and the development of PSI in witnesses
(and often a change for the better in their lifestyles). Also
supporting this hypothesis is the often reported Sensation that "everything became real still." Hynek commented that one of the strangest things about UFOs is
that they are isolated in time and space. He cautioned researchers to be prepared for the December release of a
Columbia E.M.1. presentation, CE-lII (Close Encounters
oj the Third Kind), which should bring an increase in
UrO reports. There can be a merging of the two models
into what he termed the "M and M" (mental and material) hypothesis. (With or without nuts, we wonder.)

SUNDAY
Sunday morning greeted us bright and early with a
slide presentation by Dennis Hauck. Reviewing ancient
astronaut evidence from around the world, he pointed to
the references in ancient manuscripts and the Bible concerning contact with higher intelligences, Martian (?)
gods depicted in cave drawings in the Sahara Desert,
mention in India"n literature of the "vehicles of the gods,"
the Nuremburg 1561 AD. print which clearly shows columns and spheres floating above the city, and another
from Switzerland from 1566 A.D. depicting 50-60 hovering spheroids. Hauck showed evidence from an area in
Japan where people still etch a large pattern in the sand,
perhaps a signal in remembrance of a long-ago contact?
F rom investigator Masaru Mori comes illustrations revealing an old Japanese sighting with details of the object
and reports of a woman dressed strangely carrying a box.
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

110

Hauck emphasized that if we are to seek further proof of


ancient astronauts we should continue our investigations into the Mayan civilization. He showed slides of a
Mayan bracelet-calculator, the statues of Tula, and the
tomb of the chieftain at Palenque. Among the discoveries were peculiarly shaped skulls. On one, the cranium
extended ten to fifteen inches above the head. Holes in
the skulls indicate br~in operations to relieve pressure
from tumors. Hauck commented that the Russians are
presently trying to crack the Mayan language, only onethird of which is decipherable. More slides were shown of
the Gate of the Sun and the Nazca lines; with no wheels
or roads, these ingenious people constructed immense
megalithic structures. Capable of an intricate knowledge
of mathematics, they were the first to,use zero, measuring time in lengths of 23 billion days, recording history
backwards four million years, noting the Ice Age apd
other catastrophic events.
Hauck discussed other enigmas: the mysterious tektite shower which reversed the earth's magnetic polarity;
the Piri Re'is map; and Machu Pichu.
Dr. Leo Sprinkle, in' referring to the psychological
aspeCts of UFOs, 'mentioned author Laurence Le
Shann's realization that the importance of a paranormal
event lies with the time, not the location; it is also easier to
know the meaning as opposed to the source of any communication received (as in the case of telepathic messages). Sprinkle also discussed the bedroom invaders,
emphasizing the relevance of the dream element-as in
the case of a woman who dreamed of having a baby without a father. Messages from Ashtar in the White Star
(May 11, 1977) state there are many space/time levels;
the mission of the ETI is to raise the intelligence of
,humanity, taking no action without divine authority. The
Bo and Peep incident further asserts that UFOs are a
reality. They constitute a renaissance for the planet.
There are predictions of UFOs landing in Oklahoma City
before December 1977, taking 70 people aboard, upsetting the whole planet. Sprinkle criticized the religious
fringe or cultist attitudes of some people, explaining that
these are not good for the planet. The meaning of the
messages has a distinct pattern. The ETI are here to instrucl mankind, to assist man into the New Age. The
aliens are benevolent space brothers, here to teach mankind and elevate us into the Intergalactic Confederation.
The timetable for landing is not based on time but instead on the advancement and readiness of man.'
Sprinkle pointed out how the techniques of expanded
awareness, developed through meditation, cause an increase in PSI ability, thus allowing us to create for ourselves a world of good and evil and to perform miracles.
The UFOs say it is time for man to be born, time to return to the source, time to raise our level of cosmic consciousness.
Furthermore, when a researcher follows a certain line
of research, e.g., MIB, ground traces, humanoids, etc.,
his efforts are invariably frustrated until he is forced back
into the mainstream, where new ideas must develop in
order [0 have a bearing on his work. Sprinkle used a
metaphor, saying it's like the difference between being
mean and cruel: someone who is mean will take an ant
and let it walk all the way across a table, then pick it up
PURSUIT Fall 1977

and put it back again. What Dr. Sprinkle is saying is that


the phenomenon allows us to only know so much; if we
try to go too far it will only frustrate our efforts. In conclusion: "Evidential proof is not obtainable but more and
more people are receiving messages."
.
Next, Brad Steiger gave a startling view of his concepts by what he termed a "subjective talk" on his different experiences. He asked if it is possible that intelligence is external to man and interreacting with us.
Favoring both the psychic'and the physical aspects, he
sees the UFO as participating in a symbiotic relationship
with man: they need us as much as we need them. Our
mutual purpose is to establish equilibrium with the other.
There are two basic forms of entity, 1) the "space
brother," with an ideal human form (blonde hair, blue
eyes, good build) concerned with man, and 2) a "Puck"like entity (bug-eyed monster) concerned mainly with the
planet. Steiger sees the UFO shape as containing a message: the round disclike object represents a mandala,
symbolic of wholeness and a return to oneness with the
universe. Some evidence shows UFOs to be forms of collected energy. They may be intelligent globules of energy
(previous mention has already been made to Stanton
Friedman's reference to laser-focused ionized air) which
form themselves into universal archetypes to become
vital, living mythological symbols capable of direct communicati9n with our subconsciousness by avoiding the
brain and consciousness.
Steiger recounted an event.from his boyood. His family
home was an L-shaped structure, one wing being used for
kitchen and living-space, the other for sleeping. Steiger,
who had difficulty getting to sleep when he was young,
often occupied his time by watching his parents in the kitchen. One night he noticed a figure walk up to the window and peer in at his parents. After a few moments the
creature (again the pucklike entity with large eyes and
domed head) turned toward Steiger with an expression
that seemed to say: "Now you've seen what only a few
have seen." Steiger passed out, and upon awakening
found that the alien had vanished. This incident, as well as
a later clinical death experience, convinced Steiger of life
after death.
Another suggestion offered by Steiger was that UFOs
may not be taking electricity when they hover near high
tension wires; rather, they may be made visible through a
window created by the aura around the wires. Steiger, an
initiated Iroquois medicine man having an interest in
Indian medicine, healing and herbal lore, sees the UFOs
as provoking man into higher mental and spiritual states
of awareness. They may serve as a mechanism pulling us
into the future. He 'recalled the various window areas,
such as the Bermuda Triangle and the worldwide network of "devil's seas," suggesting perhaps that the earth
is a giant crystal receiving set.
Steiger touched upon psychic photography, such as
the multidimensional being captured on film by a Methodist minister at Queen's College, Loridon;' he mentioned
also a photo by Stella Lansing of a man with a turban. In
another instance, a floating hand appeared on an unplugged TV screen and was recorded in a photo taken in
Minnesota. Steiger repeated that' MlBs are still making
their appearances, suggesting perhaps some form of the

III

. . trickster phenomenon related to the. Bro.thers of the Shadow. He then gave evidence
. for the' current creation of' a new race of
super-kids, a race possessing talents similar
to those of Uri Geller:. The events we are now
detectiJig constitute the prenatal care of
humans. who are 'Iinked with a super-being
'who is preparing us' for a birth; in this sense.
the UFO becomes ql,ir spiritual midwife:
Jim Lorenzen arid Betty Hill showed some
.. photos which have never been 'seen before,
Lorenzen's from an old case recently reported in Mexico in 1973, of an object with fins
or projections against ~ blue sky (witnesses
'watched it land, but became terrified and
fled), as well as a picture of'Neil Armstrong on
.the moon wit~ two disc-like. objects, which
Lorenzen conceded 'may have been caused
.'. by lens flare, hovering over the astronaut.
Betty Hill showed a series taken by a scientist
who accompanied her in November, 1976 to a
window area in New Hampshire where she
has been recording the rriovemEmt of noctur.' .. rial lights. as well as the departure and ~rrival
of' disc-shaped objects. She is preparing for
later release. a report on this phenomenon.

.
Z.

.....~--.:::;

CONCLUOING VIEWS
. The final sy~posium of 'the Congress brought a review
of the religious/spir,tual significance of UFOs. David
.. Stupple spoke of .the Space Brothers. He feels there is a
special message and a special power, with the contactees .being the link. The relationship is, however, an unstable one. He .commented that religious figures connected with tho.se in power' have' traditionally served to
mystify'power - 'as'in:the divine right of kings. Stupple
point~d out that in m~derri times, when religion no longer
holds sway, the contactee has an even greater potential
for power. (Editor.'s note: Until such time perhaps that he
confronts 'Religion's .successor, Science.) ,
.Dr. Berthold Schwarz offered'a quick review of contactees, mentioning: close encounters and synchronicity,
including alleged healings. and reports of curses. Some
contactees, he. said, 'undergo reincarnation experiences
'.' - they sometimes enter into a,trance and thus entertain
.' 'alternate 'states 'of consciousness. He 'suggested that a
. . goOd approaci:l to the phenomenon 'of contactees is to re'
. main. qU.iet ar:-d'learn. .
. J.' Gordon' Melton 'reviewed apparitions: the Rose
Quattrinivisions at San Oamiano, Italy; the visions of the
two French. children Melanie and Maximers; and the
appearan<;es (from.l968-1970) ofthe Blessed Virgin Mary
over a Cop'tic Church iii Zeitoun, Egypt.l:ie pointed also
to the relate~ phenomena.: poltergeists, levitations and
incidences of 'telepathy, and the. reports'. of a sense of
peace' and calm which often overcome's onlookers.
Melton attempted to shoW the similarities between UFOs
and apparitions: even tl:le messages are' sirrailar, l;>idding
.' man to change his ways and to divert from his present
course of self-destruction: These. reports prompted
Melton to note that the nece.ssity for studying the psychic

approach to UFOs can perhaps override the arguments'


for objective research.
Ted Bloecher responded with comments on researchers' reactions to the contactee stories from the Fifties. Investigators were then skeptical because of the
contactee's proclivity to take so readily to the lecture circuit, thereby reaping their fortunes from gullible believers. In the Sixties, however, a new phenomenon
arose. Contactees such as Gary Wilcox now sought
anonymity following the initial reports of their sighting.
Bloecher has currently suspended judgement. He con- .
c1uded by saying, "The 'anything goes' attitude seems to
be expanding."
. Closing the Congress, Dr. Allen Hynek defined
science as "organized and systematic curiosity." He cited
a poll taken of astronomers; 53% considered UFOs to
be worthy of further investigation. He suggested also that
the aim of researchers should be towards greater mutual
cooperation; finally, he emphasized once again the need
for researchers to prepare themselves for another flap
following the release of the film CE-III.
In closing, it should be mentioned that there was a general consensus among all speakers at the Congress that
the government is seriously investigating UFOs. The
Congress served to chart the past 30 years of explora
tion as well as to provide some possbile range lights for
future navigators.
A final word of warning, somehow speaking for the
Congress as a whole, comes through in a closing state
ment made by Dr. Hynek:
"Don't look to the past, there's no future in it."

PURSUIT Fa1l1977

112

UFO RESEARCH:
PROBLEM OR PREDICAMENT?
by R. leo Sprinkle, Ph.D.
(Although the author originally presented the following
article to the Midwest UFO Network Symposium [Des
Moines, Iowa] in July 1975, we are publishing it here for
the first time. In light of the increasing interest in UFOs
and related research, we feel Dr. Sprinkle's observations to be de.serving of a more widespread exposure.)

INTRODUCTION "
The controversy about reports of "unidentified flying
objects" (UFOs) continues. Not only are there disagreements about the meaning and significance of UFO reports; there are disagreements about the use of UFO
reports in order to obtain a resolution of the UFO
mystery. This paper represents an attempt to provide
another perspective, 'in hopes that the viewpoint may encourage a variety of approaches by interested UFO researchers. The ideas expressed in this paper have come
from various UFO investigations, as noted in the References.
The paper offers a glance at the present status of UFO
evidence, with emphasis upon the characteristics of UFO
observers or UFO percipients. Next, attention is turned
to the paradox of UFO investigation; then, suggestions
are offered for viewing UFO research as a "game" or as
"play"; and as a "problem" or as a "predicament."
The writer recognizes the possibility that some readers
may be puzzled or 'bothered by the notion that UFO
investigation may be characterized as a "game," or that
the attitudes of UFO researchers may be described as
those of "play." These descriptions are not meant to
imply that UFO investigators are engaged in unimportant activities or that they are lacking in sincerity. The
writer believes that the UFO puzzle is the most significant factor in the eventual solution of the problems of
contemporary mankind; physical, biological, psychosocial, and spiritual evolution.
Several questions, however, emerge: is there only one
approach to the UFO problem? Can the mystery be resolved only through the applications of the physical and
technical sciences? the biological and medical sciences?
the social and behavioral sciences? Indeed, some of the
most profound questions seem to focus on the combination of "science" and "religion." Should UFO resear
chers follow the traditional concepts and'methods of the
natural sciences, or are there other concepts and
;nethods which may be useful?

T"HE STATUS OF UFO EVIDENCE:


DELUSION OR DELUGE?
There are various statements which may be used to describe the UFO phenomenon; however, the serious student of the literature is well aware that there is a deluge of
evidence which supports the hypothesis that "flying
PURSUIT Fa1/1977

saucers" exist. The evidence comes from thousands and


thousands of reports; from peoples in various cultures
and nations of the earth; from individual persons in various occupations and stages of life who are engaged in a
variety of daily activities; the reports have been subjected to a variety of investigations by authorities and researchers with military, scientific, and technical backgrounds,
The interested reader is referred to these organizations for further information about USA investigations:
Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO) (1)*,
Center for UFO Studies (9), Midwest UFO Network
(MUFON) (39), and National Investigations Committee
on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP) (40). An excellent journal is the Flying Saucer Review (13), published in
London, England. Surveys of UFO literature have been
written by many authors, including Catoe,(8), Condon
and Gillmor (10), Hynek '(23), Jacobs (24), Keyhoe (28),
Lorenzen and Lorenzen (33), McCampbell (35),
Saunders and Harkins (47), and Vallee and Vallee (64).
Yet, there is something very bothersome to many
investigators about the weight of evidence for the existence of "flying saucers" or "unknown" unid~ntified flYing
objects. The evidence rests largely upon the testimony of
persons: the perception of UFO observers or UFO percipients.

THE CHARACTERISTICS OF UFO


PERCIPIENTS: PUPPETS
OR PROPHETS?
Because of the unusual claims of UFO percipients, and
because of the announcements of public and/or military
officials, many persons have hypothesized that UFO reports are being generated by persons with psychopathological or sociopathological reactions, However, the
available evidence does not support the hypothesis that
"kooks and cultists" are the primary source of UFO
sightings; in fact, the available evidence" suggests that
UFO reports are submitted by persons who represent a
wide range of psychological and sociological characteristics. Also, there is evidence to suggest that parapsycho
logical as well as para physical phenomena are associated with UFO sightings.
"
However, the variety of methods, measures, and subjects in these studies raises questions about the reliability, as well as the validity, of the evidence. Also,
among members of the scientific community, there are
unresolved questions about the present state of the
social and behavioral sciences.
Thus, anyone who wishes to present tentative evidence about UFO percipients must be aware of the levels
of doubt about the evidence. Perhaps there isa Child-like
part in us which wishes to believe any UFO information,
as well as a Parent-like part in us which cautions against
Numbers in parentheses designate References at end of article. "

\
\

113

E. Case Studies
1. Psychiatric evaluation of individual cases indicates that most UFO percipients do not exhibit psychopathological reactions which would account for their
claims (49), (50), (51), (52).
2. The Condon Committee (University of Colorado
UAO Project) concluded that most UFO observers do
not exhibit psychopathological reactions (10).
3. The character, technical competence, and
number of witnesses in many UFO sightings are indicators of reliability of observation (21), (22).
Statements About UFO Percipients:
4. Of 1,200 reports of "close encounters" between
A. Opinion Polls
UFO percipients and UFOs, about half involve reported
1. Approximately 90 percent of all UFO sightings in
craft occupants (22).
the USA are not reported to public officials or military
5. From post World War II until the present, many
authorities (l6), (31), (44).
people in many countries have perceived and reported
2. Approximately 11 percent or an estimated 15 milUFO phenomena (4), (5), (33), (45).
lion adults in the USA Claim to have sighted a UFO (IS),
6. Much evidence for UFO observation comes from
(16), (31).
human observers; recognition methods, e.g., a chart of
3. A majority of leaders in 72 nations, and approxUFO photographs, may assist percipients to communiimately half of the USA population, believes that human
cate to UFO investigators more information about the
life exists on other planets (15), (17).
observed phenomena (53).
4. Age and education are related to opinions about
7. The hypothesis of hysterial contagion ("mass hysflying saucers; younger and better e~ucated persons are
teria") is highly improbable for the "hard core" UFO remore likely to say that flying saucers are "real" (15), (16).
ports (19).
5. Approximately 15 percent of well-educated metro'8. Hypnotic techniques may assist percipients to propolitan persons, of liberal political views, claim that they " vide more information about UFO sightings to investihave seen a "flying saucer" (25).
gators (14), (58), (60), (70).
9. Detailed case studies may provide more informaB. Survey Studies
tion
about the characteristics of UFO percipients, includ1. Persons who" express interest in UFO reports by
ing the possibility of mental communication with UFO
joining organizations exhibit characteristics of "normal"
occupants (3), (55), (56), (59), (67).
USA adults (57).
"
2. UFO percipients of flying saucer landings exhibit
Thus, a variety of empirical descriptions and/or hypo"normal" characteristics of age, sex, occupation, and
thesized statements about UFO percipients can be preactivity during their UFO sightings (22), (41), (61), (62).
sented, based upon information from opinion polls,
3. UFO percipients in the USA and France report a
survey studies, small group studies, scaling studies, and
higher proportion of UFO sightings from "rural" or lowcase studies. The kinds of information obtained from
population areas (62).
these sources are variable in the degree to which they
4. Astronomers and meteorologists perceive and reconform to accepted procedures for scientific investigaport UFO sightings (23), (32), (34).
tion. Despite the variability in levels of investigation, the
5. UFO sighters exhibit social characteristics of
present evidence suggests that most UFO percipients
persons who are "status inconsistent" (65).
are "normal" persons who perceive and report "abnormal" phenomena.
C. Small Group Studies
l. When prophecies of UFO events fail to occur, inOf course, there are at least two deceptive side issues:
terested "persons exhibit an increase in proselyting and
A. Are UFO investigators trustworthy? Klass (29) is
continue to hold their views about the prophecies (I2).
more impressi"ve than most detractors of UFO investi" 2. When USA adults perceive a realistic radio angators; he "explains" UFO reports by describing the
nouncement of interplanetary warfare, they exhibit a
circumstances which imply that UFO investigators are
variety of maladaptive and irrational reactions (6).
incompetent or are operating with questionable motives.
3. The Condon Report (University of Colorado UFO
(This approach may be seen as a more sophisticated
Project) went very well (10).
approach than that of ancient kings who, when receiving
4. The Condon Report (University of Colorado UFO
"bad news," would kill the messenger. Now, in modem
Project) went wrong (47).
times, we need not kill the person who reports a UFO
D. Scaling Studies
sighting; we can ridicule the messenger and/or we can
l. A factor analysis study of UFO related attitudes
doubt the interpreter of the message. With either
indicates that there are" nine factors of belief (46).
method, the message can be ignored.) In my experience,
2. A scaling study indicates that there are five stereothe personal and professional integrity of UFO investitypical points of view based on patterns of perceived simigators is high; if they were not men and women of intelarities within ~ sample of 14 UFO reports (47).
grity, UFO investigators probably would turn to other
fields of investigation where the social and professional
* These statements are adapted from a paper presented at a UFO Symrewards are higher and where "knowledge" is more cerposium, sponsored by APRO and the University of Arizona Chapter of
tain.
"
the AIM; University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ.; November 22-23,1971.

the acceptance of UFO information; hopefully, the Adultlike part in us can process the kinds of questions and
answers which may give rise to further exploration and
further evaluation.
One way to approach these levels of doubt is to present some statements which may be viewed as empirical
descriptions or may be viewed as possible hypotheses
about UFO percipients. The statementsarelooselycategorized on the basis of the type of study from which the
evidence and/or hypothesis was obtained~ *

PURSUIT Fall 1977

114

B. Are the UFO experiences "normal" delusions? If


UFO experiences are delusions - which are experienced by "normal" persons - then perhaps we can minimize the significance of the experiences; e.g., the "bad
dreams" of childhood and the "puppy love" of adolescence are seen by some adults as "normal" experiences
within the process of maturation. However, we can view
these childhood and adolescent experiences as "normal"
only if we can "look back" at them, from a higher stage of
development. If UFO experiences are "normal" experiences, what is the "higher" level of understanding?
If UFO percipients are "puppets," then they are being
manipulated by intelligent forces or beings which have
developed to a level which is'difficult, at present, for us"to
understand. On the other hand, if UFO percipients are
"prophets," dare we ignore their messages? UFO percipients may be neither puppets nor prophets; however,
the consequence of accepting their stories as "real" is a
revision of the contemporary view of "science" and "religion."
If we ask ourselves "What is the meaning of the UFO
phenomenon?" we obtain a bewildering array of answers;
however, if we ask ourselves "What is the meaning of this
specific UFO experience to this specific UFO percipient?" then we may be able to obtain a more specific
answer. For many years, Keel (26) has urged the UFO
investigator to find out what the UFO percipient "had for
breakfast," i.e., find out as much as possible about the
UFO percipient. Salisbury (45) points along the same
path with his provocative hypothesis: the UFO is a "display" to the UFO witness. The UFO percipient usually is
able to speak of his or her conviction that something unusual has transpired: a physician discovers that his war
wound has healed; a patrolman is unable to reach for his
gun; an elk hunter sees his bullet stop and fall to the
ground; a bi-racial couple recall the examination of their
bodies; an Episcopalian priest sees four men or beings on
top of a hovering craft; a medical researcher obtains evidence of UFO occupants which "disappears" before his
eyes; etc.
Michel (36) has described the dilem~a of UFO investigators in a recent Letter-to-the Editor of the Flying
Saucer RelJiew:
'
Dear Sir, - The present wave (flap) has now
lasted for a year. With a few chronological and geographical deviations it is occurring in the majority of
the countries of the world. However, in no case
have we been able to secure the absolute definitive
proof that will be capable of convincing everyone.
This is very instructive, regarding what one might
call the programming of the phenomenon. In effect:
1) All we know about the phenomenon shows
that if it "wished" to take place completely unperceived, it could;
2) if therefore it shows itself, this is because it is
programmed to be seen;
3) however, bearing in mind the large number of
cameras and apparatus of all kinds in the world, it is
incompatible with the laws of chance that no irrefutable evidence has ever been obtained. This invisibility simply has to be programmed.
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

I think therefore that from now on we can take as


certain and proven, a programmisation of the phen '
omenon of such a nature that it shall spread
and more as rumour, but that at the same time it'
shall elude the human methods of establiShing
proof, that is to say it eludes science. I think that we
can take it as proven that the phenomenon has its
own camouflage, of such a kind that it goes on ,increasing indefinitely without ever entering into the
field of perception of the dormant culture, in these
eyes of which it will continue nOt to exist. i:: ,Yours sincerely,
Aime Michel
Alpes de Haute Provence,
France

more ,

There is sufficient evidence to convince the UFO wit


ness that something unusual has' been perceived; however, there may be insufficient evidence in the view of the
skeptical person who has not perceived the UFO experience. For example, I am convinced that twice I have seen
a "flying saucer" over Boulder, Colorado, but I ,have no
evidence (except for the verbal statements of the other
witness) which could be used in an attempt to convince
someone else. Herb Schirmer (l0, pp. 389-391) was con
vinced that he experienced UFO sighting, but the Con
don Committee concluded that there was no "ph~ic:al
evidence" of his experience. Carl Higdon of Rawlins,
Wyoming, is convinced that he had a UFO experience,
but scoffers could dismiss his story aboutthe UFOoccu
pant, the smashed bl,lllet, and his statements during the
hypnotic interviews (60). Dr. "X" was convinced that his
old war wound (38) healed after a UFO experience; ~.
ever, scoffers can minimize the message because the
French physician did not attach his name to ,~he report.
Betty and Barney Hill (14) were convinced after the~
notic interviews with Dr. Benjamin Simon t~t UFO
occupants had taken ,them aboard a landed "flying
saucer," released them, and told them that-there wOuld
be no memory of the experience. No physical evidence
was orought back from the experience of the couple,and
their dog, although Betty drew a sketch of a "star map"
which she saw while she was inside the craft. later, Mar
jorie Fish analyzed star configurations and derived a
model which corresponds with the Betty Hill ,Map (66).
Rev. Gill (23), with 37 other witnesses, watched for three
and one-half hours while several UFOs hover:ecl.near
their New Guinea location; he reported that four men or
four beings were walking on top of one of the hovering
objects. Dr. Puharich (42) offers aj9urnal ofthe UFO ex
periences shared by him and Uri Geller- but the "evi
dence" disappears!

UFO RESEARCH:
GAME OR PLAY?
For many years, UFO investigators have attem~ to
view UFO research as a game, i.e., the "~_nie""01
science. Using the appropriate methods of testing hYPotheses, through objective methods of observation and
analysis, UFO investigators assumed, that objective
knowledge about UFO phenomena would continue to
grow through higher and higher stages of reliabUity and

\.
validity. As 'in any other "game" (2), it was assumed that
further activities, following the rules of science, would
lead the investigators to the "payoff": scientific proof of
the existence of "flying saucers."
However, more and more UFO investigators are be
coming aware of the "name of the game" which Michel
(37, p. 68) offered: " ... in Ufology the rule is to think of
everything and. to believe nothing."
If there are few rules in UFO research, or if the rules
are not yet known to us, then we have at least two alter
natives: end our participation in the game of UFO reo
search, or to continue participation in UFO research in hopes that the rules can be discovered!
In my opinion, it would be unwise to choose the alter
native of ending the game; much evidence is available
that many strange events are occurring in the world
around us. On the other hand, total reliance upon traditional approaches of natural science may not be the only
path to follow for better answers to our questions. Per
haps we may be forced to "play" - instead of "work" at
UFO research. As Greenwald (18) points out in his
charming essay entitled "Play Therapy for Children Over
Twenty-One ":
Perhaps the most important distinction between
play and games is that a game is entered into for the
purpose of winning. Games are therefore by their
very essence competitive and aggressive.
Play on the other hand is by its very nature crea
tive. One of my teachers once defined art as "con
centrated play." ... As consultant to several industrial and commercial firms, I have noted that often
the executives who managed to maintain their
humor and to treat work like play were more productive, more creative, and generally more efficient
than the grim, serious, hard-driven and harddriving, ulcer-ridden types that one expects to be
efficient.
It is through play \hat animals and primitive
people train their you~ for the tasks of living. Play
is a way of being in the world, a way of coping with
the absurdities of the human condition.
I like Greenwald's term: "concentrated play."! am reminded of Don Juan (7), who views the life style of a man
of knowledge as "controlled folly" - acting as if his
choices and actions are significant, as if his folly in life is
under control; so when he fulfills his acts, he can retreat
in peace. Also, I am reminded of the term "responsible
play," described by Seth through the voice of "his"
medium (43, p. 36): "On the one hand you take life too
seriously, and on the other, you do not take playful exis
tence seriously enough."
I wish to take a moment. to dedicate these thoughts to
Ken Steinmetz, an amateur astronomer and, in my opinion, a professional UFO investigator. However, Ken
might have wished to be called an amateur UFO investigator: a louer of UFO research! Yes, he was! He willingly followed the rules of scientific observation, analysis, and sharing of results; however, he enjoyed life and
people and he took a playful attitude toward the UFO
phenomena. I believe that he was the person who coined
the term DML: Damn Meandering Lights!! His death
could not make me feel sorrow for him, because he had

115

dedicated his talents to the "game" and "play" of UFO reo


search and he had enjoyed his activities; I can only feel
sorry for the rest of us because we have lost his wit and
wisdom. Nevertheless, I believe that we can learn to be
"OK" (20) by following Ken's example of playfulness.
We can ask ourselves: If the "old" science is insufficient to prove the existence of "flying saucers," can we
develop a "new science (30) for UFO research? Perhaps
we are operating with constructs which are insufficient
for the phenomena being observed. Kelly (27) points out
that we operate within the natural sciences upon the con
struct or notion that the "object" will tell us what we wish
to know about its existence: the object's structure, density, color, hei'ght, width, depth, temperature, etc. However, in the social sciences, the viewpoint shifts from the
"object" to the "subject" for investigation: What if an
acquaintance says to me, "Leo, your left boot is schizophrenic." How do I investigate the matter to obtain more
information? If I look at my boot, I may not obtain much
information which can be used to test the hypothesis.
However, if I look toward my acquaintance, I can ask,
"What is it about you, my friend, which influences you to
tell me that my left boot is schizophrenic?" If my acquain
tance is willing to participate in the investigation, I now
have an opportunity to learn more about his or her "personal construct": "Leo's left boot is schizophrenic."
In a similar vein, our tentative conclusion, that present
UFO evidence. is insufficient for "proof" of the UFO
phenomenon, may lead us as serious UFO investigators
to renew our efforts: we must get that photograph, that
radar sighting, that landing site, that case of multiple wit
nesses, etc., that. one good UFO report which will prove
the existence of "flying saucers."
Or, as playful UFO investigators, we might ask our
selves, "What if we shall never obtain sufficient evidence
to prove the existence of "flying saucers"? If that were the
situation, are we faced with a problem or are we faced
with a predicament?

OUR PRESENT PREDICAMENT


AND OUR FUTURE PROBLEM
In the field o(psychotherapy, there is a notion which
goes like this: if a client for psychological counseling services is experiencing some conflict in his or her daily liv
ing, then he or 'she also may experience a similar diffi
culty in resolving that conflict. For example, an angry per
son may appr9.~ch the psychotherapeutic session in
anger: "Dammit! What good is it going to do if we just sit
around and talk?" Or the person with selfpity may
approach the counseling session in a hopeless manner: "I
don't suppose you can help me; what's the use in try
."
ing?"
However, with patience and skill, the psychotherapist
can assist the client to discover, within himself or herself,
the paradox of selfunderstanding: "Before I can change
to a future behavior pattern, I first must recognize my
present behavior pattern." For example, if I wish to
change to a more friendly and cooperative behavior pat
tern, I first must recognize my self-anger and hostility. If I
wish to change to a more courageous or assertive be
havior pattern, I first must recognize my present pattern
of self pity and hopelessness.
PURSUIT

Fa1l1977

, ._ _. .I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

~--~I~------------~----------~-.--~.-----~
116

Often, the recognition:'of a present pattern of behavior gradually learn to build our' own "flying saucers .... theri we
can be enhanced if the question is asked: "Is the situation
can 'come into con~act with UFO occupants -,Space
a problem or a predicament?" A problem can be reBrothers-as peers or, ~s. e,quals. ,Then, Earthlings 'can
solved; a predicament tth.ist be tolerated -.:... or enjoyed!
share knowledge with representatives of other civilizaBy recognizing the total situation as a predicament, an
tions, as they share th~ir knowledge with Earthlings. '
individual may be able to redefine an aspect of the situaThere is another ~peculation, of course: the possihility
tion as the problem. For t!xainple, a student-client may
that the Earth may be a puny pawn in a gigantic galactic
come to recognize that the relationsliip w'ith his perfecstruggle; however, if that be 'so, we shall have leSs to say
tionistic parents is a predicament; nof.aproblem. There about the destiny of the Earth than is presently possible.
may be nothing he can do to change ."their attitudes and
(Sory1et.imes the writer permits himself a daydream: What
values; there may be nothing he can do which will please if some governments of the Earth believe that UFO phenthem. In attempting to see his situation as a "problem," omena, are indications that the Earth is going 'to be '
he believes that he can find a solution 'or find 'a way to attacked by someial~n'space civilization; what if nations
please them;"if he fails, he may become arixious or frusof the Earth gradually are being ar!1led, 1;lnder the guise of
trated in his attempts. In extreme situations, he may be international rivalry, in order to prepare for the "invaso filled with self pity and self-anger that'he may seek ex- sion" from outer space?) ,
In a more optimistic speculation, one could argUe in the
treme solutions, such as the self-pity of alcoholism or the
self-anger of suicide. However, if he recognizes that the following manner: Perhaps the UFO representatives are
relationship with his parents is a predicament, then he here to help us learn more about ourselves and our relamay be able to redefine his problem: "OK, so my folks ex- tionship to the world around us.' Wilbur Smith (54, p. 7)
pect more of me than I can produce; they always have ex- claimed to have received data from beings who are more
pected too much. Let's face it! They always shall expect intelligent than humans; their definition of Science was
too much. So why 'fight it'? I'll never ,Qe able to please given as follows: "Science is the relationship of Beings to
them, no matter what I do. The main question is: what the Universe in which they exist." Is this statement a gen;
'payoff' do I get from my game ot.'See What You Made eral definition of "religion" as well as "science"?"
Me Do'? Why don't I 'accept my parents as they are and
I do not know how the problem - or answers - of
stop trying to teach them a lesson?" ' '
UFO research will be viewed during the next 30 years.
Now, the student can give 'himself "permission" to be- The present path, however, seems to be directed toward
come free from his obsession: his belief-that he must find an integration of physical "sciences" and "spiritual,
a "perfect" solution to his difficulty,of dealing with perfec sciences." Perhaps our next step - for a variety of
tionistic parents. The,acceptance of the predicament can reasons - is to learn "how to pray." Perhaps our meditalead to a more appropriate approach to, his "real prob- tions can assist us as UFO investigators to create better
lem": how to handle his own life in a.more rational and models of UFO propulsion and UF.O occupants, as well
more satisfying manner.
as better models of our relationship with the Universe in
In a similar vein, we can ask ourselves: "If UFO phen- which we live. Perhaps we can continue to be "serious" in
omena continue to be perceived by individuals, who are , our investigations and observations, but "playful" in our
unable to present proof of their experience, should we hunches and hypotheses. Perhaps our present predicaaccept our situation as a predicament? If so, then'loVe ment - insufficient evidence for proof of UFO phenmust learn to tolerate - and to enjoy? - our situation. omena - may help us to become more resPonsive to the
Now, let us reexamine the question: ~hat is the problem , 'future problem - sufficient belief in our capacity to grow
of UFO research?"
, ..
in our own self-understanding and to develop better relaAt this point, the reader may be saying to himself or tionships with all other levels of life. whether these levels
herself: "After all these words?!? Finally, the writer is be "physical," "biological," "psycho-social," or "spirigoing to tell us his view of the problem??" Alas, the writer tual" ,existence,
On that day when Earthlings discover the meaning of '
has nothing to offer except hunches' qr speculations!
Once again, the reader is asked to consider the prob UFO phenomena, I wonder what kind of day it will be:
lem of the client who seeks psychological counseling, or "Doomsday"? "Judgment Day"?' Or merely another
the patient who seeks psychiatric treatment: if the coun- "Working, Day" in 'the continuing creation of the Uniselee depends exclusively upon the counselor for direc- verse?
tion, he may become child like and d~pendent; if he deSUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
pends exclusively upon himself, he may continue to exThe status of UFO evidence is a deluge, not a deluhibit maladaptive and inefficient behavjor. Thus, he must
come to depend upon the relationship, the verbal and sion. The chara'cteristics of UFO percipients show a wide;
non-verbal communication and the interaction between range of age, education, occu~tion, and cultural backcounselor and client, which can lead the client to accept grqunds; however, the evidence does not support the
. the present predicament and to recognize the future hypothesis that UFO reports are submitted only by persons who are experiencing psychopathological ,reacproblem, so that change~ in behavior can be reinforced.
I speculate that the UFO problem is as simple - or as tions.'
The testimony of UFO witnesses indicates' that they
complex - as the problem of seeking "responsible independence" as Earthlings. If we learn, t,oo soon, of the pur- are convinced of the reality of their UFO experiences; ,
poses and powers of UFO occupants: we may react with however, "traditional" scientific methods do not provide
child-like fear of their purposes or child-like dependence ,evidence which is considered to be "proof" of the exisupon their powers. If, on the other hand, we Earthlings tence of UFO phenomena. Thus, we are faced ':'lith furI

PURSUIT Fall 1977

117

tiler questions: are UFO percipients "chosen" to witness


UFO .phenomena? Are they puppets? Are they
prophets?
.
The evidence is insufficient,'at"present, to determine if
UFO 'observers are puppets or prophets. However, the
paradox of UFO evidence suggests that UFO investiga
tors may continue to be frustrated in their attempts to
"prove" the existence of flying saucers. Instead of viewing UFO research only as a "game" (with rules and payoff), UFO investigators also are encouraged to consider

UFO research as "play" (creative hunches). With addi


tional hypotheses, we can consider the "predicament"
and the "problem" of UFO research: the present difficulty of obtaining proof of UFO events may help us to
focus on the future problem of integrating our knowledge at all levels of existence.
May the results of our efforts approximate the extent
of our challenge.
.

~--------------------------REFERENCES--------------------------~

(1) APRO Bulletin. Aerial Phenomena Research Organization, 3910 East Kleindale Road, Tucson, AZ 85712. (Co-founders:

Mr. and Mrs. L. J. Lorenzen.) (2) Berne, E. Games People Play. NY: Grove Press, 1964. (3) Bowen, C. "Strangers About
The House," Flying Saucer Review, 1968,14, No.5, 1012. (4) Bowen, C. (Ed.) "Beyond Condon ... North American Report
on Recent UFO Cases and Research." (Special Issue No. 2),FlyingSaucerReuiew, 1969,172. (a) (5) Bowen, C. (Ed.)"UFO
Percipients," (Special Edition No.3), Flying Saucer Review, 1969,144. (b) (6) Cantril, H. The Invasion/rom Mars: Princeton
University Press, 1940. NY: Harper Torchbooks (TB 1282), 1966. (7) Casteneda, C. A Separate Reality. NY: Simon and
Schuster, 1971. P. 107. (8) Catoe, Lynne E. UFOs and Related Subjects: An Annotated Bibliography. (Prepared by the Lib
rary of Congress for the Air Force Office of Scientific Research.) Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office,
1969. (9) Center for UFO Studies. P.O. Box 11, Northfield, IL 60093. (Director, Dr. J. Allen Hynek; Chairman, Department
of Astronomy, Northwestern University, Evanston, IL.) (10) Condon, E. U., and Gillmor,D.S. (Eds.) Scientific Study of Un
identijied Flying Objects. NY: Bantam Books (YZ4747), 1969. P. 4, and Pp. 389391.
(11) Edwards, P. M. H. "UFOs and ESP," Flying Saucer Review, 1970,16, No.6, 1820. (12) Festinger,L.,Riecken,H. W.,
and Schachter, S. When Prophecy Fails. NY: Harper Torchbook (TB 1132), 1956. (13) Flyi:-rp S":ucer Review. FSR Publica
tions, Ltd" P. O. Box 25, Baret, Herts, ENS 2NR, ENGLAND. (14) Fuller, J. Th~ int(!". '!;lted Journey. NY: Dial,
1966. (15) Gallup, G. "II Pct. of Americans Have Seen UFOs," Denver Post, Nov. ~::. : )7:~, p. :-'8. (16) Gallup, G. "More
Than 5 Million Americans Claim to Have Seen 'Flying Saucers. '" Gallup Poll, Princeton . ".~ .') :A::,. ..:. ;66. (17) Gallup, G. "Life
in Space, 53 Pct. Believe." American Institute of Public Opinion, 1971. (The Denuer 7 '';i. !:1.j,. -,: 1971, p.9). (18) Green
wald, H. "Play Therapy for Children Over Twentyone," Psychotherapy: Theory, Res: ',): ,.', ... ;:~ ;'ractice. Feb. 1967,4, No.1,
4446. (19) Hall, R. L. Statement of Dr. Robert L. Hall, Head, Department of Sociole: ":.' :.)rr... ;,~r~:~y of Illinois, Chicago, IL. In
Roush, J. E. (Ed.) Symposium on Unidentified Flying Obj~cts. Hearings before the U.~. Ho' ,'.( of Representatives Committee
on Science and Astronautics, July 29, 1968. (No.7) Clearing House for Federal Scienti!:.: . "l'.i T.xhnicallnformation, 5285 Port
Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22152 (PB 179541, $3.(0), Pp. 100-112. (20) Harris, T. I:. i'm OK - You're OK: A Practical
Guide to Transactional Analysis. NY: Harper and Row, 1967.
(21) Hynek, J. A. Statement of Dr. J. Allen Hynek, Scientific Consultant to the Air Forc., \(, Unidentified Flying Objects: Heur
ing by Committee on Armed Services 0/ the House 0/ Representatives, Eightyninth Congr'ess, 2nd Session, AprilS, 1968. Pp.
60066008 .. (22) Hynek, J. A. 'Twentyone years of UFO reports," No.1, Flying Saucer Review, 1970,16,35, arid 1970,16,
No.2, 68, 22. (23) Hynek, J. A. The UFO Experience. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co., 1972. (24) Jacobs, M. The UFO
Controversy in America. Indiana University Press, 1974. (25) Keel, J. A. Ufological Poll- Preliminary Report #2. Personal
communication, March 6, 1969. (26) Keel, J. A. The Mothman Prophecies. NY: E. P. Dutton (Saturday Review Press),
1975. (27) Kelly, G. A. A Theory of Personality: The Psychology of Personal Constructs. NY: W. W. Norton,
1963. (28) Keyhoe, D. E. Aliens from Space: The Real Story of UFOs. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1973. (29) Klass, P. J.
UFOs Explained. NY: Random House, 1974. (30) Kuhn, T. S. The Structure 0/ Scientific Revolutions. University of Chicago
Press, 1962.
.
(31) Lee, Aldora. "Public Attitudes Toward UFO Phenomena" (Chapter 7), in Condon, E. U. and Gillmor, D. S. (Eds.) Scien
tific Study of Uniaentified Flying Objects. NY: Bantam Books (YZ4747), 1969. Pp. 209243. (32) Lore, G. I. R., Jr., and
Deneault, H. H., Fr. Mysteries of the Skies: UFOs in Perspective. Englewood Cliffs, NY: PrenticeHall, 1968, Chapter Four,
"Astronomers and UFOs." Pp. 4959. (33) Lorenzen, Coral and Jim. UFOs: The Whole Story. NY: Signet Book,
1969. (34) McDonald, J. W. Prepared statement on UFOs. In Roush, J. E. (Ed.) Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects:
Heorings beJore the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Science and Astronautics, July 29, 1968. (No.7) Clearing
House for Federal Scientific and Technicallnformation, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22151 (PB 179541, $3.00). Pp. 18
SS. (35) McCampbell, J. M. Ufo/ogy: New Insights from Science and Common Sense. Jaymac Co. (12 Bryce Court, Bel
mont, CA 94002), 1973. (36) Michel, A. A letter regarding the programming of the UFO phenomenon. "Mail Bag," FIYlilg
Saucer Reuiew," 1974,20, No.3, P. 2M. (37) Michel, A. The problem of noncontact.ln Bowen, C. (Ed.) '"The Humanoids,"
Flying Saucer Review, Special Issue No.1, OctoberNovember 1966. Pp. 6770. (38) Michel, A. "The Strange Case of Dr.
."X "." Special Issue No.3, Flying Saucer Review, AugustSeptember 1969,310. (39) MUFON, Mutual UFO Network, /rIC.
40 Christopher Court, Quincy, IL 62301. (Director: Walter H. Andrus, Jr.) (40) NlCAP: The UFO Investigator. National
Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena, Suite 23, 3535 University Blvd. West, Kensington, MD 20795. (Editor: Stuart
Nixon.)

0:

(41) Olmos, V. J. 8., and Vallee, J. "Type I Phenomena in Spain and Portugal: A study of 100 Iberic landings," in Clark, Jose
phine. DA 7A NET, 1971, V,S, 27 28. (42) Puharich, A. Uri: A Journal 0/ the Mystery of Uri Geller. Garden City, NY: Double
day and Co. (Anchor Pressf, 1974. (43) Roberts, Jane. Seth Speaks: The Eternal Validity 0/ the Soul. NY: Bantam Book,
1974. (44) Ruppeit, E. J. The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects. Garden City, NY: Doubleday and Co., 1956. Pp. 209
225. (45) Salisbury,
F. B. The Utah UFO display. Old Greenwich, CN: DevinAdair Co., 1974. (46)
. . .
. Saunders, D. R. Fac
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

118
....!

,,

tor Analysis of UFOrelated attitudes. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1968,27, 12071208. (47) Saunders, DR, and Harkins':
R. R UFOs! Yes! Where the Condon Committee Went Wrong. NY: Signet Books (Q3754), 1968. (48) Saund.ers, D. R., and .
Van Arsdale, P. Points of view. about UFOs: a multidimensional scaling study. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1968,27, '12'19 .
1238. (49) Schwarz, B. E. "UFOs: Delusion or Dilemma?" Medical Times, October 1968, 96, No. 10. Pp. 967
981. (50) Schwarz, B. E. "UFO Occupants: Fact or Fantasy?" Flying Saucer Review, 1969, 15, No.5, Pp.:"1418.
(51) Schwarz, B. E. "Possible UFOlnduced Temporary Paralysis," Flying Saucer Review, 1971. 17, No.2, Pp. 49.
(a) (52) Schwarz, B. E. "The Fort Monmouth Landing." Flying Saucer Review, 1971,17, No.3, 2127. (b) (53) Shepard, R.
N. Some psychologically oriented techniques for the scientific investigation of unidentified aerial phenomena. In Roush, J. E.
(Ed.) .symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects. Hearings before the House (No.7) Clearing House for Federal Scientific and
Technical Information, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22151 (PB 179541, $3.00). Pp. 223235. (54) $mith, W. B. The
New.science. Canada: FennGraphic Publishing Co., 1964. P. 7. (55) Sprinkle, R. L. Psychological implications in the inves
tigation ul UfO reports. In Lorenzen, L. J. and Coral E. Flying Saucer Occupants. NY: A Signet Book, 1967. Pp. 160
186. (56) Sprinkle, R. L. Symposium qn Unidentified Flying Objects. Hearings before the U.S. House of Representatives
Commillee on Science and Astronautics, July 29,1968. (No.7) ClearingHouse for Federal Scientific and Technicallnforma
tion, 52HS Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22151. (PB 179541, $3.00). (57) Sprinkle, R. L. Personal and scientific attitudes: a
study of persons interested in UFO reports. In Bowen, C. '.:Beyond Condon," Flying Saucer Review, Special Issue No.2, June
1969. Pp. 610. (a) (58) Sprinkle, R. L. Some uses of hypnosis in UFO research. "UFO Percipients," Special Issue No.3, Fly
ing ,saucer Review, September 1969. Pp .. 1719. (b) (59) Sprinkle, R. L. "Hypnotic and Psychic Implications in the Investiga .
tion of UfO Reports." Unpublished manuscript, 1970. (60) Sprinkle, R. L. "Investigation of the UFO Experience of Carl Hig
don." To be summarized in the APRO Bulletin, 1975. (61) Vallee, J. The pattern behind the UFO landings. The Humanoids,
(Special Issue No.1) Flying Saucer Revie.w, 1966,827. (62) Vallee, J. "Analysis of 8,260 UFO Sightings." Flying Saucer Re
view, 1%8,14, No.3, 911. (63) Vallee..J. "UFO Activity in Relation to NightOfTheWeek."Flying SaucerReview, 1971,17.
Nq. 3, 810. (64) Vallee, J., and Vallee;~anine. Challenge to Science: the UFO Enigma. NY: Ace Book, 1966. (65) Warren,
D. I. "Status Inconsistency Theory and Flying Saucer Sightings." Science, 6 November 1970,599603 .. (66) Webb, W. N. An
AnalYSIS of the Fish Model. APRO Bulletin. SeptemberOctober 1974,23, No.2, 89; NovemberDecember 1974,23. No.3, 3
7. (67) Yuung, R F. A summary of the ALEXCO report. Personal communication, November 11, 1971.

CAN SCIENCE AND SCIENTISTS HELP?


by John A. Keel'
When Sir Martin Ryle. and his team of radioastron
omers first detected radio signals from pulsars in 1967
they held an excited debate among.themselves. Initially
they speculated they had intercepted <la. navigational bea
con, fashioned by an extraterrestrial race" and they wor
ried about what"course to take. Should they tell the press
or the government ("No, the news might seep out and
create a public panic of a Warofthe-Worlds type," Professor Hewish later said), or send a note to Nature? Fortunately, they decided to keep their discovery a secret
and soon found that the signals were natural in origin
rather than technological.
But the lesson from this episode is clear. If any scientist anywhere should ever actually stumble upon genuine
evidence of an extraterrestrial civilization he would, in all
likelihood, keep his finding a secret. Ufologists would be
among the last to know. the scientist would check and
recheck his discovery, perhaps for years, and eventually
enlist the aid of a few trusted colleagues. In time he might
publish an obscure 'and obtuse paper reducing -the event
to a few mathematical formulae. Then he would become
the center of a controversy, even risking whatever reputation he might have. For science is dominated byegotistica'l administrators, and, alas, outright crackpots.
Science is more an application of the known than a pursuit of the unknown. Charles Fort's barbed criticisms of
the scientific establishment of his day still hold true. So
true we can seriously question the usefulness of scientists in a study of the UFO phenomenon. Chances are if a
large number of established scientists became embroiled
PURSUIT Fall1977

in UFO research they would generate more controversy


and personality conflicts than any of our hardcore ama~
teur UFO groups. We already have some outstanding examples.
.
The scientists and scholars organized by Colorado
University into the Condon Committee very quickly
polarized into two conflicting groups. Within a year they
had lost sight of their contracted,for goal and were. engaged in hopeless in-fighting which ultimately destroyed
. the whole purpose and worth of the Colorado UFO project. Two outside scientists, the late Dr. James McDonald and Dr. J. Allen Hynek, later devoted incredible
effort to discredit the Condon project. Others, notably
Philip Klass, an aerospace writer, labored unduly to
attack and discredit McDonald and HynE;!k. Dr. Me-, .
Donald spent his last days painstakingly re-investigating
cases listed in the Condon Report while Dr . Hynek-used a
large part of his long-awaited book to rehash the whole
Colorado mess. Dr. Condon, whose scientific reputation far outweighed that of Hynek and McDonald combined, got in a few licks of his own in his speeches and.
public statements. The whole affair developed into a
bitter and largely pointless conflict comparable to Major
Keyhoe's campaign against George Adamski in the
1950s.
Similar discord had occurred in the U.S. Air Force in
the 1947-55 period, just as the various amateur. UF'O
organizations and publications 'splintered into dozens of
factions, all antagonistic to one another. These battles
have kept UFO research in the U.S. in a state of Paralysis.
My first encounter with the scientific community came

119

in t,he mid-l95Os when archaeology was one of my chief


interests. I met, interviewed and befriended a number of
prominent archaeologists and Egyptologists, and was
soon concerned over their conflicting interpretations of
basic facts and the rather silly feuds and controversies in
which they were entangled. later, I discovered these
same problems permeated every scientific discipline.
As a science editor for Funk & Wagnalls, a large publisher of encyclopedias, one of my tasks was to edit the
contributions of scientists. The company called upon
leaders in every field to contribute to their books. Only
top-ranking physicists, chemists, astronomers, etc. were
asked ..to submit articles. I was frequently appalled and
frustrated by the overall quality of the papers submitted
by these distinguished savants. Many bordered on illiteracy. When I tried to find a genuine expert on meteors I
found that astronomers were just as weird, confused and
egocentric as archaeologists. After a :go-round with
nuclear physicists from the Atomic Energy Commission I
began to question their maturity, too. (Indeed, the history
of the development of the 'atomic bomb graphically iUustrates the naivete and philosophical confusion of the men
who engineered that feat.)
,
More recently, I spent a year in Washington, D.C. as a
special consultant, to a large government agency primarily concerned with medical and psychological problems. There I had daily encounters with all kinds of
doctors, 'psychiatrists, radiologists and other assorted
scientists. So my personal experiences with science and
scientists are both broad and detailed.
Early in my UFO research I openly questioned the government's practice of calling upon astronomers such as
Dr. Carl Sagan for, UFO consultations when the problem
seemed to be largely a military and legal one, rather than
an astronomical one. If the UFOs were, in fact, manufactured vehicles, they were openly violating our air space (a
military problem), landing illegally in farm fields (a problem for the Federal Aeronautic Administration), and
openly harassing citizens by pursuing automobiles, etc.
(a problem of law violation ... the province of the Federal
Bureau of Investigation). Obviously, none of these
agencies were really concerned with the subject and the
Air Force effort was largely a public relations ploy.
Apparently the government decided in the early 19505
not to take UFOs seriously on a public level. Instead of
building' a small 'task force of qualified investigators intelligence personnel,' psychologists and scientists
trained to interview people in depth - the government
established Ad Hoc committees of astonomers and interested laymen; an approach that could only lead to negative results. Even then, no UFO event was investigated
as thoroughly and as systematically as a routine meteor
shower or the discovery of a bit of bone in an old tar pit.
, Dr. Hynek was clearly aware of this and frequently
stated in interviews that UFO events should be given the
"FBI treatment." The FBI was, in fact, peripherally involved in a few UFO investigations but when I asked to
review the FBI's UFO files in 1967 I was told no such files
existed.
Of course, the UFO buffs had specuJcited for years that
the gO\;ernment was hiding some "truth" from the public,
assuming that if any real proof was ever found the Air

Force would keep it as secret as Sir Martin's pulsar


signals. Yet, knowing how the government operates and
being on intimate terms with many top officials, I found it
puzzling that there wasn't even any real rumor of such a
discovery (outside the wild ramblings of the' ufological
press).
The big question is: if we enlist the aid of modern
science in UFO research what kind of scientists do we
approach? Dr. Hynek has been talking about his "Invisible College" of scientists for many years now. Very few
members of this body have surfaced. We have had more
than our share of astronomers and exo-biologists pontificating on the probabilities of life existing elsewhere in the
universe. But that has little, if anything, to do with the real
UFO problem. The real problem, as Dr. Hynek himself
keeps stating, is to study the people who have these experiences. That is the logical first step' to a real UFO
investigation. Once.we have established that our major
UFO events are aaused by an outside stimulus we can
proceed to the second step ... the study and interpretation of that stimulus.
The problem thus becomes identical to the problem
faced by parapsychologists and psychic investigators.
Ufology becomes a'~havioral study. When I first pointed
this out in FSR IlA!as subjected to the animosity of many
UFO groups because it was a radical departure from the
unproven and unproveable, but always popular, extra
terrestrial hypothesis.
If Ufology succeeds in attracting larger numbers of
scientists to the fold what can we really expect?
First of all, the subject offers no profit, not even an
opportunity to win a large government grant, so few, if
any, major scientists will be interested. More than any
other group, scientists are very concerned with publicity. The right kind of publicity can lead to fame, fortune
and the Nobel Prize. But being associated with any fringe
subject can be very detrimental to a scientific career.
(Even my own career as a professional writer has suffered greatly because of my connection with UFOs.)
Ironically, Dr. Condon was the most prominent scientist to enter the UFO fray in these 25 years. But he was an
exception in many ways, since he had also lent his name
to many unpopular causes. He became the subject of so
much abuse and ridicule that he was forced to become
very negative and defensive soon after the Condon Com
mittee got underway. Other leading scientists will see him
as an example and will avoid the subject, not wishing to
repeat his experience.
This will leave Ufology with a cadre of scientific secondstringers for some time to come. Some of them will see
Ufology as a means for gaining publicity and promoting a
flagging career (although such publicity will have an
opposite effect ... as they will soon discover). Others,
those with the fewest qualifications for dealing with the
many hidden problems in UFO events, will blunder into
the field and serve only to add to the confusion and
controversy. The petty arguments of the UFO journals
are already spreading to some of the scientific journals,
Phil Klass denounced the Socorro, N.M. landing as a
stunt to promote tourism. Dr. Hynek found Socorro so
baffling (after 17 years as a UFO consultant!) he asked
the Air Force if the object wasn't really a secret test vePURSUIT Fall 1977
'~

120

hicle. New scientists lured into Ufology will have to start


from scratch since even at this late date very little scientific data has been published on the subject. They will
have to go through all the bewilderment and theorizing of
the newcomers to the amateur scene. They will have to
learn to separate obvious psychic phenomena from possible UFO phenomena, and often the line is so fine it is
almost indiscernible.
" Every scientist who dares to enter the UFO field will
have enemies who will delightedly attack him and his new

interest at every opportunity. If he does come up with


some important new piece of evidence, he may sit on it
for years - or forever.
"
The pitfalls far outweigh the slender advantages in becoming a scientific ufologist. And the scientific community is capable of generating more controversy, nonsense and vituperation than the UFO organizations ever
dreamed of.

BIGFOOT SIGHTING
by Milton LaSalle
On August 10, 1976, Dennis S~i't"h and Jimmy Slate
spent the night at the home of their friend, Kevin Best,
whose house is located on Overlook Drive just outside
Watertown, New York. Dennis and Jimmy decided they
would try to stay up all night, but their friend Kevin, who
didn't like the idea too well, went to bed along with the
rest of his family.
Between 5:00 and 5:15 a.m. the following morning,
Dennis and Jimmy decided to walk "down the road. The
sun was just coming up and there was plenty of light available to see what was going on. They walked down the
road talking, then paused to observe the morning. As
they did so, they became aware of strange noises coming
from a Hbushy section" down behind the neighbor's
house. The "bushy section" extended back for about two
miles along Rf 12. At this point, they couldn't decide
whether or not to walk back along the road to see if they
could discover anything. They were "sort of frightened"
by the sounds they were now hearing, which seemed to
be made by someone or something pounding loudly on a
log or tree of some sort; they also could hear "shrieking
screams" from the same area. The"two boys remained
where they were for about 15 to 20 minutes listening curiously; they were not curious enough, however, to continue on in order to see what was making the sounds.
Returning instead to Kevin's house the way they had
come, they could still hear the noise; so they sat on the
well by the back door of the house,liStening carefully, trying to determine the source. Dennis, hearing the mercury vapor light click off, looked at his watch to see that it
was now 5:45 a.m. They decided to"walk back out to the
road to watch the sun rising over the upper State Street
Hill. As they stood watching Dennis happened to glance
down the road, where he saw, approximately 2 city
blocks away, a huge black er~ct object. Dennis hollered
'Look at that!" to Jimmy. As he did so the "thing," whatever it was, turned around in a complete circle, looked at
them, and began running at high speed (on its hind legs
only) in the opposite direction from where Dennis and
Jimmy stood watching. (As it turned to run, the boys
could see that the animal was apparently entirely covered
with hair - even the face.) Dennis and Jimmy, scared,
didn't know what to think. Their first reaction was to
head back to Kevin's house, but they decided to walk up
the road a little way instead.
PURSUIT Fa1l1977

Being curious and scared, they had not yet discussed


between them what they had seen. As their fright wore
off, they decided to tell "Kevin about it, and headed back in
the direction of the house, finally discussing their exper.
ience on the way:
Kevin, awakened from his sleep by the story, thought
they had had a nightmare, but as his sleep wore off he
could see that they were both still a little scared. All three
of the boys went into the kitchen to discuss the incident.
As they talked, Dennis and Jim felt Kevin should awaken
his father so that they could tell him about it. While Kevin
went to wake his father, Dennis and Jim stood talking by
the back door. As they did so they were surprised to see a
black, heavily-built, hairy creature, about 8' high with
very wide shoulders walking rapidly through the open
field near where they had first heard the noises. Although it was only in sight for a.few seconds, they had the
presence of mind this time to yell for Kevin and his father;
but by the time they joined them the creature was out of
sight. They described everything to Mr. Best, who knew
they weren't making it up because of the fright showing in
their faces, and was convinced. Taking his rifle, he
walked up the road with the boys to where they had first
seen the cr~ature. They could see where something"large
had trampled the grass as the creature came out of an
open field and continued up to the road, where it had
crossed a ditch. There were two. separate tracks, apparH
ently humanoid, but very faint. The tracks were about 15
long, 7" wide, and almost 6' apart between strides.
Dennis and Jim, who knew what they saw, weren't
about to follow the trail. Despite his rifle, Mr. Best hesitated to-follow the trail alone, so they stayed close to the
road. They found some long hairs on a fence running
along the brushline, and these they brought back to the
house for examination.
Upon returning to the house, Jim called his parents
and told them about the morning's excitement. They
were skeptical at the time and continue to be so.
Dennis didn't do much better with his parents, who are
nevertheless convinced that he saw something, as a result of witnessing his obvious' fear and excitement.
Apparently, they are not thoroughly convinced by the details of his experience.
The boys have told few people about the incident.
Some have believed it. In their own minds, however, both
boys know that they saw something out of the ordinary,
and they feel that what they saw could possibly be a Bigfoot.
"

,""" ..\.

121

"

~ ;~~:~;.:..

....,-

PERSONAL INVESTIGATION
I learned of the event described about a week after it
occurred. Dennis' father is a friend of mine, and knowing
that I had an interest in odd things, approached me in
church that Sunday, mentioning that Dennis had seen
something "rather unusual." Iasked him to have Dennis
contact me.
Dennis called on Wednesday evening. I listened to his
description of the incident and the animal he saw, and I
knew it was worth investigating. Within the hour, accompanied by my wife Jeannie and our friend Brad Smith, I
was at Kevin Best's home on Overlook Drive, where we
met with Dennis, Kevin, and Jim. They showed us where
they had heard the noises and where they had been
standing when they observed the animal.
We went up to the spot where it had emerged onto the
road. There was a quite obvious trail through the brush
and grass, through which a large animal had apparently
passed. No tracks were visible on the shoulder of the
road or in the ditchline, but this didn't surprise me. We
had experienced three days of heavy rain since the sighting, so any tracks in the dirt would certainly have been
obliterated.
As we started to follow the trail back through the
brush, I could see the boys were reluctant to follow; their
nervousness was very apparent, and after accompanying us for about thirty feet they refused to 90 farther.
Brad, Jeannie, and I continued for another hundred feet
or so before turning back: I realized that it was more important to record the boys' account of the experience
than to follow a week old trail.
We qUf,.;tioned them for quite a while that night, even
cross-examining them together and separately to better
ascertain the details of their experience. We found no
contradictions or irregularities in their stories that night
or at any time since. During our talks with the boys, Brad,
. Jeannie and I were all impressed with their apparent sincerity and the still-lingering signs of a fear of whatever it is
they saw.
A few days later Dennis, Jim and Kevin came to my
house to continue our discussion of their experience. I
had noticed, ever since the first time we had talked, a
hesitancy on their part to mention anything about their
account that sounded strange. But now, after they saw I
wasn't going to laugh at them or call them crazy, that
hesitancy disappeared. I have an hour long tape of our
discussions, on which the boys filled in a lot of the gaps
that I had previously felt. As they were leaving, I asked
Dennis to put on paper his version of what had happened. The result was the preceding part of this report.
During the next few weeks, I made several field trips
into the area looking for clear evidence of the existence of
a large animal. On two of these trips I was accompanied
by Brad Smith; once my wife went along. Several times I
went alone. The only physical evidence I could discover
was a number of trails such as would be made by a large
animal in its travels through, the bush. They were too
large to have been made by animals normally found in the
area. They could have been made by a bear, however,
and these have been seen a few times in the area during
previous years.

".:,~,.-:

If Dennis' and Jim's statements are reliable, a bear is


completely ruled out. They described Whit. they saw as
being eight feet tall, brOad~.l?houldez:.ed,witi1i:tapering at
the waist. They also saw a creature running very fast in an
upright position. The description they gave could not depict a bear; and this, of course, also rules out every other
animal known to the area. We'll talk about this more a
little later.
.~ .
I spoke to many of the neighbors; iicalie of them had
seen unusual animals or tracks. But so~of them mentioned hearing strange sounds on few' nIghts, and one
family remembered their dogs acting oddly one night.

It has now been several months' smce the original


sighting, and no more reports have come in. Apparently
whatever Dennis and Jim saw either left the area orjs
keeping well out of sight.

THE LOCATION

,
-;,'"

(ADIRDNDACK
\ MOUNTA INS
7U&HILL
PLATEAU.

". ';OJ: "1

There is an abundance here of rabBits, squirrels, and


other small animals. I have also observed several varieties of berries, as well as considerable other vegetable .
matter, all suitable as a food supply for an omniverous
animal. Enough certainly to
.
animal as
large as a bear or Bigfoot . qUllt~;2Uj~
be a problem for an animal
then we don't know much about what a""I;"f.~~~
the winter. '"
I don't really believe, however, that a'ijigfoot is resident in the woods alongO",erlook : . . ~"Edil<ely, it .
was just passing through.
.' ~~'.:'f..: ..';;;" ....
Let's look at the surrounding regi6ri:
take out a
map of New York State, you'll find Watertown near the

lr9t>u

.Ff.l!;,~.~7~.~::,
",:i;;.:.:::i -- I.'

,-

122 .
eastern tip of Lake Ontario. As you look to the south, you
will find an area that is blank, empty of roads or ~ns.
This is the Tug Hill Plateau, consisting of approximately
eight hundred square miles of forest, and it is less than
twelve miles from Watertown.
Turning your attention eastward of Watertown, yOu'l.
find a vast section which is also empty (or nearly so) of
man's handiwork. The Adirondack Mountains take up
more than nine thousanq square miles of forest, punc
tuated by very beautiful mountain lakes. Th~re are three
roads running east/west through the area; and one that
goes north/south. These present no barrier to wiJdJife,
however, since the forests reach down to the road's edge
on both sides. A twenty-five or thirty foot stretch of black
top is no problem for an animal (as long as .110 cars ~re
passing) wanting to cross. And the tOwns in this area are
small and very far apart.
.
Some people might -thi~k that these places canoet
really be wilderness or "unknown" areas. They must be
filled with hunters every fall? ~utstop to t~in~J~r..a
minute. Ask any hunterwhat distance from the-road he
will frequent while hunting. Very few venture more than
five miles from the nearest road. There is avery gOOd reason for this. An animal killed five miles from a road presents a formidable task - carrying it out to your car or
truck. Even a small deer becomes quite a burden after a
couple of miles. A bear is even worse .. As a rule, then, only
the very outskirts of these areas are hunted.
So it is quite possible tl)at a .Bigfoot could liVe, per-:
,manently, in either theAdirondacks or the Tug Hill section. If he were to follow the Black River out of the
tains toward Watertown, he Would ~ within a mile of
the Overlook Drive area. If he tUrnE!~ away from the river
(when he got near the dam and the city water plant) he
would then pass right through the section where Dennis
and Jim claimed to haue seen one.~froin there he could
either go southeast twenty:five miles to the Adirondacks, or south twelve miles to Tug Hill: In either case he
would not have to leave cover (excep~ to cross roads),
and the roads here are not extensively trave.1ed ~t night.
Under cover of darkness an animal could travel this route
with very little chance of being seEin:
I do firmly believe that if what Jim and Dennis saw .
really was a Bigfoot, it muSt have been traveling a route
similar to the one just described. :
.

rrioun-

THE EVIDENCE
Now that we have the possibility that there tookplace a
genuine sighting of an unknown animal in the area, let's
look at the euidence concerning this particular event. Of
course, the best evidence would be., the body ofa Bigfoot,
dead or alive. We don't have that, ~nfortunately. So let's
see what we do have.
,
,...
.
First we'll look at the sounds'"themSelves. Dennis describes them as "shrieking Screams.... wh~ ..other neighbors spoke of "yells" and "screecJ1es." Similar so~i1ds
have been described the same w~y in B!gfoot rePorts
from all over the country. There' . could, hO\NeVer~ be
another explanation for these sounds. Both bobCats and
lynx have been known to make strange noises at-times.
"

PURSUIT Fa1l1977

'".

And, althQ",gh the conservation department staunchly insists that there are more cougar in the area, there sure
are a lot of people here who will a,rgue (uphill and down)
that they've seen one or more of them. Cougars can
. sCream upa storm when they get going.
. That wasn't the only noise reported, though. Dennis
and Jim heard "someone or something poundir. !o..tdly
on a log or tree of some Sort." Now no amount of imagination could attribute this sound to a bobcat, Iynx,or ..
cougar. No native animal could logically be expected to .
make a noise like this.
: Is there, then, any animal that regularly does make
such a noise? The answer is yes; gorillas often pound
their great fists on a tree trunk or stump, thus producirig a loud drumming sound. This drumming has been ~e
corded in the wild and in captivity. I have seen reports of a
Yeti performing similar actions. There seems to be .no
logical reason why an oversize upright primate shouldn't
have some of the same habits as its smaller cousins; in
fact, it would be surprising if it didn't.
Next, let's c6i1sider .'the trails discernible in the grass
and brush; The fact that the grass was crushed down in a
path up to thirty inches wide speaks of a very large
animal. This grass was as much as three feet tall in.places.
A small animal would have gone through the grass, not
over it. Even a .large dog would have left a smaller trail :
than this one. The area is not conducive to cattle or horse
traffic, .~ we must admit the possibility of a large wild
. animal, having made the trail. If this was the only evidence, we could be led to assume a bear was once again
.. "
traveling through the area.
.
Sut this isn't the only evidence we have. We have
~Ir'eady mention~ the noises that were heard. The only
evidence left to consider now is the statements made by . .
Dennis and Jim themselves. This task.is much harder
than working With physical evidence that can be .
analyzed, weighed, and measured. Since our results here
cannot be pro~n, they will remain as opinions only.
Looking over the accountof the event, I could think of .
only three possibilities: 1) a hoax, 2) a mistake, or 3) the
plain truth. . ,. .
..
I began by assuming that it must be a hoax. I could not
imagine a Bigfoot sighting that close to Watertown. I have .
already explained why I changed my mind about this
impossibility. But that didn't prove it wasn't still a hoax, .
so I questioned the bOys quefully again. As I revieWed
our discussions and their written account of the night's
happenings, Hound myself abandoning the idea of denb- .
erate. fabrication. Their story consistently hung together .
wen, was quite detailed, and seemed not a bit out of place. '.
When showing u.s. the scene of the encounter. they were .. . .
still frightened and uneasy . They are not imaginative
people, and they are not the tyPe to think up and stick to
!iO elaborate a st9ry.
One other thing in~!lenced my decision, and that was
.the fact that the witnesses had not sought publicity. If
they had wanted attention, all they would have needed to
. do would be to telephone the newspaper or the local
radio station. It is certain that if they had done so the area
would have been instantly flooded with "Bigfoot hunters"
ar:td curiosity seel<ers .. What. about the idea of a mistake,
then; could they have seen some large animal, perha~ a

no

123

bear, and let their imaginations run wildly enough to produce a "Bigfoqt" experience? This would explain a lot of
things - even the trails in the grass, but it has some drawbacks. First of all, this was not a quick look at something
in the dark; the sun was coming up and there was plenty
of light to get a very detailed look at the creature.
Secondly, these are not youngsters with overiilctive imaginations. Both witnesses are quite down-to-earth young
men in their late teens. I cannot picture them in their own
minds confusing a bear running across the road with a
giant, upright, hairy ape like being. Nor can I imagine
them both experiencing the same hallucination simultaneously.
But, I was asked, could drugs or alcohol produce such
a vision? I don't see much likelihood of this either, but in
order to be completely fair, I asked the boys about it.
They assured me that there were no drugs or alcohol involved. and that they were absolutely sure that what they
saw was real. By every logical process of which I can conceive, I have to agree.

CONCLUSION
Talking with Dennis and Jim, I have been continually
impressed by their sincerity. I believe they have told me
the truth as they understand it. And I find no logical reason to say that their story is untrue.
If we accept their word, what can we conclude? The
animal they describe is no! officially recognized by
science today. It would be an erect primate, about eight
feet tall, very broad-shouldered, with a tapering at the
waist, and would appear to be covered with short dark
brown or black fur (even on the face); it remains upright,
even when running very quickly. Also, it turned its whole
body, rather than just its head, when it looked around. It
left tracks that were definitely humanoid, though huge.
All these descriptive elements tally with the description of
the animal we call a Bigfoot or Sasquatch.
Surprisingly enough, there have been Bigfoot reports
from Northern New York before. I have discovered at
least three previous incidents. A little public inquiry will
undoubtedly uncover more. Anyone knowing of Bigfoot
stories from New York, New Jersey or Pennsylvania,
please feel free to contact me at 571 Jefferson Street,
Watertown, NY 13601. I would also be happy to receive
any hair samples from mammals as per my request in
Pursuit, (Vol. 10, No.1, p. 18).

The above photogr~ph appeared in the April, 1976 issue of


News. Often mistaken for Bigfoot footprints, these are
the tracks or "pugmarks" (in sand) of Ursidae euarctos, the
common black bear. Note the clawmarks (which would be abo
sent in Bigfoot tracks), and the effect of a double imprint of the
forefoot. Among Qther factors which distinguish these tracks
from Bigfoot prin.t~, the prints are very close together - even
closer than the footprints of the booted human feet which
appear in the picture. [Bigfoot News is published monthly. A
year"s subscription may be ordered for $5.00 from Bigfoot
News. ~.U. Box 777, Hood River, Oregon 97031. -Editor.]

BigJoOI

PURSUIT Fall 1977

124

:THE WANTAGE EVENT


by S. N. Mayne
During the past year, alleged Bigfoot sightings in New
J.ersey have been increasing steadily:. Although we have
not had adequate time to fully .document many of the
sightings, more and more reports nevertheless keep
coming in. Because the following r~port has received
widespread publicity, a number of the statements made
concerning the events have been err.oneous ones. Since
SITU was directly involved in the inV4;!stigations; we hQpe
to be able to clarify what actually tqok place.

* *.

...

It all began on Thursday, May 12, 1977 according to the


family of eight living in one of the mqst-remote and rural
sections of Northern New Jersey. Mrs. Sites arose early
as usual, in order to prepare her six children for school. It
was jllst after 6:00 a.m. and she went about her daily
chores, which included putting her two cows out to pas.
ture; but for some reason this day they would not go. As
she attempted to literally push the cows through the gate,
she heard a noise from the swamp (b~hind the farm) that
sounded "like a woman screaming while she was being
killed."
:
Finally succeeding in forcing the cows into the field,
Mrs. Sites locked the gate behind th~m, then continued
on to the barn to care for the nine pet rabbits that were
kept there. As she walked toward the barn, she noticed
that the heavy wooden sliding door had been ripped away
from the frame to which it had bee~ nailed. Inside, she
found seven of the nine rabbits dead. They had been reo
moved from their cages, then deliberately placed on top.
Some of the cages had been unhooked, while others were
simply smashed in. In one of the cages which contained
some guinea pigs as well as rabbits, ~he rabbits were reo
moved but the guinea pigs rernainec;i untouched.
One of the rabbits had its head twi~tedoff, another one
its right hind leg (which was left dangling), and two rab
bits (both pregnant) were missing. ~'.There were hardly
any marks on the other five rabbits," Mr. Sites said.
"They just looked fike someone ~queezed them .to
death."
;
The family called the State Police. Upon their arrival
and subsequent investigation of the rabbits, they tl:ten
questioned Mr. Sites, at one point suggesting.that he him
self had killed the rabbits for publidty. Their only other
comment was that, if it wasn't Mr. Sites himself who killed
the rabbits, then it may have been a wild dog or bear. Dis
mayed by the reaction shown by the police, the family de
cided to carry out their own investigation. Mr. Sites dis
covered some broken boards in the outer wall of the
.barn, apparently where the creature had first tried to
claw its way in to get the rabbits. There were several deep
claw marks evident, and whole sections of the boards had
been ripped away.
That same night, at about.9:00 p.m., Mrs. Sites noticed
* Names puulI"heu uy permission 01 witnesses.

PURsurr

Fall19'n

that the baling twine used to close another door to the


barn had been removed (four knots in the twine had been
untied!). The board that had been propped against the
door was found lying on the ground. She informed her
husband that she felt "somebody was around;" where
upon he untied their seventy pound dog and, along with
the rest of the family, went inside the house to observe
the barn from a corner window. It was not long before
they witnessed a creature appear under the mercury
vapor lamp which lights up the "farm yard. The oldest
daughter, age ,sixteen, began screaming immediately.
The entire family observed the creature standing under
the bright light at the corner of a shed. (It was from see
ing thecreature in this position that Mr. Sites estimated
the height to be at least seven feet, the same as the eave
at the corner of the shed,)"
.
"It was big and hairy; it was brown; it looked like a
human with a beard .and mustache; it had no neck; it
looked like its head was just sitting on its shoulders; it had
big red glowing eyes." This is how Mrs. Sites later de
scribed her observations of the creature that night. The
dog went after it. The creature merely swung an arm, and
the dog flew about twenty feet through the air, landed,
rolled over, scrambled to his feet, and ran away (not to reo
turn until the following day). The creature, seemingly un
shaken, casually turned and walked away on its hind legs.
By now the family was extremely upset and nervous.
The next morning, May 13, Mrs. Sites took her six chil.
dren to her mother's house in a nearby town (where they
were to remain several days before returning). That same
night (Friday the 13th coincidentally) Mr. Sites, along
with ~s. Sites, her brother and a friend waited nero
vously for the creature's return. "This time we were
ready for it," Mr. Sites later related. By being 'ready for it'
he meant the four adults had positioned themselves with
guns (a .410 and .12 gauge shotgun and two .22calibre
rifles) at various points so as to surround the barn and
shed.
At about the same time (late dusk) as the previous
night, the creature silently appeared near the same spot
under the mercuryvapor lamp. "At first aliI saw were
these two red eyes staring at me from over there," Mr.
Sites said, pointing to the old shed. Then all four adults
"opened fire" on the creature, which fled into the shed,
with the four adults in pursuit, continuing their fire all the
while. The creature finally broke out through a window in
the shed and stood under a tree by the corner of the
structure with arms outstretched. Mr. Sites, closest to it,
said, '" shot at it three or four times with deer slugs in my
,410 gauge shotgun, and I know I hit it." In response, the
creature growled, Mr. Sites recalled. "I thought the thing
was coming at me." He then fled in the direction of the
house, where he joined the others who had retreated
there after running out of ammunition. The creature
meanwhile turned and ran up th~ hill in the tall grass at

125

the shoulder of the road, finally disappearing into a~


apple orchard. "My husband jumped into his pickup
truck and tried to chase it, but the thing ran into the fields
and disappeared," Mrs. Sites said. The next day, Satur
day, May 14, the family and friends searched the area, but
were unable to find any blood or other signs to indicate
the creature had been struck and wounded by gunfire.
(Editor's note: SITU does not advocate the shooting of a
Bigfoat/ Sasquatch creature. Mr. Sites, although he feels
his action of shooting at the animal was a natural one
under the circumstances, has not attempted to sh~ot the
creature since.)
The family originally was reluctant to talk about the
events, but a relative who was disgruntled over the official
reaction (or lack of reaction) to the whole episode de
cided to tell everything to a reporter, thus originating o~e
of the best multiplewitnessed "monster" tales to come
out of New Jersey in some time.

SITU INVESTIGATES
R. Martin Wolf and this writer (who comprised the pre
liminary investigative team) arrived early in the evening of
Tuesday, May 17 to interview Mrs. Sites and her family.
Upon questioning them, we were impressed with their
apparent sincerity. We could find no evidence, after a
thorough cross-examination, of obvious or intended deceit on their part. After discussing the detailed events; we
proceeded to search for any possible clues as to the pre
sence of the creature. We looked for footprints, but the
ground, too hard and well trampled by the farm animals,
failed to revealanything. Examining tbe barn and shed,
we observed the deep claw marks on the ~ide of the barn
where the creature had apparently first attempted entry.
Upon a closer examination of the shed .and surrounding
areas we found obvious evidence that bullets had
been fired at the shed and the nearby tree under which
the creature had allegedly.stood.
We proceeded to the area behind the house, approx.mately two hundred yards away, to examine the large
swamp, an area from which Mrs. Sites suspected the
creature had come. Because of the recent dry weather,
we were able to walk through the entire swamp, crisscrossing it again and again in the hopes of finding a possible footprint or other clue. We found nothing there. Returning from the swamp, we also examined the field
above the house. Here we discovered some interesting
areas wh~re th!Z high pasture grass had been flattened,
possibly by some large animal. Within the flattened area,
we found what appeared to be visceral organs of some
mammal. The organs were strung out, with several
clumps of hair scattered about the vicinity, and some
hairs were actually attached to what appeared to be intestines. We collected what we could of the hair - mostly
short, one to two inch 100;g, brown specimens (we returned the following day in order to obtain the organs
themselves).
Returning to the house, we were greeted by Mr. Sites,
who had just arrived home. Questioning him carefully
about the events of the past several days, we were impressed by his sincerity in relating details that corrobor-

ated what his wifeand children had told us earlier. "I'd


never have believed it e.xisted if I hadn't seen it with my
own two eyes," he said. After many lengthy discussions
with Mr. Sites, we: asked him what he thought he had
seen. "I don't know," he responded, "I want someone to
find out."
While we were interviewing the family that evening,
someone claiming to represent a newly organized investigative group called and asked if they could come over
that same evening to take the rabbits away for analysis.
While Mr. Sites had offered them to us, we declined the
offer in order to' make for more cooperation among
investigative groups. (Mr. Sites informed us that the interested party promised him a complete laboratory
analysis of the findings. As of this writing, however, some
three months later, the report has not been forthcoming.)
.
Instead, we examined the rabbits on location. Although very little exterior damage was evident (with the
exception of the one with its head missing and another
with a dangling leg), it was apparent that a large amount
of internal damage had taken place, as evidenced by the
many broken bones as well as the presence of blood in
the throats and mouths of the animals.*
After examining the rabiits, we departed for the evening. As the creature had not returned for four days (since
the time they had shot at it) we wondered if further incidents would be forthcoming. Upon returning the next
morning [0 collect the specimens from the field, we were
* A local New Jersey IJaper did receive from the group a report on the
rabblls. Lwid rLl11 eXlenslve coverage of the findings. (This seems to indicate an llltere:.1 (in the part of the group more in seeking publicity than
. in reiaYlng llltormatiull 10 the owners of the rabbits.) According to the
newspaper. Ihe !hree smaller rabbits had most of their ribs fractured,
their spinal and pelvic frames had been either dislocated or broken, and
in addition, their stomachs,lungs and hearts had burst. The four larger
rabbits had massive fracture of bones in the head/neck and hind leg
areas. One 01 the lour, the one with its head removed, was also missing
liS S(Omdl h. esuphagus and lungs. "which were apparently pulled out of
the boay III the dct ut yanking off the head," the leader of the group
stated. An()lh~r newspaper later quoted this same person as saying: "I
saw the (dead} IdbbllS. One had its head twisted off; tlrat is a characterISIIC oj BI9Iool. .. (EmphasIs ours. Please note: we have no information of
this alleged hallli ul teanng olf rabbit heads as being characteristic of
Bigfools behavlordl.pattern.)
PURSUIT Fall 1977

..... s

126
. ',:'

consistently stated they never once 'saw the' creature


drop onto all four feet; this only further tends to rule out a
.. ,.'
bear.}

PREMONITIONS, NIG'HTMARES' :" .>.


AND FURTHER INCIDENCES': ....:.:.

no~~ity" h~d :p~b

The outer wall of the barn, (not~ where boards


were removed) in which,the rabbits were kept.

abruptly informed by Mrs. Sites that shortly after our de


parture the night before, and at about the same time that
it had appeared on previous oc~asion$, the creature once
again appeared under the mercuryv~por light. This time
Mr, Sites jumped into his pickup truck and chased it as it
ran through the same field in which lay the specimens.
The creature, after nearly being run, over by Mr. Sites,
apparently escaped into the woods behind the house. We
l1utic~d the fresh markings when{ti"}e truck's tires had
crushed paths 'through the grass, but fc;>rtunately he had
not driven over the specimens. After'collecting the specimens* and inspecting the area thoroughly (finding no
new eVidence), we left, but returned later that same even
ing with movie cameras, just" in case~ We installed our vehicle under a tree, which partially concealed it, and sat
across the street from (and facing) the mercury-vapor
I.ight, waiting. After all, we rationalized, is c'reature tliat
will return after being fired upon thirty or inore times,
attackl?d by a dog, chased .by a pickup truck and nearly
run over might return for the benefit of-' harmless
cameras; but this was not to be the case:
During the next month we return'ed to the area fre
quently, By this time, and for several ~eeks following, interested people from all over the country had called or
arrived; dozens of cars and pickups, loaded with local
curiosity-seeking and shotgunqearing hop~fuls frequented the farm as well. The famjly became so perplexed by the ensuing harrassment 'and ridICule which
e~en included threatening phone call~ that they began to
wish they had never mentioned the incident. "In fact,"
Mr. Sites said, "one group started tellIng me'- not even
asking me! - what they were planning to do, so I threw
them oul and told them never to come back."
A cilstrid wildlife manager 'who vil?ited the farm can
cluded, according to a newspaper; that if was probably
nul a marauding bear, He didn't want to commit himself
it appears, to ruling out a bear, but said it would. never:
i i1ele~s "seem unusual" for a he~r' to claw its way into a
building to kill rabbits "this time of year.".(AIl witnesses
* These have been subsequentiy delivered til a member of SITU's
having been sent to
Scientific Advisory Board (with hair samples
other scientists) for further investigation. Significant results will be reo
ported at a later date.
'

also

Only after several weeks, when the


licly worn off, were we able to pursue our investigations
without constant interruptions.' One night,' after ,darkness had fallen, Mrs. Sites told us she had a "feeling" that
the creature was around. Although the last time she had
said that to us the creature allegedly;appeared' ten miilutes after we left, nothing out of the ordinary occurred
during the rest of the night.'
' . " "" ....
The "premonition" factor is interesting however. The
members of the household appear extremely frightened'
and hypersensitive. The entire family has experienced
Bigfoot-related nightmares, according to Mrs'. Sites.
Could it be that the (::motional experi~nce origirially,involved with seeing the creature has triggered within these
individuals such a fear response that henceforth they
begin to anticipate the creature's presence where there
is, in fact, nothing? Does it mean they are sO'prone':by
now to seeing the creature that any excuse, however
flimsy, suffices to activate the fear-induced mechansim?
Or is it, perhaps, what an old fr;iend of M~. Sit~s (who
also saw the creature) implied: "it's, uncanny,' supernatural; it moves with unbelievable speed. Maybe it's,not
'real' in our time and space." One thing seems certain': it
was 'real' enough to physically mutilate seven rabbits"
We asked Mr. Sites, during one of our innumerable
conversations, if anything else strang(;! had hapPEin~d r~~
cently in the area, either before or after the events.ofMay
12th. He told us of an incidentwhichoccurredayear~ar,
lier, one which he had shrugged off with disbelief at the
time. One night a friend of hi,s (along with ~i,s family)" w~
sleeping in a camper parked near the" side of the barn 'on
the Sites' property. The next :morning the friend informed Mr. Sites that during the night "something"had
picked up the trailer and bounced it up and down.Mi".
Sites said he laughed it off at. the lime, but his friend; who
didn't laugh it off, left shortly thereafter (as soon as there
was daylight) and did not return. Mr. Sites also mentioned
that within a few days of his (irst sighting, a farmer four
miles down the road had found' fifty chickens decapitated. (We were unable to as~ertain the validity ofthis
account due to our unsuccessful repeated attempts t6
contact the family involved.)
'
..
Various members of the Sites family continue to see
the creature from time to tirrie .. One evening, Mrs ..Sites
recalled, her children were out picking berries, half way
between the house and the swamp, when they saw.the
creature crawling in the grass; it appeared to he extending its hand, as if it were injured and'''pleading for' help:;'
The kids ran into the house screaming. Mrs. Sites sa.id
anorher evening she thought she saw the creature Iying'in
the field next to a cow.
'. " . " . ",
An interesting occurrence took place in the presence
1
of jive SITU investigators, who jus !- happened to he-viSiting the farm when the following event occurred. Mr. and
Mrs, Sites, two of their friends, and the five SrrUiJivestiL

PURSUIT Fa1l1977

'

: ,,'!

...

:.

"

1 ,:"
j ! { : I,:

~."

127

gato'~s were standing outside the house discussing the


various events which had occurred throughout the previous two months, when we suddenly heard a strange
"scream" coming from some distant area behind the
house_ "That's ii!" Mrs. Sites cried. We all ran through
the:'(jelds to the edge of the woods as the sound confinued, now rapidly retreating into the swamp_ At the suggestion of Mr.Sites' friend, we jumped into his pickup
truck and attempted to drive closer to the sound, although this was a feat not easily accomplished due to the
extremely limited road access to the area. We did manage, however, to circle the area (via dirt roads) .and to
park several miles north of the farm, thus nearer "to the
area toward which the sound seemed to move_ The six of
us-spread out and began exploring the area. The screaming 'was still audible, but gradually diminished as whatever made the sound moved swiftly away. A thorough
check of the area failed to turn up any clues whatsoever,
out it soon became apparent to us that the lay of the land
uffered an opporiunity for a creature to walk (or run) for
miles. anq miles through the. surrounding woods and
swamps without ever needing to pass close to a house_
-We returned to the farm, where we discussed the
sounds' we had all heard. It is difficult to accurately
describe the audia! sensation experienced_ To Mrs_ Sites
arid her 'fnend, "it c::ounds like some woman being murd~fea back there." Tothis writer, it seemed more like a
Very 'loud scre~ching bellow, unlike any natural animal
sbund_ Another SITU investigator present feels the
possibility cannot be ruled out that the cry was that of a
luon, although at lEi!ast two of the other investigators preserit are familiar with the tryof a loon, and find the suggestion untenable_
Will! Iitt!e supporting concrete evidence (footprints,
etc,) to support" the family's claims, this incident served to
add an:intriguing bit of "tangible" evidence to the Wantage event.

CONCLUSION
"Do you really believe that story?" everyone asks us.
Perhaps the words of Mrs. Sites sum it up best. "I don't

Some of the rabbit pens, Note that window


behind pen i!! same as one shown on opposite
page. Opening torn in wall corresponds to area
behind rabbit cages_

care what anybody says, we saw what we saw and the


only way anybody is going to beli~ve us is to see if themselves:' She is probably right. But believing it or not beIieving it, we maintain, does not necessarily make the incident a,ny more ot less reaL
If it is a hoax, iris a classic one in itself, being one ofthe
more clever, bizarre and complicated ones to be perpetrated in recent years. What does the Sites family stand
tu gain,?.plainly, they are disturbed by these events. They
keep their windows, as well as their doors, closed and
locked at night. They are sick and tired of the intruders
dncl the" pr~n~sters, ti)ose. who would harrass and ridicule. But all this is only secondary to the very real and
constant. fear that an unknown creature ma~' return.
We asked Mr. Sites what he plans to do about it.
Well, he replied, "either capture it, somehow make it
leave, ur else w~'re moving'" And there is no doubt that
he means every word of it. .
II nothing else, this case may go down in the Bigfoot
annals as one of the more intriguing ones on record. It is
also likely we haven't heard the last of it. ~

THE MISSHON, B.C. BIGFOOT HOAX


by Dennis Gates

",

':.
"

'.. On May 15 near Mission, British Columbia, passengers on a bus were surprised to see a large hairy creature- run across the road in front of them_ Newspapers
acrOss the country ran the story, and we received a
number of requests for further information. Dennis
Gates, who ooLi;' provides the Bigfoot/Sasquatch C/ipptng Reproduction Service, Inc" and who, along with
John .Green and Rene Dahinden, investigated the original incident, has sent us his report, from which the following is ex(:erpted_
Because a radio station had ~eported the sighting, over
~huridred people were at the scene by the time I arrived,
.

-I

... '

','

, \ , '

Although. most :ot" tKe footprints were therefore obliterated, John:G feen iiYnd I were nevertheless able to cast
:
'
a right and a Ielt foot.
. The foiiowing day I again spoke with John, who revealed to m~thaLhe really didn't J.ike the look of his cast
.- the toes were -too. even, foo'straight. Also, on a list
which the ~.C,M,P: had circulated among the passengers for the names and addr~sses of witnesses, one passenger had started to write his name and then crossed it
out.
.
Four men were involved in the hoax, Over the next few
da!.'s the following story emerged: one man wore a gorilla.
PURsurr Fall 1977

. '='

,- ...:.

128

"

SUit, another assisted by slgna!ling him when to run . bus, claims that after he stopped the bushe ran 400 yards
across the road, a third man up tne road signalled (via into the brush aft~r the creature, eventually confronting it
walkie-talkie) when the bus was approaching. The fourth lace-to-fac~. He was able to elaborately detail body and
man (the one who crossed his nallle off the list) rode on facial (eatures, and'contiriues to stick to his story, even
[he bus in order to call attention to the "creature" should though the c1ea~in9 where this allegedly hap~ned was
the other passengers miss it.
only about 60 yards off the road and, as it turns out, the
The hoax, which included the pr;ior imprinting of pre- man who wore the gorilla suit had removed the bulky
molded footprints "running" through the sand of the head portion immediately after leaving the road in. order
creek bed, was a success. Why did they do it? Because, to be able to see where he was going. And, he claims,
they told us, S.c. was due for another Sasquatch sight- Lindquist never caught up to him at all .. : .
Ing.
(John Green's full report of the Mission B. C. incident is
John Green points out an interesting and still unex- 011 Ji/~ at SITU.)
~
plained part of the story: Pat Lindqoist, the driver of the

!t).

AN INTER-GALACTIC LANGUAGE
.by E. Macer-Stpry
(copyright 1976 e. macer-trtory)

Right now I am trying to write a novel onUFOcontact


with the working title of Dangerous Pride. I have been
able, wllh various mishaps, to proceed about two-thirds
of the way mto this narration withoult going mad from the
regular transdimensional interference, but lately it has
been uphill all the way, though the words of the plot by
now seem to be falling rather neatly into place.
I am now writing a monologue by a deceased gambler
who remembers his previous incarnation .as a more
highly-developed thought form from a plane intersecting
with what we here on Earth understand to be the Horselwad Nebula in the constellation Orion. .
.
So, removed as this situation is from most possible coIIlcidences. I am taking time out to jot down a-few notes
jJUH::,LiIl

f-ull 1977

on thought transference and UFO contact, as these are


really occurring:
..
I knock on'wood that a star-spangled hobby horse. is
not going to come hurtling in through my window.
The most important aspect of these UFO communica,
lions the use of. a rebus language which, with a ~owto
modern psychology, might be termed "planned syhchro
nicity," bu~ in the old days was quite commonly knoWn to
..
be the use of signs and portents.
.
An astrebus (from astral: psychic plus rebus: puzzle)
like a spread of Tarot cards on a rainy Thursday,isacollection of objects, events, realizations and symb"ois
which, when taken together, means .something wholly
other than the list of components. In other words, this
astrebus is not subject to logical processing on the analogue or digital computer. Why would anyone want to do
this'? It is not a question of desire.
It is at this time habitual for the' literate hurnan to think

'S

129
in analogical terms. For each event and symbol it seems
that there must be at least one fixed meaningorexplanation_ The astrebus has no fixed meaning. The purPose of
participation in astrebetic contact is active and practical.
Beyond this, it has no meaning at all and, as regards the
next instant, may cease to exist or even cease to be remembered as existing.
Now, please follow these instructions:
Take an ordinary sheet of typewriter paper_Draw a
five-pointed star on the surface of this paper _Then, below
the symbol print the word: star_ Find a flat stick or piece
of plywood.
Now take an ordinary small birthday candle or wax
tapl:!r, light it, and place a daub of hot wax at the center of
the star. Embed the end of the candle in the daub of hot
wax, so that it stands upright. Watch the flame at the top
ufthis candle, particularly the center of the flame where it
meets the wick.
In full cognizance of the meaning of the words that you
drl:! saying, enunciate the sentence: "A star is made of
lire ...
Hlow out the candle and, as you do so, say: "A fire
which cannot be extinguished by' the use of the human
breath.-
Oetach the candle from the sheet of paper. Fold the
length of the typewriter paper into a narrow, pleated
strip. Now form the three-dimensional figure of a star by
folding the strip into a five-pointed openwork lattice and
taping or stapling the ends of ~he strip together at the
lower right hand point. Find an apple.
Place the five-pointed three-dimensional star at the
other side of the room, sit down beside the apple and the
board and look at this thing you have made from a distance. Then move to the left of the apple, pick up the
piece oi wood, and turn to your right, saying "starbuard."
Immediately upon turning right, pick up the first piece
ul fruit that you see. Does this apple have any significance for you'? Of course ir does. You put it there_ But
suppose that you were hungry, looked up, say a star and
lound an apple.
This active, four dimensional (your participation
through time is included) activity can be seen as a way of
understanding the language of dreams, astral or psychic
communication and certain UFO sightings_
for quite a while (see any issue of U/o/ogy or the Fly/fig Saucer Reuiew) it has been generally known and
accepted among the myriad of UFO investigators that
both states of altered consciousness and strange synchronistic and psychokinetic events do accompany the
sightings of what are now commonly accepted as being
unusual, powerful and puzzling vehicles or creatures.
It has been postulated by a number of independent
Investigators that some UFO sightings (of dilating lights,
flat lines turning sideways to become saucers and shapes
which shut off the engines of cars) are actually some form
uf sl:!ntient electrical plasma, but if they are, then I feel
that Ihe seeming sentience of this plasma must certainly
bl:! d Side ellect of astral contact or part of an atrebus engll1l:!ered to ehcit some very specific responses on the
.
pdrt of the contactee.
In this type of communication, it is not spe~ifically the

. action or symbols supplied which are of primary importance, but the resultant realization in the mind of the recipIent. In this way, true astral communication can be
likened to a charade in which part of the final understanding is communicated actively, sometimes by grotesque means.

OCCULT TRADITION
Astrebetic communication is no news to occultists,
though the ceremony I have given is absolutely of this
moment. Most traditional forms of divination and carreading, combinations of numbers through the use of
dice or the fall of certain sticks, and the reading of omens
In smoke or fire are concerned with this concept of the
mundane configuration somehow signaling (in concert
with memory and mental content) a meaning which is
completely other to the composite of particulars involved. This meaning is dependent on a leap, not of faith,
but of intuition. Sometimes the astrebus can be almost
mathematical in nature, giving a sort of functional formula or carefully engineered program of behavior leading to a specific kind of result which is achieved by the
process of mutation known in contemporary slang as
"going through changes."
One of the ways in which a corpus of knowledge was
retained before the. advent of mass-produced works of
reference was by the use of associative memory. It was
common, for example, to walk through the rooms of a
school or monastery, mentally associating certain chemical elements and properties with specific familiar locations, so that as the tour was recalled the knowledge
would also be available. The usefulness of the simple
astrebus is in coding information mentally by the use of
this sort of four-dimensional tour_
Pavlov called this use of the artificially-conditioned reflex the "slgnals of signals" to distinguish behavior resultant from words or learned concepts from behavior
which occurs as a conditioned response to exterior
stimuli. The similarity to the Pavlovian constructs is not
of any particular significance to the immedia~e consideration of UFO activity. Such technical comparisons are
of obviol!s interest to the contemplative person, but not
uf much help in coping with any puzzling instance of UFO
contact.
Astrebetic contact is actual manipulative contact and
does not use any consistent symbolic conditioning except as use of certain already learned symbols is part of
the process to be accomplished_ I am now going to be
arbitrary and make a number of assertions which I have
no hope of proving by conventional reasoning. I base
these assertions on my own personal contact with UFO
and psychic phenomena, and on my contact with other
human beings who have also experienced UFO and psychic phenomena.
I hope that the scientifically-oriented person will under- stand my inability to fully analyse these experiences_
There is absolutely no analogy for the astrebus within the
conventional technical vocabulary which is now used to
describe events within the electromagryetic spectrum.
This is because the astral or "psychic" energies are exPURSUff FaU 1977

..............................................
:

130

Can you imagine the reverse?


A strong use of the astral energies has as its effect the
mechanical distortion of a four-dimensional complex.
Control of the astral "flow" would then enable the operator to generate "psychokinetic" phenomena at will.
Quite a. few philosophers have toyed with this iqea.
Bishop Berkeley and Pirandello, to mention but two, both
postulated that individual perception is dominant, and
that the phenomenal world has no existence except as it
is perceived, This does lead to argument, as individual
mindsets collide without hope of reconciliation.
. I make a. very fundamental difference with such
thinkers, and this is based on my experience with astral
cugmtion, the spontaneous transfer of idea content from
mind to mind, psychokinesis and the occurrence of synchronous" events somehow engineered by the interdetion of the individual astral energies with other material structures which are also astrally keyed.
'Thoughts are things," as your spiritualist auntie is
wont to declare, and UFOs generally speak by moving
things around in the near vicinity of the contactee. Some
times these rearrangements do involve the actual change
uf a physical situation, and sometimes ideas are
implanted astrally so as to seem part of a real memory.
This is advanced hypnotic technique. The ability to
IIlduce these mental changes in the environment has
been a part of Sufu and Buddhist folklore for centuries,
dlld is mentioned by H. p, Blavatsky in her book Isis
Unuei/ed. She records several of her experiences with
this mind bending technique, which was used openly in
broad daylight.
Did Blavatsky really go to Tibet? We can never know
fur sure. However, she must have had some sort of significant experience with the use of mental persuasion, or
her books would not now be in print.
At the time that she was writing these books, Blav
c.ltsky claimed to have been assisted by powerful entities
Cd lied "Masters," who could make things appear and dis
dPpear at will. Not coincidentally, I have recently talked
with about thirteen or fourteen people (one at a time and
frum very different backgrounds) whQ have been less
dsslsted than disturbed by phenomena such as the stop
p~ge of clocks and car engines, temporary clairvoyance
(md the occurrence of amazingly odd and humorous incidents in relation to their sighting at a UFO light or ship in
the sky. I did not really want to get so deeply involved in
thiS aspect of paranormal phenomena, though I have
been doing psychic readings and actively collecting data
un the uccult for about five or six years. I do not claim that
homble and awe-inspiring things came to me in the early
Iluurs of the morning and lisped Qut the secrets of the
cusmos, nor do I remember being aboard a space vehicle
from dnuther galaxy.
However, strange humming vibrations have troubled
my sIe~p, and I have awakened in the early hours of the
murning to find a most peculiar light out over the center
ot a lake In Vermont where I was vacationing. Later, I
ledrned that on the same night UFOs had been spot'ted in
New Hampshire. Also, I have had strange, informative
dreams relative to this sighting and others which I have
experienced. Invariably, these dreams "come true" in
sume respect.

cluded from the models used to describe electro<hemical and magnetic phenomena.
So what are these astral energies? Evidently they do
intersect with the electromagnetic spectrl,lm somehow,
or we would not be able to experience them. Our electrochemically keyed nervous system could not convey to us
impulses of inspiration and memory'received from the
astral area were there no intersection between these
mental dimensions and the receptor 'part of our consciousness which is able to be analysed physically.
There are quite a few ga~ in the pre~ent knowledge of
neural mechanics, and some of these most probably have
to do with the registry of this astral information, and with
.the operation of memory. A deliberate operation of the
astral energies can be noticed by a change in the ordinary fourdjmensional configuratioll. This is accomplished by a process of transduction, and so there are no
"astral energies" available to the would-be collector.
Rearrangements within this spectrum might include
instantaneous change of location of objects in a room or
the suspension 01 ordinary gravity/timwweight as manifested by the stoppage of clocks or sorite marked change
In normal bodily or machine-dependent function.
Since my first UFO contact at the age of thirteen I have
experienced several such spontaneous alterations of my
environment and physicaVmental being. Several of these
were traumatic, as the unusual events took me completely by surprise, and did invqlve instantaneous
change. Two of these contacts were signalled by "seeing
a light." Others were a matter of experiencing an intense
"humming" sound (audible to otners, by the way)
coupled with the sense of "taking all, energy bath," the
quite tactile feeling of being in the presence of powerful
furces which were interpenetrating th~ ordinary physical
..
plane.

TECHNICAL VS. PSYCHOLOGICAL


ASPECTS
I

.~.

It is interesting in this light that it has been shown byexperiment (publications of the American Society 0/ Dow!Sers, Danville, Vermont) that the psychic faculty can be
markedly influenced by the presence of a strong mag, '
netic field.
Since the psychic faculty operates through astral
transduction, it is easy to see how an induced magnetic
imbalance could cause a temporary malfunction of this
trdnsduction process.
What is the purpose of this article?
I suppose It IS partially to express my irritation at these
past sudden and surprising interruptions into the course
01 my usual life. and partially to alert others who might
have had simildr experiences that such things do happen.
I am less concerned with the technological approach
than with the psychological aspect, as I do not feel that
the operation of these dimensions can be embraced within our current technological vocabulary. Ti')e closest that
we do come is the concept of transduction by which (on
this electro magnetic plane, for example) a piezo-electric
crystal converts the mechanical stress of compression
into an electrical current flow.
PURSUII

Fall 1977
.':

':,'

131

UFO ENCOUNTERS

clocks in connectio:1 with both psychic reading and UFO


investigation; a humming' "generator" sound which was
also audible to others in the vicinity, and telepathic and
astrebal contact of a.startling and quite solid kind. One of
the contactees to whom I have spoken reports. greater
psychic receptivity plus a better musical ear and increased ability to play the organ. Contact seems to be
.quite unique'and educational for the relaxed and openminded person_ .. :
At the beginning of this article, I mentioned the possibility of a star-spangled horse flying' in the window. In my
present ~tate of mind, I would probably just pick it up and
include this occurrence in my writing right here as a sort
of ~hil1)sical example. x"'" _

Recently, I gave a poetry reading in which I stressed


that some of the perceptions described come to me clairvoyantly_ During intermission, a young man of 'about
twenty came up and told me of a UFO ~ighting which his
family had experienced in North Carolina_ I have no
reason to doubt the authenticity of this experience_
The family in question wakened in the early hours of
. t he morning, feeling spontaneously that something.peculiar was going on outside. Nothing was heard or seen
inside the house, so this seems to have been a psychic
intuition.
The boy telling the story was the last to run outside,
and so did not see the light which tnec)tne'rs saw in a field
." .'.... ":
. '~fi'
near the house, but observed the next morning a burned
~
circle where something hot had eveidently been present
0. ~
the night before.
.
In the light of my convictions about mental manipula..'
tion, I hesitate to !iay "landed."
Subsequent to this experience, everyone'i~ this North
Instead, I am goi'ng to tell you about another interestCarolina family experienced unusual dreams and heighing co-incidence ~hich occurred to me yesterday. I
ten'ed psychic receptivity. Evidently it. was a real and
belong to a Book Club. Now, this ~eems mild. The reason
bizarre experience of some sort, or it would not have
for belonging to this book club is to get hardback vol.' been described to me in such detail six or seven years
umes of literature at cut-rate prices. I had been expectlater_ '
ing to receive Dante's In/erno. Instead, I got a book by
Usually, the encounter with a UFO will come as'a su'rJohn Wain ,entitled Johnsonon Johnson. Upon opening
prise. Sometimes this surprise is humorous, but at other
the wrapper, I spontaneously turned to a page in this
times it can involved property damage, amnesia .and
book. which describes one of Johnson's characters in
symptoms of shock. .
. ,
.
Rosse/as, an ~'astronorrier" who has become convinced
It is not necessary to see a UFO visually, though this
that he holds the key t9. all, ,cosmic operations. This
sort of objective corroboration is usually quite reassurastronomer feels that these revelations have been visited
ing for the contactee. UFOs can be heard (usually a humupon him against his will, and Wain here asserts that it is
ming sound like an electrical generator or large home recommon among people who have delusions to feel a
frigerator changing cycles), felt (dizziness,light-headedsense of force and compulsion. Immediately, I began to
ness and nausea or a sense 'of vertigo as if the energies of
doubt whether anyone would believe the assertions I
the body were coming out through the head or solar
have made in this article. It certainly covers a great deal of
ground.
plexus) and sensed psychically in the same way that the
average person "knows" when he i~ being stared at or . George Washington Carver has been reputed as praylistened to by someone he cannot see_
ing: "Lord, if I can't know everything, at least reveal to me
Generally, there is also some emotional content to
the secret of the.peanut," and so now I suppose I have got
to get down to cases.
.
these experiences. UFOs seem to find 'for their contactees those who are naturally 'psychic or have been
Simply, I assert that the'astral energies do exist, that
thinking about paranormal or UFO phenomena. In other
they are utilized in "extrasensory" perception and
words, they are attracted to individ~1s whohave the. psychokinesis and that' UFOs (whatever their actual
mental vocabulary to absorb and record their ex~r
composition) are using the astral approach in contacting
iences. I am sure there must be many UFO experiel1ces
Earth since (being more evolved and technically adwhich go unrecorded due to the inability of the contactee' vanced than we are) they have recognized the need for a
to actually remember an erycounter strange beyond the
gravity-independent mOde of. interstellar travel, and a
vocabularly available_ Even a person with extensive ex- .gravity-independent mode is (of course) also indepen
perience in the paranormal 'might enjoy one of these
.
dent of conventional:4D time..
blankouts.
Step One in dealing wi~h the UFOs as a regular phenUFOs can be distinguished fro'm delusions and halluomenon is the recognition that they communicate using
cinations of UFOs in that the experience itself is limited in
this time-independent 'astral approach. It is helpful to
lour-dimensional time much as a traffic accident or a
learn the basics of divination and. astral cognition in order
family Christmas celebration may be said to'be an event . to appreciate the UFO astrebus, if you happen to be
limited in time, but with continuing effects. Mistakes have come entangled in one of these activities.
been made in the past in evaluating these phenomena
This is not, however, the 'key which unlocks the cos
and separating them from hallucinations 'and delusions
mos_ It-is simply a helpful mental hint which may keep you
.due to ignorance of the actual physical effects which are
trom going mad on the day when your body starts vibratl:'xperienced.
.
ing ~i.t~ unfamiliar 'energies' and the engine of your car
I. have myself personally experienced the stoppage of tails. . . '
,,,,~

PURsun
. !

Fa111977

132
'~

..

t~t-

-:.~{~

RANDOM NOTES:
.~~ri:~SITUATIONS AND DEVELOPMENTS
.....c:... ~.~,r

This ye~r b~:broughtus news of phantom (wild)


cats in O~ wild (house) cats terrorizing a town in
New Jersey, giant skunks discovered in Java, miniature kan~os in Australia, and attacks of killer bees
in South ~~ica.
As For~, we must realize that the continual evidence of .t~'kinds of. phenomena on a world-wide
scale indicate chier larger overall patterns which may
eventually enable us to abstract a greater understanding (by means of a more holistic interdisciplinary
approach) pf.the nature of For~ean phenomena.
As of this issue, Robert J. M. Rickard will be joining
us as our.l;:l~d Kingdom editor,Watch for more Fortean phenomena from the Briti!?h Isles. (Members interested ina more in-depth coverage of Fortean
events in Engl~nd are encourag~d to subscribe to Forlean Times.) By increasing our understanding of
events to include another English-speaking country,
we are expanding, f9r the benefit of all our members,
in a truly international way. Join us for 1978.
. We wOl')der what the weather will be like next year:
this year"andJast have brought strange weather patterns, inciu.c;lmg drought and flood conditions to many
parts of the country. Two Pacific hurricanes, one this
year and one last year, have hit the southwestern part
of the U.S. (the norm is supposed to be about one
every hUl)dred years); and prevailing upper air winds
dipped futther south in winter (there was snow in
Miami)' cii)l:l.:,ifurther north in summer (in July of this
year prolonged record highs were sustained hundreds of mil~s further north than usual).
There ar.~ ~hose who would suggest that weather
modification is possible on a planetary scale. During
this past winter there were even accusations and speculation that the Russians were tampering with the
world's weather patterns by utilizing cerlain energies
explored in the past by such researchers as Nicola
Tesla and Wilhelm Reich.
Next yea.r,,fUrsuit will explore a historical perspective of weather modification and the resulting attitudes developed toward those who have attempted it.
George M. Eberhart, in an article entitled "Witchcraft
dnd Weather Modification," will take u~ from classical
dntiquity to modern times, from superstition in the
Middle A~s .to the scientific witchcraft of today. Join
us In 1978:
.
We feel the necessity, now. that another year is

drawing to a close, to issue a couple of awards. The belated Quote-of-the-Year Award (for 1976) goes out to
a Salt Lake City, Utah weather forecaster who stated,
during the televised evening news, that an earthquake
which occurred that day in Price, Utah, had no
connection whatsoever with a prediction that an
earthquake would occur in the are~ on the same date.
And the Situation-of-the-Year Award for 1977 involves a UFO hoax. In answer to the query put forth
by a number of innocents in the past when confronted
with the question of belief concerning UFO occupants - "Why wouldn't they just land and communi:
cate their presence if they exist?" - we are not proud
to present the following situation which took place
somewhere in New York (city) this past summer.
One early morning, some of those who had left their
apartments preparing to go to work were surprised to
discover a strange sight awaiting them on the sidewalk. A small, cone-shaped metallic object emitted
beeping sounds, while nearby lay a little inert humanoid. What originally was planned as a hoax may instead serve as a lesson to us. Films made of the event
were shown on the evening news. Innocent bystanders who happened by stopped to stare, mute and
perplexed. By the time a small crowd had gathered to
observe, the spectator attitude had changed to one of
puzzled frustration, giving rise to brief exchanges of
uncomfort~ble joking and muttering, while at the periphery of the crowd an occasional figure would dart
sporadically forward in the dawn light to poke tentatively at the small humanoid, which subsequently
turned out to be a G.I. Joe doll covered with modelling clay. The cone-shaped object, when eventually
knocked aside, revealed only a few spare tape recorder components. A desperate gesture of hostility
finally dispelled one man's fear of the unexplained; he
viciously kicked the doll out into the street where it
was crushed under the wheels of a large truck in particular and the ensuing traffic in general.
In Volume 10, Number 3 we published a photo
under the heading SITUA TIONS and asked for feedback frorri our m~mbership. The forthcoming com- .
ments have been so numerous and varied that we will
wait until all responses are in before we publish any of
the comments, which range from the easy and simple
to deep speculation stemming from original presentation of unified field th~ory.

Fl YING A SAUCER (Continued from Page 104)


now and, as ir happens, a local scientist living in the outskirts of this.J;:jty is currently in the process of building an
lundrive Saucer in his backyard as I write this article.
There are JIJ.~t three engineering problems in the
vortex drive pra.",~nting you from starting in to loft plans
and be the first oii your block With a real Flying Saucer.
PUH:;UlI

"ul/.1977

. ...
~

The first problem is the lack 0/ a prouen efficient rectifier


oj preces.~ional thrust. Foster's invention gives reason to
suppose that a commutation device is merely a matter of
time. The second problem is/uel consumption; a nest of
betatrons can be kept fed only by hydrogen fusion.
fusion technology is only a matter of urgency; we are not

133
likely to see it publicized before oil becomes s~iIl more expenSive. The third problem is that electrons accelerated
sufficiently to drive a Flying Saucer at high velocity
through a powerful gravitational field are likely to emit
radiation shorter than microwaves; a Flying Saucer using
betatrons may be a veritable Flying Neutron Bomb.
I am sorry I am not a mathematical physicist; I cannot
make calculations. I do not know exactly what the wavelength of synchrotron radiation would be from a real Fly
ing Saucer. Alii can do is point out the obvious and the
selfevident to anyone who read his textbooks in high
school. Synchrotron radiation could be the fatal flaw in
this otherwise practicable engineering for Flying Saucers.
But always remember and bear in mind that aeroengineering was no more than a likely conception from the
time of Leonardo to the Wright Brothers; and the conceptioll was essentially correct even though it killed pioneers off one by one until a hundred years of determined

\Th~

engineering worked out the bugs, one by one.


Before the vortex drive is shot down by gamma rays,
there are other operating characteristics of this engineering which promise to solve the one fatal problem
before we even get to it. You see, up to now we have been
thinking about generating antigravity as a means of propulsion. This kind of thinking is as anachronistic as providing an airline with flatEarth maps. The Flying Saucer
is not propelled.
Einstein proved velocity to be a function of the pha~ of
the energy comprising a moving structure. By engineer
ing phase angle directly, the inertia of a space craft is elimmated entirely, and it acquires a velocity directed by
phase tuning. Phase rotation proceeds at sheer velocity,
making faster than light transport possible. The soph
isticated Flying Saucer,. as distinct from the tin lizzies
described in this article, is a true Stars hip capable of
implementing intergalactic commerce.
~

dUlhUl has Informed SITU that he is currently working on a sequel to this article.)

SYMPOSIUM
Com~ents and Opinions

LETTERS
INCORRUPTIBILITY OF SAINTS (Vol. 10, No.3)
Although I am not an authority on the matters at issue,
I wish to offer some explanative reactions to the phenomena cited in the opening section (2nd paragraph) of
Larry E. Arnold's article, "The Incorruptibility of Saints
- AJter Death" (Pursuit, Summer, 1977).
Genital erection is, surprisingly, stimulated not by the
sympathetic nervous system but by the parasympathetic nervous system, which usually has the role of
settling and quieting down physiological processes. The
sympathetic nervous system, on the other hand, is the
emergency activating system of the body - exciting and
readying the body (e.g., in the face ofthreat or danger, as
at one's hanging).
It is known to biologists that when the impact of the extreme activation of the sympathetic system ultimately
lapses, the parasympathetic (counter) system is, in "compensatory," reactive fashion, induced to immediately exert itself (the biochemical"pressure" which suppressed it
bemg quite suddenly "released"). For these very reasons
signs of liquid and solid bodily eliminations often result
from the trauma of executions (and are observable in the
poor victims) inasmuch as the elimination functions, too,
are controlled by the parasympathetic nervous system;
more than simple muscular relaxation is involved. Such
physiological events have been recognized by and incor
porated into the colloquialisms of language, and many an
exsoldier with combat service under fire knows too well
that he himself has personally done so in his own pants.
As to tomb movements, muscular contractions and
spasms can account for many or most of such observations. For example, it is known that the setting in of rigor
mortis .(the stiffening of muscles after death) can, poten

tially, result in a supine corpse apparently moving or raising a limb, or even sitting up.
Lastly, I should like to question the logic of certain
statements that were made on pages 78 ff. If suicide is an
abrupt event, then more sa homicide - yet no corpse
mcineration has been associated with the latter. Certainly, the spirit of ~ homicide victim can be expected to
struggle more desperately to return to his corporeal residence than that of a suicide who, if only momentarily, vol
ullidrily chose to leave it. Thus, evidence of preternatural human combustion should be more c;losely cor
related with homicide than with suicide, at least for Mr.
Arnold's theory to be at all upheld.
Neil Lorber

WHAT ABOUT REALITY? (Vol. 10, No.3)


Curt Sutherly's ideas about reality seem supported by
the cunous evolution of UFO types (from balloons and .
dlrships to saucers), but it seems to me that if he were
nght we would be living in a world of little people, unicorns, and banshees - ideas of people of the past. May
be there is a balancing force, a contrary effect, to the tendency to multiply realities by our notions. When scientiSts tried to find the philosopher's stone, the goblins, or
the giants, why didn't they find them? Why did it turn out
that humidity and wind have more to do with the weather
than Thor or the Rain God'?
I still hope we don't have to give up on reality that our
beliefs cannot affect except through our physical manipulations.
.
.
-Harry Mongold

* * *
UFOs
Robert Barrow, P.O. Box 14, Syracuse, NY 13215, is
compiling a detailed research file on the 1956 United
Artists motion picture, u.F.o., and would be happy to
hear from anyone who wishes to contribute or sell at
moderate cost material relating to the movie. Please
query and describe first.
PUH~UII

l-"a1l1977

134

ERRATA

BIGFOOT/SASQUATCH"

In Vol. 10, No. 3,.whole No. 39, Su'mmer 1977. page 88,
..... let us pause to recognize those who think they have
seen, amongst the details of. the stellae at Copan. the
images of elephants. They are sure' ,to find for us in the
'Gupta statuary of India (fig. 2) outlines of a High Mayan
character ...... should read ..... let us pause to recognize
those who think they have seen, amongst the details of
the stellae at Copan, the images of elephants (fig. 2). They
are sure to find for us in the Gupta statuary of India out'
lines of a High Mayan character ... ~.
In Vol. 10, No.2. whole No. 38; Spring 1977. page 61,
..... The plateaux are characterized by extreme isolation,
with surrounding vertical descents of as much as 100
metres, in some cases characterized by long. continuous
cracks that seriously impeded.attempts at ascension ......
should read" ... The plateaux are characterized by extreme isolation. with surrounding veJ:..t.ical descents of as
much as 1000 metres. in some case~ characterized by
long, continuous cracks that permj~::ascension .....

Dennis Gates is now providing a 10ngoverdue'publiQtion which is now available for those who are interested in
keeping up to date with all the latest Bigfoot information
from around the country. The ~igfOot/Sasquatch Clipping Reproductions Service,lnc. can be ordered at a gen'eral subscription price of $5.00 for a year (12 issues)"or
researchers can subscribe for $7.50. Dennis will answer
all research mail. Write: B/S. C. R. S.,Inc., P.O. Box 442,
Sedro-Wooley, WA 98284.
,

BOOK REVIEWS

quate maps and drawings of the forces involved~'Good


bibliography and references.
-M. Wiegler

The Fire Came By, by JQbn Baxter and Thomas


Atkins; Doubleday & CompanY,"'lnc., New York,
1977. 180 pages, $7.95. Introduction by Isaac
Asimov. Rece~t1y released in paperback, Warner
Book, $1.95, 143 pages.
'

Ether-Technology: A Fresh Approach to Gravity


Control (Booklet #1) by Rho Sigma: CSA Preu,
lakemont, Georgia 30552, $5.75

"

Having previously heard one of the authors discuss


this definitive and factual account of.the 1908 Tunguska
"meteorite," I waited impatiently fot months for the vol
ume to be acquired by my local library. Though it had
been some 40 years since my last youthful indulgence in
science fiction (via the pulp magazines of the '30s), at last
I could read for myself this fascinating though perhaps
imaginative narrative, and thus the premise which the
author had hinted at on the air. I:
Sadly, I found the part I most w~nted to see was reduced to but a few paragraphs toward the end of the
book -- though admittedly it seemed to me the best
account so far concerning this famous and controversial
catastrophe. In reading my way to the end, I was amazed
by the wealth of detail as well as the considerable amount
, of research that had to be done in order to "prove" that
the explosion was in fact that of a very powerful nuclear
device or extraterrestrial spaceship which, arriving here
and experiencing difficulties, delib~rately chose one of
the few sufficiently remote spots on ,earth which was adequately isolated in order to avoid causing significant
damage and/or loss of human life.:
Members of SITU will recognize that much of the data,
'charts and maps seem similar to those which appeared in
a Pursuit article (Vol. 7, No.3) by X, entitled: AGDY? A
couple 0/ Theories on the Tunguska Euent Get Blasted.
In addition, and of much value in such a discussion as
this, the authors present chapters covering and describing the various notable and destructive,f.orcesandoccurrences that have affected the earth and its inhabitants
over the past centuries. The material is well documented
and has excellent photos of the region as well as ade
PURSUJ/

FallllJ77

CHANGE OF'ADDRESS

Peter Byrne has informed us that the Bigf~t Informa~on Center and Exhibition has moved from t~ Dalles to
a new location in Oregon. The new headquarters with a
city office and a new exhibit, can be reached by wr'iting to
the center. P.O. Box 777. Hood River, Oregon 9730l.
Their publication, Bigfoot News. continues and is available, to all who want to subscribe. Write the center 'for
details.

BOOK PREVIEW

Five years ago a book was published in Germany entitled Forschung in Fesse/en ... , the full title, translated to
be Research in Shackles. Electro-Grauitational UFO

Phenomena: The Riddle 0/ Electro-Grauitation.

The

author, identifying himself only as "Rho Sigma," has over,


thirty years of international experience in aviation and
space research engineering. In: a review of the book,
which appeared in the May-June 1973 issue of the highly
respected journal Flying Saucer Reuiew, Gordon
Creighton states: "if what the writer says is true, (the
book) is a very, very important work indeed."
An updated and expanded English language edition of
this work is now in preparation as a series of five or six
booklets. Booklet#l,entitiedEther-Technology:AFresh
Approach To Grauity-Control, is expected to be avail
able by the time you read this notice.
"aho Sigma" was kind enough to allow me to preview
this first booklet, and while a full review of it will appear in
another issue of Pursuit, it should be noted here that the
author's discussion of such technical subjects as UFO
propulsion systems, new energies and gravitationaltechnologies is lucid and unencumbered by advanced mathematics' equations. The author also mentions Atlantis.
ESP and the Cayce readings in his discussions of that
energy which has been referred to as "the ether." This
energy has also been described over the centuries by
other terms: ectoplasm, Orgone, animal magnetism, Xforce, Eloptic energy and even ~'t~ fifth force" (a term
used by our own Ivan T. Sanderson).
1 am anxious to read the book, which includes illustra
tions and diagrams, in its entirety. You may disagree with
what is said - no doubt some will- but read it. for this
discussion of the subject is lang overdue . .:......8oo Warth

135

1) Temple, "Robert K. G., The Sirius Mystery, St.


NY, 1976, 290pp., $10.95.

Martin's.~ress,

2) Constable, Trevor James, The Cosmic Pulse 0/


Life - The Revolutionary Biological Power Behind
UFOs, Merlin Press, Box 12159, Santa Ana, Calif.,
92712, 1976, 410pp., $5.95.
.

In w~~'iern Africa reside the Dogon - a tribe, by all


Western standards, deemed primitive. But one soon
wonders which society has been culturally deprivedThere is a glow abOut this book: it isa work filled with,
"The Dogon consider that the most important star in
and of, Life. To say more may do an injustice, but let us
the sky is Sirius B," writes Temple, "which cannot be
risk the effort.
seen. They admit that it is invisible. How, then, do they
The book is about UFOs - but not with any approach .
know it exists?" That question began the author's eightthe reader is likely to have encountered before; it'docuyear search for an answer.
ments (historically and photographically) creatures
Along the way, Temple discovered that the Dogon,
unlike any the reader has probably seen before - invisalong with three other unrelated tribes, knew about elipible amoeba-like "critters" that inhabit the Earth's atmostical celestial orbits - ' a concept first proposed to
phere, that grow to 1/2 mile long and locomote at 1,000
'modern' civilization by Johann Kepler in the 17th
mph; it deals with Officialdom - but not the kind Wash- .
Century. The Dogon knew the Earth rotated, which in
ington will tell one about the deCision-making process
turn caused the apparent turning of the starry vault (although they showtheir bias and irrationality in nearly
this, while European astronomers struggled with the
every action taken). The Cosmic Pulse 0/ Life discusses
increasing complexities and problems of a geocenenergies - but not the kind (like coal and oil) that are
limited, polluting, and used as economic weapons; it extric/stationary view_ The Dogon also believed that Sirius
plores physics - but not the type taught by Newton and
B rotated, and.they knew "the actual orbital period of this
invisible star ," Temple found. All told, the Dogon present
Einstein; it tells of pioneers - not ocean navigators and
"a theory of Sirius B which fits all known scientific facts,
land-bound rovers, but explorers of the New Age realand even some which are not known as well."
ities; and it deals wit~. Tomorrow - what can be but what
How could this be, when Sirius B defied all technology
may not be, due to ~ psychic interdimensional war with
even to photograph it until 1970!
mankind part of the battleground.
The Dogon attributed their knowledge of Sirius B,
Three titans of the 20th Century - Rudolf Steiner,
among other things such as the circulation of blood (not
Ruth Drown, and Wilhelm Reich - reveal themselves
'discovered' until the 17th Century by William Harvey),
and their work within the Cosmic Play viewed by Conto ancient visitors called the Nommo who, they say, "will
stable. Their contributions, ignored and persecuted (to
come again."
the point of the Federally authorized burnings of Reich's
publications) by Officialdom, dealt with Life -' the pulse
Temple describes the journey to ascertain the origin of
that permeates all, but which can be enhanced or dimthe mysterious Nommo as a "thrill." It is that and more inished by the acts of the soul.
a tempestuous and 'exhilarating plunge that will leave the
reader refreshed for the rest of his life.
This is not a volume for the light-minded, nor the curThe voyage takes us to the glories of ancient Egypt,
sory intellect. It is an effort that may require' a large
into Uranology (the projection of the heavens onto the
degree of tolerance at first - as orthodox realities are
Earth), and beyond. Having shed the constricting interconstantly assailed, then destroyed. But from the ruin of
pretations oJ orthodoxy along the way , Temple conthe Phoenix arose revelations, new awareness, rebirth
and new Iifecludes that "primitive Stone Age men were handed civilization on a platter by visiting extraterrestrial beings, who
No one who expects to be alive tomorrow should fail to
obtain this book today. At less than 1~ per page, it might
left traces behind them for us to decipher."
be the investment opportunity of the decade.
For those who cringe at the purveyors of pulp pushing
extraterrestrial contact - like Erich von Daniken There is a curious synchronicity about these two indethere is reason to rejoice about Temple: where one
pendently researched books authored thousands of
exceeds reasonable speculation, the other excels in
miles apart. There is a thread - indeed, a rope -; of truth
scholarship. The Sirius Mystery is a work of inspired
and integration that runs through their pages. Where the
insight complemented with the diligence and accuracy of
authors go with UFOs could never have been envisioned
the impeccable scholar and ideal scientist. Temple is
by The Condon Report* , for it takes bold men of vision to
candid with the reader, careful with the facts, cautious
find new facts. The inter-related significance and mean
about his suggestions, yet devastating to the present
ing 01 these two volumes will best be ascertained only by
myopic construction of history as linear evolution.
reading them for yourself.
It is difficult to refute rationally Temple's major co!')It is doubtful either book will make a "respectable"
tent ions (within the temporal framework to which his
bestsellers list, though we would hope otherwise. But to
research is limited).
read Temple and Constable. is, to paraphrase a reviewer
There' are other mysteries along the way, but a re01 Or. Immanuel Velikovsky (whose iconoclastic thesis
viewer would do them injustice to mention them here. . Worlds In Collision did make the best-sellers), "to ride a
They will be fully appreciated only by reading The Sirius
comet!"
-Larry Arnold
Mystery - in which an autho,r finally begins to do honor
I'he two works reviewed here are recommended as
to the evidence for intelligent extraterrestrial visitation to
worthy 01 inclusion.on any list of The Ten Most SignifiEarth ..
cant Books of 1976.'
The Sirius Mystery is a work obviously of perspiration.
* Publish~d 111 1%9 under the title Scientific Study 0/ Unidentified FlyIt is also the product of inspiration. It is a cosmic journey.
ing Objects. 1:. P. LJutton & Co., NY, 967 pp.
PUN:>UJI

Full 1977

.'

136

The previously unpubli,shed photo ot an alleged UFO (right) and an enlargement of same are shown above.
,The photograph depicts ~n object seen (over water) ott the coast of southern California in September, 1975.

The two photographs shown below were donated to SITU by Christopher Newport, 'who writes:
"I would like to donate the enclosed photos to SITU. They depict the Wudewasa that Mr. Sanderson
discussed in his book Things, and are part of a 16th century Spanish facade that I found attached to a modern '
building at Hearst Castle here in California. As Sanderson mentioned in his book, the later the portrayal" the less'
accurate it is. The Neanderthaloid Wud~wc1sc1 depicted here are shown as physiologically 'tnormal" in appear"
ance and proportion. Al~hough they have body hair, their hands and teet are naked and humanoid. Their
weapons are also modern with the'exception of the club in the left hand of the one shown her~. Keep tip the good
work."

PUH~UJ I

Fall 1':J77

SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


GOVERNING BOARD
Robert C. Warth
R. Martin Wolf
Albena E. Zwerver
Steven Mayne
Gregory Arend
Adolph L. Heuer, Jr.
Susan Malone
Sabina W. Sanderson

President (and Trustee)


Vice President (and Trustee)
Secretary (and Trustee)
Treasurer (and Trustee)
Trustee
Trustee
Trustee
Truslee

DEPARTMENTS
PURSUIT
INVESTIGA TIONS
MASS MEDIA
RESEARCH
FUND RAISING

Editorin-Chief (on Sabbatical) - John A. Keel


Managing Editor - R. Martin Wolf
Robert C. Warth - R. Martin Wolf - Steven Mayne
.
R. Martin Wolf Susan Malone
Canadian Media Consultant - Michael Bradley
Robert C. Warth Steven Mayne
Prehistoric Archaeology and Oceanography Consultant - Charles Berlitz
Gregory Arend - St~ven Mayne

SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD


Dr. George A. Agogino - Chairman, Department of Anthropology, and Director, Paleo-Indian Institute, Eastern New Mexico
University. (Archaeology)
Dr. Carl H. Delacato - Director, The Institutefor the Rehabilitation of the Brain Injured. Morton, Pa. (Mentalogy)
Dr. J. Allen Hynek - Director. Lindheimer Astronomical Research Center. Northwestern University. (Astronomy)
Dr. George C. Kennedy - Professor of Geology, Institute oi Geophysics, U.C.L.A. (Geomorphology and Geophysics)
Dr. Martin Kruskal - Program in Applied Mathematics, Princeton University. (Mathematics)
Dr. Samuel B. McDowell - Professo; of Biology, Rutgers University, Newark, N.J. (General Biology)
Dr. Vladimir Markotic - Professor of Anthropology, Department of Archaeology, University of Alberta, Canada. (Ethnosociology
and Ethnology)
Dr. Kirtley F.'Mather - Professor of Geology, Emeritus, Harvard University. (Geology)
Dr. John R. Napier - Unit of Primate Biology, Queen Elizabeth College, University of London. (Physical Anthropology)
Dr. W. Ted Roth - Assistant Director, Baltimore Zoo, Baltimore, Maryland. (Ecologist & Zoogeographer)
Dr. Frank B. Salisbury - Head, Plant Science Department, College of Agriculture, Utah State University. (Phytochemistry)
Dr. Berthold Eric Schwarz - Consultant (Brain Wave Laboratory), Essex County Medical Center, Cedar Grove. New Jersey.
(Mental Sciences)
Dr. Roger W. Wescott - Professor and Chairman, Department of Anthropology, Drew U~iversity, Madison, New Jersey. (Cultural
Anthropology and Linguistics)
Dr. A. Joseph Wraight - Chief Geographer, U.S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. (Geography and Oceanography)
Dr. Robert K. Zuck - Professor and Chairman, Department of Botany, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey. (Botany)

x
UJ
o

Z
I

Allendl'. Cdrlos Miguel. 55


Arnold. Larry 1:::.. 66. 75
A!ootrehus: An Inlergalaclic Language. The, 128
Bdrrow. Roberl. 99
Higloo. Sighling. 120
HOOK REVIEWS
Tht> Doomed Unsinkable Ship, William H. Tantum IV, 64
Without a Trace. Charles Berlilz, 96
rhl' Sirius Mystery, Robert K. G. Temple, 135
The Cosmic Pulse of Life-The Revolutionary Biological Power
Behind UFOs, Trevor James Constable, 135
Tht> Fire Came By, Thomas Atkins and John Baxter, 134
Bost. hed H.. 50
Can Sdence and Scientists Help?, 118
Chaos in Quiesence, 19
Clark. Jerome. 17
Dinosaur Gralfiti-Hava Supai Style. 62
Eberhart. George M.. 2, 82
Editorial. 98
E"'tanl Dinosaurs: A Distinct Possibility, 60
"I-'aust" and the Student, 84
l-'ew Small Steps on the Earth: A Tiny Leap for Mankind?, A, 50
I-'Iuidice: Time as a Function of Prana, 58
Gates. Dennis, 127
Guerrasio. John, 62
Harmonics Diagram. 94
Hdrtnett. Michael. 105
How to Fly a Saucer, 102
Incorruplibility 01 Saints-After Death, The, 66
Investigations: More on Mutilations, 95
Invisible Star. The. 55
Keel. John A.. 118
LaSalle. Milton, 120
Macer-Story. E., 58, 128
Mayne, S. N.. 124
Mission B.C.; Bigfoot Hoax, 127
Mutilations: Who-or What-Really is Killing the Cattle? (Part 11), 15
Mutilations: Chaos in Quiesence, 19
Navy to Investigate Sunken Aircrah, 70
Ohio Airship Story, The, 2
On Loosening Up a Few Tied Ends, 99
Pawlicki, T. B., 9. 72, 102
Pecher, Kamil, 84
Photos (Wudewasa and alleged UFO), 136
Prehistoric Megalithic Engineering, 9
Pyramids are an Ancient Space Communications Network, The, 72
Random Notes: Situations and Developments, 132
Reflections 01 Chinese Form in Mexican and Norse Ornament, 86
Relativity Racket, The, 54
Semen and the Demon: Sinistrari's Concept of Demoniality, 82
Sequel to Foul-Foci Grids, or The Dodecated Globe Again, 28
Situations, 92
Some Clarilicalions on the Leroy, Kansas Calfnapping Hoax, 17
Sprinkle. H. Leo, Ph.D., 112
SUlherly. Curl, 15,93
S~'mposiums.
18, 64, 96, 133
Ulology: Thirly Years in Three Days, 105
UI-'O Research: Problem or Predicament?, 112
Wanlage I:.venl, The, 124
Whamond, William H., 28, 34, 94
What About RealilY?, 93
Wilkie. B.. 86
Wolf. H. Marlin, 19,98
X. 70
"Zounds. Holmes! II's a Case of the Combustible Corpse!", 75

VANGUARD OFFSET PHINTLH!-..INC

HII.I.SIDI.. NI:W .II.HSI Y

THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED

o
L

o
G
R

M
S
WHOLE No. 41

VOL. II, No. 1 WINTER 1978

THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


Research (members only)
and legal address
SITU
P.O. Box 265
little Silver, N.J. 07739
Telephone (201) 842-5229

Membership/Subscription information
SITU
Membership Services
R.F.D.5
Gales Ferry, CT. 06335

Editorial Office
SITU/PURSUIT
2008 Spencer Rd.
Newfield, N.Y. 14867

MEMBERSHIP
Membership is $10 a year (members outside the U.S. add $2.50 for regular postage or $5 for air mail) and runs from the
1st of January to the 31st of December. Members receive our quarterly journal PURSUIT, an Annual Report (upon
request), and all special SOCiety publications for that year .
. Please note (above) SITU has three addresses.
All matters pertaining to membership, change of address, library orders, postal errors. back issues, renewals, gift memberships and donations should be addressed to our membership/subscription address.
We welcome membership participation. Please send manuscripts for consideration for our journal PURSUIT. criticism
(positive or negative), suggestions. interesting clippings from ANY (especially your local) newspapers and/or periodicals to
our editorial office.
Media, publicity and investigation inquiries may be addressed to the editorial office. or by telephone to our legal address
(important inquiries or emergencies will be answered by telephone).
The staff will answer reasonable research requests by mail, but because of the steadily increasing demand for this service a research fee will be charged. Members reque!\ting information should enclose a self-addressed stamped envelope
with their inquiry so that they can be advised of the charge in advance.
YOU DON'T HAVE TO BE A PROFESSIONAL OR EVEN AN AMATEUR SCIENTIST TO JOIN US.

ORGANIZATION
The legal and financial affairs of the Society are managed by a Board of Trustees in accordance with the laws of the
State.of New Jersey. The SOCiety is also counselled by a panel of prominent scientists. which is deSignated the Scientific
Advisory Board.

IMPORTANT NOTICES
The SOCiety does not hold any political or religious views.
The Society is unable to otter or render any services whatsoever to non-members.
The Society does not hold or express any corporate views, and opinions expressed in PURSUIT concerning any
aspects of Human Medicine or Psychology. the Social Sciences or Law, Religion or Ethics are those of the individual
member or author alone and not those of the Society. No opinions expressed or stateme'l1ts made by any members by
word of mouth or in print may be construed as those of the Society.
All contributions, but not membership dues. are tax deductible. pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue
Code.
All rights reserved. No part of this issue (or any other issue of PURSUIT) may be reproduced by an electronic.
mechanical, or photographic process. or in the form of a phonographic recording, nor may it be stored in a retrieval
system, transmitted or otherwise copied for public or private use without written permission from the Society.

PUBLICATIONS
Our publishing schedule is four (quarterly) issues of PURSUIT, dated Winter, Spring, Summer and Fall, and numbered
as annual volumes - Vol. 1 being 1968 and before; Vol. 2,1969, and so on. Membership and our quarterly journal PURSUIT is $10 per year. Subscription to PURSUIT. without membership benefits, for libraries only, is $8 for 4 issues. Order
forms for back issues will be supplied on request.
PURSUIT is listed in Ulrich's International Periodicals Directory and in the Standard Guide to Periodicals; and is abstracted in Abstracts of Folklore Studies. It is also available from University Microfilms. 300 N. Zeeb Rd . Ann Arbor,
Michigan 48106. The price is $4.10 per reel. An annual index appears in the Fall and Winter issues.

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED'

VOL. 11, No.1'


WINTER, 1978
.

Publisher
Robert C. Warth
Managing Editor
R. Martin Wolf
.Consulting Editors
John A. Keel
Sabina W. Sanderson

PURSUIT:
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY
FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED
FOUNDED BY IVAN T. SANDERSON

Devoted to the Investigation of "Things" that are Customarily Discounted

Senior Writer
Curtis Sutherly
Associated Editors
John Guerrasio
Ziaul Hasan
. Editor for the
United Kingdom
Robert J. M. Rickard
Contributing Write~s
Charles Berlitz
Jerome Clark
Lucius Farish
Vincent Gaddis
Brad Steiger
Staff Artist
Britton Wilkie
Production
Steven Mayne
Martin Wiegler
Fred Wilson

CONTENTS
Page
Loch Ness Update, 1977
by Joel A. Strasser ......................................................... 2
Nessie Sightlngs Endangered by Illegal Salmon Netting
by Joel A. Strasser ......................................................... 5
Those Palenque Remains
by Russ Reardon .................. ; ....................................... 7
Whamond's Law Repealed
by S. Marriott .......................... : .................................. 9
Paradoxical Orthodoxy in Cancer Research
by John Ott, Sc.D. (Hori.) ................................................. 13
Analogies of the Propagation Waves of the Great Fear in
France, 1789, and of the Airship Flap in Ohio, 1897
by Andrew E. Rothovius ................................................... 17
Mind Over Matter '
by T. B. Pawlicki .......................................................... 22
The Cosmic Hologram
by T. B. Pawlicki .......................................................... 23
Paranormal Phenomena: The First International Congress
by S. N. Mayne ........................................................... 25
Coherence in Chaos
by R. Martin Wolf. ........................................................ 28
Symposium .................................................................... 40
Book Review ................................................................... 40
Index: Volume 10 (1977) ............................... " ............... Back Cover

Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained 1978

On the cover: Two photographs produced in the laboratories of Holografix, Inc., 7250 S.W. 126
Street, Miami, FL 33156. They were provided by holographer Mark Diamond.
The top photo shows (in actual size) interference patterns caused by the interfacing (at the plane
of film) of two light wavefronts, which allows the storage of information concerning the object being
recorded.
The lower photo shows the holographer's fingers, which appear to be holding a chess pawn. The
pawn is actually ,a threedimensional projected image, a hologram, which represents an image that
(unlike a photograph) is microscopically accurate.

LOCH NESS UPDATE, 1977

,,'

/,

By Joel A. Strasser

\:
I

",!.. ,,'

By year's end, 1977, the elusive Loch Ness animals had


been reported seen by no less than 20 people in nine sep-'
arate sightings from the banks of Scotland's famous Loch
Ness, according to Frank Searle, a seasoned Nessie
hunter who has spent the last eight years on the watch.
Searle, who took up residence on the banks of this
strikingly scenic Scottish lake back in 1969, has spent
thousands of hours out on the water in small boats, and
claims to have sighted Nessie 29 times and photographed the animals eight times. He also serves as a collector of reported sightings and tries to authenticate or
debunk sightings based on their individual merit and substantiation.
During a recent trip to Loch Ness, we set out to find - .
not Nessie, because she's so elusive - but some of the
Nessie hunters, to find out what they had seen during the
summer of '77. Although we missed some of the more
prominent names in the Nessie search - they had re~'
turned home for a brief respite before resuming their
search in the fall - we did manage to spend some time , .
with Searle who's made Loch Ness his home.
Of the nine reported sightings for the year, according
to Searle, the most recent occurred on September is '
when a frequent visitor to the loch from North Wales '.
sighted Nessie from a point near Fort Augustus, at about
3:25 p.m. (See map, compliments of Frank Searle.) The
observer watched with his 10XSO binoculars as a big back
broke the surface over toward the other bank. Then he
lowered his binoculars to get a better look with the naked
eye, but was apparently so surPrised by its appearance
that he didn't think to use the camera which lay near his
side, fitted with a 500-mm lens.
The week before, on the evening of September 8, a
family from Staffordshire was on the beach between
Invermoriston and the A1ltsaigh Hotel, when suddenly,
the lady of the family saw what seemed to be the back and.
neck of a Nessie break surface with a big water' distur-
bance. Because their camera was not conveniently ready ..
they failed to get pictures, but the family reported sighting the animal at 8: 10 p.m. for about ten seconds at a distance of about one half mile.
'
On August 8, Searle himself spotted Nessie opposite
Boleskine at about 5:40 in the afternoon.
On June 21, Searle reports, three other people saw
Nessie at 4:25 in the afternoon opposite the village of
Abriachan on the loch.
Earlier in the year, a couple from Southampton, Eng.'
land were outside their vacation cottage near Fort
Augustus at 8:50 p.m. on April 30 when suddenly they.
sighted a large gray lump, about ten feet long and three
feet above the surfac~, making obvious ripples on the
water's surface. The sighting lasted for 8 to 10 seconds.
Just three days before, an American from Del Rey,
California saw Nessie at 2:05 in the afternoon about a
mile from Fort Augustus, on April 27. This observer reported seeing something which he took to be the head
and neck of a Nessie protruding some four feet from the
water, which was dark gray in color and visible for about
PURSUIT Winter 1978

10 seconds. The mart tried to take a picture of the animal,


but,the 50-mm lens on his camera was no match for the
ISO-yard distance which separated him from what he
observed.
"
Earlier, on March 24, Nessie was seen by two witnesses near Invermorist9rl at 4:25 p.m. In January, Nessie was seen, on two 'separate-occasions by two different
groups of three people each; once on January 22 at Fort
Augustus at 2:20 p.m., and once on January 4, opposite
the Clansman Hotel near the northern end of the loch at
11:45 a.m.
, '
Nessie is, very' much in evidence, says Searle, who
notes that there were 13' sightings of the animal on Loch
Ness in 1976.
,Searle specializes in sur:face photography as the best
way to get good pictures and clear evidence of the
animals. He usually sPends his daylight hours out on an
18-foot cabin cruiser, frequently with his assistant who
'
also serves as a wit~ess.
Searle uses many cameras, but his main piece of equipment is a 16-mm Canon Scopic automatic movie camera
fitted with an 8X zoom lens. He also carries three 35-mm
single reflex still cameras, equipped, respectively, with
1,OOO-mm, 450-mm and 135-mm telephoto lenses. All four
cameras are loaded with high-speed color film.
Searle says that aside from catching one of the animals, which have been protected by local law since 1934,
he is convinced that the best foolproof evidence will come
from surface photography. His goal is a piece of color
motion picture footage from close range and with good
background and something else in the pictures to determine the size of the object, backed up by simultaneously
exposed still photograp'hy, ably handled by his assistant,' .Lieve Peten, a Flemish girl from Belgium.
Within a few feet of the water's edge, Frank Searle has
set up his Loch Ness Information Centre, a combination
showroom and living quarters, The centre, which is open
to the public, carries numero_Us newspaper clippings, a
complete log of all sightings for the year to date, and numerous other pieces of information of interest to followers
of the investigation. Here can also be seen a large assortment of enlarged photos taken within the past few years
-photos we had not seen published elsewhere before.
(Searle told us that he had just started a newsletter to
keep his followers up to date :on his activities, and now
has abOut 100 subscribers. The newsletter is available for
$5 ~r year U.S. [please don't send stamps, which cannot be used in Scotland] directiy from Frank Searle, Loch
Ness Investigation, Lower Foyers,Inverness-shire, Scotland.)
In our quest for other Nessie hunters, we talked with
Ronald ijremner, oW!1er of the Drumnadrochit Hotel,
abOut 15 miles south of Inverness on the western side of
the loch, and he advised that several of the other Nessie
observers had departed early in August but were expected to return in September. He indicated that he was
not aware of any major sightings by the other groups who
used his hotel as a base or message center.

LOCHEND

II
ael

a ALDOURIE
CASTLE

a.

IIOG

DORES

a.-.

DRUMNADROCHIT

WHITEFIELD
FARM

..

INVERFARIGAIG

Photo taken by
F rank Searle
in July, 1974.
II

Frank Searle

MARCH2A

INVERMORISTON

a.

BOLESKINE
HOUSE
FOYERS
HOTEL

.., FOYERS

' \ DO

FRANK SEARLE
LOCH NESS INVESTIGATlOti

KNOCKIE LODGE

LOCH NESS 1977


(Map courtesy of
Frank Searle)

PURSUIT Winter 1978 .

Two photos taken by Frank Searle. Below: taken Oct. 3, 1972. Above: no date given .
. :.; ...:

....

~.-

............... ..
~

',

.'.,,,'

",

CI

Frank Searle

: -:; :',

:'

..

co Frank Searle

PURSUIT Winter 1978

5
We chose to spend our nights in inexpensive accommodations, such as guest houses and bed and breakfast
establishments, partly because we could talk less formally with typical Inverness citizens. It was interesting to
note that when they realized we were Americans, they
appeared to share the expected reticence about Nessie
one would expect in the U.S. But, when they became
aware that we were American journalists who had b~en
following the news from Loch Ness and were treating the
subject in a serious vein, their reticence disappeared as
they began to recount how they themselves had either
seen Nessie at one tim~ or another, or certainly their'
friends and relatives had over the years. To these people'
it was no mystery, Nessie is a fact of life.
One of the unpublicized surprises of our journey to
Loch Ness is the fact that the highlands area around the
loch abounds in strikingly beautiful scenery, and is perhap~ the primary or secondary reason that Inverness and.
Fort Augustus are becoming strong attractions for
tourists. As one drives around the lake in its entirety, particularly along the single-track roads on the southern
length of the loch, the casual visitor is struck by the
beauty of th~ surrounding mountain ranges, smaller
lochs, picturesque plains and other scenic features.
Getting to Inverness, for the time being, is another
story, however. The road. to Inverness is. generally a
lengthy 100-mile-plus ride through the mountains up a
single lane road from the city of Perth which, during our
trip, was frequently interrupted by construction. One
can't help but be struck by the fact, however, that slowly
but surely a major motorway is being put together that
will eventually speed visitors to Inverness on modern
high-speed roadway - perhaps in time to visit Nessie
when and if she becomes a willing and regular attraction.
The Scottish road builders seem to be putting their
money on "when!' rather than "if."

PUBLICATIONS
The city of Inverness and its many little stores and souvenir shops turns out to be an excellent source of reading materials about the Loch Ness mystery. We decided
to 'purchase every book we saw, since they did not seem
to be available in the United States, and some contained
excellent photographs not generally found in references
available in the United States.
The following is a sampling of publications we
acquired:
1) Around Loch Ness, A Handbook for Nessie Hunters, by Frank Searle. This 32-page book, copyright 1977
by Searle, is available at local sales outlets, and from
Searle directly at his information centre. It contains numerous tips for making photographic observations of
Nessie and includes several surface photographs. of
Nessie made between 1972 and 1974. Price is 35p.
2) Loch Ness Revealing its Monsters, by William
Owen, is a 36-page booklet which tells the story of Loch
Ness and gives some general information about the
search for the Loch Ness animals. Printed almost entirely in color, this publication includes numerous photographs in color and black and white of the animals, the
local scenery and scenes of Loch Ness investigators at
work. Published by Jarrold Colour Publications, Norwich; price 4Op.

3) Loch Ness and the Monster, by Nicholas Witchell,


published by J. Arthur Dixon limited, Newport, Isle of
Wight, and Inverness, Scotland, copyright 1975. This 32page booklet tells the story of the search for the Loch
Ness animals and includes numerous color photographs
of the animals as well as local scenery in the Loch Ness
area. Price, 39p.
4) Loch Ness Monster, by Tim Dinsdale, published by
Routledge & Kegan Paul (London) is a more extensive
publication (161 pages) revised in 1976 from its original
1961 edition; price 2.25. This volume gives Tim Dinsdale's personal impressions and analyses, and has' num.erous photographs and explanatory diagrams.
.
5) Loch Ness Country by Car, published by Jarr61d
an~ Sons, Ltd. ;Norwich, as part of its White Horse series
of guide books, is a useful map and guide for exploring the
total surrounding area around LocJ:t Ness. The 32-page
booklet c::ontains numerous strip maps of the automobile
roads which circle the loch, and provides detailed descriptive information with some photographs to help a
first-time visitor find his way around the loch and see all
the points of interest in the immediate vicinity of the area.
Price,45p.

NESSIE SIGHTINGS
ENDANGERED BY
ILLEGAL
SALMON NETTING
By Joel A. Strasser
Illegal netting of salmon from Scottish waters now
poses a major threat to future sightings of the elusive
animals that inhabit Loch Ness, according to new reports
from Frank Searle.
Searle is disturbed by news of the dwindling fish population, which brings the elusive animals to the surface.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

Last year, Searle says, "some half-a-million salmon were


With a huge population of brown trout and eels, there
could well be enough food in the Loch to. maintain the
taken illegally from Scottish waters. Herring drifters, depopul~tion of Nessies, Searle says, but their feeding
prived of their normal fishing by the EEC ban on herring
habits would have to change drastically. "But, take away
catches in the North Sea, had been netting salmon in
large numbe,rs before they were able to enter the rivers
these shallow running fish and we find that the bulk of the
food supply would be dowrt at much greater depths,"
and the lochs for spawning.
.
"Certainly, the fishing season on Loch Ness was a dis- -Searle says.
aster for most of the local fishermen," Searle says. "Even : "Given that situation," Searle warns, "and it could well
the very best of them took only about one-third of their
come about within the next few years, there would be no
normal quota."
'apparent reason for a NesSie to ever come close enough
But, Seai-le warns, "at present, it seems that no ser- "to the surface to show itself.
"With the lack of visibility in this pea"ty water making
ious stfi!ps are being taken to stop this indiscriminate n.etting. If it continues for the next three ye~rs," he predicts,
underwater research" virtually impossible, "I just don't "very few salmon and seatrout will remain to run up arw .know where we'd go from there. The main hope," Searie
.Scottish river. And if this sorry state of affairs does de- ,says, "is .that I, o'r some other real Loch Ness enthusiast
velop, it could well affect th~ sightings of our Loch Ness 'will come up with some very conclusive evidence in the
animals."
near future."
According to Searle, "at present, something like 75,000
'Another solution would be if the weight of public opinsalmon and twice that number of se~-trout run through' , ,ion and sentiment could be l:;lrought to bear against the
British and other governments to enforce salmon-fish-the loch each year, and these fish, up ~o 40 pounQs in
weight, are all within six or seven feet of the surface. This ., ing regulations in and around the North Sea.
.
~~
, brings the Nessies up 'so close to the surface that o b - : '
viously they must show themselves occasionally."
~

By, Russ R~ardon


.- What" really needs to be said and done about that skelExactly as the sarc;:ophagus lid bearing the likeness (in.
eton at Palenque: turn over his tissue and bone samples
solid gold) of King Tut identified-the deceased beneath,
to 'a, team of Pathologists then publish their findings.
.invariably the exhumed remains of any grave will be those
These remains could be those of a True Man. Author .. , of the 'person'-named (or pictured) on the tombstone.
Brinsley LePoer Trench and Theosophist Madame Bla. According to some esoteric beliefs, the Elohim created
vatsky speculated that (Halach Uinic) True Man, does . True Man in another part of the Universe. Those creations came' to earth, inter-bred with earth-animal man
not have an earth-animal body. His is a different chemical structure and function. Created elsewhere in the Un i- ,(created by the Jehovah), and hence created the integrated species Cross Man. Again, such beliefs could be
verse (The Sky People, B. L. Trench, Award Books).
Such speculation can be brought down to earth
brought to task under tRNA analysis, roentgenology,
through Medical analysis.
electrophoresis, other molecullar-cellular microbiology
Why Palenque? There are heady clues proposed by
and photoluminescence dating. Such tests however,
other authors - "The figure on the Palenque slab may be
could support classical archaeologists who state that it's
Lord Shield Pacal (circa 600 AD) buried there. I hesitate
a portrait of the dead man buried in the pyramid" (Robert
to dwell on the ramifications of finding it's a body of'difCharroux, Masters ,0/ the World, Berkley Medallion
ferent chemical composition' than ours. Also the tests
Books); "The feeling that it is a space traveler haunts
would involve no financial outlay: all doctors and a numyou" (Eric von Daniken, In Search 0/ Ancient Gods,
Putnam); Kukulkan, "one of the 'sons of the Elohim'who
ber of both state-run and private laboratories are donathad remained behind in planetary systems already visited
ing their time and effort freely (Manchester Guardian
Dec. 12, 1976) examining the remains of Rameses II.
and civilized" (Jean Sendy, The Coming 0/ the Gods,
Berkley Medallion Books); "Inside the pyramid supportOther genetic methods of paleostudy may also be worth
ing the Temple Of The Inscriptions, was found the retrying.
Biologists at Oklahoma University were astonished to
mains of a tall man" (Bradley Smith, Mexico: A History in
Art, Doubleday Windfall). -The term "tall" is rather sig- . find that the epithelial cells of a 322 BC mummy were still
nificant since there is absolutely no record either picintact. The combined fields of cytology and genetics says
tured or in a readable Maya glyph of a tall Maya.
this has led to the theory that cells are neither living,or
The Maya of Central America relate of how a bearded : dead - only intact or not intact. This means the tRNA
white God, Kukulk~n, came doWn from the sky in an age molecule with its genetic blueprint for a complete organlong past. The sarcophagus lid pictures an astronaut at .ism is also intact. It lacks only the materials needed to
the controls of a space ship. His name, too, is on it prob- organize the structure and the enzymes necessary to
ably, but we cannot decipher it since in' Maya hiero- continue life. Most scientists, however, say it is still techg1yphics only the characters employed in the calendar are :nologically impossible to provide the necessary materials; but when these are available, the genetic blueprint
known for certain (fig. 1).
PURSUIT Winter 1978

Having seen the shapes on the Palenque tomb slab


through the sounds surrounding it in the disciplines 0/
Archaeology and Art History, we could hardly publish
Mr. Reardon's interesting !Jrticle without a brief explication of the motifs as they appear. None of these motifs
are unique - all appear elsewhere in Mayan art.
The border of glyphs separated by double bands may
have astronomical significance - as the signs for Venus
and the moon appear among them. The central flQUre,
carved in very low relief, displays conventional bracelets, anklets, and head-dress (such as one can see pictured in the Dresden. Codex), and is seated on a grotesque mask beneath which a row of teeth emerge from
a very abstract dragon mask (the extreme abstraction of
Maya serpents and dragons is dealt with in Spinden's
Ancient Civilizations of Mexico, (American Museum of
Natural History, New York, 1928) whose jaws enclose
. both mask andfigure. A "foliate cross, .. surmounted by a
plumed tropical bird, forms a backgroundfor this half-reclining figure. The cross bears a serpent with a head at
either end arched about it, forming the foliations, which
are dragon masks from the mouths of which sprout forth
smaller masks of the Chacs (long-nosed rain gods).
Small glyphs, perhaps of the day sign Ahau, /loat in the
framed space along with unassociated numbers.
That this image should bring to us an astronaut at the
controls of a space-shIp might suggest that all tombs can
cast upon us the spell of space travel, bringing to mind
through the thought of an Egyptian funeral boat or
Viking chief's ship burial, the human hope of a larger voyage beyond our earthly journeys.
B.W.

could be followed and a living, breathing Galactic


Kukulkan would arise from his own tissue I
Dr. J. Allen Hynek says, "essentially we don't know
any more about UFOs today than we did in 1947 when
Kenneth Arnold saw them over the Cascade Mountains.
Even after thirty years more of photos, imprints, contactee stories; even backing up through an avalanche of
extraterrestrial reports and theories in hundreds of
books over thousands of years, we face the unknown."
Should that skeleton be who the clues say it is then we're
in for one really out-of-this-world medical story, among
other spin-offs.
Looking closer at figure I, we see also the'keyoflife'in
bas relief which is remarkably similar to the schematic
pattern of tRNA (fig. 2, from Genetic Code, W. Gajewski, Problem #7, 1975). Nobel prize winners Orgel and
Crick call this design a clover leaf of transcriptional
rybonucleicacid which guides all protein synthesis in all
living beings. (See also other Palenque bas-relief depictions of the 'key of life' motif.) Who gave that stone mason
the symbol for our genetic code? Perhaps it was he who is
buried there ... ?
.

Figure 2 Drawing originally published in Ancient

Skies, Vol.3, No.4 and reproduced here with permis


sion. Ancient Skies is the official logbook of the
Ancient Astronaut Society, 600 Talcott Rd., Park
Ridge, IL 60068, USA.
.

Finally, even Mexican officials are sympathetic to esoteric investigators. When von Daniken visited Palenque
the following people were open-minded to his non-clasPURSUIT Winter 1978

sical research: Sr. Mario Leon Tovilla, Chief Archaeological Zone; Sr. Celedonio Mercado, guide and photographic assistant; Sra. Victoria Echeverria, apartments
and arrangements. Their past cooperation has demonstrated that they would probably only cooperate further
with any attempt to deliver bone and tissue samples to
Pathologists.

Finally, nothing at our disposal today can be cited conclusively to testify to an extraterrestrial visitation. In my
view, .the very integrity of the authors and researchers
quoted above must be acknowledged by a careful study
of those remains at Palenque, Chiapas, Mexico.

.~

WHAMOND'S LAW REPEALED


By S. Marriott

I. INTRODUCTION
In its spring edition, Pursuit (Vol. 10, No.2) published
an article by Mr. William H. Whamond entitled "Little
Green Men and the Law of Dynamical Similarity." Having
read his article with great diligence, I find there are a
number of problems he must surmount before his claims
that his conclusions are "proved and inescapable" can be
accepted.

II. THE ABRIDGED WHAMOND


For the benefit of those readers who do not recall the
article, Mr. Whamond's arguments went roughly as follows:
.
1) Considering the large proportion of UFO occupants reported to be both humanoid and of small stature, it seems likely to Mr. Whamond that there must be
some particular reason for their small size relative to the
average human.
2) The combination of small size and humanoid features reminds him of a scaled down human, which he
dubs a "mini-man."
3) Digressing for a time to explain modeling (scaling)
techniques, he discusses two points he feels are of particular importance, these being the "Law of Dynamical
Similarity," and the "Square Cube Law of Architecture."
He does not state either of these laws in full; but judging
from the context of his article, the Law of Dynamical
Similarity states: "Not all characteristics of a model vary
in direct proportion to scale." As a prime example of this
law, he points to the Square Cube Law of Architecture,
which states that the compressive stress on the foundation of a building varies as the height of th~ building,
cubed, divided by the area of the base (or words to that
effect).
Mr. Whamond points out that an architect wishing to
reproduce a building on a scale of two-to-one would have
problems if he simply doubled all dimensions, because
the volume (and therefore the weight) of the building
would increase by a factor of eight while the base area of
the building would increase by a factor of only four; e"ffectively doubling the compressive stress on the foundation, walls, and other supports. Using standard engineering practice, this problem can be alleviated by dimensioning the foundation and other supports of the building
on a scale of 2.828 (the square root of eight) rather than
two.
4) With an eye toward off-world applications, Mr.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

Whamond points out that the problem can be splved with


equal effectiveness by reducing the force of gravity, and
thereby the weight of the building, to half its normal terrestrial value.
Expanding on this notion and its converse, he concludes that buildings will be larger on low gravity planets,
and smaller on high gravity planets, than they are on
Earth. He further concludes that the inhabitants of such
planets are likely to follow suit.
5) Returning to the main topic, he then evaluates several models for high-gravity humanoids (which he labels
the "mini-man," the "droopy," and the "heavy-duty
cutie") in light of the ~ngineering discipline of Statics. On
the basis of this evaluation, he rejects all models but the
mini-man. His primary concerns are t~e level of compressive stress on the legs and waist, and the shear stress
and bending moment exerted on the arm.
6) Extrapolating from this evidence, he postulates
"Whamond's Inversely-Solely Law of Gravitation," which
states that, "In order to be functionally viable, a man (or
any other structure) must become proportionally reduced in all three dimensions (i.e. "holographically") inversely solely as the G-value of the planet on which he
lands."
7) He then demonstrates various applications of his
law, promotes the advantages of being small, and
digresses into a number of related and unrelated topics.
My summary is, naturally, considerably shorter than
thE;! sixteen pages Mr _Whamond originally required; but I
am confident it captures the essence of his arguments.
Before continuing, I must point out for the sake of clarity
that he refers to the mini-men's high-gravity planet as
"Planet G," the "G" representing a multiple of Earth's
gravity, "g." For the purpose of simplifying calculations, I
will arbitrarily set G equal to two, although it could equal
number. Also, it is important to note that he conthe "average human" to be perfectly adapted to
environment, and that he considers his mini-men
f1esh-and-blood duplicates of human beings,
on a smaller scale.

III. PROBLEM ONE:


THE ANALOGY
first objection to Mr. Whamond's theory is that it is
on a faulty analogy. His theory applies very nicely
As far as I have been able to determine, all
are correct in that respect. For some reason,
nOIWI2I"l2r, he analyzes the stresses on the human body as
it too were a building, which it is not.

For instance, when analyzing the "heavy-duty cutie,"


he speaks in terms of increasing the cross-sectional area
of her legs and waist, compared to that of an Earthling, to
compensate for the higher compressive stress due to the
gravity of her home planet. This approach implies that
she is constructed like a solid block (i.e. a brick, [see 1;
36, 39]). Actually, the only weight-bearing structural
members in those parts of the body are the bones of the
spine and legs. Increasing the cross-sectional area of
those bones will help to reduce the level of compressive
stress they undergo, but increasing the cross-sectional
area of the other organs in those places win not. Speaking strictly in terms of the criteria Mr. Whamond uses in
his evaluation, it makes no sense to maintain that the
cross-section of the entire body must be increased when
increasing the cross-section of the bones alone will suffice to reduce the extra stress.
Of course, a humanoid with thick bones would not be
the "gorilla-muscled superman" creature Mr. Whamond
had in mind (1; 38). A humanoid adapted to high gravity
would indeed require greater bulk than the average
Earthman, although not to reduce compressive stress.
What is involved is a question of strength.

IV. PROBLEM TWO:


MUSCLES
In his analysis of the various models for high gravity
humanoids, Mr. Whamond presumes that the capabilities of the human body are at an optimum, and that

humanoids on other planets must be as capable of withstanding the same stresses, proportional to their size, as
humans on Earth_ He claims, for instance, that, given a
concrete block representing the limit of human lifting
capability, a mini-man on Planet G could just lift a similar
block having each of its dimensions reduced to I/Gth
those of the human limit (1; 42).In other words, assuming
that G=2g, a mini-man on his home planet should be able
to lift a concrete block one-eighth (i.e. [1/2)3) the size of
those a human could lift on Earth. Unfortunately for his
theory, such is not the case.
. To illustrate this point, let us examine some of the
workings of the human arm. The radius and the ulna
(bones of the lower arm) form a lever with the fulcrum at
the elbow (see Figure 1). The biceps, the muscle which
lifts the arm when it contracts, is attached to the radius
about one quarter of the way from the elbow to the palm,
so that the force to lift the arm is being applied perhaps
three inches from the elbow. The weight that must be
lifted, however, is in the palm, about twelve inches from
the elbow. Therefore, for every pound placed in the palm
which must be lifted, the biceps must exert a force of four
pounds (2; 113, 114)_
If the human arm is scaled to half size for the mini-man,
the mechanical advantage of 1:4 will remain unchanged,
meaning that his biceps must still exert four pounds of
force for every pound to be lifted. The mini-man's biceps,
however, will have only one-eighth the volume of an
Earthman's, and will therefore be capable of exerting onl~'
one-eighth the force. The problem is that the block will
weigh twice as much on Planet G as it will on Earth; meaning that Mr. Whamond is asking his mini-man to display

To lift a weight placed in the palm, Fy must equal or exceed


;/x.

If m is the greatest mass a human can lift on earth:


FOR HUl:AKS ON EARTH

= mgx
y

Figure 1
PURSUIT Winter 1978

10

stress formula: s = He

s =
c =
I =
M=

~__________________

~~ere

stress
radius of bend
inherent strength of shape
bending moment

r 1 = the cross-sectional radius of the bone


r 2 = the cross-sectional radius of the arm with flesh
m = the mass density of flesh and bone

FOR HUNAXS Oil EARTE

Mh

= ('II:r~x) (mg)x

FOR 1":INI-r":EN 01\" PLANET G

"

approximatillg" t :,e bone as a solid beam of circular cross-section


Figure 2

one quarter (i.e. 2xl/8) the strength of a human while


having only one-eighth the muscle - "a neat trick if it can
be done.
To cite an exa~ple more directly in line with Mr.
Whamond's arguments, let us re-examine the forces exerted on an outstretched arm (see Figure 2). As can be
seen from the iIIustratio"n, treating the arm as a cantilever
beam will produce figures showing that the stresses exerted on the bones of both human and mini-man by the
weight of their arms are identical, just as Mr, Whamond
predicts. Please note ho~ver, that a cantilever beam is,
by definition, a beam which is rigidly supported on one
end only by frar:ning into a solid wall or pier (3; 146). The
fact that the arm can be raised violates this definition another faulty analogy. Actually, the raised arm is supported by the shoulder socket and the deltoid muscle.
Simple mathematics again reveals that the mini-man,
having only one-eighth the muscle of a human, must
exert one quarter the force required of a human simply to
lift his arm (See Figure 3).
PURSUIT Winter 1978

Thus, the problem encompasses more than the miniman's ability to lift a concrete block. How is the mini-man
to lift himself? By Mr. Whamond's definition, mini-men
will overstress their muscles 100% by simply standing up,
with or without the concrete block. Mr. Whamond will no
doubt answer that mini-men can compensate for the
extra weight with better muscle tone. However, speaking in terms of the limits of human strength presupposes
maximum muscle development, so the mini-men still
come out short. Further, calling to mind the famous
Charles Atlas advertisement, what is the difference between the 90 pound weakling and the 180 pound muscleman he becomes? The argument is self-defeating. If Mr.
Whamond's postulate of the need for equal stress is correct, his mini-men will need more muscle"and thicker
bones.
Having more muscle and bone implies a need for larger
respiratory, digestive, and circulatory systems to keep
pace (2; 103); but even without extra muscle and bone,
their circulatory systems will need extra strength.

11

deltoid

For the deltoid muscle to lift the arm, F,y must equal M.

FOR :IUHAI;S 011 EARTH

FOR NINI-l-1EN OX PLANET G

Fh = Hh

Fm =

= 1tr~x2mg

2y

Mu.

t!Yt)
= 1tr~X~g
2.yG

Fh

Figure 3

V. PROBLEM THREE:
THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM
In his article, Mr. Whamond makes the error of stating
that there is no distinction between gravity, weight, and
density; stating as justification that, "A half density material is the same as a full density material in a half g field (1'
43)." His mathematics are correct, but he has the rela:
tionship reversed. Increasing gravity will make compressible materials more dense, not less. Besides, unless he
is speaking of very high gravity or pressure, most solids
and liquids can be considered to be virtually incompressible. Their mass density will remain unchanged, but their
weight density will vary in direct proportion to gravity.
This misconception was partly the source of his error in
predicting the strength of a mini-man, and it causes his
theory other problems as well.
In the human circulatory system, the heart uses muscular contractions to pump blood throughout the body.
The heart is assisted in this action by the arteries, which
also contract to move the blood along. The blood returns to the heart through the veins, which contribute no
pumping action, and are basically simple tubes.
The heart and. arteries must provide enough blood
pressure not only to overcome the drag and turbulence
inherent in the system, but also to overcome the force of
gravity in supplying blood to the brain.
The pressure exerted by a standing liquid on the walls
of a container is determined by multiplying the weight
density of the liquid by the height of the liquid above the
point in question. For example, if a liquid with a weight
density of one ounce per cubic inch is poured into a container to a depth of thirty-two inches, the pressure the
liquid exerts at the bottom of the container will be two

Q2
pounds (i.e., 32 ounces) per square inch, and the pressure exerted sixteen inches from the bottom will be one
pound per square inch, regardless of the size or shape of
the container.
'
.
Therefore, the he~rt rj'lust generate a blood pressure
greater than the weight density of blood multiplied by the
vertical distance between the heart and the brain.
When speakingof high-g forces, this capability cannot
be taken lightly. A man aeprived of sufficient blood flow
to the brain will quickly lapse into unconsciousness. It is
in this respect that hu~ns are most vulnerable in high-g
situations. The "Q-5uits" and "acceleration couches" Mr.
Whamond speaks of U; 39) are primarily designed to
overcome this problern; the acceleration couches by
lowering the vertic~1 d!stance between the heart and the
~rain, and the O-s4its by squeezing the arms and legs to
Increase blood pressure. These methods have their limits
howe~er, beca~ th~ pi~ssure the circulatory system
can Withstand Without rupturing is .not very high:
The problems this poses for Mr. Whamond's mini-men
are considerable. Sinc~ the weight density of blood will be
doubled on Planet G, t!'t~rnini-men will have to generate
blood pressure equal ,p a human's (i.e. 2xl/2) with a
heart containing only' ~)rle-eighth the muscle tissue of a
human heart. In addition, this pressure must be contained by veins and arteries having only one half the wall
thickness of human V~!I1S and arteries (See Figure 4).
.'1,'

VI. CQ,NCLUSION .
What then, do" the f~mi!going objections demonstrate?
Simply this: Mr. Whamond's mini-men, as he describes
them~ are not likely to-exist. Granted,.their .bQn.es may be
ca~ble of ~thstan~ng.~he stresses of high gravity, but
their soft tISSues Will not. Since many humans already
PURSUIT Winter 1978

12

\
\

\,
Cross-section of a vein

Where: b = the mass density of blood


. t = the thickness of a vein's wall
P = the blood pressure needed to pump blood from
the heart to the top of the head
FOR HUMANS ON EARTH

Ph

= bgx

th = r 2-r1

FOR .n;I-MEr~ ON PLAHE.T-G


Pm

bGg

= Ph

Figure 4

suffer from bad backs, varicose veins, heart trouble, and


the like, such problems would be eVen more widespread
among the inhabitants of Planet G.
It seems more likely that, assuming the inhabitants of a
highgravity planet are humanoid and constructed of the
.same tissue as Earthmen, such creatures would be endowed with both more muscle in proportion to height and
thicker bones in proportion to mass than the average
human. In other words, they would resemble the "gorillamusded superman" stereotype that Mr. Whamond so
speedily rejected.
As to their average height, who can say? We share this
planet with Pygmies and Watusis, yet all races of man
have presumably evolved to adapt to Earth's environment. Inhabitants of high-gravity planets could. be expected to evolve and adapt to their own environments as
well. They could conceivably be the size of elephants if
their environment so demands.
As to the existence of small, humanoid UFO occupants; whether such a concept is ridiculous or not depends on your personal faith in the evidence. I happen to

believe they are possible, although I must admit that


irrefutable proof of their existence has yet to be shown.
Does this mean that Whamond's high-gravity minimen. can't exist? Not at all! They either exist or they don't,
and no amount of logic, argument, or rationalization can
add or detract one iota of existence. They are, however,
less likely to exist than Mr. Whamond believes; and,. if
they do exist, it is for reasons other than those MI:'.
Whamond has given.

REFERENCES
(1) Whamond, William H.; Little'Green Men and the uiw of
Dynamical Similarity, Pursuit, Vol. 10, No.2, p. 34, Spring,
1977.
(2) Asimov ,Isaac; The Human Body,/tsStructureand Operation; Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 1963.
(3) Jensen, Alfred; Elementary Statics and Strength 0/ Materials; University Bookstore, Seattle, 1943.

.,

TED ROTH: November 25,1920 - December 15,1977


SITU mourns the passing of Dr. Ted Roth, Assistant Director of the
Baltimore Zoo and a member of SITU's Scientific Advisory Board. !

PURSUIT Winter 1978

13

PARADOXICAL ORTHODOXY
IN CANCER RESEARCH
By John Ott, Sc.D. (Han.)
B-1 bombers? No! Airplanes are out of date. No longer
orthodox. Cruise missiles now.
What would Billy Mitchell have thought about that
after all the trouble he had in trying to convince the Army
to try using airplanes to drop bombs on the enemy?
Streetcars? When I started working as a security analyst in the trust department of a large Chicago bank,
streetcar bonds were on the approved list of securities
suitable for the investment of widows' and orphans' trust
funds. They were sound securities with a good outlook
for future earnings. Recommended highly by our Senior
Trust Investment Committee.
What do you imagine would have been their response if
I had submitted a report criticizing the future outlook of
the Chicago Streetcar System and talked about men
going to the moon in a rocket, and back to earth again,
landing a couple of robot laboratories on Mars to study
soil samples for signs of life, and sending back color pictures and detailed information and talking with the men
on the moon and-Enough! Get rid of that lunatic, fire
him at once. He should be locked up for good! At that
time the expression "crazy as talking about man ever
going to the moon" was used to convey the ultimate of
the utterly ridiculous and the impossible.
Then what about suggesting that wearing tinted contact lenses mught cause cancer? Well, that might need a
little explaining too. On the face of it, it seems almost too
ridiculous to waste the time, money and effort to bother
with when there are so many other important and more
orthodox areas of cancer research to be investigated.
Our Senior Trust Investment Committee was comprised of experts, men who had spent years studying the
problems associated with investing money. They were
experienced in all kinds of investment securities. They
had followed the development and progress of the Chicago Streetcar System since its inception and were thoroughly familiar with both its management and operation.
They had all graduated from college with top honors and
degrees. Certainly it would not be prudent to ask a streetcar motorman or mechanic anything about running the
company.
There have been stories about the office boy becoming president, but these are exceptions to the general rule
and office boys certainly should not be depended upon
for making management decisions until they do become
president. This is just the way things are, or the way the
ball rolls. This is the orthodox way to run a bank or a
streetcar system or anything else - "including cancer research.
Like our Senior Trust Investment Committee, it is
quite logical that doctors with the highest honors and degrees should be on the Medical Review Committees.
They know the medical literature on cancer backwards
and forwards. They have virtually memorized it; and

nothing about tinted lenses, sun glasses, or artificial light


was ever mentioned in medical school. Very little was
ever mentioned about nutrition, either. So why get excited about tinted lenses and light when there are so
many other possible causes of cancer constantly being
reported by orthodox researchers in the press all the
time? So many things we eat, breathe, or otherwise come
into daily contact with are now hazardous to our health. It
has almost reached the point where the normal life process is hazardous because ultimately you are going to die.
Of course the real question is when - at what age: ten,
sixty-five, or one hundred and ten?
But why should there always be such antagonism and
opposition against any and all new ideas unless they can
be supported by the literature? It seems to me that one
serious fallacy in our present approach to orthodox cancer research lies in the fact that the answer may not be in
the literature. We may have to look elsewhere for it. If it
were already there, then some of our most scholarly stu
dents would surely have found it by now.
Memory and the photographic type of mind are unquestionably important qualities; the person with the
best memory, who may come with all the right answers in
the final college exams may, however, lack the aggressiveness necessary for a new approach to do things differently. Maybe the answer, when eventually found,
won't be exactly orthodox within present day thinking.
Think of the humiliation and disgrace under present
day standards if an educated expert did try something
new and different and was wrong, and lost his job as a result of making such a mistake. Just like the security analyst, the researcher's job is much more secure by being
conservative and doing nothing that might rock the boat.
"Serendipity" ~nd "empirical" are words that should be
taken more seriously and not just shrugged off as a joke.
Webster's dictionary defines "serendipity" as "the finding of things not sought for" and "empirical" as "relying
on experience or observations alone without proper regard for considerations of systems, science and theory."
Too many scholars with an excellent memory and
photographic type of mind lack the initiative or ability to
fully apply their knowledge or are afraid to speak their
minds for fear of criticisms and being ostracized by their
colleagues.
When NASA started the space program none of the
transportation experts on our trust investment committee were asked to help design the rockets. What do you
think a symphony orchestra composed of all the top
music critics would sound like? Yet that is just the kind of
music we are getting from the peers on the cancer review
committee. You will seldom find a historian making history.
.
Until the answer to cancer is found, how can anyone be
certain that tinted lenses or any other hypothesis is
PURSUIT Winter 1978 "

14

wrong? Too many scientists are ultraconservative in


their own views as to what may cause cancer, yet speak
out unequivocally and confidently in stating what could
not possibly be a contributing factor. What is des
perately needed is better communications and more
open discussions on the subject, while bearing in mind
Webster's definition of "research" - "a critical and ex
haustive examination having for its aim the discovery of
new facts and their correct interpretation, the revision of
accepted conclusions, theories or laws in the light of
newly discovered facts, or the practical application of
such new or revised conclusions, theories or laws."
Many of the great discoveries of the past have come
about accidentally; but whether accidental or the result
of long studious hours of work, the results always seem to
meet resistance by those reluctant to give up the old
ideas for new. There is still a society for preservation of
the belief that the world is flat.

TINTED LENSES AND


CANCER: EMPIRICAL
SERENDIPITY
Fifty years ago, when Charles A. lindbergh made his
solo flight in a single engine airplane across the Atlantic to
Paris, ) made my first time lapse pictures of an African
violet and apple blossom. ) borrowed the works from the
kitchen clock in order to make an automatic timer and
began taking single frames on a moving picture film at
regular intervals. The effect was a flower bursting into
bloom on the screen in a matter of only a few seconds.
Later, ) expanded my operation to include photograph
ing many different flowering plants - whatever hap
pened to be coming into bloom at the time. Some did
bloom quite normally and) accumulated a sequence of
time lapse pictures of flowers which I showed to our local
garden club and other similar organizations.
However, some plants didn't cooperate and refused to
bloom; these I would just discard before trying some
thing else. This I did until my hobby grew to the point
where) was asked to make many, if not most, of the time
lapse pictures for Walt Disney's nature films, including
Nature's Half Acre and Secrets 0/ Life. Then when a
flower refused to bloom) had to try to figure out why in
order to follow the script.
The first problem with any possible scientific signifi
cance came in trying to photograph the growth of a
pumpkin from the emergence of the first shoot to the
maturity of a pumpkin for the film Secrets 0/ Life.
I didn't get any pumpkins, but learned that a pumpkin
is a monoecious type of plant. That is, it produces both
staminate and pistillate blossoms on the same vine. I
found that all the staminate blossoms developed to large
healthy specimens, but all the pistillate blossoms with the
little embryo of the pumpkin right under the blossom
would dry up, turn black, and drop off the vine.
I had a good picture of a tomato turning a bright red
color, but since this particular sequence had to tie into
.the story of Cinderella's Chariot, a tomato simply would
not do.
.
I consulted a number of horticulturists, botanists, and
just plain farmers who grew pumpkins, but no one had
ever experienced this kind of situation before and there
PURSUIT Winter 1978

fore had no real suggestions as to what might be wrong.


The soil tested out O.K. and the plants looked perfectly
healthy; but all the pistillate blossoms would start to grow
and then, at an early stage, would all dry up, turn black
.and drop off the vine.
The situation was getting desperate. Walt Disney
needed this sequence badly, so I agreed to try it again the
next year. I was doing the project under a skylight in my
ivory cellar (basement studio) and supplementing the reo
stricted daylight with two large fluorescent fixtures. The
lights were old and beginning to flicker so I bought some
new tubes and started over again. To my amazement,
this time all the pistillate buds developed fully and the
staminate buds all dropped off - just the opposite from
the previous year. In checking everything) could think of,
I found that the first year ) had happened to use cool
white fluorescent tubes, which are strong in the yellow .
orange part of the spectrum. The second year, without
asking for any particular kind of tube, ) had just hap
pened to get daylight white, which has more blue in it.
After completing the pictures for Disney,) continued to
experiment with the different fluorescent tubes and
found) could obtain 100% staminate or pistillate bios
. soms on a pumpkin vine by simply supplementing the
somewhat restricted daylight with either coolwhite or
daylight white f1uorescent.l
Soon thereafter I was asked to ~sist in taking time
lapse pictures of the development of fish embryos in the
Department of Biology at Loyola University in Chicago.
. After the project was well underway I suggested placing
some of the guppies, which bear live young, under cool
white and some of the others under daylightwhite fluor
escent. (The sex of the guppies can readily be de
termined by the development of certain coloration in the
.
males as the fish mature.)
The results of this experiment were quite significant.
The professor in charge advised that this time all the gup
pies under coolwhite appeared to be females consider
ably past the time when any male coloring should have
normally appeared. However, at a still later date he
advised me that approximately 20% of the guppies
showed faint male coloring that never did fully develop.2 It
was not feasible to do any autopsies at the time to see
what this mixed up sex situation really was.
A story about the effect of light on the sex of the pump
kin blossoms and guppies appeared in the press and Ire
ceived a letter from a chinchilla breeder advising that this
growing industry was encountering a major problem in
obtaining enough female chinchillas for breeding pur
poses. Chinchillas kept outdoors produced approx
imately 5050 males and females.
Generally speaking, the cninchilla breeders were using
the same established procedures for breeding mink,
which as cold weather animals can tolerate extreme cold
winter temperatures. It was also thought that the cold
temperature would produce better pelts earlier in the
season than in the case of animals kept indoors.
Experience soon indicated that the temperature did
not control the development of heavier winter fur and
that the chinchillas, being native to a more temperate clio
mate, could not stand the extreme cold. (It is now known
that the seasonal changes in the length of daylight and
darkness triggers the onset of the heavy winter fur as it
also times the migration of birds, the hibernation of bears,

15

and the mating season of just about all animals except


primates. The poultry industry routinely uses artificial
light to lengthen the daylight periods, especially in the
winter time, to increase egg production.3 )
The chinchilla breeder advised that when the chin
chillas were, of necessity, moved indoors the sex ratio in
the litters changed to about 95% or more males and it
therefore became impossible to maintain the necessary
number of females for breeding purposes. The cost of
changing the incandescent fixtures to fluorescent (as I
had done with both the pumpkins and guppies) was more
than the chinchilla breeder wanted to incur, so I sug
gested trying daylight incandescent bulbs in the breeding
rooms in place of the regular incandescent ones. Daylight incandescent bulbs use a blue glass to cut down on
the high ratio of red and infrared in the regular incandescent ones. The lights were not installed until ten days
after mating had occurred and the same parent animals
that had been consistently producing approximately 95%
males in the litters under the regular incandescent bulbs
now produced 95% females, which is contrary to the longestablished X-V chromosome theory.4 Daylight incandescent bulbs are now in world-wide commercial use by
chinchilla breeders to increase the number of females in
the litters.
After making these observations, I decided to build a
small animal laboratory out in the back yard and experiment in keeping various laboratory animals under different colors or wavelengths of light on a more controlled basis. This was an entirely new experience for me;
but through several doctor friends I was able to get some
qualified laboratory animal technicians to help set up the
necessary scientific controls and generally supervise the
experiments.
In our studies, the most significant abnormal conditions were found in laboratory animals under pink fluorescent,S 6 which represents a concentration of the wavelength energy in a narrow part of the spectrum towards
the red end of the visible spectrum. The animals used in
this particular experiment were mice and rats, which are
nocturnal in nature and do not see into the far red end of
the spectrum. (The reason red lights are used in the socalled "night rooms" of many zoos is so that the nocturnal animals are more active and will therefore not
sleep in a corner of their cage while the zoo is open to the
public during the daytime.)
The abnormal responses in the animals under the pink
fluorescent consisted of excessive calcium deposits in
the heart tissue, a smaller number and lower survival rate
of young in the litters, and a significantly greater tumor
development or cancer, which has now been confirmed
by six major medical centers,7 plus a strong tendency
toward irritable, aggressive (constant fighting with one
another), and cannibalistic behavioral patterns.
It is difficult to reconcile with the general concepts of
cancer research the fact that the findings reported by six
major medical centers - that light influences the rate,
size and number of tumors in laboratory animals - is
being completely ignored by both the National Cancer
Institute and the American Cancer Society.
In a recent interview by Joel Greenburg, science writer
for the Miami Herald, Dr. Bayard Morrison, Assistant
Director of the National Cancer Institute, said "No one

here is involved in that kind of research. There is no builtin bias against Dr. Ott or anyone else; it's just that his proposals have not been relevant to on-going work."
The American Cancer Soc~ety had previously replied
that" ... while there is every likelihood that exposure to
different kinds of light will affect certain physiological response in the animals, they will only confuse the issue."
To me the major inconsistency in present day cancer
research is that in spite of all the "breakthroughs" and
claims. for improved methods of both detection and treatment, and the billions of dollars spent, the cancer death
rate is continuing to rise at an alarming rate; it reached, in
fact, an all-time record high last year. This alone indicates to me a need for a careful review of our present
approach to the problem.
On first thought, it might be concluded that the particular wavelengths which we se~ as pink might be responsible for the abnormal results obtained above. However,
these wavelengths are a part of the total spectrum and
are present in natural outdoor daylight. Instead, it should
therefore be suggested that the abnormal responses reo
suit from the wavelengths that are missing in the pink
fluorescent light; so that certain endocrine responses are
failing to function, thus causing the conditiqn of malillumination.
Modern civilization has brought about ever more rapid
changes in one of man's most important environments
-light. The effects of s~nlight, both beneficial and harmful, on the human skin have long been recognized. More
recently, however, neurochemical channels leading from
the retina to the pituitary and pineal glands have been reported.s 9 These master glands control the endocrine
system which produces and releases the hormones that
control body chemistry. Thus, the basic principles of
photosynthesis in plants, sometimes referred to as the
conversion of light energy into chemical energy, appear
to carryover into animal life in a way which has heretofore gone unrecognized.
Life on this earth, since the beginning, has evolved
under the full spectrum'of natural sunlight. Recent studies have indica.h~d specific endocrine processes (involv
ing sensitive photoreceptor mechanisms in both the skin
and the retina) are responsive to narrow bands of wave
lengths within the entire electromagnetic spectrum and
not just to the difference between light and dark. lO Some
of these wavelengths of general background radiation will
penetrate ordinary:building material as readily as visible
light perietrates window glass.
If the specific-wavelengths to which a photoreceptor
mechanism responds are missing in an artificial light
. source, then this would be the equivalent of darkness to
. the- photoreceptor mechanism; in this case there would
be no response even though there are other wavelengths
of light present. .. .
Various skin and suntan lotions block certain light rays
from penetrating th~ skin. Ordinary glass in windows,
windshields, arid eyeglasses filters most of the ultraviolet
entering the eyes. Tinted contact lenses, deeper colored
sunglasses, and differ.ent artificial light sources, in addition to industrial smog, also grossly distort the natural
spectrum of light to which people are normally subject.
Much has been written on the importance of diet, exerciSe, fresh air, sleep, pure water, not smoking, etc. - but
still our national health continues to decline. Something is
PURSUIT

Winter 1978

16

still missing and there is good evidence that the missing


link is light.
Let's compare the metabolic life process of the human
body with your automobile engine. Both need fuel and
the quality of the fuel is important. Both need air, but your
auto engine won't run on these two ingredients alone; neither will the life metabolic process. The need for an ignition system is taken for granted in your car engine. When
the engine stalls because of dirty spark plugs, we recognize the need for cleaning them or for fixing whatever else
may have gone wrong with the ignition system. Adjusting
the carburetor or fussing with the fuel pump would be
pretty much a waste of time. Yet when it comes to the
metabolic life process of the human body that is about all
we do. We are totally ignoring the ignition system -light.
A number of widely used drugs and medicines, including some vitamins (riooflavin) and certain constituents of
foods, are known to make people sensitive to light. If the
specific wavelengths to which a certain vitamin reacts are
of very low energy or totally lacking in an artificial light
source, then a megadose would be required to bring
about a normal reaction. One major problem with conventional artificial light sources is that certain areas of the
spectrum are very weak or even totally lacking while
other areas of the spectrum may contain very strong
peaks of energy.
If the wavelength absorption characteristics of a food
or drug happen to coincide with a peak of energy in an
artificial light source, then the result could be an overreaction or an allergic type response.
The food that people eat need not necessarily contain
any nutritional value. Artificial flavorings and especially
coloring materials,11 because of their greater absorptive
and reflective characteristics, would cause a similar abnormal reaction to excessive peaks of light energy.
The normal dose rate of just about every drug has been
established for people living mostly under different artificiallights that are lacking in certain wavelengths. When
these people take any of these drugs known to be photosensitizers and go out into the sunlight, it is the ultraviolet wavelengths which are uSually blamed for any abnormal side effects that may occur. Obviously, the drug
must be interacting with these specific wavelengths.
The customary solution to this problem is to recommend staying out of the sunlight. However, some doctors
in Florida and other sunny areas are now cutting down
the medication dose instead,' then letting their patients go
out into the sunlight for reasonable periods of time, of
course taking care not to get. sunburned. From all reports I have heard, these' people are responding exceedingly well. This seems to be particularly true with
people who work in offices under fluorescent light in the
north and spend several weeks vacation in a sunny
climate trying to make up for their lack of sunlight.
Needless to say, this not only emphasizes the importance of having laboratory.. Iighting conditions under
scientific control (and not jusHrusting them to building
. maintenance), but also poin~ to the possible invalidation
of all past, present, and future an,imal (including human)
research that does not consider the intensity and wavelength distribution, as well the periodicity, of light as an
important variable. As more and more knowledge is
gained regarding the importance of nutrition in relation to

as

PURSUIT Winter 1978

human health and behavior, it becomes apparent that


nutrition and light must be considered of equal interacting importance.
. One of the more interesting developments in medicine
during the past few years has been the introduction of
light therapy in place. of a complete blood transfer for the
treatment of neonatal hyperbilirubinemia, orjaundice, in
premature babies. The use of light for the treatment of
jaundice may have been practiced originally in India by
mid-wives who placed unclothed jaundiced infants in the
sunlight to cure them. The use of artificial light to treat
jaundice can be traced back to the work done in 1958 by
Dr. Richard J. Cremer of Harefield Hospital in Middlesex, England. Dr. Cremer showed that the serum bilirubin levels that cause jaundice could be lowered in infants by exposing them either to sunlight or to,artificial
blue light. The accepted alternative treatment for severe
cases is to perform a complete blood transfusion, which
in itself carries considerable risk.
In this country, Dr. Jerold F. Lucey, Professor ofPediatrics at the University of Vermont College of Medicine and a past president of the American Academy of
Pediatrics, has carried on extensive work in further
studying light therapy for the treatment of jaundice in premature babies. 12 Premature babies who are to be exposed to the light treatment first have their eyes covered
with a blindfold as a precautionary measure. The treatment is usually for eight hours a day for five or six days.
The conqition, bilirubin, results from high concentrations of a toxic waste in the blood, which the infant is unable to dispose of through its liver and kidneys. The blue
light (shorter visible wavelengths) passing through the tissues converts the bilirubin serum into a non-toxic substance that can be easily excreted. In a somewhat sirr. i!ar
reaction, it has long been recognized that the ultraviolet
rays in sunlight synthesize natural vitamin D.
Dr. Lucey, along with his co-workers, has experimented with different types of fluorescent lights; he has
recently reported that he is now using full-spectrum fluorescent tubes with added ultraviolet to duplicate the spectrum of natural sunlight more closely.
It seems to me that while the use of a strong blue light
might hasten the breakdown of the bilirubin serum, that
the absence of all the other wavelengths of the total spectrum might create other deficiences or side effects, especially in new born infants receiving their first direct exposure to the light environment.
The New England Journal of Medicine l3 mentions a
new improved form of treatment for psoriasis - photochemotherapy. Both Professor Thomas Fitzpatrick, at
the MasSachusetts General Hospital in Boston, and Professor Klaus Wolff, at the University Dermatology Clinic
in Vienna, have pioneered in orally giving their patients a
drug (methoxsalen) that is specifically activated by long
wavelength ultraviolet or black light. The afflicted areas
are then exposed to the black light ultraviolet. wavelengths in what looks something like a telephone booth .
Dr. Troy D. Feller, of Baylor College of Medicine, reported to the 120th annual meeting of the American
Medical Association on a new light therapy for treating
herpes virus. A certain dye that absorbs light is applied to
the skin lesion which is then. exposed to daylight-type

17

fluorescent light. This process is referred to as photodynamic inactivation_


If a particular ailment can be treated with certain wavelengths of light, then living under an artificial light source
lacking these wavelengths might logically contribute to
causing the ailment in the first place.
It is noteworthy that all the acceptable applications of
phototherapy so far use blue or ultraviolet wavelengths
that are so grossly missing in our artificial light sources
under which modern civilization currently exists. Pink
tinted lenses especially stop these beneficial wavelengths from entering the eyes, thus causing an endocrine deficiency_ The recent rapid swing toward the new, .
more efficient, but at the same time grossly distorted pink
and orange spectrum range of the new type sodium
vapor lighting only raises further very serious problems
concerning its effect on human health and behavior.

REFERENCES
1 Ott, J.N_, "Effects of Wavelengths of Light on Physiological
Functions of Plants and Animals." Illuminating Eng, LX, 254261 (1965).
2 Ott, J. N., My /uory Cellar, Devin-Adair Publishing Co.,
1958.

Biellier, H. V_ and Ostmann, O. W., "Effect of Varying DayLength on Time of Oviposition in Domestic Fowl." Research
Bulletin 747, University of Missouri, College of Agriculture,
Sept. 1960.
4 Ott, J. N., "Light and Animal Breeding," National Chinchilla
Breeder, Vol. 20, No.6, June 1964, pgs. 17-18.
5 Ott, J. N., "Some Responses of Plants and Animals to Variations in Wavelengths of Light Energy," Annals NY Acad. o/Sci
117, 1964, pgs. 624-635.
6 Ott, J. N., Health & Light; The Devin-Adair Company, Old
Greenwich, CT 06870.
70U, J. N., "The Eyes' Dual Function - Part III," EENT
Monthly, Vol 53, Nov. 1974, pgs. 465-469.
8 Krieg, Wendell J. S., "The Hypothalamus of the Albino Rat,"
Journal 0/ Comparatiue Neurology, Vol 55, No. I, May 1932.
9 Wurtman, Richard J. Axelrod, Julius and Fischer, Josef E.,
"Melatonin Synthesis in the Pineal Gland: Effect of Light Mediated by the Sympathetic Nervous System," Science, Vol. 143,
March 20, 1964, pgs. 1328-1329.
10 Ott, J. N., "Some Observations on the Effect of Light on the
Pigment Epithelial Cells of the Retina of a Rabbit's Eye," Recent
Progress in Photobiology, E. J. Bowen (ed), Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1964.
II Feingold, B. F., "Behavioral Disturbances, Learning Disabilities, and Food Additions," Chern. Tech, 1975,5,264.
12 Lucey, J. F., "Nursery Illumination as a Factor in Neonatal
Hyperbilirubinemia," Pediatrics, Vol. 4, No.2, August 1969.
13 The New England Journal o/Medicine, Vol. 291, p. 1207.
3

ANALOGIES OF THE PROPAGATION WAVES


OF lHE GREAT FEAR IN FRANCE, 1789,
AND OF THE AIRSHIP FLAP IN OHIO, 1897
By Andrew E. Rothovius
Unsuspected relationships between apparently un~
connected phenomena comprise a prime matter of concern and interest to Forteans and Jungians alike, and
can sometimes be of a surprisingly significant nature; the
one forming the subject of this discussion is an outstanding case in point_
In reading "The Ohio Airship Story" in Pursuit (VoL 10,
No.1, pp. 2-8), the thought struck me that it might be interesting to take the map accompanying the article and
link the towns and dates of the observations of the alleged .
airships which appeared over Ohio during the year of
1897. The result was fascinating (see the map as reproduced here, with my notations).
The sightings did not occur at random across the state,
in either space or time, but in a rhythmic progression
from west to east. The first date, April 14, finds the first
three sightings, when plotted on the map, forming a convex arc across the west central part of Ohio. During the
next two days, April 15 and 16, the sightings move eastward into the center of the state along virtually straight
but v~ry slightly curved lines; on the 17th the sighting
lines form a deep salient into the eastern third of Ohio_
Then for one day, the 18th, there is a lull in the sightings,
with only one in the extreme southeast corner near the

West Virginia border; on the 19th, the sightings begin to


retrace their path, but for the next two days there is a lack
of a distinct pattern which is resumed, however, on the
22nd as a gentle curve across the north central half of the
state.
The 23rd finds a retrogression to the southeast, with a
line spanning almost the entire distance between the
Ohio' River and Lake Erie_ After that, the sightings become more sparSe 'and diffuse; no pattern can be traced,
and in.a few days they die out altogether. (It should be remarked that" during the first four days, April 14 through
17, there was a localized. area of sightings at Akron, in
northeastern Ohio, which appeared to be independent of
the west-to-east, the east-to-west pulsation' that characterized the rest of the flap). .
My first .reaction to the overall pattern that thus
emerged on the map of Ohio was that it militated strongly
against there being any objective reality (in the sense of
nuts-and-bolts hardware) to the airships. Even primitive
airships, the only ones conceivably in existence in 1897,
would cruise much more rapidly than the leisurely speed
at which the sighting lines moved across the state - none
of them exceeding ISO miles a day (and that only in the
case of the eastward salient on the 17th), and most
PURSUIT Winter 1978

18

averaging much less than that, or around 40 miles a day.


(The movement of the lines is reminiscent of ripples
across a body of water, suggesting that the initial impulse
lay weIl to the west of Ohio.) These speeds are, however,
consistent with the word-of-mouth spread of airship reports, each one giving rise to the next, as affected by the
network of daily rural trains which then connected virtually every community of any size - and many of no size
- in the Buckeye State.
'I have not attempted to plot the sighting lines on a railroad map of Ohio of that period, but they would probably coincide substantially. This in itself might not be too
significant, since the rail network was so dense that many
of the lines would coincide by chance. However, the point
is that the sightings did not cross the Pennsylvania state
line to the east. Instead, they retrogressed westward for a
few days before ceasing; this suggests that the Ohio
farmers who did business by rail, traveling between their
various markets and farms, did so principally within the
state. When the ripple caused by the word-of-mouth distribution of airship reports had reached the eastern third
of the state it did not go on into Pennsylvania because its
carriers themselves did not go into that state.
The sighting ripple therefore rebounded as from a pool
wall, flowing back westward, but it had too little impetus
left to cross the whole of Ohio a second time. It therefore
died halfway through its journey; there was simply not
enough substance behind the sightings to sustain continued reports, even though the initial excitement had
been sufficient to carry the ripple across the state once.
It might be argued that there were a large number of
daily and weekly newspapers published in Ohio at that
time, and that it was the reports of the airship sighting in
them rather than word-of-mouth which provided the
main carrier vehicle. Doubtless these reports did spread
through the press, but it is difficult to relate the extensive
list of items mentioned in Mr. Eberhart's article to the
sighting pattern, both spatially and temporally, as it
appears on the map. I feel that newspaper reports played
only a secondary role and that wordof-mouth (although
not necessarily, and in fact probably rarely, by the actual
witnesses themselves - instead by people who had
heard the accounts second or third hand) was the principal mover, as it has been throughout human history.
Having got this far with my plotting of the sighting pattern, and meditating on whether the phenomenon involved was 1) people thinking they saw what the exciting
reports were conditioning them mentally to see, 2) people
seeing what some intelligence outside of them wanted
them to see, or 3) people seeing what was there but which
could be seen only under similar special conditions of
mental stimulation, I suddenly recalled that there had
been another very notable instance of extremely convin
cing hallucination which moved in pulsating waves across
a substantial extent of territory (even larger than Ohio)
and vanished as abruptly as it had begun.

THE GREAT FEAR


That other event was the Great Fear which swept over
most of France between July 20 and August 6,1789108 years before the Ohio flap. (Note that its duration
agrees roughly with that of the Ohio experience, the limitPURSUIT Winter 1978

ing dates of which were April 14 and May 11, although


most of the sightings in Ohio ceased at the end of April.
This suggests that mental phenomena of this type cannot, as a rule, be sustained in the general population for
more than about three weeks before exhausting the original generating energy.) The Great Fear occurred immediately after the outbreak of the French Revolution on
July 14 (the taking of the Bastille). Although we can be
certain that the mental currents set in motion by the great
social upheaval contriiJuted to the inception and spread
of the Fear, we cannot account for the Fear solely on the
basis of the Revolution.
Whereas the residents of tranquil Ohio, on the eve of
the advent of the automobile and the airplane, saw puzzling but not hostile airships in their peaceful skies, the
French rural populace in 1789 saw, within their uneducated frame of reference, something far more threatening and imminently dangerous. From one village and
town to another the rumor would spread (later on we
shaIl consider some of the means as weIl as the pattern of
the propagation) that a vast army of brigands was marching across the countryside, burning, looting and massacring. Often the report was vouched for by trembling
refugees who had made their escape barely in time; they
would describe the sacking and burning of the homes as
weIl as the slaughter of friends and relations who had
been cut down by the brigands.
And more than once great clouds of smoke rising on
the horizon or a red glare at night would add support to
these stories. One man said he had escaped from brigands who had dragged him into the woods where he was
their forced guest at a meal which the robbers prepared
over a huge bonfire; two sides of bacon filched in their
sacking of the village was the main course. They also
killed the local gamekeeper in front of this witness who,
being perfectly familiar with the woods in which all this
took 'place, later led a party of hastily raised militia to the
spot. No sign of any bonfire or brigand feast was found,
and the gamekeeper turned up alive and protesting that
he had never seen any robbers.
It was the same with the clouds of smoke and the glare
of fires at night: upon diligent search, no trace of these
conflagrations could be found, and when those who had
fled were persuaded to return home they found everything intact and the supposedly slaughtered victims alive
and well.
The panic would last typicaIly from 12 to 36 hours in
any given locality; then it would disappear as everyone
shamefacedly realized there was no enemy around. The
Great Fear made a tremendous impression on French
historians and scholars and is widely discussed in a large
number of 19th Century works, all of which wrongfully
convey the impression that the Fear either arose spontaneously, virtually everywhere in France at the same
time, or that it spread outward in all directions from Paris
as a result of the fighting at the Bastille and the attending
disorders.
It is true that the mysterious brigands were usually
linked by the Fear to the Paris events of the 14th - in
most cases they were represented as foreign mercen:
aries (variously German, Austrian, Piedmontese, Spanish, Croat and others) hired by the enraged nobles to ravage and destroy the French peasantry before it could
follow the revolutionary example of the Paris urban prole-

19

MICHIGAN

427/28

MRS. WOODRUFF
Findlay

>.

Munroe Falls

414/17

Akron

"I MasSillon
"20

c:c

Bellelonta Ine

cr:
C

Casstown

Columbus.

Washington
CH .

..29

5..
58

WEST

VIRGINIA

Map showing sequential nature of daybyday reports of "airship" sightings in Ohio.


Added to the sketchmap illustrating "The Ohio Airship Story" (Pursuit, Vol. 10, No. I,
p. 3) are author Rothovius' notations to support his contention that the reports spread
across the state at railroad speed during April and May, 1897.

tariat. How it would have been possible, in those times


before the existence of any form of rapid mass transpor
tation, for the nobles to recruit and march such a force
into France in a matter of a week or so after the Bastille
fell, was a question that occurred to no one to ask.
Nevertheless, when the first scientific 20th Century
analysis of the Great Fear was made in 1932 by the noted
historian Georges Lefebvre, it was readily demonstrated
that the Fear did not spread out from Paris, nor did it
arise everywhere at once. On the contrary, there were
six distinct waves of the Fear, each traceable to a single
locality and single precipitating incident and each moving across the map of France in a steadily pulsating
rhythm which averaged 4 km (about 2~ miles) an hour.
This leisurely speed of progression, similar to but even

slower than that in Ohio, corresponds to the word-ofmouth transmission by people on foot; the key word here
is "average" - frequently, urgent messengers running or
on horseback would spread the Fear at a considerably
faster rate, but this would be offset by halts of up to a day
in many localities before being carried to the next community. The 4 km per hour average thus indicates what is
confirmed from many contemporary accounts - that
the principal mode of transmission was by peasants walking from one village to another, seized by the Fear and the
need to communicate it.
This last point is important: in a large number of cases
it would seem that the transmitters of the Fear began
their walking journey, to the weekly market or wherever
it was they were going, with no apprehension in mind.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

20

Somewhere, perhaps only a mile or two along the way,


something triggered the Fear in them - possibly a puff of
smoke from a rubbish fire, the rustle of animals in the
roadside brush, or the offhand remark of some encountered traveler. Instantly, as it were, they saw the countryside ravaged by bands of thousands of merciless
brigands, and in fully convinced alarm they would convey the dread tidings to the next village or town.
The Fear, then, was an implanted reaction; either its
basic pattern was programmed into the minds of its carriers, awaiting only some triggering mechanism, as suggested above, or it was implanted directly, with an instantaneous effect, by a mode or means we are as yet unable to determine with exactness.
Not all persons were susceptible; it is recorded that in
some villages, the local parson or seigneur (or whoever
else was looked up to) only laughed at the tales of devastation and refused to sound an alarm or summon the
militia. In such cases the Fear would by-pass the locality,
re-surfacing a few miles further on. It rarely deviated
more than a short distance to either side of the track it
was following, and would always return to it after any
temporary diversion. Sometime it branched, each
branch moving out independently..
The intensity of each of the six currents of the Fear varied, which is why each differed in its duration and the
amount of territory covered. Toward the end of its
course, each current would start to weaken. The size of
the rumored brigand armies lessened, the details of the
ravages were toned down, and the reaction to the alarms
became increasingly skeptical, until at some point their
transmission ceased.
The reader's attention is invited to the accompanying
map reproduced from Georges Lefebvre's book. A few
moments of close study will help disentangle the maze of
arrow-tipped lines. To help with this disentanglement, I
have added numbers (1 to 6) to designate the starting
points (already marked with open circles on the original
map) of each of the six waves of the Fear_ (It should be
noted that the areas left white on the map indicate those
parts of France where the Fear was experienced; but it
should also be understood that between the arrow-lines
there were strips of countryside that remained unaffected as well. To have further cross-hatched these narrow strips in the same manner as the large areas of
France where the Fear did not appear would have made
the map impossibly complicated. Also, the four pockets
of darkly cross-hatched areas indicate where peasant revolts, against the nobles and landowners, had broken out
be/ore the Fear. Lefebvre wished to show that, contrary
to some historians, the Fear did not originate in these revolt areas or even on their borders; in fact, it did not pene. trate a single one of them.
The first wave of the Fear started at Nantes on the
lower Loire (Area 1 on the map, a little more than halfway up the left border) about midday on July 20, and was
initiated by the rumored approach of a body of government troops coming to restore order in the town (there
had been disturbances there following the news of the
Bastille). The wave moved southeastward, rather more
slowly than the average knv'h, across the bocage
(hedge and pasture) country of Poitou. At Cholet it
branched into two tracks, parallel to each other, and then
dissipated on the afternoon of the 23rd. It was at its peak
PURSUIT Winter 1978

on the 22nd, at La Chataignerie, where it disrupted the


rural church feast of the Madeleine. This wave's distinguishing feature was the rapid transformation, in the
minds of the transmitters, from government trooPs
(actually there were none even of these) into ferocious
foreign brigands.
The second wave originated on the following morning
(the 21st) near La Ferte in the province of Maine (marked
2 on the map), more than 200 km from Nantes, and totally
uninfluenced by the first wave~ It spread, in the form of a
pinwheel, to the south, west and north (see arrows on
map), the strongest current being the northward, which
on the 23rd produced eyewitness accounts of the towns
of Dreux and Verneuil having been burned, sacked
and looted, though not before ,the local militias had killed
4000 of the brigands. (The towns were, of course, found
to be quiet and unharmed when the refugees returned a
day later.)
The northern and western currents of this second
wave dissipated late on the 24th; the southern current,
moving through Tours and Blois in two parallel streams,
did not exhaust itself until the 27th, thus giving it a six-day
life. Lefebvre was unable to discover the initiating incident for the second wave.
The third wave of the Fear originated in the early morning of the 23rd, west of Lons in eastern France near the
Swiss border (marked 3 on the map), and it was initiated
by a party of militia returning home at night from having
investigated a reported disturbance at a chateau near
Louhans (see map); they decided to fire off the ammunition in their muskets rather than go through the bother of
unloading them. This was done on a deserted country
road, but the noise of the shots aroused the attention of
several peasants and within moments they were spreading the Fear across the countryside. (There is no evidence that any word of the first two outbreaks, less than
72 hours earlier, had yet reached eastern France.)
This third wave traveled only a short distance to the
north, then recoiled from the Saon.e and the Voges
massif; but to the south it went all the way to the Mediterranean and the Maritime Alps before finally dissipating on
August 4, after a life of 12 days, at Salerne in southeast
Province, not far from the Piedmontese frontier. It was
only in this wave that the Fear was transformed into revo
luti(;>nary action: in some parts of the so.utheast, the
chateaus of the nobles were attacked and burned in retaliation for their allegedly having instigated and leVied
the incursion of the brigands, who here were principally
"seen" as Piedmontese (Italians) from across the Alps.
The fourth wave of the Fear erupted at Estrees, north
of Paris (spot marked 4 on the map), on the evening of the .
26th; it was initiated by a violent altercation between
some poachers and the gamekeepers of the local seigneur. Although it penetrated the northern outskirts of
Paris, its main thrust was northward in the direction of
the Straits of Dover. This short wave had a life span of
only three days, being almost. spent when it arrived in
Boulogne late on the 29th. Curiously, it did not penetrate
the area immediately adjacent to the Flanders frontier,
whera a peasant uprising was already in progresS and
emigre nobles were known to be recruiting and massing
forces on the Flanders side for an attempt to regain
power in France.
.. .
Lefebvre's fifth wave of the Fear (I have used his num-

21

Map showing movement of currents of the


Great Fear, from The
Great Fear of 1789, by
George Lefebvre,
translated by Joan
White, @ 1973 by Pantheon Books, a division of Random
House, Inc., NY.

bering throughout) broke out west of Troyes (number 5


on the map) in Champagne on July 24, actually 2 days
earlier than the fourth wave. It started from a herd of run- .
away cattle whose rustling sounds inside a patch of
brushwood were taken to be a band of brigands hiding
under cover of the leaves, and very quickly the Fear was
spreading, full-blown, in several currents that moved generally southward but diverged to the east and west on
either side (one of which was moving northwest when it
entered the southern outskirts of Paris). The general lifespan was six days, although that of some of the currents
was somewhat less; the southernmost one merged, on
July 30 near Bourbon, with the great sixth wave in the
southwest of France.
This fifth wave produced one of the most circumstantial and detailed eyewitness stories of the brigands at
work; refugees from Longjumeau, a town southeast of
Paris (not shown on the map, but near Fontainebleau)
told of entry by armed cavalry wearing the uniforms of
Austrian hussars who proceeded to sack and burn the
principal buildings. Needless to say, when militia sent to
the rescue arrived they found the town quiet and undisturbed.
. The sixth and last wave was the greatest; starting at a
spot (marked 6 on the map) near Ruffec in west-central

France, on July 28, it fanned out in pinwheel fashion (but


more strongly to the southeast) to cover all the southwest anH south-central provinces, reaching the Pyrenees
frontier with Spain on the 6th of August, as it was fading
out. Its duration was thus nine days, during which it
moved at a somewhat greater speed than the average 4
km per hour. The initiating incident was the appearance
of four or five "Brothers of Mercy," as they were called licensed beggars and solicitors who were collecting alms
for the benefit of French captives of the Barbary pirates.
When these were seen to disappear into a patch of woods
instead of continuing along the highway, the conclusion
was jumped to that they were spies of the brigands in disguise. That was all that was needed to touch off the Fear's
widest rampage of all.

SIMILARITIES
Comparing now the map of France in 1789 to the one
of Ohio in 1897.. we see that the Fear's initial wave - as in
Ohio - entered from the west; the succeeding second
and third ones were progressively further to the east
(almost to the eastern limits of France); then the three following ones retrograded westward, almost back to the
PURSUIT Winter 1978

22
point of origin. This follows a similar pattern as in Ohio,
and indicates very strongly that some related phenomenon is involved behind surface events.
It was suggested earlier in this presentation that the
Ohio airship flap was propagated largely by word-ofmouth along the dense rural railroad network of the
1890s. We have seen how the French Great Fear was
also spread by word-of-mouth, although the six initial
sources appear to have begun independently of each
other; certainly this is true for the first three, and may
apply in all six cases (it is only marginally possible that reports of the first three waves set off the final three). In
other words, the impulse for each wave was implanted
into the minds of the persons involved from outside; it
may be that, if we had a more thorough knowledge of the
spread of the Ohio flap we would find that the first sighting in each case was an implanted one. Or it may have
been the other way around: word-of-mouth reports could
have suggested the first sighting, then implantation would
carry it along the lines of propagation which appear on
the Ohio map.
'
Many other points of similarity between the 1789 and
1897 occurrences are evident. The manifestations - airships in one case; brigands in the other - were' actually
seen by persons of normally credible character and
sound minds, and were consistent (though admittedly at
an extreme limit) with what their respective frames of reference would admit as being physically possible. Physical
effects and traces, though apparently witnessed at the
moment, could not be found. Natural or accidental phenomena were known triggers for the French events, and
quite possibly figured in at least some of the Ohio events

(the four or five "Brothers of Mercy" who touched off the


sixth French wave may not have been real persons, but
rather mental constructs like the "Men in Black" so familiar to present-day UFO and Fortean investigators).
What the purpose of the manifestations was must remain conjectural. Though the mode of the Phenomena
appears to have been the same (or at the least very similar) we cannot assume that the same cause was responsible in both cases. Ohio can be interpreted as the mass
precognitive hallucination of an invention then very near
actual realization; the French Fear is less convincingly
interpretable as a similar precognition, on a mass scale, of
the Reign of Terror into which the Revolution would degenerate within a few years. The Napoleonic Wars that
grew out of the Revolution would end in 1814 with an invasion of France by Russian, Austrian and Prussian
armies which were to commit actual ravages, fulfilling in
part at least the insubstantial horrors of the Great Fear.
Yet this was to be limited to northern France and would
not affect more than about 15% of the total area which experienced the Fear.
We might perhaps see in the Great Fear an expression
of the realization the part of the Jungian "group soul" or
collective European (and especially West European) unconscious, that the era of limited warfare fought by small
professional armies, which characterized the 18th Century, was ending; and the age of total wars, involving entire national populations, was about to begin. In any
event, the Great Fear stands as one of the most extraordinary mental phenomena ever recorded.

MIND OVER MATTER


By T. 8. Pawlicki
KVOS-TV, Channel 12, Bellingham, Washington,
broadcasts a children's educational series under the title,
More. Around June, 1977, the subject of the lesson was
the Plate Flutter experiment. A powder is sprinkled on a
vibrant surface and exposed to more or less tuned sound.
The sonic wavelengths which coincide fundamentally
and/ or harmonically with the dimensions of the particles
of the powder cause the particles to vibrate sympathetically. These vibrations carry the powder with them, making the structure of the sound energy visible. The Plate
Flutter experiment, a child's toy, is a scale model iIIustra
ting the way the entire universe works.
Untuned, unfocused sound can be regarded as a perfectly random flux of vibrations from all directions.
Where vibrations traveling in opposite directions meet
with a coincidence of frequency and phase, a standing
wave is formed. The nodes of these standing waves occur
where the powder accumulates during the Plate Flutter
experiment. In order to make a standing wave on a plane
surface, frequency and phase coincidence must be perfectly opposed on one and/or two axes of the resonant
waves. As we know, sound waves are three dimensional,
and three-dimensional standing waves are created when
frequency and phase coincidence are perfectly opposed
PURSUIT Winter 1978

on the three axes of wave rotation. But the Plate Flutter


experiment is always performed oq a plane surface, so we
must remember to see the vibrating plane as a two-dimensional cross-section of an invisible, vibrating volume.
Whenever this experiment is performed, the demonstrator always de~eives the observers by directing atten
tion to the standing waves. The importance of this ex
periment is not in the standing waves, which are geometrically beautiful, but in the invisible radiant waves.
Standing waves, formed by axially opposed vibrations
which are not perfectly phasecoinddent,move. On each
cycle of vibration, the movement is equal to the phase displacement of the specific wavelength. The net velocity is
equal to the proportion of radiant velocity divided by
phase displacement. The limiting velocity is radiant velocity, at which point all phase coincidence is eliminated,
and the standing wave disappears entirely.
As phase coincidence is conver'ted to velocity, the observer will see the extension of the standing wave, now a
moving standing wave, contract along the axis of travel.
This is the Fitzgerald Contraction of Einstein's Theory of
Relativity demonstrated right before the eyes! When
phase coincidence is eliminated along one axis of opposition, the standing wave contracts to nothing on that axis

23

and disappears at radiant velocity. This illustrates how


matter is converted to energy at the speed of light.
The standing wave structures which are visible are
created by the radiant-wave structures which are invisible. The motion of the standing waves is determined by
""the dynamic structure of the radiant waves. We can see
the radiant energy moving the standing waves in the
same way that force fields accelerate material bodies in
space. We can infer from this model that field vectors are
created by radiant energy, field energy is a function of
wavelength, and field acceleration is a function of phase
incidence. We can also see that no space can be detected except as the field it contains. Therefore'/ield is identical to space. It is clear, too, that material objects are an
integral part of the field.
As we observe the pattern of the powder form and dissolve while the harmonics of the sound progresses
through its "rounds," we can see how radiant energy is
transformed into material and material is transformed
into energy in a continuous cycle. This is the Yin and the
Yang of it.
If the field is properly tuned, the standing-wave pattern
can be made to assume the form of a living creature. People who have studied the Plate Flutter model have actually duplicated the cross-sections of simple life forms. The
pattern can be made to move in response to its field like
an animal moves in response to signals of its environment. Now, movement is identical to behavior. Intelligence can be determined objectively only as behavior.
Therefore, behavior is identical to intelligence. Intelligent behavior is identical to consciousness. Consciousness is identical to mind. Therefore, consciousness is
identical to space. Space is defined by frequency.
Material is created OF space. Therefore, material is the
standing-wave phase of mind. Because each of these
terms is equivalent to any of the others, you can make the
most amazing discoveries by continuing this permutation of definitions.
As the standing-wave structure acquires velocity, the
phases of its constituent vibrations rotate out of synch in
direct ratio to acceleration. This shows that as a material object acquires ve','r""" . it is converted into a mental object.
You may wonder what thIS had to do with Flying Saucers. Well, if you refer to my first article on the engineering of antigravity ("How To Fly A Saucer," Pursuit, Vol.
10, No.4), you will recognize the Vortex Drive as a model

of a three-dimensional standing-wave generating a field of


its own which encloses the entire craft. A practicable
commutator to rectify the precessional acceleration will
have the effect of compressing the extension of the stand
ing-wave structure along the axis of travel by pushing
opposing phases out of synch. The compression is in
direct ratio to craft velocity. By engineering field vectors
in this way, the Flying Saucer becomes a model of an electron propelled by the ambient field. Because it receives its
energy for propulsion from the universal gravitational
field, its energy is infinite and so is its potential velocity.
The only fuel required is the amount necessary to maintain the Vortex Drive in tune.
As the Saucer's velocity increases, its mass decrea
ses, so the faster it goes, the faster it accelerates; a Saucer could accelerate to the speed of light almost instantly. We can observe the analogue in the Plate Flutter
model as standing-waves accelerate to radiant velocity
within a blink of the eye. At the speed of light, the compression of the Saucer along the axis of travel is total; it is
converted from a three-dimensional matter wave into a
two-dimension, massless photonic structure. It has
changed from a material object into a mental object. Brad
Steiger ... Curt Sutherly ... "are you there?
How is it that Einstein missed this? All of Einstein's
equations are true when energy from one field is applied
to a material structure of another field in order to generate an acceleration of material. What Einstein failed to
perceive is that each field in the universe is a separate frequency-defined space. If the field of the material structure is engineered directly, the signs of the operations are
reversed and the effects are opposite to the ones calculated in Relativity.
I am not enough of a mathematician to prove or disprove the equations of Relativity. But I am enough of an
observer to recognize that the Plate Flutter experiment is
a mechanical model of all the operations described by
Relativity. I have never seen a Flying Saucer in real space,
and I never expect to see one. But I can observe how the
standing-waves in the Plate Flutter model duplicate the
operations of Flying Saucers.
Future researchers and observers must decidewhether the scientific authorities are correct when they prove
that UFOs cannot possibly exist, or whether what I offer
may be a reasonable explanation as to how UFOs can
exist.

THE COSMIC HOLOGRAM


By T. B. Pawlicki
Take a converging lens, the lens off your camera or a
simple reading glass. Hold it so that it casts an image on a
suitable two-dimensional surface (such as a piece of white
paper).
We are in the habit of thinking that the image cast by a
lens is two-dimensional because we always use a two-dimensional surface to make it visible, but the image cast
by a lens is really three-dimensional. (Actually, it is four
and five-dimensional, but that is another story.) You can

prove that the cast image is three-dimensional by moving


the card along the axis of projection to bring the third-dimension into visibility, plane by successive plane. This
simple and self-evident demonstration proves that within
the focal cone of a lens, there exists a three-dimensional
image of half the visible universe, from here to infinity. insofar as the constituent radiation can be transmitted and
focused by the glass. That is an awful lot of information in
a handful of space.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

24
But radiation goes through a lens both ways. On the
other side of the lens, there is a three-dimensional image
of the other half of the universe.
You may object, of course, arguing that the angle of
view of the lens is considerably less than 180", but this
demonstration is adequate to prove the principle: there
are lenses that cover a field of 180.
Now, move your lens about. You will find no matter
where you hold a lens, it will always cast an image of the
entire visible universe, plus some of the invisible universe. The only difference produced by changing the position of the lens is to change the angle of aspect of the
image. You know all about this already; so what else is
new?
Well, the radiation being brought to a focus by the lens
exists at the lens, regardless of the origin of the radiation.
This means that every millilitre of space contains all the
information needed to recreate an image of the entire universe. When Blake wrote of finding a universe in a grain of
sand, he was telling it just like it is when you view the universe in the image cast by a microscopic sphere of silica,
or a dewdrop. A structure that contains its entirety in its
every part is a hc,>logram. This simple experiment, self-evident to a child, proves that the physical universe is a hologram of cosmic proportions.
If every part of the universe contains information of the
entire universe, then, for example, all knowledge is already contained within our brains. It is necessary only to
bring the proper vibrations to a proper focus in order to
retrieve any information we want.
Radiation filling all of space contains the information
necessary to construct everything in the universe. What
the lens does is to rot~te the angle of radiation within a
limited space. There are, of course, some critical differences between the image cast by a lens and a holograph.
To begin with, the universe is constructed of vibrations at
all frequencies. The lens transmits little more than the'
visible radiation. The universe is composed of vibrations
coming to foci at very specific points. The lens does not
bring all wavelengths to a common focus, so the critical
focal relationships are lost. Finally, the universe is
composed of vibrations from all directions. The lens
accepts radiation from a limited angle only. In order for a
lens to create a proper holographic duplicate of the universe it would have to bring all wavelengths from all
directions to a common focal point. If this operation is
performed, you will remember from the Plate Flutter
experiment that a three-dimensional standing wave will
be formed in space. A three-dimensional standing wave is
a material atom. This is why A = mc 2
h
We have here proof that anything in the universe can
be brought into existence at a specific time and place by
rotating the constituent frequencies until they come to a
focus from all directions. This may be how Jesus and
Elijah created the loaves and fishes to feed the multitudes. If you refer again to the Plate Flutter experiment,
you will understand that the rotation of radiant field vibrations until they come into focus as material standing
waves is actually the creation of matter out of mind. Now,
if one chose to call the universal intelligence behind the
universal field "God," then we can see one explanation as
to how God created Heaven and Earth, man and woman, and little green apples in the summertime. The obPURSUIT Winter 1978

servable fact that the human brain is capable of intentional interference with the natural course of phase rotation of field energy to create entirely new chemicals may
represent evidence for man's potential divinity_
In recent years, I have been told, Europe has marketed a toy that transmits electronically generated vibrations through a pool of water. Where the vibrations come
to a focus, phase-opposed on one or two axes, a standing wave is formed; and it rises above the surface of the
water like an atom projects from the field of space. When
the phase angles of the constituent vibrations are
changed, the standing wave moves. The standing wave
can be made to move at any velocity up to the resonant
velocity of water. You will recognize the mechanics involved is identical to the Plate Flutter experiment. If the
waves are so tuned, the standing wave can be made to
disappear at one location and to reappear instantly at
another without traversing the intervening distance the velocity of this exchange being the speed of light. If
the radiant waves of the energy field are properly tuned,
the standing wave can be made to assume any structural
configuration.
Given proper tuning, the standing wave created by the
universal field may also assume the structure of a Flying
Saucer and its crew. The radiation generated bytheVortex Drive will function as a field lens that rotates the
phase of universal radiation and causes the Saucer to dematerialize here and rematerialize somewhere else. If you
refer to the Vortex Drive of my article, "How To Fly A
Saucer," (Pursuit, Vol. 10, No.4) you will see that the
commutator of the precessional accelerator actually
functions as a rotator of phase, albeit a rather primitive
one. A more sophisticated Mark IV Flying Saucer would
generate a field capable of bringing every molecule of the
ship and its contents into coherent resonance so that all
atomic particles will rotate through phase in unison. Any
departure from absolute coherence will cause the Saucer to explode like a nuclear bomb_
The analogy drawn earlier between a Flying Saucer
and an electron also serves to prove that rotation of
phase in this manner is possible. When an electron jumps
from one atomic orbit to another, it is not seen to traverse
the interorbital distance in a measureable passage of
time. The electron simply disappears instantly in one
orbit and reappears instantly in the other. Accepted physical equations deny the possibility of a Flying Saucer.
You see, for an electron to jump from one orbit to another in no time at all, its velocity must be infinite_ If its
velocity is infinite, then its mass must also be infinite_If its
mass is infinite, the electron cannot be accelerated. So
the Quantum jump, the basis of modern physics, is impossible. Obviously, there must be some wooly thinking
at the highest level of physics, and the authorities are
doing the best they can to hide the contradictions. What
really happens is that a change in energy level causes the
electron to change frequency_ The change of frequency
demands different dimensions of the standing wave orbit.
The transformation is accomplished through a rotation of
phase. While the phase rotation is taking place, the electron hoecomes a massless, two dimensional and undetectable structure moving at the speed of light from one or. bit to the other. Time stops for the electron in rotation,
and the interval of passage is too brief to be detected by
any instrument; thus the electron is measured as disap-

25

pearing in one orbit and reappearing instantly at the


other. The Flying Saucer may represent an electron en
gineered on a scale large enough to carry a payload.
The demonstration with the lens shows us that a Fly
ing Saucer can be rotated through phase into agreement
with the light of a star as it is received here and now. In
this manner the Saucer disappears to the here and now,
as a material structure.
To the Saucer, it is Earthport which disappears, and
the star which materializes instantly. The speed of the
transport is the velocity of phase rotation, and this is
measured as an angular distance around the circumference of the Vortex Drive Field; and this angular .
velocity is the speed of light around the field perimeter. If
the stellar destination happens to be Sirius, for example,
the Saucer materializes near Sirius as the star existed 7~
years ago. A Mark V Flying Saucer, therefore, is a time
transport. The fact that the UFOnauts arrive at Sirius 7~
years before they left Earthport is of no more consequence than a passenger on the Concorde arriving in
New York before he leaves Paris. The return trip brings
the Saucer back to Earth after a time interval equal to the
time spent at Sirius.

If the Saucer wants to reach Sirius now, it must go to


where Sirius is now, which is not where we see it now.
The phase coordinates programmed into the Vortex
Drive navigational computer must be plotted for the location of Sirius now. In order to reach Sirius now, the
Saucer must traverse the intervening distance. So what
happens is that the Saucer phases out of existence at
Spaceport Earth and becomes transformed into pure
radiant energy as part of the universal cosmic hologram.
When the radiatio!) rotates naturally through the phase
angles between here and Sirius, the Saucer rematerializes. To the ship and its crew, no time at all has passed; on
Earth, however, 7~ years have elapsed. To the Sirians,
this makes no more difference than the time Columbus
spent on the Atlantic made to the Indians.
As we proceed with the engineering of the Vortex
Drive,we see that the Saucer is something more than the
only way to fly through interplanetary space. The Mark V
Flying Saucer is a true Star Ship possessing time transit
capacity, bringing intergalactic commerce within the
range of possibility.

PARANORMAL PHENOMENA:
THE FIRST INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS
By S. N. Mayne
While Bob Warth, president of SITU, was attending (by
invitation) a closed session of the United Nations (in
which the Ambassador of Grenada read a statement
from his Prime Minister, Sir Eric Gairy, requesting that
the United Nations initiate a comprehensive study of the
UFO phenomenon), two other SITU representatives
were attending the First International Congress of Paranormal Phenomena, held in Mexico. R. Martin Wolf was
invited to present his paper (see "Coherence in Chaos,"
the lead article in this issue). S. N. Mayne was there to
cover the proceedings. Here is his report.

"The importance of this Congress," Freixedo emphasized at the outset, "is not only that it defies science
as we know it, but that authentic scientists themselves
will, for the first time, be presenting phenomena which
have never officially been presented before the public."
Freixedo explained that today's society is faced with
the dilemma of transcendentalism or intratranscendentalism: Does all paranormal phenomena emanate from
physical energies as yet unknown to man and/or from
human psychism, or do they possibly come from other
intelligences, not necessarily human? Such diversity
exists among those studying paranormal phenomena.
The researchers who pursue the scientific viewpoint
INTRODUCTION
refuse to admit to anything that does not emanate from
On Sunday, November 20, 1977, The New York Times
man or from unknown physical energies. The researchprinted an article pooh-poohing paranormal phenomena
ers who do not pursue the scientific viewpoint are more
as useless nonsense. The timing of the article may have
willing to admit there are other entities which interfere
been more than coincidental; on that same date, at the
with man's life in many ways, depending upon the state of
Maria Isabel Sheraton 'Hotel in Mexico City, fift~en hunevolution of these entities. Those who would defend the
dred people were listening to the opening speech of the
non-scientific theory, Freixedo continues, invoke an
First International Congress of Paranormal Phenomena.
infinity of facts from all eras of the history of humanity
Dr. Salvador Freixedo, president of the Mexican
that cannot be explained by science. If they are right, men
Institute for Paranormal Studies, opened the Congress . . suddenly become pawns on a gaint chessboard where
by stressing the three fundamental goals of the Congress:
before they were the kings. Once proven, the transcen"1) to officially admit the existence of .paranormal . dental theory will have served its mission - "to awaken;"
. phenomena; 2) to study and divulge the advancements
and will yield to the religious dimension. "Men would
carried out in its investigation, and 3) to use in our daily
once more have to sound out the desires of these semilives all the. practical results of these investigations,
gods that quietly interfere with their lives via paranormal
carried out in many cases by isolated persons without the
phenomena."
capacity to put their discoveries within the reach of all."
Freixedo called for an intermediary theory to harPURSUIT Winter 1978

26

change it, thereby determining his own future.


The most startling statement made by Puharich was
that we have evidence (although he failed to say what evidence, however) that Russian researchers have developed a method whereby people can be unconsciously
hypnotized against their will fr9m over one thousand
miles away. Controlled thought may no longer belong in
the realm of science fiction_
On Tuesday, November 22, Marjorie de la Warr, codirector of the la Warr Radionics Laboratories in Oxford,
England, demonstrated radionic equipment (which
includes diagnostic and curative machines). The
principle that any human cell carries the same energy
fields as its host indicates that a blood 'spot can be subjected to treatment by the machines while the host organism is elsewhere carrying on daily activities.
On Wednesday, November 23, the French psychic
and metal bender, Pierre Girard, took an hour to cause
movement among six objects (glasses and aluminum
tubes) that had been placed on a tray in front of him.
Without touching them, he caused one glass to suddenly
jump two inches, then a tube slide across the tray into
Girald's lap. At this point Girald collapsed, apparently
from exertion. Dr. Puharich, who came quickly to his aid
and revivea him, indicated' thai coUapse' is a' comiTioh
occurrence (even for Uri Geller): the mental effort
necessary for the bending and moving of objects can
bring on a crisis pressure which endangers the heart.
In the evening' John Cutten, longtime honorary
secretary and treasurer of the London Society for Psy'chical Research, gave an excellent discourse on mindbrain relationships. He presented the Congress with different views on how the brain functions, then outlined
recent experiments showing Jhat stimulation of certain
areas of the brain produce recollecti(;m of past events in
great detail. He mentioned that Russian cybernetic research shows that the human nervous system cannot differentiate between an actual'experience and one that is
vividly imagined. (Although we will not pursue the point
here, this brings to mind the whole question of reality
itself. Eastern teachers have been telling us all along that
life as we perceive it is an illusion. If the mind cannot
differentiate between actuality and imagination, then
SOME MENTIONABLE HIGHLIGHTS
perhaps we will never know the reality behind paranormal phenomena.)
On Monday, November 21, a panel of medical docCutten does not support either law: that the brain and
tors, psychologists and scientists discussed the medical
importance of paranormal phenomena. During the mind are separate or that they are one. He feels the brain
course of a two hour session, the group described case should be regarded as an organ of the mind, not the mind
after case of unexplained healing. Dr. Andrija Puharich itself. Memory regression under hypnosis, which is someaddressed the Congress on a variety of topics. He cited, times claimed to include past lives, is not necessarily
for example, the well-known case of the Brazilian prGof of reincarnation, according to Cutten. Such memcurandero/healer Arigo (now decesased), who took only ories, he suggests, could come from a pool of common
one minute to complete a correct diagnosis of a patient's memory instead.
Cutten's research seems:to be corroborated by other
condition. It took ten medical doctors five hours to
confirm the same diagnosis. Where it has been possible researchers, such as Dr. Emilio Haddad of Cairo Unito check properly, Puharich continued, modern versity, Egypt, who discussed experiments regressing
medicine has proved diagnosis by curimderos close to people to former lives by hypnosis. Here, too, evidence
from such sessions points to a common pool of memory,
one hundred per cent correct.
After discussing Uri Geller, ,metal bending, and the rather than reincarnation.
If these two researchers are on the right track, then the
latest secret meeting in Iceland (where over ten thousand carefully controlled experiments proved conclu- implications may demand a total re-assessment of the,
sively that metal-bending was a genuine phenomena), nature of reality. It should be poir:Jted out, however, that
Puharich noted that man, for the first time in recorded the experience of reincarnation and the ability to draw
history, is able to get into his own genetic structure and from a common pool of memory are not necessarily

monize both positions. "We receive very high frequency


waves 'from the highest of the electro-magnetic spectrum, that appear to be purely physical, from unknown
dimensions of the universe." The human brain, Freixedo
suggests, converts these energies into "images," something like what happens on the movie screen - the luminical and sound impulses emanating from the projector
are converted into living things by our mind. In this case,
however, we know how the mechanics ,work, so we are
not deceived. Yet something similar may be happening
with the vibrations emitted from other paraphysical
dimensions - "our minds are affected in a manner indistinguishable from the waY'it sees people and things in a
real, physical sense, and that is why it is deceived in some
way."
,
F reixedo emphasized that the Congress is not siding
with either the transcendentalistic or intratranscendentalistic viewpoint, but that it recognizes that paranormal
phenomena exists despite those who (like the writer of
The New York Times article previously mentioned) feel
we are losing time and wasting money by exploring the
"non-existent."
'
For the next seven days, various scientists, doctors,
individuals and groups (,totalling 77 speakers from 17
. countries) 'spent their time demonstrating, showing films
and slides, theorizing, arguing, agreeing, or telepathically communicating. Subject matter included: astrology,
precognition, telepathy, astral projection,levitation, telekinesis, psychophotography, biorhythms, electronic
medicine, kirlian photography, psychomedicine, paranormal cures, teletreatments, cosmic medicine, fakirism,
religious and magic rites, psychography, magic, sorcery,
demonology, visions, apparitions, poltergeists, ghosts,
haunted houses, spontaneous human combustion, cattle
mutilations, holography, UFOs, pyramidology, metal
bending, etc., ad infinitum. In fact the only thing not
covered was the psychic influence of the proverbial
kitchen sink.
The feeling that one was left with at the end of the Congress (as I have attempted to convey in the paragraph
above) was one of confusion produced by an overwhelming input of information and research.

-,'hS'.:ri Winter 1978

27

mutually exclusive. If each individual consciousness has a


potential to draw from the whole, it would continue to
have this potential in any of its incarnations. likewise,
within the individual incarnation, the ability to draw from
a common memory pool would be limited (and probably
inhibited) by the circumstances and perception experienced during that lifetime. In other words, the two
systems - reincarnation and the availability of a
common memory pool - could co-exist, as well as
interact on various levels.
The Congress did have negative manifestations as
well, and these served to produce second thoughts for
those who would promote as genuine all apparent "paranormal" self-acclaimed abilities.
Jorge Marti, a charlatan whose n~me I mention only to
warn Forteans unforturiate enough to encounter him,
gave various so-called" "demonstrations" on telepathy,
metal bending, manipulation of the hands of a watch, etc.
He also claimed that he could make a chicken egg expand by using his psychic abilities. After dropping a "control egg" into a glass of water, he put another egg into a
second glass, also supposedly containing water. When
Marti displayed the second egg and said it had swollen
due to his psychic power, Pierre Girard challenged him,
saying that what had really happened appeared to be another kind of expertise, i.e., fraud. Vinegar is known to
cause an egg submerged in it to expand. Marti assured
the audience his ability was genuine, and that the substance in the second glass was water. At this point in the
debate one of the officials of the Congress who was present stuck a forefinger .into the glass in question. Then,
after smelling his finger, he looked up and said simply: "It
smells like vinegar to me." This caused Marti to furiously
depart the podium.
Two days later, seemingly from nowhere, Marti
stormed t' e "!.llatform, grabbing for the microphone from
Dr. Corte~, the dinictor ofthe committee, who was in the
process of reading the committee's findings concerning
Marti's "psychic powers." During the scuffle, people
called for security guards. to remove Marti, but none responded. Marti insisted the phenomenon he had produced was genuine. As Marti once again stormed out of
the auditorium, Cortes continued reading the committee's report and findings regarding the incident in question. Proper tests had been made which showed the
presence of acid in the water contained in the second
glass. Indeed, a ten-year old child with a magic kit would
have been more convincing.
More convincing research, often accompanied by
slides and demonstrations, was presented by such participants as Sybil Leek, Pat Flannagan, James H. Hurtak,
Dr. Hans Naegeli, Dr. William RolI,Dr. Lee Sannella, and
others.
As the Congress wore on during the week, more and
more people, exhausted by the pace, complained about a
variety of circumstances: translators were inefficient;
most of the speakers were Latin Americans; more importantly, there was a conspicuous absence of any brujos
or Indian curanderos. The press, which seemed pro-Congress at the inauguration, gradually became more and
more anti-Congress. Too many false promises, outright
charlatanism, chaos, lack of properly controlled experi-

ments., and negative vibes turned the press coverage


from pro to con.
In the midst of all the negative media coverage, it was
reassuring to find Alan Newman diligently recording on
film some of the more interesting backstage demonstrations of the psychic and healing abilities of many of the
participants at the Congress. Newman, attempting to
cover and film paranormal phenomena all over the world,
utilizes a serious, intelligent and scientific approach.
Recently, however, he has come under the attack of the
Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of
the Paranormal.
The committee, which has filed a complaint with the
FCC against Newman's NBC presentation on October
30, 1977 entitled "Exploring the Unknown," feels that
NBC and the producers of its programs "are knowingly
presenting questionable material of a highly controversial nature, do not make provision for the critical scientific viewpoint, which maintains that most of the content
of these programs has not been properly verified, has in
numerous incidents already been disproved, and may result in harm to the public." What do they expect from unexplained phenomena, which by its very nature is in. herently controversial? It seems to me that ~he real harm
may come from the repeated attempts to repress these
matters of "highly controversial matter."
One of the problems consistently plaguing such a congress as this one is that too many individuals, involved in
their own particular field of research, exclude everything
else. In other words, they feel they have the answers
within their field, and thus they continue to indulge in a
self-enclosing totality.
On the other hand, a positive development was that a
great deal of South and Central American research,
much of it otherwise unknown to those north of the Mexi
can border, was presented. The enthusiasm and persist
ence of this research is encouraging.
Of course the most interesting and productive aspects
of the Congress represented an indirect offshoot from
the official proceedings. In hotel rooms, bars, restaurants, and parties, where people came together for real,
uninhibited, pertinent discussions, many conversations
took place in the small quiet hours of the morning. The
valuable exchanges of insight and research, so lacking in
the conference room, took on a new potential during
these moments. (Jerry Clark treated a number of us to an
unscheduled elucidation of the history of mutilations, for
example.) Old friendships were renewed, and new ones
evolved, while concepts flowed freely; and the good feel
ings denied by the press and the events of the Congress
found their way into reality after all. For this reason alone
the Congress was a success.
It is now history. The First International Congress of
Paranormal Phenomena took place in the smog-infested
environs of Mexico City. Although it is all over, it has also
just begun. There will be more congresses, elsewhere. In
the words of the late Dr. Wernher von Braun, "The paranormal can be put aside only by sophisticated fools
and/or ignoramuses. Twentieth century mankind is
beset with seemingly insurmountable problems - many
of which may stem from paranormal, still unidentified factors. Noetic (parapsychological) sciences may hold the
only hope for the salvation of civilization." ~
PURSUIT

Winter 1978

28

COHERENCE IN CHAOS

By R. Martin Wolf
The following is excerpted from a paper read at the
First International Congress of Paranormal Phenomena, held in Mexico City, November 19-27,1977.

INTRODUCTION
.The United States uses more energy than any other
'country in the world. It was there that many of the most
recent technological advances (radio, television, nuclear
energy installations, radar, space communications, etc.)
were' developed and are at this moment fully operative.
Much more of the land and air space is already destined
to be filled with more microwave towers, high tension
lines, superhighways, and the more invisible waves
broadcast to the mariy televisions and Citizen"bahd' a'nd
other radios in that country_ These will be superimposed
on the pre-existing grid systems of railroads, highways
and power lines. 765,000 volt power lines are increasingly encroaching on our countryside, built to carry the
power from giant coal-burning generators like the one at
Black 'Mesa, at the four corners where Utah, Colorado,
Arizona and New Mexico meet (and where six of these
giant coal-burning plants are located), or from any of the
65 nuclear power plants currently operating in the U.S.
As a leader in the exploitation of energy, the United
States greatly affects the rest of the world. Astronauts
who returned to Earth claimed the pollution from Black
Mesa was the only man-made creation visible from space.
. This, the First International Congress of Paranormal
Phenomena, comes at a timely moment in the history of
man. As a species, we now face a moment of crisis. As
creatures having the potential to destroy not only other
creatures, not only other cultures, not even other continents and planets - we can, as a species, destroy ourselves; with this realization we enter a technologicaVmental crisis greater even than the very serious one
we faced as a result of the Industrial Revolution.
At this crucial moment of cultural schizophrenia, we
must choose to grow, to come to terms with self-realization; in order to understand, even though our gain from
that understanding may be nothing more than simply
whatever knowledge a species needs for survival. Intuitive insight and scientific proofs now come together with
increasing rapidity, in many instances at speeds seemingly approaching the speed of light. New discoveries are
made daily, sometimes hourly. Current technology
allows us to almost instantaneously "materialize"
concepts that not long ago would have been described by
such terms as "outlandish." "Other-worldly," or "extraterrestrial" are more modern terms for the same expression. And yet, as evidenced by our Mars probes, we cannot even tell whether or not our most advanced instruments are doing what they were designed to do - i.e., detec't life. Are we simply experiencing the precognitive insights of an endangered species?
PURSUIT Winter 1978

1977 R. Martin Wolf

The "Man and Mind" theme of this congress is essential to the theory I propose as a way of answering a good
many of the questions previously posed by researchers of
unexplained or paranormal phenomena. Forteans, ufologists, parapsychologists, and in general all those members of a greater whole who seek to explain the unexplained have, I feel, all been looking at different facets of
the same ultimate phenomenon. If it cannot be explained, perhaps it can be understood.
The Man and Mind theme calls to our attention an aweinspiring potential: by using our brain to totally understand our place in the universe we can actively participate in a profound holistic experience. If, as our mystics
would have us believe, everything is an illusion of the
mind and all past and future knowledge is universally present, then we may be better able t9 comprehend the cuihiral schizGphrenia'threatening us. If-tke observed "is'"to
become one with the observer, if understanding is to be
perceived by that which contains it, by the mind itself,
then in order to encompass and participate in true understanding man and his mind must become, and act, as one.

MUTILATIONS: CHAOS
IN QUIESCENCE'
During a three month period in 1976 Steve Mayne (a
fellow board member and trustee for the Society for the
Investigation of the Unexplained) and I traveled through
the Rocky Mountain area into the states of Montana,
Idaho, Wyoming, Utah and Colorado. Working with various sheriffs' departments within these states, we investigated the phenomenon of cattle mutilation. It was while
conducting our investigation into the unexplained events
surrounding many of the mutilations that we realized
many significant coincident similarities to other "paranormal" phenomena occurring in other areas of the
United States and the world.
Because it has received a "low-profile" media coverage, and because the phenomenon has only recently
received any attention at all, most of the information and
statistics regarding animal mutilations are not readily
available to researchers; it was for this reason that we
deemed it necessary to investigate first-hand. It was
hoped that by speaking and working directly with the
farmers, ranchers and sheriffs, by examining the animals
ourselves, we would have a better understanding of the
situation as a whole.
What we discovered was a very real phenomenon, and
more. The Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained utilizes diverse interests and disciplines in order
to investigate the unexplained. Ours is not a single focus.
We do not champion the existence of UFOs, we do not
prQmote psychic healing, we do not endorse dowsing.
Since we are not out to proselytize, ours may be viewed
as a more interdisciplinary approach which deals with a
variety of unexplained phenomena.

29
In a very real sense, belief and disbelief are irrelevant.
William Blake, a sort of scientific mystic of his age (he was
the reverse-astronomer who discovered a universe in a
grain of sand, for example), observed that "anything capable of being believed is an image of truth." Ivan T. Sanderson, the founder of the Society for the Investigation of
the Unexplained, once offered a complementary axiom
when he observed: "As a result of all .. , rules, beliefs, and
regulations that have been set up by Man ... about 99.99
recurring percent of existence goes unnoticed." Since we
take into account all fields of unexplained phenomena,
we are in the distinctly advantageous position of being
able to monitor whatever threads of pattern, paradox,
coincidence or similarity that may run through the tapestry of the unexplained. Cattle and other animal mutilations, shrouded as they are within a matrix shared by a
multitude of other paranormal or Fortean phenomena,
when coupled with insights into the interplay between
certain "natural" and "artificial" energies, may bring to
light not only any correlations that may exist; they may
bring to us also an understanding of something of the
nature of pll previously unexplained phenomena.
Although the results of our investigations are covered
in much greater detail in the Winter 1977 issue ef Pursuit,'
(1) the quarterly journal of the Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained, I will nevertheless attempt here a
brief outline of our findings in order to establish a more
comprehensive matrix for the theory which I am about to
propose.
Animal mutilations, although there are widely scattered historical references to phenomena of a similar
nature, first aroused public interest when the body of a
horse named Snippy was found, mutilated, on a ranch in
Colorado in 1967. During the same period, mutilations
were being reported in a number of mid-western states.
Many of these reports did not, however, enjoy the wide
media coverage received by Snippy, and most of those
which did were labeled as cases of mass hysteria. John
Keel, a longtime researcher of the unexplained, was
investigating numerous manifestations of the paranormal occurring during this same general period near a
town named Point Pleasant, on the Ohio River. He
writes:
In March 1967, a truly astonishing UFO "attack"
took place in West Virginia, apparently supporting
the vampire theories I was entertaining at the time.
While other UFO investigators had been collecting
endless descriptions of things seen in the sky, I was
out examining dead animals in remote fields, pondering the real meaning behind the bloodless carcasses. (2).
Although it is generally agreed that the phenomenon
started around the turn of the century, the most recent
"wave" (since Snippy) has seen more than twenty states
affected. In some of these states (such as California, Oregon, Washington, Wyoming, Idaho, North Dakota, Ohio,
West Virginia and North Carolina) the phenomenon has
erupted briefly, only to subside or desist after a short period; in other states (Montana and Colorado, for example), the phenomenon continues.

Although cattle represent the animals most often


found mutilated, they are not the only animals. Mutilated
chickens, pigs, sheep, horses (and ponies), dogs, goats,
deer, bison (buffalo) and even a llama have also been discovered.
(The diversity of the locations where the mutilated
animals are found, along with other consistencies and inconsistencies, were also discussed, but since most of this
was covered in my article in Pursuit ["Chaos in Quiescence," Vol. 10, No.1], I will mention here only pertinent
excerpts. The fact that many of the mutilations occur
near water was' brought out, as was the fact that many of
them also occur near military installations [missile silos in
particularJ. The unexplained loss of considerable quantities of the animals' blood, along with evidence of "surgical" or serrated, often circular cuts, would tend to rule
out the predator-theory; other theories have evolved.)
In the article I wrote for Pursuit I attempted to explain,
in a logical way, how the various theories have evolved
naturally from the consciousness of those concerned
with the reality of the phenomenon. This conscious
attempt to explain is the result of the mind's need for an
"answer" in order to rationalize what cannot be understood. The resulti~g theo;y can, in turn, structure the
future reality of the experience. The interesting part is
that none of the theories proferred so far work.
The mutilations, both very real and at the same time
very "unnatural" or "paranormal," continue to occur.
The evidence for some involvement beyond "predators"
(unless you expand your parameters of the definition to
include Man and a number of other possibilities as well) is
overwhelming. The fact that the evidence is consistently
ignored is' almost frightening.
(I also discussed some of the more bizarre and unusual phenomena accompanying the mutilations: the
many UFO reports, the "hairy creatures," the circles
which often appear to be burned or pressed into the
ground, the strange "unmarked" helicopters, and the
white-robed and/or black-robed figures which mysteriously appear and disappear. I pointed out that one town
in Ohio which has experienced mutilations and rumors of
robed figures also experienced [in one week] a 400-500
percent increase in the sale of guns.)
Bizarre coincidences, unusual circumstances, and
paranormal events which seem to defy easy explanation
accompany the mutilations in whichever state or county
they may occur. All efforts by the authorities to "explain
away" the phenomenon have failed. Many of the sheriffs'
departments, overwhelmed by the results or, equally, by
the lack of results, have simply halted any further investigation. The mutilations continue.
If, as I feel may be the case, this phenomenon simply
represents another recent fragment of the whole spectrum of unexplained energies and manifestations, then
that fragment, that portion, may contain and reflect
something of that Whole. Perhaps the animals which
have been mutilated, those lifeless and unfeeling creatures which have had their reproductive organs or their
eyes, ears, tongues or noses so surgically removed or
altered, can somehow nevertheless serve to convey a
message that may in one way or another register on our
sensibilities, as well as our consciousness, as understanding.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

30

HOLOGRAMS:
COHERENCE IN CHAOS
O\7er the years, serious investigators of unexplained
phenomena (and by this I mean ufologists, parapsychologists, and all the other labels given to those who would
investigate the unknown energies and manifestations
around us) have been plagued by running up against what
I call the media-image_ Ghosts, UFOs, "spooklights," Bigfoot, mutilations, and many other anomalistic events all
exhibit certain bizarre parallels, paradoxes, and coincidental similarities. "Witnesses" may often puzzle researchers by relating obscure events or details that, even
had they done considerable reading of popular periodicals, they should not know about. Although this paradox has puzzled researchers for years, there is a model, I
believe, which can explain it.
Man, throughout his brief history, has sought many
models by which to explain the universe. Philosophers
and scientists have looked within, toward the microcosm; Blake saw a universe in a grain of sand. Others, like
Copernicus, have looked macrocosmically outward, to
the stars. Entire cultures have sought answers as well.
Within those cultures ritual and dogma, as has been evidenced in the fields of both religion and science, serve to
artificially structure or model our sense of reality for us.
The most revolutionary model in our history may have
finally been recognized officially. Although for as long as
Man can remember, the shaman, the mystic, the "occult"
or "spiritual" side of him has told him things that his skeptical eyes and incredulous ears will not let him see, hear,
or understand. Until the mind can structure a reality, it
does not exist; it is said that when Magellan's ships landed
in Tierra del Fuego, the natives could not see the ships in
the harbor until their shamans informed them the ships
could be seen if the natives looked very carefully .... (3).
A recent special issue of the Brain/Mind Bulletin (4)
discusses the independently developed holographic
models of the universe arrived at by David Bohm, a physicist at the University of London, and Karl Pribram, a
neuroscientist at Stanford:
Pribram's theory has gained increasing support and
has not been seriously challenged. An impressive
body of research in many laboratories has demonstrated that the brain structures see, hear, taste,
smell and touch by sophisticated mathematical
analysis of temporal and/or spatial frequencies. An
eerie property of both hologram and brain is the distribution of information throughout the system,
REFERENCE

~----BEAM --~

.9 .
... ....

'-"0

1ft

~"'

'1/:....
...
.,......
~

OBJECT

! .(1-:"

OBJECT BEAM

RECORD

PURSUIT

Winter 1978

mI
S

', ~
,, ,

'-;.:.:::~~ . -.'

each fragment encoded to produce the information of the whole .... There are intriguing implications in a paradigm that says the brain employs a
holographic process to abstract from a holographic domain. Parapsychologists have searched
in vain for the energy that might transmit telepathy,
psychokinesis, healing, etc. If these events emerge
from frequencies transcending time and space,
they don't have to be transmitted. They are potentially simultaneous everywhere.
Changes in magnetic, electromagnetic or gravitational fields and changes in the brain's electrical
patterns would only be surface manifestations of
seemingly unmeasurable underlying factors.
Briefly, a hologram represents an image captured by
recording the interference patterns created when a co
herent beam of light is separated, scattered by the object
being recorded, then reunited. The .process, although it
differs from that involved in photography, nevertheless
resembles a kind of lensless photography. As such, holography may be nature's way of storing information.
I will attempt here to diagram the basic "record" and
"playback" modes utilized by those currently experimenting in holography. (See figu:re 1.)
The only difference between the "record" and the
"playback" modes is that in the playback mode, the
object is absent. As long as the angle and the distance of
the reference beam remains the same, however, the
three-dimensional image of the object remains.
Please bear in mind that we are not discussing a photograph. Holograms are produced without a lens, without
having to focus, and in three dimensions. What would be
compared to a "negative" is the holographic plate itself.
Information stored upon it appears to be nothing more
than a series of grainy concentric circles - and yet all the
information concerning the resulting image is stored
therein. An analogy would be to drop some pebbles into
water, then to photograph, and thereby freeze the resulting interference patterns. (See figure 2.) By once
again shining a coherent beam of light through or upon
the plate, the image becomes more real than many hallucinations. Given a little time to catch up, technological
advances may soon provide additional auditory, tactile or
olfactory reinforcement to the visual, 3-D reality.
Some of those who consider the hologram as a model
of the universe have suggested that our daily experience
is made up of the interaction of different psyches, which
form interference patterns with other psyches of other
forms of consciousness in the universe. Although there is
MIRROR

1
\1

11

BEAM

BEAM-SPLITTER

,,
\
\

HOLOGRAM
PLATE

,
'

})!I. _~E~E~E~~ __~

BEAMEXPANDING
LENS

. Figure 1

.-::~

w
..,..... '.
."

'I
':

..,:'4
.,..,......

...

.. ~. :~

:
.-

OBJECT
IMAGE

"','-

,
\

,rn
\

:
1

\,

-*
PLAYBACK

31

symmetries? Consciousness research already has


tied activity in the brain's limbic system to such experiences. The term "transcendence" may prove a
literal description - some sort of phase relationship between two brain processes usually considered mutually exclusive: the analytical and the
holistic (like particles and waves), the intellectual
and the intuitive. (5)

Figure 2

no absolute reference consistency, all frequencies produced at each level of consciousness go to make up an
Absolute "Universal Mind" Hologram. In other words, all
information is available at all times at any point in the uni:
verse.
I would suggest that if we wish to follow the image a
little more closely, a number of analogies become
apparent. If we treat "reality" (and we must not attempt
to define this word) as a hologram, then whatever we as
individuals may understand concerning that reality represents simply one perspective of the event or object in
question.
This can be iUustrated more easily in diagrammatic
form (figure 3).
Each fragment of the holographic plate contains the
entire image. If a piece of the hologram is taken away
from the whole, the image remains. In figure 3 I attempt to
indicate how, although the perspective may change, all
the pertinent information is still present, even though the
beam passes through two very different (and relatively
small) areas of the plate. (Also please note that the light
which passes through the plate does not pass through a
lens.) Unlike a photograph, a two-dimensional image
which, when cut in half, would leave only half the image
remaining, when we break the holographic plate into
pieces, each portion contains the image - even though
the perspective may vary. Rather than the flat "picture"
effect that photography provides, the hologram offers us
a "window," through which to view reality.
Already our analogies have drawn us back to those
strange mystical concepts that have plagued us as a
species since we learned to communicate. In terms of the
personal transformation of the individual we can now see,
perhaps, how mysticism and science can converge in the
profound sense of harmony that man has always considered as spiritual potential.
Are profound, transforming personal experiences
coincident with attunement to underlying universal

And by applying the same model to philosophy and


evolution, we realize also:
Pierre Teilhard de Chardin's idea of a noospherean invisible planetary web of consciousness - is
interesting in light of the new theory. So is the ageold esoteric notion that other dimensions of reality
exist at frequencies normally not perceptible to us.
And consider the alchemists, who believed that
they could transmute earth's elements if they could
reach a point of utmost harmony in the universe. (6)
Ultimately we have a reality which is irrelevant to time
and space. There would seem to be no logical argument
against the model available, thus the option to deny the
model may be non-existent; we can only act as quickly as
possible to expand our parameters of awareness to include the concept. By so doing, the resulting understanding may serve to illuminate many former shadows
cast by our pre-structured belief systems.
If we as individuals consider ourselves capable of
sharing in the light of understanding, we must examine
more closely the concept presented by a universal reference system. Although we may each be capable of
understanding a certain spectrum of the Absolute Hologram, our minds nevertheless remain structured by
everything we have ever learned. Each discipline, each
specialized view of the universe, is a restricting factor to
our theoretically unlimited perception potential. Rather
than to examine all those detailed aspects of what we
think we know, let us instead observe the unexplained.
Perhaps in this way, unfettered by prejudice engendered
by prerequisite reality constructs, we can better grasp
the knowledge lying within.
Seeking additional interdisciplinary answers to ultradisciplinary phenomena, we must also examine the interference patterns produced by the different energies on
our own planet. As human organisms, we are subject to
varying psychological and emotional mental interpretations. Thought, comparison and emotion all serve to

PROJECTED

.........,..::::=-.. IMAGE

Figure 3
PURSUIT Winter 1978

32
define our sense of reality. The mind itself functions by
means of certain delicate electrical interactions; this is a
: characteristic shared by all organisms within our en
vironment. Although within the individual organism, this
energy may be measured only in microvolts, what is pro
duced by us as a species may, when viewed holistically,
represent an important integral aspect of, for example,
the earth's entire magnetosphere. Let us observe some
of the natural and artificial energies present, both cur
rently and historically, on Earth.

ARTIFICIAL ENERGY:
CHAOTIC INCOHERENCE
In the 1890s, the United States was undergoing a vital
change. That extreme condition of mass cultural schizo
phrenia of which I spoke earlier was upon us. Our techno
logical advances had overwhelmed our ability to struc
ture our reality.
The brief period between 1804, when Captain William
Clark and Merriweather Lewis, while far up the Missouri
River, observed "immense herds of buffaloe, deer, elk
and antelope," and 1900 saw a phenomenal alteration in
energypatterns.
Although it merits few pages in the history books, it
was during this period that representatives of the more
"civilized culture" that was to come almost succeeded in
completely destroying an entire species of animal. That
may not sound like much today, when we as a species in
our own right have the capability to destroy seueral spe
cies at a time - through as violent an act as war or
through as passive an act as constructing a peacetime
pipeline. Along with the destruction of the buffalo came
the virtual cultural genocide of the Native American
populations which had actually settled the country long
before those who replaced them even had a history to put
into books.
During that same period (between 1804 and 1900) not
only had an entire species of animal, several tribal cui
tures and the majority of the Native American popula
tion been destroyed, but violent demographical changes
were affecting the eastern states as settlement patterns
moving westward drained many areas of their former
populations.
And although mountains of buffalo bones were still
being shipped east in the 1800s, the arrival of the railroad
had finished off those few remaining animals that had
somehow managed to survive.
More roads, railroads and electric power lines fol
lowed in the wake of the buffalo's death. In the years be
tween 1866 and 1883, over 4~ million head of cattle were
driven from Texas to the railroads in Kansas. The buffalo
had been replaced. More roads, more fences, more
harnessing of power ensued to structure the diminishing
wilderness. This artificial restructuring of the land and its
energies echoed the mental interference patterns result
ing from the restructuring occurring in the human psyche
during the same period.
If there existed a cultural crisis in the west where settle
ments were growing and expanding, imagine how much
more schizophrenic the atmosphere in the midwestern
and eastern states, where populations had diminished
and the effect of the technological quantum jump brought
about by the Industrial Revolution served to only further
eclipse consciousness and understanding.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

It was around this same time that people in several


areas of the United States were experiencing para
normal manifestations (UFOs, wildmen, phantom cats,
etc.) on a fairly regular basis. Waves of hysteria, myster
ious fires, epidemics, religious suicides, ghosts and other
unexplained phenomena occurre'd. in states like Wiscon
sin. In 1897 in Ohio, "airships" were seen throughout the
state (7). Almpst simultaneously came reports of wild
men, phantom cats and other enigmas, many of which
probably went unreported because they were thought to
represent states of hysteria everi then.
Explaining the "paraphysical" events as precognitive
insights into the coming age of air travel may be accep
table, but it does not quite adequately explain ""hat was
truly occurring within the mass psyche. Many of the same
areas in Ohio which reported phantom airships and phan
tom cats in 1897 were the same as those which reported
mutilations and UFOs in 1967.
Imagine for a moment, if you will, the technological ad
vances which have been implemented in the intervening
years between 1900 and midcentury. During this period,
there was a tremendous increase in the number of power
lines, railroads and interstate highways racing across the
country, filling in all the spaces, cutting their unnatural
corridors across the landscape and the country.
Since the 1950s, many more powerful energies have
been released. The same communicationsadvances
enabling us to talk to astronauts on the moon or our
fellow motorist down the highway have unleashed
immeasurable amounts of microwaves and other ener
gies. Our defense systems have added more microwaves
to our environment. One of these defense systems util
izes the same frequency as that which the human mind
utilizes while in a state of relaxed meditation. Nuclear
powersfations, radio telescopes, hydroelectric dams,
and radar bases occupy much of the space in the country
that is not already subject to mammoth stripmining
operations on the land, giant oil spills across the surface
of the oceans and cancer.producing chemicals which fill
the air.
It is not possible to show you many instances of these
on a map. Roads and highways and sometimes railroads
can be seen on a road atlas; the rest can only be ascer
tained perhaps through intuitive insight, a process in the
human brain which up until now has been explained only
in terms of an electrical interaction.
We can, however, examine some of the effects produced by these manmade energies.
In the U.S. one of the older (as it now appears in the
light cast by our recent discussions of the holographic
process) advances in communications technology reo
suited in the widespread use of television.
Television: a few years ago it was given the dubious
honor of ranking second to the greatest technological
invention the world has ever known - the machine gun.
In the preceding philosophical analysis of the holo
gram as a model for reality, I mentioned that others have
suggested there may exist no "absolute reference" for
human consciousness to utilize in attempting to mutually
asc~rtain the nature of reality. Although ultimately it may
be all frequencies which make up the Universal Holo
gram, I nevertheless feel that many of the manifestations
of paranormal phenomena, many of the hallucinations,
much of the hysteria experienced in various locations of

33

the country may be due, in part, to very real media-structured culturally determined hologram-like interference
patterns which become registered upon the individual or
upon the mass psyche by means of some electrical process (not unlike the process of hallucination, perhaps)
within the brain_ Although we will deal with this concept
in greater depth shortly, I would suggest that this explanation may be misleading_ While I seem to be implying
here that much of the paranormal phenomena we experience is of an unreal, hallucinatory nature, I hope to be
able to further qualify this impression by showing that
what we are discussing is actually the end result of a very
.....
diffet:ent pro~ess_
In seeking a coh~rent reference we cannot do better
than observe the mass media treatment of certain
images, and among all mass media developed" so far it is
television which offers the best model for reality-structuring. Television can shape the mental constructs of an
entire population, often simultaneously.
Teleevision. The very word exudes a mystical connotation.
There is no doubt that television shapes reality.
A fifteen-year-old boy recently brought to trial for murdering his 82-year-old neighbor was "intoxicated on television," according to his lawyer. Paradoxically, the proceedings of the trial itself were televised for the first time
in the history of the county where the trial took place.
Although the boy's attorney cited an estimated 2,300
studies linking televised violence to aggression, the
defense lost (8). Even though there was evidence that the
average youngster, by the time he reaches the age of 18,
has watched 18,000 TV murders, the judge felt there
were no studies linking "specific" TV shows to "specific"
acts of violence.
Shortly after the airing on television of a dramatization
of the Manson Family slayings, I was personally told of an
incident which took place not far from where I lived. An
acquaintance told me how he and his wife were sitting on
their porch watching the movie on television, when they
heard a violent knocking at the window. They both ran to
the door, to discover a woman screaming hysterically
and incoherently. Thinking perhaps she had been involved in an automobile accident or worse, they calmed
her enough to ascertain the real reason for her hysteria:
she too had been watching the television, and had somehow absorbed that sense of reality so strongly that she
now felt Manson was 'out to kill her.'
It has also been noted in surveys conducted among
doctors that many physicians feel TV violence contributes to behavioral or medical problems. Symptoms,
especially in children, may include heightened aggression, epileptic seizures and nightmares.
Aside from the physiological and psychological reality
structuring toward which television undoubtedly contributes (if it did not do so there would be no sponsors willing to spend thol,lSands of dollars a minute advertising,
nor would one fictional medical show have received over
250,000 requests for medical advice), there are physical
effects as well. Microwaves, used for the transmission of
television programs, can, whether in cooking ranges or
coming from microwave towers, boil the blood of living or
dead organisms and short-circuit the electrical system
within a pacemaker.

All known mental processes are also electrical ones. If


UFOs and other paranormal manifestations are able to
affect TV and other electrical systems (as is often reported), then those systems and manifestations may be
vitally linked to each other as well as to man and his mind.
In other words television, which produces psychological
and physical effects, may also be capable of parapsychological and paraphysical structurings as well.
John Ott, who has received many citations and awards
from scientific and medical societies for his research concerning the effects of natural and artificial light on living
organisms, has examined some of the harmful effects
prQduc~d by television. [Editor's note: Members .are invited to read John Ott's excellent study of artifici~1 lighting and its possible connection with cancer in "Paradoxical Orthodoxy in Cancer Research," elsewhere .in this
issue.]
X-ray radiation is constantly emitted from a TV set.
After discussing how the U.S. Public Health Service,
while measuring various models of TV sets from a
number of manufacturers, had found the highest level
measured in any particular tube to be "1.6 million times
the acceptable safety level ... established by the National
Committee on Radiation Protection," Ott comments:
The X -ray radiation from a TV tube is contained in a
very narrow spike within the range of less than one
angstrom unit. Therefore, the intensity of the radiation in this narrow band of X-ray would have to be
extremely high in order to equal the total energy of
the broad, even distribution of total background
radiation. Biological systems sensitive to this narrow spike of X-ray radiation from the TV tube
would therefore be greatly over-stimulated. (9)
Our observations must depart from television in order
to include a more macrocosmic concept of electromagnetic radiation in general. During this transition it would
behoove us to relate our finding to many of the reported
sensations and occurrences often associated with manifestations of the paranormal.
.
If we have followed the psychological implications of
the media-image so far, we may have solved a problem
which has puzzled the researchers of paranormal phenomena for some time, and of which I spoke earlier. How,
many of us have wondered, can witnesses, apparently
innocent of certain common intricacies and consistencies, nevertheless report details which they could not
have known were common to other reports coming from
around the country? This would seem to transcend hysteria and to denote instead some common hologram-like
information coding and exchange. The hologram would
serve to explain not only the "unreal" nature of the manifestation; it also would allow for an exchange of information. The total coding of the information potentially available to the witness would also be subject to the reinforcing structure provided by the media influenced belief-system of the witness. {Many of the claims put forth by witnesses stem from the fact that most representatives of
our species, when faced with a phenomenon that :canhot
be scientifically, analytically or logically explained, will revert to the deeper fringe explanations offered by religion
or pseudo-science. These explanations, even though reliPURSUIT Winter 1978

34
gious or occult in nature, are nevertheless culturally determined and as such readily fit the "media" analogy I suggest.)
We must also keep in mind the high correlation of UFO
appearances, cattle mutilations, Bigfoot accounts,
"spooklights" and other paranormal phenomena occurring in the immediate vicinity of: microwave towers, hightension power lines, nuclear power installations, hydroelectric dams, bodies of water, missile silos, railroad
tracks and even mobile homes. All of these,l would point
out, in one way or another are affected by the transmission of electromagnetic energy. Whether in the form of
low voltages, or chopped into hundreds of short bursts a
second, many of the frequencies emitted can affect biological organisms in the immediate and the not-so-immediate vicinities of the above-mentioned objects - all of
which either emit, or act as conductors of, electromagnetic radiation. The human mind, even in the process of
providing subjective interpretations, also responds to the
electrical impulses and potentials involved.
Curt Sutherly, a fellow member of The Society for the
Investigation of the Unexplained, and I have often mused
over the unusually high number of Bigfoot and UFO-related phenomena witnessed near, or from within, mobile
homes, especially those with air conditioning units. It has
been theorized that the "entities" in question are
attracted to these homes. Other conclusions may now be
possible when we consider that man~ air conditioners
currently in use in the United States can create frequencies which may affect the mental processes. The 6O-cycle
per second frequency of alternating current in electrical
outlets in the U.S. can, when utilized by fluorescent lighting for example, produce headache, fatigue, and epileptic seizures in living organisms which may be subject to
them.
Combine the frequencies produced by ~n air conditioning unit with those from a television set. Add fluorescent lighting. Although we cannot visually observe the
resulting electrical interference patterns~ we can consider the fact that patterns produced by microwaves
would undoubtedly behave very differently inside an
aluminum structure (such as a mobile home, for ex~mple) than they would in the open air. If we had the capability to measure and record our results, and if we could
find a mind suitable to receive, register and transmit the
resulting energy interference pattern, then we may very
well have the formula necessary to create monsters.
What are some of the other measurable effects of EM
radiation upon biological organisms? As we continue, it is
very important to keep in mind the similarities to alleged
paranormal manifestations. Some undeniable parallels
exist.
John Ott, continuing his discussion of the harmful
'effects of radiation in general, Writes:

... It has been general practice to consider only evidence of visbile injury or damage to cell tissue in
studying the harmful effects of radiation. However,
our studies have shown that the pigment granules
of the epithelial cells of the retina, which are recognized as having no visibUity function, are highly
stimulated when placed near a 1V tube which has
been covered with heavy black photographic paper
so that no visible light reaches the cells. .
PURSUIT Winter 1978

If this layer of cells in the retina which have no visibility function is, in fact; the photoreceptor mechanism that stimulates the pineal, pituitary and other
areas of the mid-brain region by means of neurochemical channels, then levels of radiation well below those necessary to produce detectable physical injury to cell tissue could reasonably be expected to influence the endocrine system and produce both abnormal physical and mental responses over an extended .period of tim~. Radiation stress must be considered as a possible variable or contributing factor. Just how the mech. anism works that causes certain pigments of some
plants, animals and people to react to specific wavelengths within the total eleCtromagnetic spectrum is
a challenge to future research. (10)
Later, Ott discusses again the problem of radiation
produced by fluorescent lighting. He found that
A combination aluminum'''egg crate" and wire grid
screen, in addition to allolAiing the full-spectrum
light to pass through unfiltered, grounded the radiofrequency energy given off by all fluorescent tubes.
This radio-frequency energy is known to cause
inaccurate readings from the very sensitive equipment used in the scanning rooms 'of hospitals and
also from some" computers. A Russian paper reports that the radio-frequency energy from fluorescent tubes was recorded' in Er;G readings of
human brain waves. (11)"
At another point, Ott discusses the findings of other researchers.
.
Dr. Susan Korbel, ~t the University of Arkansas,
has reported laboratory rats "dancing around" and
acting "as though they had been given a type of
nerve gas used in World War I" when they were
subjected to low levels. of microwaves. There have
also been reports from Manitoba, Canada, of dairy
herds, located within two miles of telephone microwave relay towers, giving considerably less milk,
poultry producing only a fraction.of.their !Jsual egg
quota and flocks of chickens going into sl.\dden, un~xplained hysterical stampedes. (12)
Ott also refers to the findings of Lewis W. Mayron,
Ph.D., of the Nuclear Medicine Besearc;h Laboratory of
Veterans AdmInistration Hospital,'Hines, Illinois.
He points up an impressive list of rerences concerning the effects of electromagnetic radiation on
animals and humans. Some of these effects include
changes in electroencephalograrri (EEG) frequency and amplitude in rabbits; subnormal EEG
activity in a' group of one hundred tWenty people
who had been exposed for :more than one year to
electromagnetic energy in" the centiryleter wavelengths; nervous exnaustio~ with irritability and, in
some instances, abnormal slowness of the heartbeat; and increased incidence of reports of headache at the end of the workday"as well as sleep disturbance and' memonl"change:(13). .

35

In the U.S., as I mentioned earlier, there also exists a


An electroencephalograph, which detects brain
great network of power lines. These frequently carry
waves, records quite distinct patterns of electrical
500,000 volts (or 500 kilovolts) across the country. In reactivity in the brain during these three states. Brain
cent years, increasing opposition has developed toward
waves represent very small currents and voltages
the use of even more powerful lines currently being built
produced by the electrical circuitry of the brain.
in order' to carry energy from giant coal-fired generators
.Typical strengths of such brain-wave signals are
or nuclear pOwer plants to major cities. By 1974 seven
measured in microvolts. Typical frequencies are bestates had 765-kv lines. Over 2500 circuit miles of these
tween 1 and about 20 Hertz (or cycles per seconds)
increased voltage lines are planned for completion by
- less than the familiar 60 cycles per second fre1980. (Conservative estimates project the construction
quency of alternating currents in electrical outlets
of 300,000 miles of new transmission lines in general in the
in North America. (15)
U.S. by the end of the century.)
The .interesting fact here is that much electromag- .. '. Turning our attention for a-moment to' hallucination,
netic radiation is lost into the atmosphere normally,
that possible fourth state of mind which also by its very
. through a phenomenon known as "corona discharge,"
nature represents a close analogy to a hologram, has rewhich occurs as a result of rainy or humid conditions
cently been shown to have its roots in excitations of the
causing the high-energy electrons to leave the surface of
central nervous system (16).
the conductor, in this case the power line, and strike and
If indeed SOO-kv lines in Russia and elsewhere do
fragment the molecules in the air. (The wires themindeed produce such effects as a 'shattering of the dynselves, although they may carry 765,000 volts, and in the
amic state of the central nervous system,' then we can
case of parallel lines double this capacity, are not insuperhaps better understand how the energy involved in
lated. The power companies seem to feel that air is the
the production of electrical interference patterns coming
best insulator.... ) .
from such sources as a 765-kv power line could have the
When these lines and the energies released into the air
immediate or"long-term accumulative effect of creating a
by them pass near some conductive material such as the
change in the normal electrically-charged river, roadway
metal rails of a railway line, wire fences, aluminum barn
or ley line of the central nervous system of an organism
roofs, or the water of a river perhaps, innumerable chan(or, holistically speaking, a planet). In this way, hallucinanels may be opened for widespread distribution of the
tion or some other form of holographic reality could beenergies in question.
come a very "natural," and certainly very real, possiFurther impressive evidence for the harmful results of
bility.
electromagnetic radiation emanating from high-tension
NATURAL ENERGY
lines comes from Russia. (The Russians, it is interesting
Explanatiens for the inexplicable have been offered
to note in this context, are also doing much more resince
man's brain began to function. Without the cluttersearch into the nature of paranormal energies than pering produced by present-day civilization, reality may have
haps any other country of the world.)
been more readily apparent. Perhaps we should have
In 1962, after the first Russian 500-kv lines had been
listened to some of those cultures we were so busy deoperating for several months, men working at the
stroying.
substations began to complain of headaches and a
The many stone circles, standing stones, sacred
general feeling of malaise. They associated these
springs and wells around the world testify to ancient
symptoms with exposure to the electric fields. The
man's concern with the earth, water and sky, and their
Russians made a long-term study of these effects
relation to the cosmos. Nature revealed herself to these
with systematic medical examination of men workpeoples as sacred harmony. Everything organic or inoring at 'Iower-voltage substations. These studies
ganic was a part of everything else. The deepest threads
showed that long-time work at SOO-kv substations
of mysticism weave all future and past events into the
without protective measures resulted in "shatterfabric of the present. In a world replete with natural enering the dynamic state of the central nervous sysgies, one man's action can affect the universe.
tem, heart and blood-vessel system, and in changAlong with this holistic understanding came the more
ing blood structure. Young men complained of reintimate insights into the natural flow of energy on this
duced sexual poten(cy)." The severityof these
planet. Today, many of those natural areas are noneffects appeared to depend on the length of stay in
existent. During the past eighty years or so a permanent
the field. (14)
.
energy redistribution has been effected by man's artificial manipulation of energies.
If a strong electrical field of, say, 6,000 volts per meter
Historically, man has almost always associated paracan be measured by its ability to illuminate a hand-held
normal events with disasters, such as floods, earth(and unplugged, of course) 40 watt fluorescent bulb over
quakes, etc. This natural concept works in complete haran area over four hundred feet wide directly under 765-kv
mony with a holistic world-view. What scientists of today
power lines, then in what other quantities and forms can
view as disjointed coincidence may in fact constitute
electromagnetic radiation extend to areas where it candeep relevance and profound significance for future
not at present be measured?
ulJde.rstandir:lg.
. . .
."
. In his study of the evolution of human intelligence, a
Dr. MiChael Persinger, of the Environmental Psychowork entitled The Dragons 0/ Eden, Carl Sagan notes:
physiology Laboratory, Laurentian University, Sudbury,
Canada, is also a member of the scientific advisory board
There are, it seems, three principal states of mind
of The Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained.
in human beings: waking, sleeping and dreaming.
PURSUIT Winter 1978

36

He recently fed 2,000 Fortean events into a computer in


order to see what one of man's more advanced technological entities could tell us about some long-standing unexplained phenomena. Results indicate a striking correlation between minor and major earthquake activity and
unusual events (17).
Strong electromagnetic fields are produced as a result
of changes in tectonic stress preceding seismic activity.
As we have already observed, dynamic changes in electrical fields could also be reflected in the geography of the
huamn brain as well. These energies could be transported, by means of conductivity, along railroad lines (for
example), or transferred, in the form of media-encoded
hologram images as electrical impulses of "thought," perhaps from one human mind to another. Hysteria may
simply represent mental conductivity, a contagious
transfer of such electrical impulses as memory and perception.
.
In light of this, 1 would recommend that those interested in the phenomenon of cattle mutilation read an
article by James R. Stewart entitled, "Cattle Mutilations:
An Episode of Collective Delusion," in The Zetetic, the
journal of the Committee for the Scientific Investigation
of Claims of the Paranormal. The author claims all "mutilations" are the result of small predator action which,
when combined with "mild mass hysteria," leads to collective delusion. Although I basically disagree with him on
a number of issues, he nevertheless touches on some
pertinent aspects of media-determined realities as we
have discussed them here. He notes, in conclusion:
Given the pre-existence of certain conducive and
straining features in the local area, the episode developed in the aforementioned fashion. However,
the evidence presented by various authorities leads
one to conclude that the episode was in fact the result of collective delusion. The most convincing explanation of the episode is as follows: For reasons
associated with strain and anxiety people started to
interpret an everyday occurrence (the deaths of
cattle) in a new, bizarre manner. (18)
He "debunks" all mutilations by attributing them to a
misunderstanding of natural events by people who exhibit "lower levels of education" as well as a "lower socioeconomic class status."
Instead, I would suggest that the ranchers, living as
they are in a closer direct relationship with the land (and
certainly more aware of what small predators can do than
a sociologist who spends most of his time in academic environs), may be more perceptive than they have been
given credit for in the article.
During our investigations, Steve Mayne and I had a
woman "witness" to a "paranormal" event ask us hesitantly, quietly, when we were alone: "Do you think these
things could be manifestations of evil...?"
Ancient traditions (as well as more recent folklore of
many countries) often traced "Iey lines" ("geodetic force
lines" would perhaps represent a more scientific term for
these existing channels of energy) across the countryside. It is believed that many ancient sacred sites were
constructed on these natural centers. It is common
knowledge to many of the peoples previously considered "primitive" that wild animals favor these lines of
PURSUIT Winter 1978

energy as places to give birth. These areas are also


favored by such insects as gnats and bees, which will frequently be found hovering over, or even constructing
their homes within, these ancient sites.
..
Could it be that man's preoccupation with altering the
natural forces of the Earth has redirected or destroyed
the potential for a more holistic symbiotic relationship
with that planet? A parasite can, through the destruction
of the host, lose his dwelling-place. Is it possible, at this
juncture in our space-time continuum, to learn? Can our
eyes and ears still observe and listen?
We have seen how man fenced and divided and altered
the natural space and energy of the west in a very few .
years .. As in most other areas of the U.S., man has
chopped nature into fragmen"ts that suited his own personal exploitation of power. We are aware of the ways.in
which he has introduced artificial energy into his, environment. In the western and plains states of North
America, the native bison has been replaced by domestic cattle. The buffalo, a hardier range animal, waS resistant to almost all diseases that afflict domestic breeds
of cattle. .
Research begun by the National Buffalo Association has shown that all buffalo have one blood type..
Domestic cattle, however, have more than fifty different blood types. Some researchers have put
forth the theory that buffalo, high in gamma globulin, might some day be used in humans whe.n a
single large transfusion is required as in the case of
heart surgery or a serious accident. (19)
After destroying the reproductive potential (~nd thereby virtually all future progeny) of an entire spedes, by
terminating so abruptly the harmonious man/animal relationship that existed in nature, and by substituting "artificial" energies and strip-mining for natural pre-existing
energies .and conditions, have we somehow inadvertently and unconsciously evolved to the present potential of being able to perhaps understand something of the
silent message being offered by those enigmatic mutilated carcasses? Staring with blind hindsight silently and
obliquely into space, drained of their life force, abandoned in death by parent or offspring, they cannot see.
They have, as a living biological organism, been forced
out of existence.
Returning to the possibility that paranormal events
may signify or symbolize disastrous events that are to
come and that the natural cycle of reproduction and fertility may be vitally linked to the temporal understanding of that event, we can examine two rathe~ striking and
revealing incidents in the history of mutilations.
I have already read to you a statement by John Keel
which indicates how in March, 1967, during a "truly
astonishing" attack of UFOs near Point Pleasant on the
Ohio River (and please note the connection with wat~: :..
many of the accounts at the time described .uFOs ~s,.
diving into, or coming out of, the waters ofthe Ohie:! ':
River), he was "out examining dead anlmaIs remote
fi~lds, pondering the real meaning behind the bloodless
carcasses." (It was on March 5, in the same vicinity, that a
bloodmobile full of fresh blopd, IoYhile traveling parallel ~~
the Ohio River, was allegedly "attacked" by a UFO [20].)

In

37
On December IS, 1967, the seven hundred foot Silver
Bridge spanning the Ohio River at Point Pleasant, West
Virginia, suddenly collapsed. Forty-six persons were
killed.
During our cattle mutilation investigations carried out
in Idaho, we learned that Fremont County had experienced 22 mutilations (including the draining of blood
from many of the carcasses), all of which took place in a
one month period, from the middle of September to midOctober, 1975. The entire area which had experienced
the mutilations was devastated by a flood, the result of
the unexplained bursting of the Teton Dam on June 5,
1976. Although only nine people died in the sudden flooding which ensued, several thousand head of cattle, the
majority of the population of the area, were killed. Helicopters were used to transport surviving cattle to drier
locations ....
Man-made dams and metal bridges collapsing. The
events foreshadowed by animal mutilations and paranormal events.
The point worth considering here is that "mutilations"
occurred almost nine months prior to both events. Nine
months happens to be just about the gestation period for
both bovine and human organisms. Can those of us
claiming to have open minds afford to overlook this unusual coincidence? Or does it instead make us want to
look deeper into the possibility that ancient inherent
energies may somehow interact with the more powerful
recent "artificial" energies perpetuated across the planet
by man to inadvertently provide ever increasing evidence of paranormal behavior? We are experiencing
more and more reports of UFOs and other paranormal
phenomena on our planet. Are these interference patterns caused by the interaction of "natural" and "artificial" energies, thus producing hologram-like manifestations? If the physiological effects resulting from emissions of high-tension lines, television and other artificial
energies include hyperactivity, hallucination, decreased
or altered reproductive abilities and emotional stateS
characterized by high tension (note the significance of
the term "high-tension" as we apply it here to emotional
states), then we can better understand, perhaps, how our
electromagnetically defined sense of reality can be so
readily altered by experiences involving alternate, often .
unnatural interference patterns.

NATURAL POWER LINES


If we examine the Point Pleasant area a little more
closely, I think we may find some strong reinforcing evidence to support my hypothesis.
Approximately 10 miles from Pt. Pleasant is a town in
Ohio narned Cheshire. In 1969, the Ohio Power Company announced plans to construct a 765 kv power line
from Cheshire straight to Columbus and beyond, to a
substation in the town of Maryville. From here it would
continue on to contribute to the electrical needs of
Detroit and Chicago. There have been reports from
farming areas through which the line passes that cattle
will not walk under the lines. Some farmers report cows
calving at only about 10 percent their average yield.
There are reports of cows losing their teeth prematurely.
One researcher, who as a child lived in the area in question, notes, upon her return to the area:

There were numerous reports of biological damage


to people, animals, and vegetation under the line. A
small grove of white pine trees showed poor growth
and yellow needles. House plants and pear trees
were reported to be dying. According to one landowner, horses running in his field under the line had
all the hair and whiskers burned off their noses and
several men working under the line had hair burned
off their arms .... It may perhaps be coincidental that
one of the eighteen families contacted in this survey had a child dying of leukemia. The disease was
discovered after the child had been living for a year
and a half under the high-voltage line.... All the
reports of biological damage are brushed off [by the
Ohio Power Company] as being mere figments of
the imagination. (21)
A coincidental example of another 'figment of the imagination' is that logan, Ohio lies about midway along this
artificially created ley line which stretches from Cheshire
to Columbus, and beyond....
Those who remember my reference to a town in Ohio
which experienced a number of bizarre example of mutilations as well as other related paranormal phenomena
will not be surprised to learn of that town's identity or
location. According to newspaper reports, logan experienced ten mutilations (five in the town and five in the
county) between May 27 and June 11, 1976. Further
documentation only serves to reinforce the multi-level
paranormal manifestations associated with the phenomenon.
An eleventh mutilation was reported when a horse died
(July 19-20) from a deep puncture wound in the side. A
store owner interviewed in the area indicated a 400-500
percent increase in gun sales during a one-week period.
Groups of local men, organized into armed vigilante
groups, roamed the countryside, thoughts of bizarre religious cults flowing, like an electric current, through their
imaginations. CB radios crackled with the news. A religious camp was terrorized by concerned citizens who
discovered that what they had thought to be a burning
cross was only the campers' version of an olympic torch.
One man, his name mentioned in connection with the
mutilations, was fired upon as he drove down a road.
Rumors of figures in black robes or white robes circulated freely. Police received reports of the mutilations: a
pregnant llama, two horses, a dog, chickens, a cow, a
steer and four rabbits. A rumor that a buffalo had been
mutilated was dispelled. logan police, Hocking County
Sheriff's Department personnel, and the prosecuting
attorney's office issued a statement intended to address
the county's 20,000 residents. Concerning itself with
rumors of cult activity, it read in part:
It appears that the circulation of rumors concerning this alleged group has created a dangerous
situation. Within the last few days, residents of the
county have been carrying firearms and other
weapons in their cars supposedly for protection.
Others have actually been taking vigilante type
action .... This activity has reached the point where
it is endangering the lives and property of innocent
persons. (22)
PURSUIT Winter 1978

38

Is it possible that the straight line between Cheshire


through Columbus represents a natural ley line which
has been seriously affected by man's artificial exploitation of energy? Because the area may reflect structural
weaknesses along the stress axis of an area in which tectonic stress is accumulating (a part of the New Madrid
fracture zone which extends from Michigan through
Ohio and on down through Indiana and l1linois), it may
serve as a natural area for the occurrence of unexplained
phenomena. The man-made energy alteration may provide more frequent opportunities for increasing manifestations.
Historical.incidents reinforce this hypothesis. Extending our straightedge-perfect line from Cheshire, past
Columbus, to Bluffton, Ohio, we discover some very
interesting parallels. Remembering the Ohio "airship"
flap of 1897 and the associated simultaneous appearance
of phantom cats and other paraphysical phenomena, we
discover that several additional towns which exper
ienced unusual phenomena at the same time also lie
along this same line; within about 20 miles on either side
of our hypothetical line (part of which the Ohio Power
Company has preempted) lie the phantom-airship-prone
towns of Coolville, Chillicothe, Logan, Lancaster, Baltimore, Columbus, Westerville, Sunbury, Bellefontaine,
Kenton, Marion, Upper Sandusky, Dunkirk, Bluffton and
Finlay.
As if we have not already saturated our minds with
parallels, let me add one more very interesting observation to what we have seen so far. Dr_ Persinger's computer findings also indicated a high correlation between peculiar archaeological centers and unusual
animal reports. Kenton, Logan and Chillicothe all experienced phantom panther reports during the 1897 flap.
More recently (March-May, 1977) the Bluffton area has
re-experienced phantom panthers (23). Because Ohio is
well-known for its unusual burial mounds and other
archaeological structures, it would seem that we have
another natural correlation.
One researcher of the paranormal has recently written
a two-part article which speculates that holograms may
well be inherent in the crystal structure of some rocks;
and thus he suggests that the basis for visual manifestations occurring at ancient sites could represent the prior
encoding of the images in stone. He includes an impressive visual comparison between the interference patterns of a hologram-producing "negative" and curious
markings termed "cup and ringS marks on a stone at
Torbhlaron, Argyll, in the Brit:sh Isles (24)."
These same concentric rings resemble the ripples sent
out by an object falling into water. They also resemble the
more recent photographs of underwater configurations
at the bottom of Loch Ness. Analogies could be made to
stone circles in general, as well as the ring marks found
near alleged UFO landings or accompanying mutilations. Could it be that natural seismic activity, especially
in conjunction with the continuous release of powerful
"artificial" energies in the vicinity, somehow activate
those interference patterns suggested throughout this
paper?
Could it be that the natural electromagnetic state
which constitutes that area's normal electric field is
somehow altered? Research into spontaneous human
P!JRSUIT Winter 19,8

combustion, yet another paranormal phenomenon


which becomes manifest when people inexplicably burst
into flames, has shown correlations with the Earth's geomagnetic fluctuation. One researcher studying the phenomenon finds that such paranormal phenomena often
occur near peaks of geomagnetic variation (25). Another
researcher is already attempting to correlate instances of
spontaneous human combustion in England with ley line
alignments already plotted in that country (26). Experiments conducted in Japan as well as the U.S. further
verify the fact that certain paranormal phenomena,
although elusive, can be measured. Preliminary hardware results .indicate there are measurable electromagnetic effects involved with unexplained events. (It should
be noted here that "spooklights," if my theory is correct,
along with other paranormal events would naturally
appear in close proximity to railroad tracks and other
conductive materials. This appears, in fact, to be the case
in many areas of the United States exhibiting these curiosities.)
What has energy developments during the past 80
years or so got to do with the present? What does the
death of the buffalo and the subsequent exploitation of
the earth's resources have to do with seismically active
geomagnetic fault zones like the Rockies or high-tension,
tectonically and emotionally stressful areas under Ohio
power lines?
Although to some my thesis may seem highly speculative, I would submit if we allow ourselves the time and
space in which to merge our technological capabilities
with our ability to comprehend, we may yet discover
hardware verification of what we have always intuitively
feared. Perhaps the most persuasive scientific proof I can
offer at this time has been recently voiced in an article in

Science News.
There is preliminary evidence that man's terrestrial
activities may be affecting a region of space thousands of miles away. Several independent experiments by Stanford engineers have measured slight
changes in the earth's ionosphere and magnetosphere that occur only during weekends. The ionosphere is the electrically charged layer of the upper
atmosphere, off which radio signals bounce in longdistance communications and beyond which is the
magnetosphere, an extensive region of space that
. envelops the earth and contains its magnetic field.
Interpreting the results, Chun Gun Park expresses
the experimenters' consensus conclusion that
"there is no known weekly cycle in nature. It has to
be a man-made effect."
Antony C. Fraser-Smith, who conducted the first
such Stanford experiment, has detected a slight
overall weekend increase of the earth's magnetic
field. Some of his data are derived from records that
go back over a century, and he finds the effect persisting from the present until about 80 years ago. Although each of the other two experiments has detected disturbances in other aspects of the spatial.
regiQns, each of them corroborate the weekend be- ,
havior.
The engineers involved suggest that the weekend effect is caused in part by the complex of power

39

lines that crisscross the United States. They base


the hypothesis on some theoretical work done 20
years ago by Stanford professor Robert A. Helli
well. According to it, a small amount of radiation
that leaks from the earth's surface into space can
there provoke a disturbance about one million
times greater than itself. This enormous amplifica
tion factor makes plausible the idea that man's pid
dling on earth could precipitate an effect thou
sands of miles removed in space. Furthermore,
Fraser-Smith speculates, the appearance of the
weekend effect seems to roughly coincide with the
emergence of power lines in the United States,
about 80 years ago. (27)

CONCLUSION
Many forms of artificially channeled and amplified
energy currently permeate our environment. Manifesta
tions of what have been previously referred to as para
normal, psychic or otherwise inexplicable phenomena
may be instead seen as interference patterns resulting
from man's perverse exploitation of indigenous energy
flows inherent to nature. The fact that many of these
manifestations occur consistently near microwave
towers, high-tension lines, tectonic stress zones, railroads and other conductors or transmitters of electromagnetic radiation would tend to bear out this hypothesis. The interference patterns could, through a combination of seismic and emotional triggering, register (as
it probably has throughout history) as an electromagnetic imprint capable of short or long term duration
changes in the normal electrical field structure of the
brain.
My approach here has been a holistic one because we
may be dealing with holograms. We are certainly talking
about a holistic energy. I would ask today that we, the
influential representatives of many different disciplines,
join hands, efforts and insights in order to make for a
more holistically perfect organism consisting of the union
of Man and Mind. It is only through a converging of the
analytic and the intuitive that man and mind can act, and
observe, as one. Mysticism and science have a common
origin - an intuition; I suspect they also converge, in
understanding. As an image, the ultimate, self-contained
hologram of man and mind is unique and justly inspires a
profound sense of awe: the hologram contemplates its
self.
Those of us who investigate the Unexplained may,
paradoxically, also serve as guardians of knowledge. As
such we therefore face a tremendous challenge. The
more skeptical of our critics have questioned the emphasis we place on unexplained phenomena. They ask why
we dwell upon it when eventually it will all be explained or
debunked, believed or disbelieved, anyway. Our answer
must evolve from the very restrictions time and space impose upon our research.
It is vitally urgent, both Here and Now, to understand
our direction as a species. That is why I have come here
from my country to speak to you today. My countrY,like
yours, is the planet. The reason why we should dwell on
unexplained phenomena is so that we may de~elop a

more comprehensive understanding of all potential levels


of consciousness, and thus it affects our future relation
ship with the universe and all organisms within it. Buckminster Fuller has said that we presently have the capability of knowing the condition and whereabouts of every
head of cattle in the country at any given moment. Why
don~t we? The "future," as some of us may already suspect, may be more fluid than heretofore realized; it may,
in fact, have already flowed past us. We, as tourists, may
have long ago unwittingly sailed past the point of no return on our way into an evolutionary cul-desac.
If that is the case we can, in passing, only smile at the
prophetic words uttered by Thoreau, who may have
answered our critics far better than could we when he
made this observation regarding dwelling-places:
"Of what use is a house if you haven't
got a tolerable planet to put it on."
To this I would add only one more observation. A civilization, a culture, will be judged ultimately not only by
what it does, but also for what it said. Historically, per
haps I speak for many when I tell you that everything I am
saying has been said before. A lot of people, many civil
izations, some isolated individuals, and entire cultures,
have spent a long time getting us where we are. Let us not
end our evolution here.

~.

REFERENCES
(I) Wolf, R. Martin, "Chaos in Quiescence," Pursuit, Vol. 10,
Number I, 1977 (2) Keel, John A., The Mothman Prophecies
(New York: Saturday Review Press, 1975), p. 117 (3) Blair,
Lawrence, Rhythms of Vision (New York: Shocken Books,
1976), p. 23 (4) Brain/Mind Bulietin Special Issue: "A New
Perspective on Reality," Vol. 2, No. 10, July 4, 1977. Brain/Mind
Bulletin is a twicemonthly newsletter, $15 from Box 42211, Los
Angeles, CA 90042 (well worth the cost of a subscription). (5)
Ibid. (6) Ibid. (7) Eberhart, George, "The Ohio Airship
Story," Pursuit, Vol. 10, No. I, 1977 (8) "The Zamora Case:
TV Gets a Reprieve," Science News, Vol. 112, No. 16, Oct. IS,
1977, p. 247 (9) Ott, John, Health and Light (New York:
Pocket Books, 1976), p. 133 (10) Ibid., p. 134 (11) Ibid., p.
193 (12) Ibid., p. 129 (13) Ibid., p. 197 (14) Young, Louise
B., Power Over People (London, Oxford, New York: Oxford
University Press, 1973), p. 195 (IS) Sagan, Carl, Dragons of
Eden (New York: Random House, 1977), p. 128 (16) Siegel,
Ronald K., "Hallucinations," Scientific American, Vol. 237, No.
4, October, 1977 (17) Persinger, Michael A., and Lafreniere,
Gyslaine F., Space Time Transients and Unusual Events
(Chicago: NelsonHall, 1977), p. 216 (18) Stewart, James R.,
"Cattle Mutilations: An Episode of Collective Delusion," The
Zetetic, Vol. I, No.2, SpringiSummer,1977 (l9)Dary,David
A., The Buffalo Book (New York: Avon Books, 1974), p.
295 (20) Keel, op. cit., p. 117 (21) Young, op. cit., pp. 103
104 (22) Athens Messenger, Athens, Ohio, August 4,
1976 (23) Coleman, Loren, "Phantom Panther on the Prowl,"
Fate, Vol. 30, No. 11, November, 1977 (24) Robins Don
"Images in Stone," The Ley Hunter (P.O. Box 152, L~ndon:
NlO 1EP, England), Nos. 76 and 77 (25) Gearhart, Livingston,
"Geomagnetic Storms and Fortean Events," Pursuit, Vol. 8,
No.2, April, 1975 (26) Arnold, Larry E., "FireLeynes: A Con
nection Between SHC and Leys?" to be published as a 3part
article in Fortean Times, P.O. Box 152, London NIO IEP, England; see also Arnold, Larry E., "The Flaming Fate of Dr. John
Irving Bentley," Pursuit, Vol. 9, No.4, Fall, 1976 (27) "The
Weekend Goes Extraterrestrial," Science News, Vol. Ill, No.
24, June 11, 1977

. PURSUIT Winter 1978

40

IMPORTANT NOTICE

SYMPOSIUM
Comments and Opinions
LETTER TO THE EDITOR

Please note SITU's new addresses. We haue had to


moue from our Columbia, N.J. premises due to a legal
ruling concerning the status of our lease and the ownership of the luan T. Sanderson estate. The situation is a
complicated one, inuoluing legalities that pre-date luan's
death. Our new premises involue three different mailing
addresses; these are printed inside the front couer of this
issue. Please make a note of these changes and address
all correspondence accordingly.

In reply to Harry Mongold's comm~nt (see last issue's'


Symposium) to my article on "reality" ("What About
. Reality?" Vol. 10, No.3): perhaps the reason why science
has been unable to turn up any goblins, giants, or the

philosopher's stone is due to the same reason they can't


MEMBERSHIP DIRECTORY
uncover a genuine extraterrestrial spacecraft and crew?
After years of wanting to permit members to comThese "quirks" in our reality are temporal and/or transmunicate
their common Fortean interests to one
itional -- here now, gone later. We may unconsciously
another,
we
thought we had the answer in the Membercause such manifestations to be a part of our reality core
ship Directory, which would provide the confidentiality
for a short duration. In some cases, however, the archeso desired by some of our members. Many of us contritypes become so "fixed" that they become permanently
buted time and effort generously to this project before it
attuned to our world.
was discovered that the member entrusted with the lists
If there is such a thing as alternative, diverging time
was in fact using them for unauthorized purposes.
lines, it may well be that giants, elves, goblins, Lord
Now we are about to try again. Hopefully, the new
knows who or what, may have (and may still) exist(ed) at
will eliminate such problems. Those interested in
method
some point in the past. The fact that the Iiuman mind is
participating in a new Membership Directory should
complex beyond anything conceivable may also lend supwrite SITU/Membership Directory, c/o Martin
port to a notion that reality itself is utterly, Md confus
Wiegler,
694 Stuyvesant Ave_. Irvington, NJ 07111
ingly, multifaceted.
.
giving
me
their membership number and area of interest
But despite these musings, I-like Harry:"-' tend to en(be
sure
to
include your return address). After July 1,
joy all the niceties of our physical world. Of ceurse, it may
when
all
the
listings are in, I will compile a chart showing
be that someday I'll sit back in some physical armchair
only
membership
number, state (or country) and zip
and chuckle with my peers at the ignorance displayed by
code, and area(s) of interest. This will be sent to all memthis remark.
bers who have asked to be included. Upon receipt of the
-Curt Sutherly
Directory, any member included in it may write any other
****
member by simply putting the number of the member
Errata: Vol. 10, No.2: In William Whamond's article,
whom they wish to contact on .the front of a small un"Little Green Men and the Law of Dynamical Similarity,"
sealed stamped envelope. EnclQsing any message they
p. 49, column I, paragraph marked "S)," line 7: " ... stress
may wish to convey, they then enclose the unsealed en-
is the key ... " should read instead" ... stress should be the
velope in a larger one addresse.d to me. I will complete the
key ... " Also, in Vol. 10, No.3: Mr. Whamond's "Harmember's address on the small envelope, seal it (after ilimonics Diagram," p. 94, which begins with the words, . serting a small statement to the effect that SITU is for"After reading ... " should have been written, "Before
warding on the letter as requested), and send it on. Folreading ... "
'.
lowing this initial procedure, the members are free to
-Martin Wiegler
write each other directly.
****

- - - . . . . . . . . . , - - - - - - - BOQK REVIEW - - - - - - - -........- American Indian Myths & Mysteries by Vincent H.


Gaddis, Chilton Book Company, Radnor, Pennsylvania, 1977.220 pages, $8.95.
Vincent Gaddis has done his usual thoroughly professional job and has produced still another book of interest
to Forteans, and on a rather neglected subject at that.
The book is divided into two parts. The first, under the
general heading "The Historical Mysteries," deals with
the origins of the Amerindians of both' North and South
America, cultural links with the Old World and the
Orient, and the racial mixing that occurred as a result of
visits and, in some cases, colonization by all sorts of
people who arrived long before Columbus. The author
draws on archaeological and anthropological evidence as
well as Amerindian traditions and legends, and puts forward some intriguing theories that will certainly annoy
the orthodox. I am dubious about his suggestion that
Man, as a species, may have originated in South America, in part because he makes such a splendid case for the
PURSUIT

Winter 1978

Amerinds having come from Atlantis. In fact, the material he presents on Amerindian cataclysm and flood
legends, including the Mayans' Chi/am Bolam, constitutes the most telling evidence that I know of for the existence of that continent.
Part two, "The Mystical Mysteries," treats of such
things as the mystery of the' shaking tent, fire dancing,
bulletproof Amerindian warriors, "magic," mental telepathy, some astonishing cases of precognition, and the
"Curse of Tippecanoe" which has so far done in seven
U.S. presidents. The last chapter, "The Great Purification," gave me the grues. It deals primarily with a Hopi
prophecy concerning something that sounds most uncomfortably like a nuclear holocaust. And, as Vincent
Gaddis says, "Judging by past performance, Hopi prophecies are not to be taken lightly."
Bibliographical references are keyed into the text and
.
there is an index.
S.W.S.

THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED

GOVERNING BOARD
Robert C. Warth
R. Martin Wolf
Albena E. Zwerver
Steven Mayne
Gregory Arend
Susan Malone

President (and Trustee)


Vice President (and Trustee)
Secretary (and Trustee)
Treasurer (and Trustee)
Trustee
Trustee

DEPARTMENTS
PURSUIT
INVESTIGATIONS
MASS MEDIA
RESEARCH
FUND RAISING

Publisher - Robert C. Warth


Managing Editor - R. Martin Wolf
Robert C. Warth R. Martin Wolf Steven Mayne
R. Martin Wolf Susan Malone
Canadian Media Consultant - Michael Bradley
Robert C. Warth Steven Mayne
Prehistoric Archaeology and Oceanography Consultant - Charles Berlitz
Gregory Arend Steven Mayne

SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD


Dr. George A. Agogino - Chairman, Department of Anthropology. and Director, Paleo Indian Institute, Eastern New
Mexico U!"iversity. (Archaeology)
Dr. Carl H. Delacato - Director, The Institute for the Rehabilitation of the Brain Injured, Morton, Pa. (Mentalogy)
Dr. J. Allen Hynek...:..... Director, lindheimer Astronomical Research Center, Northwestern University. (Astronomy)
Dr. George C. Kennedy - Professor of Geology, Institute of Geophysics, U.CLA. (Geomorphology and Geophysics)
Dr. Martin Kruskal- Program in Applied Mathematics. Princeton University. (Mathematics)
Dr. Samuel B. McDowell- Professor of Biology, Rutgers University, Newark, N.J. (General Biology)
Dr. Vladimir Markotic - Professor of Anthropology, Department of Archaeology, University of Alberta. Canada. (Ethno
SOCiology and Ethnology)
Dr. Kirtley F. Mather - Professor of Geology, Emeritus, Harvard University. (Geology)
Dr. John R. Napier - Unit of Primate Biology, Queen Elizabeth College, University of London. (Physical Anthropolc;>gy)
Dr. Michael A. Persinger - Department of Psychology, Environmental Psychophysiological Laboratory, Laurentian
University, Sudbury, Ontario, Canada (Psychology)
Dr. Frank B. Salisbury - Head, Plant Science Department, College of Agriculture, Utah State University. (Phytochemistry)
Dr. Berthold Eric Schwarz - Consultant (Brain Wave Laboratory), Essex County Medical Center, Cedar Grove, New
Jersey. (Mental Sciences)
.
Dr. Roger. W. Wescott - Professor and Chairman, Department of Anthropology, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey.
(Cultural Anthropology and Linguistics)
Dr. A. Joseph Wraight - Chief Geographer, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. (Geography and Oceanography)
Dr. Robert K. Zuck - Professor and Chairman, Department of Botany, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey. (Botany)

><
UJ
o

z
I

Allende, Carlos Miguel, 55


Arnold, Larry E., 66, 75
Astrebus: An Intergalactic Language, The, 128
Barrow, Robert, 99
Bigfoot Sighting, 120
BOOK REVIEWS
The Doomed Unsinkable Ship, William H. Tantum IV, 64
Without a Trace, Charles Berlitz, 96
The Sirius Mystery, Robert K. G. Temple, 135
The Cosmic Pulse of Life-The Revolutionary Biological Power
Behind UFOs, Trevor James Constable, 135
The Fire Came By, Thomas Atkins and John Baxter, 134
Bost, Fred H., 50
Can Science and Scientists Help?, 118
Chaos in Quiescence, 19
Clark, Jerome, 17
Dinosaur Graffiti-Hava Supai Style, 62
Eberhart, George M., 2, 82
Editorial, 98
Extant Dinosaurs: A Distinct Possibility, 60
"Faust" and the Student, 84
Few Small Steps on the Earth: A Tiny Leap for Mankind?, A, 50
Fluidice: Time as a Function of Prana. 58
Gates, Dennis, 127
Guerrasio, John, 62
Harmonics Diagram, 94
Hartnett, Michael, 105
How to Fly a Saucer, 102
Incorruptibility of Saints-After Death, The, 66
Investigations: More on Mutilations, 95
Invisible Star, The, 55
Keel, John A., 118
LaSalle, Milton, 120
Little Green Men and the Law of Dynamical Similarity, 34
Macer-Story, E., 58, 128
Mayne, S. N., 124
Mission, B.C. Bigfoot Hoax, The, 127
Mutilations: Who-or What-Really is Killing the Cattle? (Part II). 15
Mutilations: Chaos in Quiescence, 19
Navy to Investigate Sunken Aircraft, 70
Ohio Airship Story, The, 2
On Loosening Up a Few Tied Ends, 99
Pawlicki, T. B., 9, 72, 102
Pecher, Kamil, 84
Photos (Wudewasa and alleged UFO), 136
Prehistoric Megalithic Engineering, 9
Pyramids are an Ancient Space Communications Network. The, 72
Random Notes: Situations and Developments, 132
Renections of Chinese Form in Mexican and Norse Ornament, 86
Relativity Racket, The, 54
Semen and the Demon: Sinistrari's Concept of Demoniality, 82
Sequel to Foul-Foci Grids, or The Dodecated Globe Again, 28
Situations, 92
Some Clarifications on the Leroy, Kansas Calfnapping Hoax, 17
Sprinkle, R. Leo, Ph.D., 112
Sutherly, Curt, 15, 93
Symposiums, 18, 64, 96, 133
Ufology: Thirty Years in Three Days, 105
UFO Research: Problem or Predicament? ] 12
Wantage Event, The, 124
Whamond, William H., 28,34,94
What About Reality?, 93
Wilkie. B., 86
Wolf, R. Martin, 19,98
X., 70
"Zounds, Holmes! It's a Case of the Combustible Corpse!", 75

VANGUARD OFFSET PRINTERS, INC.

HILLSIDE, NEW JERSEY

: . -:...

THE,JOuFt0L

' .... -

- ' . '"

~'f n-;~A~~!1~1=Y FoR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED

. :.

.,.'

-'

...

ii

".

'.:

~ : :

'.

..

THE SOCIETY FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE UNEXPLAINED


Research (members only)
and legal address
SITU
P.O. Box 265
Little Silver, NJ 07739
Telephone (201) 842-5229

Membership/Subscription information
SITU
Membership Services
R.F.D.5
Gales Ferry, CT. 06335

Editorial Office
SITUjPURSUIT
2008 Spencer Rd.
Newfield. NY 14867

MEMBERSHIP
Membership is $10 a year (members outside the U.S. add $2.50 for regular postage or $5 for air mail) and runs from the
1st of January to the 31st of December. Members receive our quarterly journal PURSUIT. an Annual Report (upon
request). and all special Society public.ltions for that year.
Please note (above) SITU has three addresses.
All matters pertaining to membership. change of address. library orders. postal errors. back issues. renewals. gift memo
berships and donations should be addressed to our membership/subscription address.
We welcome membership participation. Please send manuscripts for consideration for our journal PURSUIT. criticism
(positive or negative). suggestions. interesting clippings from ANY (especially your loca/) newspapers and/or periodicals to
our editorial office.
Media. publicity and investigation inquiries may be addressed to the editorial office. or by telephone to our legal address
(important inquiries or emergencies will be answered by telephonel.
The staff will answer reasonable research requests by mail. but because of the steadily increasing demand for this ser
vice a research fee will be charged. Members requesting mformation should enclose a selfaddressed stamped envelope
with their inquiry so that they can be advised of the charge in advance. Please allow ample time for a response.
o

YOU DONT HAVE TO BE A PROFESSIONAL OR EVEN AN AMATEUR SCIENTIST TO JOIN US.


ORGANIZATION

The legal and financial affairs of the SOCiety are managed b~' a Board of Trustees in accordance with the laws of the
State of New Jersey. The Society is alsc., counselled by a panel of prominent scientists. which is designated the Scientific
AdviSOry Board.
IMPORT ANT NOTICES
The SOCiety does not hold any political or religiOUS viev.!s.
The Society is unable to otter or render any services whatsoever to nonmembers.
The Society does not hold or express any corporate views. and opinions expressed in PURSUIT concerning any
aspects of Human Medicine or Psycholoffi,l. the Social Sciences or Law. Religion or Ethics are those of the individual
member or author alone and not those of the Society. No opinions expressed or statements made by any members by
word of mouth or in print ma~' be construed as those of the Society.
o All contributions. bu~ not membership dues. are tax deductible. pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue
Code.
o All rights reserved. No part of this issue (or any other issue of PURSUIT) may be reproduced by an electronic.
mechanical, or photographic process. or in the form of a phonographic recording. nor may it be stored in a retrie\'.)l
system. transmitted or otherwise copied for public or private use without written permission from the Society.
o

o
o

PUBLICATIONS
Our publishing schedule is four (quarterly) issues of PURSUIT, dated Winter, Spring. Summer and Fall. and numbered
. as annual volumes - Vol. 1 being 1968 and before: Vol. 2, 1969, and so on. Membership and our quarterly journal PUR
SUIT is $10 per year. Subscription to PURSUIT. without membership benefits, for libraries only. is $8 for 4 issues. Order
forms for back issues will be supplied on request. PURSUIT is listed in Ulrich's International Periodicals Directory and in the Standard Guide to Periodicals: and is abo
stracted in Abstracts of Folklore Studies. It is also available from UniverSity Microfilms. 300 N. Zeeb Rd .. Ann Arbor,
Michigan 48106. The price is $4.10 per reel. An annual index appears in the Fall and Winter issues.

'SCIENCE IS THE PURSUIT OF THE UNEXPLAINED'

VOL. 11, No.2"


SPRING, 1918

PURSUIT

Publisher
Robert C. Warth
Managing Editor
R. Martin Wolf
Consulting Editors
John A. Keel
Sabina W. Sanderson

THE JOU~NAL OF THE SOCIETY


FOR THE INVESTIGAnON OF THE UNEXPLAINED
FOUNDED BY IVAN T. SANDERSON

Devoted to the Investigation of "Thing$" that are Customarily Discounted

Senior Writer
Curtis Sutherly
Associated Editors
John Guerrasio
Ziaul Hasan
Editor for the
United Kingdom
Robert J. M. Rickard
Contributing Writers
Charles Berlitz
Jerome Clark
Lucius Farish
Vincent Gaddis
Brad Steiger
Staff Artist
Britton Wilkie
Production
Steven Mayne
Martin Wiegler
Fred Wilson

On the cover:
Drawing by
R. M. Wolf,
lettering from
Exotic Alphabets
and Ornaments,
by William Rowe
(Dover Publications,lnc.,
New York).

CONTENTS
Page
l5: A Settlement in Space
by Curt Sutherly ........................................................... 42
Skyquakes-Things That Go Bump in the Night
by Jon Douglas Singer ...................................................... 45
Earthquake lights ............................................................... 48
"Skyquakes"-And Separate Realities
by Dr. David Rind .......... "............................................... 51
Witchcraft and, Weather Modification (Part I)
by George M. Eberhart ...................... : ............................. 55
The Concept of Simultaneity
by Harry E. Mongold ....................................................... 60
The Synchro Data
by "Barbara Jordison ........................................................ 66
Frozen Mammoths: Volcanoes, Comet-storms, or Permafrost?
I. The Berezovka Mammoth Mystery
"
by Leo '{runt .............................................................. 67
II. Mammoth Problem-Two Solutions
by Member #340 ....................................... _........... 68
Forteana Galactica
by Alan Gray ............... , .............................................. 69
The T ransformist Myth
"
by Dr. Silvano lorenzoni ................................................... 70
A little Riddle
by Jasper McKee ......................................................... 72
Mr. Berlitz-Again!
by Paul G. Be99 ...................... 73
An Observation on Critics Whose Appraisal of Phenomena
"
is Undisturbed by Personal Knowledge or Experience
by Charles Berlitz ......................................................... 75
SITUations .................... "................................................. 76
Symposium ...................................................................... 78
Book Review , ................................................................. 80

Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained 1978

lL5: A SETTLEMENT IN SPACE


By Curt Sutherly
Eyes focussed upward, I suddenly sigh,
thinking of powerful wines
And of men reaching beyond the sky.
Preliminary note: while a report on the proposal for a
future settlement in space may seem, to many SITU
members, to be rather nonFortean in nature, one must
keep in mind that many of our unexplained events seem
to spring archetypically from man's yearning for the
heavens. The UFO phenomenon, or perhaps more cor
rectly - the spaceship-in-the-sky syndrome, is a sound
example of this. Even man's ancient gods were, for the
most part, an embodiment of an archetypal desire to fly
upward, on and on into the void.
On still another tack, consider the words of many UFO
entities when speaking to (or through)'their contactees:
"You are endangering the balance of the universe," are
words made familiar to us by such writers as John Keel.
PURSUIT. Spring 1978

Whether one believes in the existence of the entities projecting that concept-or believes in them not at all, the
thought is sufficient to give pause. But how, you ask, does
this relate to the proposal of a settlement in space? Quite
simply: the settlement could well be a cure-all or an endall to many of man's present socia-environmental problems. So, with these thoughts in mind, read on ...

A few years ago, before the final lunar landings were


made by members of the Apollo exploration teams, the
notion of a huge, revolving establishment in spa<;e wOl,lld
have been considered mildly interesting to some, even
amusing to others. After .all, the. concept was dr:awn from
the early pages, of sci~nce fiction - an anachrqnistic
dream hardly worth mentioning in a day when the,moon
itself was being explored.
Around the same time, the so-called "energy crunch"
reared its head, and the scientific community was suddenly forced to look anew for a technological means with
which to escape that dreadnaught. Even the United

States, a nation among the bountiful, harbored many


people who went to bed cold at night after being forced to
turn the furnace down for lack offuel or the money to pay
for it. Ideas as seemingly out of place as the aforementioned space settlement resurfaced: solar energy, rekindled coal-burning techniques, even wind power, to
name a few, became major issues of importance. But
again there were the scoffers. Coal was a thing of the
past, they said, at least in the wealthy countries. Wind
power was only good for sail boats, and as for solar power
- anyone with any sense knew solar power was barely
adequate for running small electric cars.
Sut in any age there are alwa